COLLECTIBLES USA INC
S-1/A, 1997-10-10
RETAIL STORES, NEC
Previous: TOYOTA AUTO LEASE TRUST 1997-A, 8-K, 1997-10-10
Next: AMERICAN BUILDERS & CONTRACTORS SUPPLY CO INC, 8-K, 1997-10-10




   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 1997
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-29181
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
   
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              ------------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



   
<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>                           <C>       
                  DELAWARE                         5999                    13-3906920
      (State or other jurisdiction     (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer
   of incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)    Identification Number)
</TABLE>
    

                      ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                (212) 344-1271
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
                   code, of registrant's principal executive offices)


                               RONALD P. RAFALOFF
                              CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                       ONE BATTERY PARK PLAZA, 24TH FLOOR
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004
                                 (212) 344-1271
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)


                                  COPIES TO:

  DAVID W. POLLAK, ESQ.                                PAUL JACOBS, ESQ.
MORGAN,  LEWIS  &  BOCKIUS  LLP                   FULBRIGHT  & JAWORSKI L.L.P.
   101 PARK AVENUE                                    666 FIFTH AVENUE
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10178                          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10103
   (212) 309-6058                                       (212) 318-3000

                              ------------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                              ------------------
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. []

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. []

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. []

     If  delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  []

     THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933  OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON  SUCH  DATE  AS  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================

<PAGE>

   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 10, 1997
    


PROSPECTUS

                                2,700,000 SHARES


   
                                     [LOGO]
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
    





                                  COMMON STOCK
                                 ------------
   
     All  of  the  2,700,000  shares  of  Common  Stock offered hereby are being
issued  and  sold  by Collectibles USA, Inc. ("Collectibles USA"). Prior to this
offering,  there  has  been no public market for the Common Stock, and there can
be  no assurance that a trading market will develop after the sale of the shares
offered  hereby.  It  is  currently anticipated that the initial public offering
price  will  be  between  $9.00  and  $11.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a
discussion  of  the  factors  to be considered in determining the initial public
offering  price.  Collectibles USA has applied for quotation of the Common Stock
on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CUSA."
    
                                 ------------
   
     SEE  "RISK  FACTORS"  BEGINNING  ON  PAGE  10  FOR  A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
FACTORS  THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
    
                                 ------------
   
THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- -----------------------------------------------------
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                             UNDERWRITING
                                PRICE TO     DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO
                                 PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)
<S>                              <C>             <C>               <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share  ...................   $               $                 $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)   ...................   $               $                 $
================================================================================
</TABLE>
    

   
- -----------------------------------------------------
(1) For information  regarding  indemnification  of the Underwriters and certain
    compensation  payable  to  the  Representatives  of  the  Underwriters,  see
    "Underwriting."
(2) Before  deducting  expenses of this  offering  payable by  Collectibles  USA
    estimated at $ .
(3) Collectibles  USA has  granted to the  Underwriters  an option,  exercisable
    within 30 days of the date  hereof,  to  purchase  up to 405,000  additional
    shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments,  if any, on the same
    terms  and  conditions  as the  shares  offered  hereby.  If such  option is
    exercised in full,  the total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts  and
    Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively.  See
    "Underwriting."
    
     The shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the several  Underwriters
when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters,  subject to their
right to reject any order in whole or in part and to certain  other  conditions.
It is expected  that  delivery of the  certificates  representing  the shares of
Common  Stock  will be made on or  about  ,  1997 at the  offices  of  Ladenburg
Thalmann & Co. Inc., New York, New York.

   
LADENBURG THALMANN & CO. INC.
                              EVEREN SECURITIES, INC.
                                                                  STEPHENS INC.
    
                   The date of this Prospectus is     , 1997

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  becomes effective.
This prospectus  shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an
offer to buy nor  shall  there be any sale of these  securities  in any State in
which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior to registration
or qualification under the securities law of any such State.

<PAGE>

   
INSIDE COVER (LEFT)
1) Giuseppe Armani -- figurine
2) Kitty Cantrell -- figurine
3) Goebel -- figurine
4) Knickerbocker Company -- figurine
5) Enesco (Precious Moments and Cherished
   Teddies) -- two figurines
6) Swarovski -- crystal figurine
7) Department 56 -- Snowbabies figurine


INSIDE COVER (RIGHT)
1) Warner Brothers -- Looney Line-up lithograph
2) Peanuts -- Aauugghhh lithograph
3) The Simpsons -- Bart-O-Lounger lithograph
4) Warner Brothers -- Bad Ol' Puddy Tat figurine
5) Paws -- The Doctor's Office lithograph
6) Lladro -- Allegory of Liberty figurine
7) Giuseppe Armani -- Baccus and Arianna figurine
8) The Boyds Collection -- Courtney with Phoebe... Over
   the River and Through the Woods figurine
9) Department 56 -- The Heritage Village Collection


INSIDE BACK COVER
1) Interior of Crystal Galleria
2) Interior of North Pole City
3) Interior of American Royal Arts
4) Map of USA, indicating number of stores located in each state



















     CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING  OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SYNDICATE SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS
AND  THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

     Garfield\R is a registered trademark of Paws, Incorporated;  The Simpsons\R
and  Anastasia\R  are  registered  trademarks  of  Twentieth  Century  Fox  Film
Corporation;  and Bugs Bunny\R,  Elmer Fudd\R,  Yosemite  Sam\R,  and Tweety and
Sylvester\R are registered trademarks of Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.
This  Prospectus  includes  trademarks  other  than  those  identified  in  this
paragraph.  Such trademarks are the property of their respective owners. The use
of any such trademark herein is in an editorial form only, and to the benefit of
the owner thereof, with no intention of infringement of the trademark.
    

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


     Concurrently with the closing of the offering made hereby (the "Offering"),
Collectibles USA, Inc. plans to acquire, in separate transactions (collectively,
the "Acquisitions"),  in exchange for consideration including cash and shares of
its common stock,  par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  six separate
retailers of contemporary collectibles and three separate marketers of animation
art (each, a "Founding  Company" and  collectively,  the "Founding  Companies").
Unless  otherwise  indicated,  references  herein  to  "Collectibles  USA"  mean
Collectibles  USA, Inc., and references to the "Company" mean  Collectibles  USA
and the Founding Companies, collectively.
   
     The  following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by the more  detailed
information and financial  statements and notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  Unless  otherwise  indicated (I) all information and share and
per share data in this  Prospectus  (i) give  effect to the  Acquisitions,  (ii)
assume the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised, (iii) assume an
initial public offering price of $10.00 per share, (iv) assume the conversion of
all outstanding  shares of the Company's  Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock,
liquidation  value $50 per share (the "Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock"),
into  approximately  $1.0 million in cash and 67,916  shares of Common Stock and
(v) give effect to a 1,016.604-for-1 share dividend on the Common Stock effected
as of May 12, 1997 (the "Stock  Split") and (II) all  references to Common Stock
include both Common Stock and restricted voting common stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Restricted Vote Common Stock"), of the Company.     

     The  Company has adopted a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on the last Sunday
in January.  With respect to the Company,  references  to "Fiscal 1997" mean the
year ended January 26, 1997.  With respect to the financial  information  of the
Combined  Founding  Companies,  references to "Fiscal  1995,"  "Fiscal 1996" and
"Fiscal 1997" mean a combination of the fiscal years of each of the Founding
Companies for such year.


                                  THE COMPANY
   
     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation  art.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire six  retailers  of  contemporary  collectibles  and three
marketers of animation art simultaneously with the closing of the Offering. Upon
the consummation of these  Acquisitions,  the Company believes that it will be a
leading  retailer  of  contemporary  collectibles  and  a  leading  marketer  of
animation art in the United  States.  The Company's 16  collectibles  stores are
located in California  (2),  Florida,  Illinois (6), Nevada (2), New Jersey (2),
Oklahoma (2) and Virginia. In addition, certain stores sell collectibles through
database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  the  Internet.  The  Company  sells
animation art primarily  through  database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and the
Internet to both retail and wholesale customers, and operates five animation art
galleries located in California, New York (2), Pennsylvania and Washington.
    
     The Company's  collectibles  merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures
made from  porcelain,  ceramic and resin,  and a wide selection of crystal items
including functional and decorative products. The Company also sells collectible
cottages and villages, collectible prints and lithographs, collectible Christmas
ornaments and other holiday collectibles.  The Company's merchandise is produced
by leading vendors such as Lladro,  Department 56  (manufacturer of The Original
Snow  Village and The  Heirloom  Village  Collection  product  lines),  Giuseppe
Armani,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel product  line),  Waterford,
Baccarat,  Lalique,  Swarovski,  Disney and Enesco (manufacturer of the Precious
Moments and Cherished  Teddies  product  lines).  See "Business --  Collectibles
Stores."  The  Company's  animation  art  galleries  carry  a full  spectrum  of
animation  artwork,  including  original  production cels (i.e., a painting of a
character or object on a transparent acetate sheet), limited editions, sericels,
model sheets and  original  drawings.  In addition,  the Company has licenses or
rights, some of which are exclusive, to design, produce and market animation art
featuring a wide variety of well known  characters,  including  Garfield\R,  The
Simpsons\R and Anastasia\R, and is also an authorized dealer of limited editions
and sericels created by Disney and Warner Brothers.


                                       3
<PAGE>

     According  to Unity  Marketing's  The  Collectibles  Industry  Report  1997
("Unity Marketing"), the collectibles industry grew approximately 11.9% in 1996,
generating over $9 billion in primary sales (i.e., sales of new merchandise), of
which  approximately  79% were generated by retail sales (including TV shopping)
and  approximately  21%  were  generated  by  direct  response  marketing.   The
contemporary collectibles industry is serviced by approximately 10,000 specialty
retail collectibles stores nationwide,  most of which have less than a 1% market
share.  Collectibles are also sold by  mid-to-upscale  department  stores,  home
furnishing stores,  small specialty import stores,  gift stores,  card shops, TV
shopping,  collectors  clubs,  and other gallery and print stores.  According to
Unity  Marketing,  an  estimated 31 million  Americans  identify  themselves  as
collectors.
   
     The  Company  believes  that the  typical  collector  makes  more  than one
collectibles  purchase per year, and the typical collecting  household maintains
more than one collection. The Company's target retail customer is between 45 and
64 years old, and  encompasses a broad range of income levels.  According to the
U.S.  Department  of  Commerce  Bureau  of the  Census,  the 45 to 64  year  old
population  reached  approximately 45 million in 1996 and is expected to grow to
approximately  66 million  during the next ten years,  representing  a projected
growth  rate of close to three times the rate for the  overall  population.  The
Company  believes  that  collecting  will  become  increasingly   popular  among
consumers ages 45 to 64 because this generation of collectors has high levels of
discretionary income and has demonstrated nostalgic characteristics.

     The  Company's  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  specialty  retailer  of
contemporary  collectibles  and the  leading  marketer of  animation  art in the
United States.  The Company will seek to achieve this goal by emphasizing growth
through  acquisitions  and  implementing  a  national  operating  strategy  that
enhances internal revenue growth and profitability.     

     Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:
   
   o  Grow Through  Acquisitions.  The Company  believes  that the  collectibles
      industry  is  highly   fragmented  with  significant   opportunities   for
      consolidation.  The Company  intends to acquire  profitable,  well-managed
      collectibles  retailers and  animation art marketers  that may provide new
      categories of merchandise that may be cross-sold to the Company's existing
      customer base. The Company believes that it will be an attractive acquiror
      due to its (i) strategy of  retaining  owners and  management  of acquired
      companies,  (ii)  access to capital  and (iii)  ability  to offer  sellers
      immediate  liquidity for their business as well as an ongoing equity stake
      in the  Company.  The  Company  has  developed  an  extensive  database of
      acquisition   candidates   within  the   collectibles  and  animation  art
      industries  and  believes  it will be well  positioned  to  implement  its
      acquisition program promptly following the Offering.  Although the Company
      will consider  opportunities  to make larger  acquisitions,  the Company's
      target  candidate for  acquisition is expected to have $2 to $5 million in
      annual sales, demonstrated profitability and one to four retail locations.

   o  Develop  Prototype  Store Formats.  Although the Company  intends to focus
      initially on acquiring other  retailers of  collectibles  and marketers of
      animation art, the Company  expects to complement its  acquisition  growth
      with new store  openings.  Over the next 12 months,  the Company  plans to
      develop  two  prototype   store   formats:   a   "superstore"   format  of
      approximately  18,000 square feet,  designed for either  free-standing  or
      strip mall locations,  and a mall-based  format,  of  approximately  1,500
      square feet.  The Company does not intend to open new stores over the next
      12 months.
    
     Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:
   
   o  Strengthen and Expand Vendor  Relationships.  Vendors in the  collectibles
      industry  often  recognize  retailers  based on certain  volume levels and
      reputation.  At the  discretion of vendors,  preferred  gallery  status is
      awarded  to  collectibles  stores  based on  factors  such as (i) a proven
      ability  to  market  and  sell  large  quantities  of  merchandise,   (ii)
      exceptional  customer  service  and  (iii)  creditworthiness.  Many of the
      Founding Companies have achieved preferred gallery status with key vendors
      which entitles them to volume discounts, co-op advertising funds, shipping
    


                                       4
<PAGE>

   
      allowances  and other  benefits.  The Company  believes  that as a leading
      retailer of collectibles  merchandise and a leading  marketer of animation
      art in  the  United  States,  it  will  have a  competitive  advantage  in
      leveraging its vendor  relationships.  In addition,  the Company  believes
      that it will be able to establish exclusive relationships with vendors for
      certain product lines and items which  generally lead to increased  sales.
      Certain vendors already have expressed a willingness to develop  products,
      such as porcelain  figurines,  resin  figurines  and cels, on an exclusive
      basis for the Company.
    
   o  Expand and  Improve  Database  Direct  Mail,  Telemarketing  and  Internet
      Marketing  Programs.  The Founding Companies have developed databases that
      often detail the buying patterns and  merchandise  preferences of existing
      and  potential  customers  and enable the  Founding  Companies  to conduct
      targeted  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing
      programs. In order to develop a comprehensive marketing program for use on
      a  Company-wide  basis,  the  Company  intends to combine  and enhance the
      existing  customer  databases of its Founding  Companies  and to introduce
      database direct mail,  telemarketing  and Internet  marketing  programs at
      Founding  Companies  and future  companies  to be  acquired  which are not
      utilizing such programs.
   
   o  Improve Operating Procedures.  The Company is currently evaluating several
      MIS alternatives  designed to centralize and monitor the operations of the
      Founding Companies by auditing sales receipts, accounts payables, payroll,
      purchases  and  inventory  levels  and by  implementing  centralized  cash
      management  operations.   The  Company  also  will  evaluate  implementing
      appropriate systems,  such as Company-wide  point-of-sale  systems, at its
      stores.  The Company  further  intends to enhance  operations at the store
      level  through  improved  training  programs  and  incentive  systems  for
      experienced managers and corporate-level merchandising to more effectively
      manage the Company's merchandising decisions, product displays and product
      assortment.  Although in the near term the Company expects to incur higher
      operating  expenses,  the Company  anticipates  that in the future it will
      achieve long-term economies of scale and enhanced store-level  performance
      as a result of these efforts.

   o  Capitalize  on  Local  Strengths.  By  maintaining  significant  operating
      autonomy at the local level,  the Company  intends to  capitalize on local
      strengths,  such as name  recognition,  customer  loyalty and service.  In
      addition,  the Company  anticipates  that certain of the principals of the
      Founding  Companies will assist in establishing and refining practices for
      Company-wide operations.
    
     The Company's  executive  offices currently are located at One Battery Park
Plaza,  24th Floor,  New York, New York 10004,  and its telephone number at that
address is (212)  344-1271.  Following the  consummation  of the  Offering,  the
Company intends to relocate its executive offices to Las Vegas, Nevada.


                                THE ACQUISITIONS
   
     Collectibles  USA was  incorporated  in  Delaware  in January  1996 and was
founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles  merchandise and marketer
of animation art products. Concurrently with, and as a condition to, the closing
of the Offering,  Collectibles  USA will acquire by merger all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of nine Founding Companies, six of which are retailers
of contemporary  collectibles and three of which are marketers of animation art.
The aggregate consideration that will be paid by Collectibles USA to acquire the
Founding  Companies consists of approximately $9.2 million in cash and 2,246,996
shares of Common  Stock.  In  addition,  approximately  $6.5  million of the net
proceeds of the  Offering  will be used to repay  indebtedness  of the  Founding
Companies,  including indebtedness incurred to fund S Corporation  distributions
to  stockholders  of  certain  of the  Founding  Companies  and to  repay  other
indebtedness.  Prior to the  Acquisitions,  the Company  will have  conducted no
operations  and generated no revenue.  The Company's  senior  management  group,
other than the executives of the Founding  Companies,  was assembled during June
through August of 1997. See "The Company."     


                                       5


<PAGE>

                                  THE OFFERING

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company  .........   2,700,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the         6,206,094 shares(1)
 Offering ....................................
Use of Proceeds ..............................   To pay the cash portion of the purchase  price of the
                                                 Founding Companies; repay certain indebtedness of the
                                                 Founding Companies,  including  indebtedness incurred
                                                 to fund S Corporation  distributions  to stockholders
                                                 of certain of the  Founding  Companies;  pay required
                                                 cash amounts in connection with the conversion of the
                                                 Series   A   Convertible    Preferred    Stock   upon
                                                 consummation  of the  Offering;  repay the  principal
                                                 amount  outstanding under certain  subordinated notes
                                                 held by an affiliate of the Company;  and for general
                                                 corporate  purposes,  which is  expected  to  include
                                                 future  acquisitions.   See  "Use  of  Proceeds"  and
                                                 "Certain   Transactions."

Proposed  Nasdaq  National Market Symbol ......  CUSA
                                                 
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) Includes  (i)  2,246,996  shares to be issued to the owners of the  Founding
    Companies,  (ii)  67,916  shares  to be issued to  holders  of the  Series A
    Convertible  Preferred  Stock and (iii) 870,436  shares of  Restricted  Vote
    Common Stock to be held by various  sponsors of the  transactions  described
    herein. See "Principal  Stockholders."  Each share of Restricted Vote Common
    Stock is  entitled to  four-tenths  of a vote on all  matters  submitted  to
    stockholders.  Restricted Vote Common Stock is convertible into Common Stock
    under certain  circumstances.  See  "Description  of Capital Stock -- Common
    Stock and Restricted  Vote Common Stock."  Excludes (i) 1,180,914  shares of
    Common Stock reserved for issuance  under the Company's  stock option plans,
    of which options to purchase 185,000 shares have been granted and options to
    purchase 370,000 shares will be granted  concurrently  with the consummation
    of the  Offering  and (ii)  270,000  shares of  Common  Stock  reserved  for
    issuance  upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the  Representatives
    of the Underwriters and their designees,  exercisable at 120% of the initial
    public offering price (the "Representatives'  Warrants"). See "Management --
    1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan," "-- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan"
    and "Underwriting."
    

                                  RISK FACTORS

     Collectibles  USA  was  founded  in  January  1996  but  has  conducted  no
operations and generated no revenue to date.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements to acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously with the closing of
the  Offering.  Approximately  $9.2  million of the net proceeds of the Offering
will be paid in cash to the owners of the Founding  Companies (some of whom will
become  officers,  directors or key employees of the Company).  The Common Stock
offered  hereby  involves a high degree of risk and  immediate  and  substantial
dilution. See "Risk Factors."

                                       6

<PAGE>


                   SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

     Collectibles USA will acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously  with,
and as a condition to, the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement
presentation purposes,  however,  American Royal Arts Corp., one of the Founding
Companies, has been identified as the "accounting acquiror." The following table
presents the unaudited pro forma  combined  financial  data for the Company,  as
adjusted  for (i) the effects of the  Acquisitions;  (ii) the effects of certain
pro forma adjustments to the historical  financial  statements  described below;
and  (iii) the  consummation  of the  Offering  and the  application  of the net
proceeds  therefrom.  This  information  should be read together with  "Selected
Financial Data," the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined  Financial  Statements and the
notes thereto and the  historical  financial  statements for American Royal Arts
Corp.  and certain of the other  Founding  Companies  and the  respective  notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PRO FORMA(1)
                                                            --------------------------------------
                                                                YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                             JANUARY 31, 1997      JULY 31, 1997
                                                            ------------------   -----------------
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA(2):
 Net sales  .............................................       $   25,909          $   12,292
 Cost of sales ..........................................           11,931               5,699
                                                                -----------         -----------
 Gross profit  ..........................................           13,978               6,593
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(3)   ......            9,926               5,433
 Goodwill amortization(4)  ..............................              581                 290
                                                                -----------         -----------
 Operating income .......................................            3,471                 870
 Interest and other income (expense), net(5) ............              308                  98
                                                                -----------         -----------
 Income before taxes ....................................            3,779                 968
 Net income    ..........................................       $    1,979          $      454
                                                                ===========         ===========
 Net income per share   .................................       $      .35          $      .08
                                                                ===========         ===========
 Shares used in computing net income per share(6)  ......        5,720,848           5,720,848
</TABLE>
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         JULY 31, 1997
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                  PRO FORMA
                                                                  COMBINED(7)       AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                              ------------------   ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital (deficit)   ..............................    $    (8,789)(9)         $12,623
 Total assets .............................................         41,695              43,287
 Long-term obligations, net of current maturities and notes
   payable to stockholders(10)  ...........................          2,384                  --
 Stockholders' equity  ....................................         17,074              37,184
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
 (1) The year ended January 31, 1997 includes  American  Royal Arts for the year
     ended January 31, 1997,  Stone's  Hallmark for the year ended  November 30,
     1996 and Crystal Galleria, North Pole City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark,
     Animation  USA,  Filmart and Crystal Palace for the year ended December 31,
     1996.  The six months ended July 31, 1997 includes  American Royal Arts for
     the six months  ended July 31,  1997,  Stone's  Hallmark for the six months
     ended May 31, 1997 and North Pole City, Crystal Galleria,  Little Elegance,
     Reef Hallmark, Animation USA, Filmart and Crystal Palace for the six months
     ended June 30, 1997.

 (2) The pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that the
     Acquisitions  and the Offering  were closed on February 1, 1996 and are not
     necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company would have obtained had
     these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.

 (3) The pro forma combined statement of operations data reflect an aggregate of
     approximately $930,000 and $209,000 for year ended January 31, 1997 and the
     six months ended July 31, 1997,  respectively,  in pro forma  reductions in
     salary and benefits to the owners of the  Founding  Companies to which they
     have agreed  prospectively  and certain  other  adjustments,  including the
     effect  of  revisions  of  certain   lease   agreements   between   certain
     stockholders  of  the  Founding  Companies  and  such  Founding  Companies.
     Selling,   general   and   administrative   expenses  do  not  include  the
     non-recurring,  non-cash  compensation  charge of $1.3 million for the year
     ended January 31, 1997.
    


                                       7


<PAGE>

 (4) Reflects  amortization  of the  goodwill  to be recorded as a result of the
     Acquisitions  over a 40-year period and computed on the basis  described in
     the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

 (5) Includes the  reduction of pro forma  interest  expense  attributed  to the
     repayment of debt with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.

   
 (6) Includes (i)  1,191,182  shares  outstanding  prior to the  Offering,  (ii)
     2,246,996  shares  to be issued to the  owners of the  Founding  Companies,
     (iii)  67,916  shares to be issued to holders  of the Series A  Convertible
     Preferred  Stock,  (iv)  55,500  shares  (determined  to  be  common  stock
     equivalents  for purposes of  computing  earnings per share) of the 185,000
     shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding  options and (v) 2,159,254
     of the 2,700,000  shares to be sold in the Offering to pay the cash portion
     of the consideration for the Acquisitions,  repay indebtedness  relating to
     distributions  to stockholders of certain Founding  Companies  representing
     substantially all of their previously taxed undistributed  earnings (the "S
     Corporation  Distributions"),  repay indebtedness of the Founding Companies
     and pay  expenses of the  Offering.  Excludes  options to purchase  370,000
     shares to be granted concurrently with the consummation of the Offering and
     270,000 shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of the  Representatives'
     Warrants.  See  "Management  -- 1997  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan," "-- 1997
     Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan" and "Underwriting."

 (7) The pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Acquisitions were
     closed on July 31,  1997.  The pro forma  combined  balance  sheet data are
     based  upon  preliminary  estimates,   available  information  and  certain
     assumptions  that  management  deems  appropriate  and  should  be  read in
     conjunction with the other financial  statements and notes thereto included
     elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 (8) Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

 (9) Includes  $9.2  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding  Companies,
     representing the cash portion of the  consideration for the Acquisitions to
     be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.
   
(10) Several  of  the  Founding  Companies  are S  Corporations.  Prior  to  the
     Acquisitions,   these   Founding   Companies   will   make  S   Corporation
     Distributions  totaling  $1.3  million.  In order to pay the S  Corporation
     Distributions,  the  Founding  Companies  will  borrow  $1.3  million  from
     existing  sources,  which  will be  repaid  from  the net  proceeds  of the
     Offering.
    


                                       8
<PAGE>


               SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANY FINANCIAL DATA

     The following table presents certain summary  statements of operations data
for the Founding Companies for the periods indicated.



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS
                                                                       FISCAL(1)                    ENDED JULY 31(1)
                                                         -------------------------------------- ------------------------
                                                             1995         1996         1997         1996        1997
                                                         ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
American Royal Arts
 Sales  ................................................ $3,897,785   $4,051,072   $4,288,612   $2,194,610   $2,080,990
 Gross profit ..........................................  2,182,760    2,491,154    2,782,828    1,358,025    1,385,063
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......  1,587,875    1,759,886    1,778,138      920,218      943,920
Stone's Hallmark
 Sales  ................................................ $3,488,838   $4,281,040   $4,985,549   $2,772,411   $3,201,997
 Gross profit ..........................................  1,689,219    2,012,350    2,488,975    1,318,703    1,542,421
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......  1,430,695    1,787,457    2,117,010      948,627      968,861
Crystal Galleria(3)
 Sales  ................................................ $2,503,075   $2,794,361   $3,727,285   $1,604,077   $2,050,079
 Gross profit ..........................................  1,315,177    1,461,184    1,942,369      842,741    1,076,705
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......    730,906      875,180    1,564,229      666,158      867,682
North Pole City
 Sales  ................................................ $2,562,024   $2,865,249   $3,521,373   $  860,270   $1,139,105
 Gross profit ..........................................  1,190,985    1,373,610    1,900,911      438,454      572,779
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......    989,561    1,077,684    1,393,205      574,599      820,852
Little Elegance(3)
 Sales  ................................................ $3,113,114   $2,707,793   $2,598,270   $  696,609   $  818,096
 Gross profit ..........................................  1,362,429    1,238,268    1,251,609      336,392      381,365
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......  1,260,761    1,179,842    1,229,978      536,940      577,356
Reef Hallmark(3)
 Sales  ................................................ $1,419,294   $1,838,788   $2,492,809   $1,178,459   $1,299,180
 Gross profit ..........................................    633,618      737,030    1,191,341      568,702      621,241
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......    484,960      628,543      934,764      442,136      515,539
Animation USA(3)
 Sales  ................................................ $1,212,497   $1,731,856   $1,716,410   $  834,654   $  671,603
 Gross profit ..........................................    600,536      833,341      876,127      440,182      416,431
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......    626,514      773,523      845,100      410,502      371,544
Filmart(3)
 Sales  ................................................ $  760,653   $1,053,089   $1,445,848   $  541,146   $  514,504
 Gross profit ..........................................    503,716      541,720      947,928      337,990      323,271
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......    452,189      492,577      539,178      220,916      300,036
Crystal Palace(3)
 Sales  ................................................ $1,103,714   $1,129,960   $1,132,782   $  485,769   $  516,011
 Gross profit ..........................................    415,965      467,809      595,517      252,599      273,328
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)  ......    466,737      478,785      455,299      216,474      225,015
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) The fiscal years presented are as follows:  American Royal Arts -- the years
    ended October 31, 1994 and 1995 and the year ended January 31, 1997; Stone's
    Hallmark -- the years ended  November  30, 1994,  1995 and 1996;  North Pole
    City -- the years ended March 31, 1995 and 1996 and December  31, 1996;  and
    Crystal Galleria, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA, Filmart and
    Crystal  Palace -- the years ended  December  31, 1994,  1995 and 1996.  The
    interim  periods  presented are as follows:  American  Royal Arts -- the six
    months  ended July 31,  1996 and 1997;  Stone's  Hallmark  -- the six months
    ended May 31,  1996 and 1997;  North Pole  City,  Crystal  Galleria,  Little
    Elegance,  Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA,  Filmart and Crystal Palace -- the
    six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997.
    
(2) Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  have not been  adjusted for
    aggregate  reductions  in salary and  benefits to the owners of the Founding
    Companies  to which they have  agreed  prospectively  and for  revisions  to
    certain  lease  agreements  between one of the  Founding  Companies  and its
    stockholders,  or for  increased  costs  associated  with the  Company's new
    corporate management and with being a public company.
   
(3) The summary  statements  of  operations  data is unaudited for the following
    companies:  Reef  Hallmark  and Filmart for Fiscal 1995;  Animation  USA for
    Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal  1996;  and Little  Elegance  and Crystal  Palace for
    Fiscal  1995,  Fiscal 1996 and Fiscal 1997 and the six months ended July 31,
    1996 and 1997 for all Founding Companies.
    


                                       9

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other  information  in this  Prospectus,  the  following
factors  should be  considered  carefully  in  evaluating  the  Company  and its
business  before  purchasing  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  hereby.   This
Prospectus  contains,  in addition to  historical  information,  forward-looking
statements that involve risks and  uncertainties.  The Company's  actual results
could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences  include, but are not limited to, those discussed
in the  following  risk  factors,  "Management's  Discussions  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

   
ABSENCE  OF  COMBINED  FINANCIAL  AND  OPERATING HISTORY; INABILITY TO INTEGRATE
OPERATIONS

     Collectibles  USA  was  founded  in  January  1996  but  has  conducted  no
operations and generated no revenue to date.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements to acquire the Founding Companies  simultaneously with the closing of
the  Offering.   The  Founding   Companies  have  been  operating  as  separate,
independent entities and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to integrate these businesses on a cost-effective  basis or at all. In addition,
there can be no assurance that the recently  assembled  senior  management group
will be able to oversee  the  combined  entity  and  effectively  implement  the
Company's  operating  or growth  strategies.  The pro forma  combined  financial
results of the Founding  Companies cover periods when the Founding Companies and
Collectibles USA were not under common control or management and, therefore, may
not be indicative of the Company's  future financial or operating  results.  The
success of the Company will depend on  management's  ability to  centralize  and
integrate  certain   administrative  and  accounting   functions  and  otherwise
integrate the Founding Companies and businesses  acquired in the future into one
organization  in a profitable  manner.  In particular,  the Company will need to
consolidate its internal systems for reporting  financial and other information,
including  inventory  levels,  deemed  significant by  management.  The internal
systems for accumulating such information at each of the Founding Companies vary
in degree of  sophistication,  and,  in some  cases,  are not  adequate  for the
Company's  anticipated  needs.  Failure to  successfully  develop a consolidated
system for reporting such  information  could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.  The inability of
the  Company to  successfully  integrate  the  Founding  Companies  would have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  condition and results of
operations  and would make it unlikely  that the Company's  acquisition  program
will be  successful.  See  "Business  --  Growth  Strategy"  and "--  Management
Information  Systems  and  Controls."  The Company  expects to incur  additional
management and other administrative  expenses after the Acquisitions.  There can
be no assurance that these expenses will be offset by savings resulting from the
consolidation  of the  Founding  Companies.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."     

RELIANCE  ON  THE  IDENTIFICATION  AND  INTEGRATION  OF SATISFACTORY ACQUISITION
CANDIDATES; RELIANCE ON ACQUISITION FINANCING

     The  Company's  future  growth  depends  in large  part on its  ability  to
increase  its sales  and the  markets  it  serves  through  the  acquisition  of
additional  collectibles  retailers and animation art  marketers.  The Company's
inability to achieve its acquisition  goals could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  identify  or  acquire  additional
businesses on acceptable  terms,  effectively and profitably  integrate into the
Company  businesses  acquired in the future,  or achieve sales and profitability
that  justify  the  investment  therein.  Acquisitions  may  involve a number of
special risks,  including adverse  short-term  effects on the Company's reported
operating results; diversion of management's attention; dependence on retaining,
hiring and training key personnel;  risks associated with unanticipated problems
or legal liabilities;  and amortization of acquired  intangible assets,  some or
all of which could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial
condition  and  results  of  operations.   In  addition,   to  the  extent  that
consolidation becomes more prevalent in the industry,  the prices for attractive
acquisition candidates may increase. The Company intends to use shares of Common
Stock for a portion of the consideration for future acquisitions.  If the Common
Stock  does  not  maintain  a  sufficient  value  or  if  potential  acquisition
candidates are unwilling to accept shares of Common Stock as part of


                                       10

<PAGE>

   
the  consideration  for the sale of their  businesses,  then the  Company may be
required to utilize more of its cash resources, if available, in order to pursue
its acquisition program. If the Company does not have sufficient cash resources,
its  growth  could be  limited  unless it is able to obtain  additional  capital
through  financings or alternative  means. See "Business -- Growth Strategy" and
the  Unaudited Pro Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements  and the notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.


MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH; INEXPERIENCE MANAGING A CONSOLIDATED COMPANY

     The Company  expects to grow  primarily  through  acquisitions.  Management
expects to expend  significant  time and effort in  evaluating,  completing  and
integrating acquisitions. The Company will need to implement additional systems,
procedures and controls to support  adequately the Company's  operations as they
expand. Any future growth will also impose significant added responsibilities on
members  of senior  management,  including  the need to  identify,  recruit  and
integrate new senior level  managers and  executives.  There can be no assurance
that such additional  management will be identified and retained by the Company.
The  Company's  officers  and  senior  management  have had  limited  experience
managing a consolidated company, which requires, among other things, the ability
to  manage  many  individual  stores  geographically  dispersed  throughout  the
country.  The  inability  of the  Company to manage its growth  efficiently  and
effectively, or to attract and retain additional qualified management could have
a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of
operations. See "Business -- Growth Strategy."


FLUCTUATION OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company's  quarterly  results of operations have fluctuated in the past
and may  continue  to  fluctuate  in the future.  Variations  as a result of the
amount and timing of sales  contributed  by special  events and artist  signings
have significantly  affected net sales and gross profits.  Quarterly results may
also be  materially  affected  by the  timing of  acquisitions,  the  timing and
magnitude of acquisition  assimilation  costs,  the costs of opening new stores,
the  timing  of new  product  introductions,  the  gain or  loss of  significant
customers or product lines and variations in merchandise  mix. The Company makes
decisions about purchases of inventory well in advance of the time at which such
products are intended to be sold.  Significant  deviations from projected demand
for  collectibles  merchandise  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's  financial  condition and quarterly or annual  results of  operations.
Accordingly,  the Company's  performance  in any  particular  quarter may not be
indicative  of the results that can be expected for any other quarter or for the
entire year. See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations."     


DEPENDENCE ON LICENSES

     The Company  markets many of its animation art products  through retail and
wholesale channels pursuant to licensing arrangements.  The Company has licenses
or rights to design,  produce  and  distribute  animation  art  featuring a wide
variety  of  well  known  characters  such as  Garfield\R,  The  Simpsons\R  and
Anastasia\R.  These arrangements are limited in scope, expire between March 1998
and September 1999, and authorize the sale of specified  licensed products for a
defined  period of time,  generally  two to four years.  The  agreements  may be
terminated prior to their expiration date under certain circumstances, including
the  Company's  failure to comply  with the  product  approval  provisions.  The
success  of  licensing  arrangements  depends  on many  factors,  including  the
reasonableness  of license  fees in  relation to revenue  generated  by sales of
licensed  products and the continued  popularity of the licensed  products.  The
termination,   cancellation  or  inability  to  renew  any  existing   licensing
arrangements, coupled with the inability to develop and enter into new licensing
arrangements,  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial
condition  and  results of  operations.  In  addition,  certain of the  Founding
Companies are authorized  dealers of limited editions and sericels  manufactured
by Disney and Warner Brothers, which are sold through retail channels. There can
be no assurance that such status will not be revoked or that any such revocation
would not have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition
and results of operations.  In addition,  the Company is an authorized dealer of
art produced by Warner Brothers/Hanna-Barbera, Disney and artist Chuck


                                       11


<PAGE>
   
Jones. The Company's authorized dealer agreements can generally be terminated by
the other party with or without cause on short notice. Termination of any of the
Company's  authorized  dealer agreements could have a material adverse effect on
the  Company's  financial  condition and results of  operations.  Certain of the
authorized dealer  agreements  require the vendor's consent to the Acquisitions.
Although the Company is seeking  consents  authorizing  the  Acquisitions  where
required  by the terms of such  authorized  dealer  agreements,  there can be no
assurance  that such consents  will be obtained.  The failure to obtain any such
consents  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company's  financial
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Licenses."     


NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL
   
     The Company  expects  that it will use  significant  amounts of capital for
acquisitions of other  collectibles  retailers and animation art marketers,  for
operating purposes (including the acquisition and implementation of a management
information  system) and to facilitate  internal growth.  The Company intends to
use  shares  of  Common  Stock for a portion  of the  consideration  for  future
acquisitions.  If the Common Stock does not  maintain a  sufficient  value or if
potential acquisition candidates are unwilling to accept Common Stock as part of
the  consideration  for the sale of their  businesses,  then the  Company may be
required to utilize more of its cash resources, if available, in order to pursue
its acquisition program. If the Company does not have sufficient cash resources,
its growth  could be limited.  Using cash to complete  acquisitions  and finance
internal growth could substantially  limit the Company's financial  flexibility;
using  debt  could  result in  financial  covenants  that  limit  the  Company's
operations and financial flexibility; and using equity may result in significant
dilution of the  ownership  interests of the then existing  stockholders  of the
Company.  The  timing  and  amount of any such  capital  requirements  cannot be
predicted.  The Company has  received a  commitment  letter for a $25.0  million
credit  facility  with a commercial  bank to be used for  acquisitions,  working
capital and other general corporate purposes.  The credit facility is subject to
various  conditions  including  receipt of net proceeds  from the Offering of at
least $19.0 million.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
obtain this credit  facility or other financing it may need on terms the Company
deems acceptable,  if at all. As a result, the Company might be unable to pursue
its  acquisition  strategy  successfully or to achieve  operating  efficiencies,
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition
and  results  of  operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources
- -- Combined" and "Business -- Growth Strategy."

    
DEPENDENCE  ON  KEY COLLECTIBLES VENDORS AND RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH DEPENDENCE ON
FOREIGN VENDORS
   
     The  Company's  performance  depends,  in large  part,  on its  ability  to
purchase  contemporary  collectibles  merchandise  in  sufficient  quantities at
competitive prices. Although the Company purchases collectibles merchandise from
over 100 vendors,  one vendor,  Hallmark,  accounted for approximately 9% of the
Company's  pro forma net sales in Fiscal 1997.  The loss of Hallmark as a vendor
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results of operations.  The Company has no long-term purchase contracts or other
contractual  assurances of continued supply,  pricing or access to new products.
Because  customers of collectibles  merchandise  often collect  specific product
lines,  the inability of the Company to obtain  collectibles  merchandise from a
particular  vendor  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial
condition and results of  operations.  Moreover,  there can be no assurance that
vendors will continue to manufacture desirable collectibles  merchandise or that
vendors  will not  discontinue  manufacturing  product  lines  that have  proved
popular.  In  addition,  one  of  the  Founding  Companies,  as  a  retailer  of
merchandise  imported from Italy,  is subject to certain risks that typically do
not  affect  other   retailers,   including   the  need  to  order   merchandise
significantly in advance of delivery, fluctuations in the value of currency, and
the  obligation  to pay  for  such  merchandise  at the  time it is  loaded  for
transport to designated  U.S.  destinations.  There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient  quantities on
terms  acceptable  to the  Company,  or that an  inability  to acquire  suitable
merchandise,  or the loss of one or more key  vendors,  will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- National Operating Strategy."     


                                       12

<PAGE>


   
FACTORS AFFECTING INTERNAL GROWTH

     The Company's ability to generate internal earnings growth will be affected
by, among other factors,  its ability to expand the range of merchandise offered
to customers,  increase sales to existing customers,  increase market share in a
given market,  attract and retain  qualified  employees,  purchase  inventory at
acceptable  prices,  open  additional  stores  and  reduce  operating  costs and
overhead.  The Company's  inability to generate  internal  earnings growth could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations.     


COMPETITION

     The  collectibles  and animation art industries  are highly  fragmented and
competitive.  In addition to other  collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art
marketers,  the Company competes with  mid-to-upscale  department  stores,  gift
stores,  card shops, TV shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print
stores. The Company's  animation art galleries  compete,  in certain cases, with
the owners of the licensed characters, including Disney and Warner Brothers, who
sell products through their own stores and other marketing channels. Many of the
Company's  competitors  are larger  and have  substantially  greater  financial,
marketing  and other  resources  than the  Company.  In  addition,  although the
primary  points  of  competition   are  service  and   availability  of  desired
merchandise,  there  can be no  assurance  that  pricing  competition  will  not
develop.  Other retailing companies with significantly greater capital and other
resources  than  the  Company  may  enter  or  expand  their  operations  in the
collectibles  industry,  which  could  change the  competitive  dynamics  of the
industry.  In  addition,  as the  Company's  animation  art  licenses and rights
expire,  the Company will compete with other  marketers of animation art for the
right to design,  produce and market artistic  creations based on the applicable
licensed character. Because retailers of collectibles and marketers of animation
art products  generally do not own the  proprietary  rights to the products that
they  sell,  the  barriers  to entry to these  industries  are not  significant.
Therefore, there can be no assurance that additional participants will not enter
the market or that the Company could compete effectively with such entrants. See
"Business -- Competition."

     In  addition,  it is  possible  that there will be  competition  to acquire
additional  businesses if the  collectibles or animation art industries  undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for such  companies.  The Company  believes  that its  decentralized  management
strategy and other operating  strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers and animation art  marketers.  However,  there can be no
assurance that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.

   
SEASONALITY

     The  collectibles  industry,  and to a  lesser  extent  the  animation  art
industry,  can be subject to seasonal variations in demand. For example, most of
the Company's collectibles  operations experience the greatest demand during the
winter holiday shopping period.  Although the animation art industry experiences
less  seasonal  variations  in demand,  sales of  animation  art also  generally
increase during the winter holiday season. Consequently, certain of the Founding
Companies have  historically  been most profitable  during the fourth quarter of
the  Company's  fiscal  year.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."     


EFFECT OF FLUCTUATIONS IN THE GENERAL ECONOMY
   
     Demand for  collectibles  merchandise  and animation art is affected by the
general economic  conditions in the United States.  When economic conditions are
favorable and discretionary  income increases,  purchases of non-essential items
like  collectibles  merchandise  and  animation  art  generally  increase.  When
economic  conditions are less favorable,  sales of collectibles  merchandise and
animation art are generally lower. In addition,  the Company may experience more
competitive   pricing  pressure  during  economic  downturns.   Therefore,   any
significant  economic downturn or any future changes in consumer spending habits
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results of operations.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."     


                                       13

<PAGE>

CHANGES IN CUSTOMER TASTE

     The markets for the  Company's  products  are subject to changing  customer
tastes and the need to create and market new products.  Demand for  collectibles
and animation art products is  influenced by the  popularity of certain  themes,
cultural and  demographic  trends,  marketing and advertising  expenditures  and
general economic conditions.  Because these factors can change rapidly, customer
demand also can shift quickly.  Some collectibles appeal to customers for only a
limited  time.  The  success  of new  product  introductions  depends on various
factors,  including product selection and quality,  sales and marketing efforts,
timely  production  and delivery and  consumer  acceptance.  The Company may not
always be able to respond  quickly and  effectively to changes in customer taste
and  demand  due to the  amount  of time  and  financial  resources  that may be
required to bring new  products to market.  If the  Company  were to  materially
misjudge the market,  certain  inventory of the Company may remain  unsold.  The
inability to respond  quickly to market  changes  could have a material  adverse
effect on the  Company's  financial  condition  and results of  operations.  See
"Business -- Marketing."


RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH MARKETING AND TELEMARKETING STRATEGY

     One of the Company's  significant  strategies for improved marketing is the
consolidation  of the  databases of the various  Founding  Companies  and of any
companies  acquired in the future for database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and
Internet marketing  efforts.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to integrate these databases successfully or that, once integrated, some of
the  databases  will not be discovered to contain  overlapping  information.  In
addition,  the Company  has not  previously  conducted  its  marketing  programs
according to practices  common to the database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and
Internet industries,  including practices such as the systematic  measurement of
the response rates generated from its databases or the categorization of entries
in the databases by past behavior.  The costs for a new  information  technology
system to effect such integration  could be substantial,  as could the amount of
time needed to acquire and implement  such a system.  The inability to integrate
the various  databases  successfully,  or in a timely and cost effective manner,
could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and
results  of  operations.   In  addition,   while  the  Founding  Companies  have
historically  charged  customers the costs of overnight  and ground  delivery of
merchandise,  they have not charged,  and the Company does not intend to charge,
customers  for the costs of catalog  mailings and paper.  Material  increases in
paper or catalog  delivery  costs or the  inability to charge  customers for the
costs of  overnight  or ground  delivery  of  merchandise  could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.
See "Business -- Marketing."


SALES TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     Various  states are  increasingly  seeking to impose  sales or use taxes on
inter-state mail order sales and are aggressively  auditing sales tax returns of
mail order  businesses.  Complex  legal issues  arise in these areas,  relating,
among other things, to the required nexus of a business with a particular state,
which may permit the state to require a business to collect such taxes. Although
the Company believes that each of the Founding Companies has adequately provided
for sales taxes on its mail order  sales,  there can be no  assurance  as to the
effect of actions  taken by state tax  authorities  on the  Company's  financial
condition or results of operations. Furthermore, prior to the Acquisitions, each
Founding  Company has collected sales taxes only on sales to customers in states
in which such  Founding  Company  conducts its  operations.  In the future,  the
Company may be required to collect  sales tax on sales made to  customers in all
of the states in which it conducts its operations. The imposition of sales taxes
on mail order sales  generally has a negative effect on mail order sales levels.
All of the factors cited above may  negatively  affect the  Company's  financial
condition  and  results of  operations  in the future.  Any such  impact  cannot
currently be quantified.


DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The Company's  operations are dependent on the continued  efforts of senior
management of Collectibles USA and of the Founding Companies.  Furthermore,  the
Company will likely be dependent on the senior  management of companies that may
be acquired in the future. Although the Company has


                                       14

<PAGE>

entered into employment  agreements with senior  management of Collectibles  USA
and of the Founding  Companies,  there can be no assurance  that any  individual
will continue in such capacity for any  particular  period of time.  The loss of
key personnel,  or the inability to hire and retain qualified  employees,  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations. The Company does not intend to carry key-person life insurance on
any of its employees. See "Management."


MISREPRESENTATIONS  AND  BREACHES  BY  THE SELLERS AND THE FOUNDING COMPANIES IN
THE ACQUISITIONS

     In  consummating  the  Acquisitions,  the Company is relying  upon  certain
representations,  warranties  and  indemnities  made by the former owners of the
Founding Companies and the Founding Companies themselves with respect to each of
the Acquisitions, as well as its own due diligence investigations.  There can be
no assurance that such  representations and warranties will be true and correct,
that the  Company's  due  diligence  will  uncover all  material  adverse  facts
relating to the  operations  and financial  condition of the Founding  Companies
that are acquired or that all of the conditions to the Company's  obligations to
consummate the Acquisitions will be satisfied.  Any material  misrepresentations
could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  financial  condition or
results of operations.


CONTROL BY EXISTING MANAGEMENT AND STOCKHOLDERS
   
     Following  the  completion  of  the  Acquisitions  and  the  Offering,  the
Company's  officers and  directors,  various  sponsors of the  transaction,  and
stockholders of the Founding Companies,  and entities affiliated with them, will
beneficially own approximately  53.4% of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock
(50.3% if the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is exercised in full). These
holders of Common Stock will control in the aggregate approximately 49.3% of the
votes of all shares of Common Stock and, if acting in concert, generally will be
able to exercise control over the Company's  affairs,  to elect the entire board
of directors of  Collectibles  USA (the "Board of Directors") and to control the
disposition of any matter  submitted to a vote of  stockholders.  See "Principal
Stockholders."     


PROCEEDS OF OFFERING PAYABLE TO AFFILIATES
   
     Approximately $15.7 million, or approximately 74.4%, of the net proceeds of
the Offering will be paid in cash to the owners of the Founding  Companies (some
of whom will become  officers,  directors  or key  employees of the Company) and
will be used to repay certain indebtedness of the Founding Companies,  including
indebtedness  incurred to fund S Corporation  Distributions  to  stockholders of
certain  of the  Founding  Companies.  Approximately  $2.5  million  of the $5.2
million  of  indebtedness  at  October  1, 1997 to be repaid is held by  certain
stockholders and affiliates of the Founding Companies.  Included in the expenses
of the Offering are  approximately  $1.0 million to pay required cash amounts in
connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock upon
consummation  of the Offering  and  approximately  $1.3  million to repay,  upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount  outstanding  under  the
$300,000 5% note due December 31, 1997 (the "CEFC Note-1"), the $555,000 5% note
due December 31, 1997 (the "CEFC  Note-2") and the $400,000 5% note due December
31, 1997 (the "CEFC  Note-3",  and,  together  with the CEFC Note-1 and the CEFC
Note-2, the "CEFC Notes"),  which notes are held by an affiliate of the Company.
The proceeds from the sale of the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock and the
CEFC  Notes  were  used by the  Company  to pay  various  expenses  incurred  in
connection  with its  efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect  the
Offering.  Net proceeds  available for  acquisitions,  working capital and other
uses by the Company  will be  approximately  $5.4  million,  or 25.6% of the net
proceeds  of the  Offering  (approximately  $9.2  million,  or  36.9% of the net
proceeds  of  the  Offering,  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  is
exercised in full). See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."     


POTENTIAL  EFFECT  OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE ON THE PRICE OF THE COMMON
STOCK

     The 2,700,000  shares being sold in the Offering  will be freely  tradeable
unless  acquired by  affiliates  of the Company.  The market price of the Common
Stock of the Company  could be  adversely  affected  by the sale of  substantial
amounts of shares of Common Stock of the Company in the public market  following
the Offering.


                                       15

<PAGE>

     Simultaneously  with the closing of the Offering,  the  stockholders of the
Founding  Companies will receive,  in the aggregate,  2,246,996 shares of Common
Stock as a portion of the consideration  for their businesses.  These shares are
not being  offered by this  Prospectus  and have not been  registered  under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and,  therefore,  may
not be sold unless  registered  under the  Securities Act or sold pursuant to an
exemption  from  registration,  such  as the  exemption  provided  by  Rule  144
promulgated  under the  Securities  Act. These shares are being offered and sold
pursuant  to the  private  placement  exemption  from  registration  provided by
Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act. The  stockholders  who will receive  these
shares have agreed with the Company not to sell,  transfer or otherwise  dispose
of any of these shares for one year following consummation of the Offering. Such
stockholders  also have certain  piggyback  registration  rights with respect to
these  shares and,  upon  certain  future  registrations  by the  Company,  such
restricted shares will be eligible for resale in the public market. In addition,
existing  holders of Common Stock of the Company as of the date hereof hold,  in
the  aggregate,  1,191,182  shares.  See "Certain  Transactions."  None of these
shares have been registered under the Securities Act and,  accordingly,  may not
be sold  unless  registered  under the  Securities  Act or sold  pursuant  to an
exemption from registration, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144.
   
     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities  exercisable  for or  convertible  or
exchangeable into Common Stock (the "Securities") for a period of 180 days after
the date of this  Prospectus  (the "Lockup  Period")  without the prior  written
consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., except for the grant of employee stock
options by the Company  and except  that the Company may issue  shares of Common
Stock (i) in  connection  with  acquisitions,  (ii)  pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Company's stock option plans and (iii) upon conversion
of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Restricted Vote Common Stock
in accordance with their respective terms. In addition,  certain stockholders of
the Company designated by the  Representatives who beneficially own an aggregate
of  1,121,182  shares of Common  Stock  and the  owners of each of the  Founding
Companies  have  agreed,  subject to certain  exceptions,  not to,  directly  or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities
for a period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior
written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. After such periods, all of such
shares will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 144  promulgated  under
the Securities Act, subject to the volume,  holding period and other limitations
of Rule 144. See "Underwriting."

     Pursuant to the Company's stock option plans the Company has issued options
to  acquire  185,000  shares of Common  Stock,  which  options  are  immediately
exercisable,  and concurrently with the consummation of the Offering, will issue
options to acquire  370,000  shares of Common  Stock,  which options will not be
exercisable until after the expiration of the Lockup Period. The Company intends
to register  the shares  issuable  upon  exercise of options  granted  under the
Company's  stock option plans and, upon such  registration,  such shares will be
eligible for resale in the public  market.  See  "Management  -- 1997  Long-Term
Incentive Plan," and "-- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan."     

     Upon  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company has agreed to issue to the
Representatives  and  their  designees,  for  their own  accounts,  warrants  to
purchase an aggregate of 270,000 shares of Common Stock  exercisable  during the
five-year period commencing on the date of this Prospectus, at an exercise price
equal to 120% of the initial public  offering  price.  The Company has agreed to
grant  certain  registration  rights  to the  holders  of  these  warrants.  The
existence or exercise of these warrants could  materially  adversely  affect the
Company's  ability  to  raise  additional  financing  at a time  when  it may be
advantageous to do so. See "Underwriting."

     The  Company  plans to  register up to an  additional  2,500,000  shares of
Common Stock with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")
under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after completion of the Offering
for use by the  Company as all or a portion of the  consideration  to be paid in
conjunction with future acquisitions. These shares may be freely tradeable after
their issuance, unless the sale of such shares is contractually restricted.  The
piggyback registration rights described above will not apply to the registration
statement  to be filed with  respect to these  additional  shares.  See  "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."


                                       16

<PAGE>

NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock. Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market.  However,  there  can  be no  assurance  that,  following  the
Offering,  a regular  trading  market  for the Common  Stock will  develop or be
sustained.  The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations
among the Company and the  Representatives  of the  Underwriters and may bear no
relationship  to the market  price of the Common Stock after the  Offering.  See
"Underwriting."  The  market  price of the  Common  Stock  could be  subject  to
significant  fluctuations  in  response to  variations  in  quarterly  operating
results and other  factors.  In  addition,  the stock market in recent years has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated
or disproportionate to the operating  performance of companies.  Factors such as
actual or anticipated  operating results,  growth rates, changes in estimates by
analysts,  market  conditions in the  industry,  announcements  by  competitors,
regulatory  actions and  general  economic  conditions  will vary from period to
period.  As a result of the  foregoing,  the  Company's  operating  results  and
prospects  from time to time may be below  the  expectations  of  public  market
analysts and investors. Any such event would likely result in a material adverse
effect on the price of the Common Stock.


DIVIDEND POLICY; RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT
   
     The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  and  anticipates  that for the
foreseeable  future,  its  earnings  will  be  retained  for the  operation  and
expansion of its business  and for general  corporate  purposes and that it will
not pay cash dividends.  In addition,  the Company anticipates that its proposed
credit  facility and any other credit  facility to which it becomes a party will
limit the payment of cash dividends without the lender's consent.  See "Dividend
Policy."     


IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION
   
     The purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate  dilution in the net tangible  book value of their shares of $7.75 per
share. In the event the Company issues  additional shares of Common Stock in the
future,  including  shares  which  may  be  issued  in  connection  with  future
acquisitions,  purchasers  of the Common Stock in the  Offering  may  experience
further dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock of the
Company. See "Dilution."     


ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS

     The Board of Directors of the Company is empowered to issue preferred stock
in one or  more  series  without  stockholder  action.  The  existence  of  this
"blank-check"   preferred   stock  provision  could  render  more  difficult  or
discourage  an  attempt to obtain  control  of the  Company by means of a tender
offer,  merger,  proxy contest or otherwise.  Certain provisions of the Delaware
General Corporation Law may also discourage takeover attempts that have not been
approved by the Board of Directors. See "Description of Capital Stock."


SIGNIFICANT MATERIALITY OF GOODWILL

     The Company  believes  that the carrying  value of the Founding  Companies'
tangible  assets  approximates  their  fair  value  and has not  identified  any
significant   intangible   assets   associated  with  the  Founding   Companies.
Accordingly, upon completion of the Acquisitions, the Company anticipates that a
significant  portion of its pro forma total  assets will consist of goodwill and
will be amortized over a 40 year period.  However, the Company will periodically
evaluate whether events and circumstances after the Acquisitions are consummated
indicate  that the  remaining  balance of  goodwill  may not be  recoverable  by
comparing  estimated  undiscounted cash flows from the related operations to the
carrying  amount of goodwill.  If the carrying  amount of goodwill  were greater
than the undiscounted future cash flow, an impairment loss would be recognized.


                                       17

<PAGE>

                                  THE COMPANY

     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise and marketer of animation art products.  Concurrently with, and as a
condition  to, the closing of the  Offering,  Collectibles  USA will acquire the
nine Founding  Companies.  A brief description of each of the Founding Companies
is set forth below.


COLLECTIBLES STORES
   
     Crystal  Galleria,  Inc. and Base,  Inc.  d/b/a Crystal  Galleria and d/b/a
Crystal Galaxy  ("Crystal  Galleria").  Crystal Galleria is a retailer of a wide
range of contemporary collectibles such as crystal,  porcelain figurines and art
glass from vendors, including Swarovski,  Baccarat,  Waterford,  Lalique, Lladro
and Giuseppe  Armani.  Crystal Galleria has been in operation since 1992 and has
three mall-based stores, of which two are located in the Forum Shops at Caesar's
and the Tower Shops at Stratosphere  in Las Vegas,  Nevada and one is located in
The Tysons Corner Center in McLean, Virginia. Crystal Galleria's stores carry an
average  of   approximately   3,200  stock  keeping  units   ("SKUs"),   average
approximately  1,800 square feet in size and, in the fiscal year ended  December
31, 1996, generated sales of $3.7 million. W. Randolph  Ellspermann,  one of the
owners of Crystal Galleria,  is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company  and will serve as a director of the Company  upon  consummation  of the
Offering.  Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  Vincent J. Browne,  one of the
owners of the Crystal  Galleria  stores,  will remain the  President  of Crystal
Galleria and will serve as the Executive Vice  President -- Mall  Operations and
as a director of the Company.

     Vincent  J.  Browne,  Inc.  d/b/a  Crystal Palace, Inc. ("Crystal Palace").
Crystal  Palace  is a retailer of a wide range of contemporary collectibles such
as   crystal,  plates,  figurines  and  Murano  glass  from  vendors,  including
Waterford,  Swarovski, Disney, Lladro, Goebel U.S.A. (manufacturer of the Hummel
product  line)  and  the Bradford Exchange. Crystal Palace has been in operation
since  1985  and has two mall-based stores of which one is located in San Diego,
California  and  one is located in El Cajon, California. Crystal Palace's stores
carry  an  average  of  approximately  2,600  SKUs,  average approximately 1,050
square  feet  in size and, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, generated
sales  of  $1.1  million.  Vincent  J. Browne, the sole owner of Crystal Palace,
will remain the President of Crystal Palace.
    
     St.  George,  Inc.  d/b/a  Little  Elegance  and d/b/a Under the  Mistletoe
("Little Elegance").  Little Elegance is a retailer of contemporary collectibles
such  as  figurines   and  lighted   houses  from  vendors,   including   Enesco
(manufacturer  of the Precious  Moments and Cherished  Teddies  product  lines),
Department  56  (manufacturer  of The  Original  Snow  Village and The  Heirloom
Village  Collection  product lines),  Lladro and Swarovski.  Little Elegance has
been in  operation  since 1969 and has two  mall-based  stores,  of which one is
located in Wayne,  New Jersey and one is  located  in  Woodbridge,  New  Jersey.
Little Elegance's stores carry an average of approximately  10,000 SKUs, average
approximately  3,700 square feet in size and, in the fiscal year ended  December
31, 1996,  generated sales of $2.6 million.  Upon  consummation of the Offering,
Keith Holt, the general manager of Little Elegance, will become the President of
Little Elegance.
   
     DKG Enterprises,  Inc. d/b/a North Pole City Gifts & Collectibles and d/b/a
North Pole City ("North Pole City").  North Pole City is a retailer and marketer
of Christmas and other  contemporary  collectibles  such as  ornaments,  lighted
houses and figurines from vendors,  including  Department  56, Enesco,  Giuseppe
Armani and Disney.  North Pole City has been in operation since 1984. It has one
"superstore"  of  approximately  15,000  square  feet  of  retail  space  and  a
free-standing  retail outlet of approximately  1,500 square feet both located in
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.  North Pole City carries  approximately 13,900 SKUs and
generated  sales of $3.7 million in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1997.  Upon
consummation of the Offering,  David K. Green, an owner of North Pole City, will
remain the  President  of North Pole City and will serve as the  Executive  Vice
President --  Operations,  as the  President --  Collectibles  Division and as a
director of the Company.     

     Elwell  Stores,  Inc.  d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop ("Reef Hallmark"). Reef
Hallmark  is  a  retailer  and  marketer of contemporary collectibles, including
ornaments,  figurines,  lighthouses,  lighted  houses and crystals from vendors,
including Enesco, Swarovski, Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. Reef


                                       18


<PAGE>
   
Hallmark has been in  operation  since 1959 and has one strip  mall-based  store
located in West Palm Beach,  Florida.  Reef Hallmark carries approximately 5,000
SKUs (excluding  greetings  cards),  is approximately  4,000 square feet in size
and,  in the fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996,  generated  sales of $2.5
million.  In the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996,  approximately 20% of Reef
Hallmark's sales were from Hallmark products. Upon consummation of the Offering,
Roy C. Elwell,  the sole owner of Reef  Hallmark,  will remain the  President of
Reef  Hallmark  and will serve as the  Executive  Vice  President  --  Corporate
Development and as a director of the Company. Reef Hallmark will continue to use
the "Hallmark" designation for the immediate future.

     Stone's Shops, Inc. ("Stone's Hallmark"). Stone's Hallmark is a retailer of
contemporary collectibles,  ornaments, figurines, lighthouses and lighted houses
from vendors, including Enesco, Boyds, Cast Art, Disney, Department 56, Seraphim
Angels and Hallmark.  Stone's Hallmark has been in the contemporary collectibles
business  since  1979 and has stores  located  in  Rockford  (4),  Freeport  and
Rochelle,  Illinois.  Stone's Hallmark's stores carry approximately  10,000 SKUs
(excluding greeting cards), range from approximately 3,000 to 18,500 square feet
(15,750 of which is used as retail  space) in size and, in the fiscal year ended
November 30, 1996,  generated  sales of $5.0  million.  In the fiscal year ended
November  30,  1996,  approximately  36% of Stone's  Hallmark's  sales were from
Hallmark  products.  Upon  consummation  of the  Offering,  David J. Stone,  who
together  with his wife is the  owner  of  Stone's  Hallmark,  will  remain  the
President  of Stone's  Hallmark  and will serve as a  director  of the  Company.
Stone's  Hallmark  will  continue  to use  the  "Hallmark"  designation  for the
immediate future.     


ANIMATION ART GALLERIES
   
     American Royal Arts Corp. ("American Royal Arts"). American Royal Arts is a
retail  and  wholesale  marketer  specializing  in the  sale of  animation  art,
including limited editions,  production cels, sericels,  lithographs and vintage
animation.  American  Royal Arts produces  animation  art under various  license
arrangements, certain of which are exclusive to it. American Royal Arts has been
in operation since 1987 and has one gallery located in Westbury, New York, which
also  houses its  telemarketing  operations.  American  Royal  Arts'  gallery is
approximately 5,500 square feet in size,  includes its telemarketing  operations
and, in the year ended January 31, 1997,  generated sales of $4.3 million.  Upon
consummation  of the Offering,  Jerry  Gladstone,  sole owner of American  Royal
Arts,  will remain the  President  of American  Royal Arts and will serve as the
Executive  Vice President of Marketing,  as the President -- Animation  Division
and as a director of the Company.     

     Animation U.S.A.,  Inc.  ("Animation  USA").  Animation USA is a retail and
wholesale  marketer of animation art such as vintage  original  production cels,
limited  edition cels and sericels.  Animation  USA has been in operation  since
1990 and has two  free-standing  galleries,  of which one is located in Seattle,
Washington  and one is located in San  Francisco,  California.  Animation  USA's
galleries  average  approximately  1,200  square feet in size and, in the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1996, generated sales of $1.7 million. Upon consummation
of the Offering,  David M. Vice and Laine Ross, the two owners of Animation USA,
will remain the President and Vice President, respectively, of Animation USA.
   
     Filmart  Productions Inc. d/b/a Cartoon World,  d/b/a Filmart Galleries and
d/b/a  Animation  Art  Resources  ("Filmart").  Filmart is a retail  marketer of
animation art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and
sericels.  Filmart has been in  operation  since 1991 and has two  free-standing
galleries,  of which one is located  in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  and one is
located in Huntington, New York. Filmart's galleries average approximately 2,225
square feet in size and, in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996,  generated
sales  of  $1.4  million.  In  January  1996,  Filmart  acquired  Animation  Art
Resources,  previously owned by Susan M. Spiegel, for a 50% interest in Filmart.
Upon  consummation  of the Offering,  Aron Laikin and Susan M. Spiegel,  the two
owners of  Filmart,  will  remain the Chief  Operating  Officer  and  President,
respectively,  of Filmart. In addition, upon consummation of the Offering, Susan
M. Spiegel will serve as a director of the Company.
    

ACQUISITIONS CONSIDERATION

   
     The  aggregate  consideration  to  be  paid  by  Collectibles  USA  in  the
Acquisitions consists of approximately $9.2 million in cash and 2,246,996 shares
of Common  Stock.  The Company will also assume all of the  indebtedness  of the
Founding Companies (approximately $5.2 million as of October 1, 1997, which

    


                                       19


<PAGE>
   
includes $486,000 of indebtedness incurred to fund a distribution in May 1997 to
the sole stockholder of American Royal Arts, representing S Corporation earnings
previously taxed to such stockholder),  which indebtedness will be repaid with a
portion  of the  net  proceeds  of  the  Offering.  In  addition,  prior  to the
consummation  of the  Acquisitions,  Crystal  Galleria,  and  Filmart  will make
distributions to their stockholders of approximately  $250,000,  and $1,000,000,
respectively,  representing  S Corporation  earnings  previously  taxed to their
respective  stockholders.  The Founding  Companies  will incur  indebtedness  of
approximately $1.3 million to fund these distributions.  The consideration to be
paid  by  Collectibles  USA  for  the  Founding   Companies  was  determined  by
negotiations  between  Collectibles  USA  and  representatives  of the  Founding
Companies. See "Certain Transactions."     


                                       20


<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
   
     The net proceeds  from the sale by the Company of the  2,700,000  shares of
Common Stock offered  hereby,  are estimated to be  approximately  $21.1 million
($24.9 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full),
based upon an assumed initial public  offering price of $10.00 per share,  after
deducting the estimated  underwriting  discount and offering expenses payable by
the Company  including  (i)  approximately  $1.0  million to pay  required  cash
amounts in connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
Stock  upon  consummation  of the  Offering  and (ii) $1.3  million to repay the
principal amount of indebtedness  outstanding  under the CEFC Notes. The Company
intends to use approximately $9.2 million of the net proceeds of the Offering to
pay the cash portion of the purchase  price for the Founding  Companies,  all of
which  will  be  paid  to  former   stockholders  of  the  Founding   Companies.
Approximately   $1.3  million  of  the  net  proceeds  will  be  used  to  repay
indebtedness incurred by two of the Founding Companies to make the S Corporation
Distributions  to  certain  former  owners of the  Founding  Companies,  which S
Corporation Distributions represented earnings previously taxed to such holders.
An additional  approximately $5.2 million, as of October 1, 1997 (which includes
$486,000 of indebtedness incurred to fund a distribution in May 1997 to the sole
stockholder  of  American  Royal  Arts,   representing  S  Corporation  earnings
previously taxed to such stockholder),  of the net proceeds of the Offering will
be used to  repay  estimated  other  outstanding  indebtedness  of the  Founding
Companies. The portion of this $5.2 million debt that was incurred during Fiscal
1997 was $2.4  million and the use of proceeds  for such debt was to finance the
opening of new stores and to provide working capital. Approximately $2.4 million
of the $5.2  million  has been  personally  guaranteed  by  stockholders  of the
Founding  Companies who will become officers,  directors or beneficial owners of
5% or more of the Company's Common Stock upon consummation of the Offering. Such
indebtedness bore interest at a weighted average per annum interest rate of 9.7%
in Fiscal 1997 and matures at varying  dates  between  January 2003 and February
2005. The remaining  indebtedness  bore interest at a per annum interest rate of
8.6% in Fiscal 1997 and  matures at various  dates from May 2001  through  March
2004. See "Certain Transactions."

     The  approximately  $5.4 million of remaining net proceeds will be used for
working  capital  and for  general  corporate  purposes,  which are  expected to
include  future  acquisitions  of  companies  operating in the  collectibles  or
animation art industries. The Company currently has no agreements,  arrangements
or understandings, and is not currently engaged in negotiations, with respect to
other  acquisitions.  Pending such uses,  the Company  intends to invest the net
proceeds  of the  Offering  in  short-term,  investment-grade,  interest-bearing
instruments.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Combined."     


                                DIVIDEND POLICY
   
     The  Company has never paid cash  dividends  and  anticipates  that for the
foreseeable future its earnings will be retained for the operation and expansion
of its business and for general corporate purposes and that it will not pay cash
dividends.  In addition,  the Company  anticipates  that the credit facility for
which the Company has signed a commitment  letter will include  restrictions  on
the ability of the Company to pay dividends without the lender's consent.

     Prior to the  consummation  of the  Acquisitions,  certain of the  Founding
Companies intend to make S Corporation Distributions,  aggregating $1.3 million,
to owners of the Founding Companies.     


                                       21



<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION
   
     The deficit in pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at July 31,
1997 was approximately  $6.2 million,  or $1.75 per share of Common Stock, after
giving  effect to the  Acquisitions.  The deficit in net tangible book value per
share  represents the amount of total tangible  assets of the Company reduced by
the amount of total  liabilities  and  divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock issued and  outstanding  after giving effect to the  Acquisitions  and the
conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock. Net tangible book value
dilution per share  represents the difference  between the amount per share paid
by  purchasers  of shares of Common  Stock in the Offering and the pro forma net
tangible book value per share of Common Stock  immediately  after  completion of
the  Offering.  After giving  effect to the sale of  2,700,000  shares of Common
Stock by the Company and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom
as described  under "Use of Proceeds,"  the pro forma net tangible book value of
the Company as of July 31, 1997 would have been approximately  $14.0 million, or
$2.25 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible
book value of $4.00 per share at July 31, 1997 to stockholders  and an immediate
dilution  in pro  forma  net  tangible  book  value  of $7.75  per  share to new
investors  purchasing  Common  Stock  in  the  Offering.   The  following  table
illustrates this dilution per share to new investors:     
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share .........                 $10.00
   Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share at
    July 31, 1997    .......................................    $ (1.75)
   Increase per share attributable to sale of Common Stock
    in the Offering  .......................................       4.00
                                                                -------
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share
    after the Offering  ....................................                   2.25
                                                                             --------
   Dilution per share to new investors .....................                 $ 7.75
                                                                             ========
</TABLE>
    
   
     The following  table sets forth, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the
Acquisitions  and the S Corporation  Distributions,  the average price per share
paid by the existing  stockholders and the new investors adjusted to give effect
to the sale of  2,700,000  shares of Common Stock  offered  hereby at an assumed
initial  public  offering  price of $10.00 per share,  and before  deducting the
estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by the Company:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          TOTAL
                                      SHARES PURCHASED              CONSIDERATION PAID
                                   -----------------------   --------------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                    NUMBER        PERCENT       AMOUNT             PERCENT        PER SHARE
                                   -----------   ---------   ----------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>         <C>                <C>               <C>
Existing stockholders(1)  ......    3,506,094       56.5%     $ (6,151,500)         (29.5)%        $ (1.75)
New investors ..................    2,700,000       43.5        27,000,000          129.5            10.00
                                    ---------     ------      ------------       ----------
 Total  ........................    6,206,094      100.0%     $ 20,848,500          100.0%
                                    =========     ======      ============       ==========
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) Total  consideration paid by existing  stockholders  represents the combined
    stockholders'  equity  of the  Company  before  the  Offering,  adjusted  to
    reflect:  (i) the payment of $9.2 million in cash to the stockholders of the
    Founding  Companies  as partial  consideration  for the  Acquisitions;  (ii)
    repayment of indebtedness which has been or will be incurred relating to the
    distribution of $1.7 million to the  stockholders of the Founding  Companies
    representing S Corporation  earnings  previously taxed to such  stockholders
    prior to the  Acquisitions;  (iii) the  transfer  of  certain  non-operating
    assets to the  stockholders  of the Founding  Companies  with an approximate
    book value of  $68,000 in  connection  with the  Acquisitions;  and (iv) the
    conversion  of the  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  See  "Certain
    Transactions."

     The  foregoing  computations  assume no  exercise  of stock  options.  Upon
consummation of the Offering,  there will be outstanding options to purchase (i)
185,000  shares of Common  Stock at $7.00 per share and (ii)  370,000  shares of
Common Stock at the initial public  offering price. To the extent the holders of
these  options  exercise  such  options,  there will be further  dilution to new
investors. See "Capitalization."     

                                       22


<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

   
     The   following   table   sets   forth  the  cash  and  cash   equivalents,
capitalization   and  line  of  credit  and  current   maturities  of  long-term
obligations  and  notes  payable  to  stockholders  at July 31,  1997:  (i) on a
historical  basis for American Royal Arts (accounting  acquiror);  (ii) on a pro
forma  basis to give effect to the  Acquisitions;  and (iii) as adjusted to give
effect to both the Acquisitions  and the Offering.  This table should be read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and  Results of  Operations"  and the  Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Financial
Statements of the Company and the related notes  thereto  included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.     
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               JULY 31, 1997
                                                                  ----------------------------------------
                                                                    AMERICAN      PRO FORMA
                                                                   ROYAL ARTS     COMBINED     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                  ------------   ----------   ------------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>          <C>
Cash and cash equivalents  ....................................    $  237         $ 1,126       $ 6,404
                                                                   =======        ========      ========
Line of credit, current maturities of long-term obligations and
 notes payable to stockholders(1)   ...........................    $  486         $ 5,223       $    --
                                                                   =======        ========      ========
Long-term obligations and notes payable to stockholders, less
 current maturities(1)(2)  ....................................    $   --         $ 2,384       $    --
Stockholders' equity:
 Preferred Stock: $.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares
   authorized; 20,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro
   forma combined; and no shares issued and outstanding,
   as adjusted ................................................        --           1,000            --
 Common Stock: $.01 par value, 31,200,000 shares
   authorized; 3,438,178(3) shares issued and outstanding,
   pro forma combined; and 6,206,094(3)(4) shares issued
   and outstanding, as adjusted  ..............................         2              34            62
 Treasury Stock, at cost   ....................................      (145)             --            --
 Additional paid-in capital   .................................        --          15,902        36,985
 Retained earnings   ..........................................       137             137           137
                                                                   -------        --------      --------
 Total stockholders' equity   .................................        (6)         17,074        37,184
                                                                   -------        --------      --------
   Total capitalization .......................................    $   (6)        $19,458       $37,184
                                                                   =======        ========      ========
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) For a description of the Company's  outstanding  indebtedness,  see Notes to
    Unaudited  Pro  Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements  and the notes to the
    Founding Companies' financial statements.

(2) Includes  $1.3  million  of   indebtedness   which  reflects  S  Corporation
    Distributions that will be funded through borrowings.

(3) Includes  (i)  2,246,996  shares to be issued to the owners of the  Founding
    Companies and (ii)  1,016,602  shares of  Restricted  Vote Common Stock (pro
    forma  combined);  870,436  shares  of  Restricted  Vote  Common  Stock  (as
    adjusted).

(4) Also includes  67,916 shares to be issued to holders of Series A Convertible
    Preferred Stock upon  consummation of the Offering.  Excludes 555,000 shares
    of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding  options or options to
    be granted  concurrently  with the  consummation  of the Offering  under the
    Company's  stock option plans and 270,000 shares  reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of the Representatives' Warrants. See "Management -- 1997 Long-Term
    Incentive   Plan,"  "--  1997   Non-Employee   Directors'  Stock  Plan"  and
    "Underwriting."
    


                                       23



<PAGE>

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
   
     Collectibles USA will acquire the Founding  Companies  simultaneously  with
and as a condition to the consummation of the Offering.  For financial statement
presentation  purposes,  however,  American  Royal  Arts,  one of  the  Founding
Companies,  has been  identified  as the  "accounting  acquiror."  The following
selected  historical  financial data for American Royal Arts at October 31, 1995
and 1996, and January 31, 1997,  and for the years ended October 31, 1994,  1995
and 1996,  and January 31, 1997,  have been  derived from the audited  financial
statements of American  Royal Arts included  elsewhere in this  Prospectus.  The
following selected historical  financial data for American Royal Arts at October
31, 1992,  1993 and 1994, and July 31, 1997, and for the years ended October 31,
1992 and 1993 and for the six  months  ended  July 31,  1996 and 1997  have been
derived from unaudited  financial  statements of American Royal Arts, which have
been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial  statements and, in the
opinion of American Royal Arts,  reflect all  adjustments,  consisting of normal
recurring  adjustments,  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of such data.  The
following  selected  unaudited pro forma financial data present certain data for
the  Company,  as adjusted  for: (i) the effects of the  Acquisitions;  (ii) the
effects of certain pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements;
and  (iii)  the  consummation  of the  Offering.  See the  Unaudited  Pro  Forma
Financial  Combined  Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.     
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED       SIX MONTHS
                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,             JANUARY 31,    ENDED JULY 31,
                                    ------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------------
                                      1992      1993      1994      1995      1996        1997         1996     1997
                                    --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  -------------  --------  -------
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Net sales   .....................   $2,002    $2,840    $3,898    $4,051    $4,121      $4,289       $2,195    $2,081
 Cost of sales  ..................      835     1,119     1,715     1,560     1,571       1,506          837       696
                                     -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------      -------   -------
 Gross profit   ..................    1,167     1,721     2,183     2,491     2,550       2,783        1,358     1,385
 Selling, general and
  administrative expenses   ......    1,044     1,288     1,588     1,760     1,764       1,778          920       944
                                     -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------      -------   -------
 Income from operations  .........      123       433       595       731       786       1,005          438       441
 Interest income (expense), net           5         6         7        18        24          24            7         6
                                     -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------      -------   -------
 Net income  .....................   $  128    $  439    $  602    $  749    $  810      $1,029       $  445    $  447
                                     =======   =======   =======   =======   =======     =======      =======   =======
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>
PRO FORMA COMBINED(1):
 Net sales   ......................................................     $25,909      $12,292
 Cost of sales  ...................................................      11,931        5,699
                                                                     -----------  -----------
 Gross profit   ...................................................      13,978        6,593
 Selling, general and administrative expenses(2) ..................       9,926        5,433
 Goodwill amortization(3)   .......................................         581          290
                                                                     -----------  -----------
 Operating income  ................................................       3,471          870
 Interest and other income (expense), net(4)  .....................         308           98
                                                                     -----------  -----------
 Income before taxes  .............................................       3,779          968
 Net income  ......................................................     $ 1,979       $  454
                                                                     ===========  ===========
 Net income per share .............................................     $   .35       $  .08
                                                                     ===========  ===========
 Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share(5)  ......   5,720,848    5,720,848
</TABLE>
    


                                       24



<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             OCTOBER 31,                JANUARY 31,                  JULY 31, 1997
                                -------------------------------------- ------------- ---------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       PRO FORMA           AS
                                 1992   1993   1994    1995     1996       1997         ACTUAL        COMBINED(6)      ADJUSTED(7)
                                ------ ------ ------ -------- -------- ------------- ------------  ------------------ ------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA
<S>                             <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>           <C>           <C>                <C>
AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS:
 Working capital   ............  $117   $384   $297   $  703   $  567     $  686      $ (137)           $(8,789)(8)     $12,623
 Total assets   ...............   516    860    875    1,430    1,439      1,482       1,104             41,695          43,287
 Long-term obligations
  net of current maturities
  and long-term notes
  payable to stockholders(9)       --     --    100       --       --         --          --              2,384              --
 Stockholders' equity .........   151    416    475      867      696        807          (6)            17,074          37,184
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) The pro  forma  combined  statement  of  operations  data  assume  that  the
    Acquisitions  and the  Offering  were closed on February 1, 1996 and are not
    necessarily  indicative  of the results the Company  would have obtained had
    these events actually then occurred or of the Company's future results.  The
    year ended January 31, 1997 includes  American Royal Arts for the year ended
    January 31, 1997,  Stone's Hallmark for the year ended November 30, 1996 and
    Crystal Galleria, North Pole City, Little Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation
    USA,  Filmart and Crystal  Palace for the year ended  December 31, 1996. The
    six months ended July 31, 1997  presented  includes  American Royal Arts for
    the six months  ended July 31,  1997,  Stone's  Hallmark  for the six months
    ended May 31, 1997 and North Pole City,  Crystal Galleria,  Little Elegance,
    Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA, Filmart and Crystal Palace for the six months
    ended June 30, 1997.

(2) The pro forma combined  statement of operations data reflect an aggregate of
    approximately  $930,000 and $209,000 for the year ended January 31, 1997 and
    the six months ended July 31, 1997, respectively, in pro forma reductions in
    salary and  benefits to the owners of the  Founding  Companies to which they
    have agreed  prospectively  and certain  other  adjustments,  including  the
    effect of revisions of certain lease agreements between certain stockholders
    of the Founding Companies and such Founding Companies.  Selling, general and
    administrative   expenses  do  not  include  the   non-recurring,   non-cash
    compensation charge of $1.3 million for the year ended January 31, 1997.
    
(3) Reflects  amortization  of the  goodwill  to be  recorded as a result of the
    Acquisitions  over a 40-year  period and computed on the basis  described in
    the Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.

(4) Includes  the  reduction of pro forma  interest  expense  attributed  to the
    repayment of debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
   
(5) Includes  (i)  1,191,182  shares  outstanding  prior to the  Offering,  (ii)
    2,246,996 shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding Companies, (iii)
    67,916 shares to be issued to holders of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
    Stock,  (iv) 55,500 shares  (determined to be common stock  equivalents  for
    purposes of  computing  earnings per share) of the 185,000  shares  issuable
    upon the exercise of outstanding  options and (v) 2,159,254 of the 2,700,000
    shares  to be  sold  in  the  Offering  to  pay  the  cash  portion  of  the
    consideration for the  Acquisitions,  repay  indebtedness  relating to the S
    Corporation Distributions,  repay indebtedness of the Founding Companies and
    pay expenses of the Offering. Excludes options to purchase 370,000 shares to
    be granted  concurrently  with the  consummation of the Offering and 270,000
    shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Representatives' Warrants.
    See  "Management -- 1997 Long-Term  Incentive  Plan," "-- 1997  Non-Employee
    Directors' Stock Plan" and "Underwriting."

(6) The pro forma combined balance sheet data assume that the Acquisitions  were
    closed on July 31, 1997. The pro forma combined balance sheet data are based
    upon preliminary  estimates,  available  information and certain assumptions
    that management deems appropriate and should be read in conjunction with the
    other  financial  statements  and notes thereto  included  elsewhere in this
    Prospectus.
    
(7) Reflects the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

(8) Includes  $9.2  million  payable  to  owners  of  the  Founding   Companies,
    representing the cash portion of the  consideration  for the Acquisitions to
    be paid with a portion of the net proceeds from the Offering.
   
(9) Several  of  the  Founding  Companies  are  S  Corporations.  Prior  to  the
    Acquisitions,  these Founding Companies have made or will make distributions
    to their stockholders totaling $1.7 million,  representing the S Corporation
    Distributions. In order to pay the S Corporation Distributions, the Founding
    Companies  have borrowed or will borrow $1.7 million from existing  sources,
    which will be repaid from the net proceeds of the Offering.
    


                                       25


<PAGE>

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


OVERVIEW
   
     The  Company  was  founded to create a national  retailer  of  collectibles
merchandise   and  marketer  of  animation   art.  The  Company's   collectibles
merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures made from porcelain,  ceramic and
resin,  and  a  wide  selection  of  crystal  items,  including  functional  and
decorative  products.  The Company also sells collectible cottages and villages,
collectible prints and lithographs,  collectible  Christmas  ornaments and other
holiday  collectibles.  The  Company's  animation  art  galleries  carry  a full
spectrum of animation  artwork,  including  original  production  cels,  limited
editions, sericels, model sheets and original drawings. In addition, the Company
has  licenses or rights,  some of which are  exclusive,  to design,  produce and
market animation art.     

     The  Company's  net  sales  will be  derived  primarily  from  the  sale of
collectibles  and animation  art.  Costs of sales will consist  primarily of the
cost of merchandise  sold.  Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses will
consist  primarily  of salaries and  benefits,  advertising,  store,  office and
warehouse rent and utilities, communications and professional fees.
   
     The Founding  Companies have been managed  throughout the periods presented
as independent  private  companies,  and their results of operations reflect tax
structures (S corporations  and C corporations),  which have  influenced,  among
other things, their historical levels of owners' compensation.  Selling, general
and administrative  expenses for the periods presented are therefore affected by
the amount of  compensation  and  related  benefits  that the former  owners and
certain key employees  received from their  respective  businesses  during these
periods. These former owners and key employees have agreed to certain reductions
in salaries and benefits in connection with the acquisition of their  businesses
by the Company (the "Compensation Differential").  The Compensation Differential
for Fiscal  1997 and for the six months  ended July 31,  1997 was  $866,000  and
$178,000,  respectively, and has been reflected as a pro forma adjustment in the
Unaudited  Pro Forma  Combined  Statement  of  Operations.  See  "Management  --
Employment Agreements."     

     Collectibles  USA,  which has conducted no  operations to date,  intends to
integrate the Founding Companies,  their operations and administrative functions
over a period of time. This integration  process may present  opportunities  for
(i) enhanced vendor relationships  resulting in collective buying opportunities,
co-op advertising funds,  shipping allowances and exclusive merchandise and (ii)
obtaining additional sales through shared customer lists and expansion of direct
mail  programs,  advertising  campaigns,  in-store  artist  signing  events  and
Internet  promotions.  This  integration  may necessitate  additional  costs and
expenditures for corporate  management and  administration,  corporate  expenses
related to being a public company, systems integration and facilities expansion.
These various costs and potential cost savings may make comparison of historical
operating results not comparable to, or indicative of, future  performance.  The
Company believes that neither the anticipated  savings nor the anticipated costs
can be quantified  because the  Acquisitions  have not occurred,  and there have
been no combined  operating  results  upon which to base the  assumptions.  As a
result,  they  have not been  included  in the  unaudited  pro  forma  financial
information presented herein.
   
     Upon completion of the Acquisitions, a significant portion of the pro forma
total assets of the Company will be goodwill  (approximately  $23.2 million) and
will be  amortized  over a 40 year period  resulting  in an annual  amortization
expense of $581,000.  However,  the Company will  periodically  evaluate whether
events and  circumstances  after the Acquisitions are consummated  indicate that
the  remaining  balance of goodwill  may not be  recoverable  by  comparing  the
estimated  undiscounted  cash flows from the related  operations to the carrying
amount of  goodwill.  If the carrying  amount of goodwill  were greater than the
undiscounted future cash flow, an impairment loss would be recognized.     

     The Company's  future  success is dependent  upon a number of factors which
include,  among  others,  the ability to integrate  operations,  reliance on the
identification and integration of satisfactory acquisitions candidates, reliance
on acquisition financing, the ability to manage growth and to attract and


                                       26

<PAGE>

retain  qualified  management,  dependence  on licenses, the need for additional
capital,  dependence  on  key  collectibles  vendors  and  risks associated with
dependence  on  foreign  vendors,  competition  and  seasonality  and  quarterly
fluctuations. See "Risk Factors."

     Historically, the fourth quarter of the Company's fiscal year has accounted
for a greater  portion of the Company's  operating  income than have each of the
first three  quarters of the  Company's  fiscal year.  This is primarily  due to
increased activity as a result of the holiday season. In the future, the Company
expects that it will  experience  quarterly  variations  in  operating  results,
principally as a result of the seasonal  nature of the industry.  Numerous other
factors  also may cause  significant  fluctuations  in the  Company's  quarterly
sales, including the timing of new product introductions,  the amount and timing
of sales  contributed  by new  stores,  the timing of  personal  appearances  of
particular  artists  at  the  store  locations  when  a  customer  may  purchase
merchandise to be signed by the artist ("in-store  artist signing events"),  and
general  economic  conditions.  Additional  factors  may cause  fluctuations  in
expenses  including  the costs  associated  with the opening of new stores,  the
integration of acquired  stores into the operations of the Company and corporate
expenses to support the Company's expansion strategy.
   
     Due to the relatively  low levels of inflation  experienced in Fiscal 1995,
1996 and 1997,  inflation  did not have a  significant  effect on the  operating
results of the combined Founding Companies in those fiscal years.
    

COMBINED FOUNDING COMPANIES
   
     With  respect  to  the  financial  information  of  the  combined  Founding
Companies,  references to "Fiscal  1995," "Fiscal 1996" and "Fiscal 1997" mean a
combination of the fiscal years of each of the Founding Companies for such year.
References  to July 31, 1996 and 1997 mean,  respectively,  the six months ended
July 31, 1996 and 1997 with respect to American Royal Arts; the six months ended
May 31, 1996 and 1997 with respect to Stone's Hallmark; and the six months ended
June 30, 1996 and 1997 with respect to North Pole City, Crystal Galleria, Little
Elegance, Reef Hallmark, Animation USA, Filmart and Crystal Palace.     


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- COMBINED
   
     The combined  Founding  Companies  statements of operations data for Fiscal
1995,  Fiscal  1996,  and Fiscal  1997 do not  purport to present  the  combined
Founding Companies in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles,
but represent merely a summation of the net sales,  cost of sales,  gross profit
and selling, general and administrative expenses for the applicable fiscal years
of the individual  Founding  Companies on an historical  basis,  and exclude the
effects of pro forma  adjustments.  This data will not be  comparable to and may
not be  indicative  of the  Company's  post-combination  results  of  operations
because (i) the Founding  Companies  were not under common control or management
and had different tax structures (S corporations and C corporations)  during the
periods presented and (ii) the Company will use the purchase method to establish
a new basis of accounting to record the Acquisitions.
    
     The following table sets forth certain combined selected financial data and
as a percentage of net sales of the Founding Companies on a historical basis and
excludes the effects of pro forma adjustments for the periods indicated (dollars
in thousands):
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FISCAL
                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1995                  1996                  1997
                                  --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Combined Founding Companies
 Statements of Operations Data:
  Net sales   .................    $20,061     100.0%    $22,453     100.0%    $25,909     100.0%
  Cost of sales  ..............     10,167      50.7%     11,297      50.3%     11,931      46.1%
                                   -------    ------     -------    ------     -------    ------
  Gross Profit   .............     $ 9,894      49.3%    $11,156      49.7%    $13,978      53.9%
                                   ========   ======     =======    ======     ========   ======



<CAPTION>
                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                               JULY 31,
                                  -------------------------------------------
                                          1996                  1997
                                  --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                               <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>
Combined Founding Companies
 Statements of Operations Data:
  Net sales   .........           $11,168     100.0%    $12,292     100.0%
  Cost of sales  ......             5,274      47.2%      5,699      46.4%
                                  -------    ------     -------   -------
  Gross Profit   ......           $ 5,894      52.8%    $ 6,593      53.6%
                                  =======    ======     =======   =======
</TABLE>
    

                                       27


<PAGE>

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $12.3  million for the six months ended July 31,
1997 as compared to $11.2 million for the prior comparable  period. The increase
in  sales of $1.1  million,  or  10.1%,  was  primarily  due to an  increase  in
contemporary collectibles sales as a result of the opening of a Crystal Galleria
store,  in August 1996, an increase in in-store  sales  resulting  from a higher
demand for certain contemporary  collectibles  products and an increase in sales
resulting from the continued focus on telemarketing and direct mail advertising.
Such  increases  were offset  principally  by a decrease in animation  art sales
resulting from a decrease in the number of in-store artist signing events.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased  to $5.7  million  or 46.4% of net
sales, in the six months ended July 31, 1997 from $5.3 million,  or 47.2% of net
sales,  in the six months ended July 31, 1996.  Cost of sales as a percentage of
net sales  decreased  primarily  due to an increase in animation  art sales with
higher  product  margins,  such as vintage  production  cels,  art sold  through
licenses and higher retail sales as compared to wholesale sales.
    

FISCAL 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1996
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $25.9  million  for Fiscal  1997 as  compared to
$22.5 million for Fiscal 1996. The increase in sales of $3.4 million,  or 15.4%,
was primarily due to an increase in contemporary  collectibles sales as a result
of Stone's  Hallmark  remodeling  and  expansion  of one  store,  a full year of
operation of one new Crystal  Galleria store that opened in November 1995, and a
partial  year of  operation  of another  Crystal  Galleria  store that opened in
August  1996 and an  increase  in  animation  art sales as a result of  in-store
artist signing events,  growth of the customer database and continued  marketing
efforts  focused  on  direct  mail   advertising,   telemarketing  and  Internet
marketing.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales increased to $11.9 million,  or 46.1%, of net
sales in Fiscal 1997 from $11.3 million,  or 50.3% of net sales, in Fiscal 1996.
Cost of  sales  as a  percentage  of net  sales  decreased  primarily  due to an
increase  in  animation  art sales that have  higher  product  margins,  such as
vintage  production  cels, art sold through  licenses and higher retail sales as
compared to wholesale sales.     


FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $22.5  million  for Fiscal  1996 as  compared to
$20.1 million for Fiscal 1995. The increase in sales of $2.4 million,  or 11.9%,
was primarily due to an increase in contemporary  collectibles sales as a result
of an opening of one Crystal Galleria store in November 1995, the remodeling and
expansion of the Reef Hallmark  store and a full year operation of a new Stone's
Hallmark store that opened in November 1994.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $11.3 million,  or 50.3% of net
sales,  in Fiscal 1996,  from $10.2  million,  or 50.7% of net sales,  in Fiscal
1995.  Cost of sales as a percentage  of net sales  decreased  primarily  due to
sales of collectibles and animation art with higher profit margins.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- COMBINED
   
     On a combined basis, the Founding  Companies  generated $396,000 during the
six months  ended  July 31,  1997 and $1.5  million  of net cash from  operating
activities  during both Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1996.  Net cash used in investing
activities  by the  Founding  Companies  on a combined  basis was  $638,000  and
$785,000 during Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1996, respectively. Most of the cash used
in investing  activities during these periods was used for purchases of property
and equipment.  Net cash used in financing  activities by the Founding Companies
on a combined  basis was $767,000  during the six months ended July 31, 1997 and
$1.1  million  during  Fiscal  1997,  whereas  net cash  provided  by  financing
activities  was  $33,000  in Fiscal  1996.  Most of the cash  used in  financing
activities  during these periods was used for net payments on long-term debt and
distributions  to  stockholders.  The  combined  cash  position of the  Founding
Companies decreased by $268,000 from $1.4 million in Fiscal 1996 to $1.1 million
in Fiscal 1997 and  increased  to $1.3  million in the six months ended July 31,
1997.     


                                       28

<PAGE>
   
     The Company  anticipates  that its cash flow from  operations  will provide
cash in excess of the  Company's  normal  working  capital  needs,  debt service
requirements and planned capital  expenditures for property and equipment.  On a
combined basis, the Founding Companies made capital expenditures of $708,000 and
$802,000 in Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal 1996, respectively. The Company currently has
no capital  commitments  although it anticipates making capital  expenditures of
approximately $1.0 million in Fiscal 1998 for information  systems and leasehold
improvements.   The   Company   intends   to   continue   pursuing   acquisition
opportunities.  The timing,  size or success of any acquisition  efforts and the
associated potential capital commitments are unpredictable.  The Company expects
to fund future  acquisitions  primarily  through a combination of borrowings and
issuances of additional equity.

     The Company has received a commitment letter from NationsBank providing for
a $25.0 million revolving senior bank credit facility.  The credit facility will
be guaranteed  by the Founding  Companies and will be secured by a pledge of the
stock of each of the Founding Companies and a security interest in the Company's
accounts  receivable and inventory.  Indebtedness under the credit facility will
bear interest at a rate equal to either LIBOR plus 1.50% to 2.25%, or the higher
of  NationsBank's  prime rate or the  Federal  Funds rate plus .50%.  The credit
facility  will  have a term of three  years  and  will  include  a $5.0  million
sublimit  for the  issuance  of letters of credit.  The  proceeds  of the credit
facility will be used for acquisitions,  working capital,  capital expenditures,
refinancing of existing  indebtedness and other corporate  purposes.  The credit
facility is subject to various conditions,  including the successful  completion
of the Offering  with net proceeds to the Company of at least $19.0  million and
upon the negotiation and execution of definitive  documentation  with respect to
the credit  facility.  Assuming that the credit  facility is entered into on the
terms set forth in the commitment letter with  NationsBank,  the Company will be
required to comply with various loan  covenants  including:  (i)  maintenance of
certain financial ratios;  (ii) restrictions on additional  indebtedness;  (iii)
restrictions  on liens,  guarantees,  advances and  dividends;  and (iv) certain
limitations  on the opening of new stores  within the next 12 months.  See "Risk
Factors."

     While there can be no  assurance,  management  believes that cash flow from
operations,  funds from the credit  facility and the net proceeds to the Company
from the Offering  will be adequate to meet the Company's  capital  requirements
for the next 12  months,  depending  on the  methods  of  financing  and size of
potential acquisitions.     


AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS
   
     American  Royal Arts has been  identified  as the  accounting  acquiror for
financial statement presentation purposes. American Royal Arts has an October 31
year end. To coincide  with the  Company's  adoption of a 52/53 week fiscal year
ending on the last Sunday in January,  American Royal Arts has been presented on
a fiscal year ended on January  31,  1997 in addition to the fiscal  years ended
October 31, 1994,  1995 and 1996.  American Royal Arts is a retail and wholesale
marketer of animation art.     


                                       29

<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS

     The following table sets forth certain selected financial data for American
Royal  Arts on a  historical  basis  and as a  percentage  of net  sales for the
periods indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                              1994                 1995                1996
                      -------------------- --------------------- ---------------
<S>                   <C>      <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>
Net sales   .........  $3,898     100.0%    $4,051        100.0%  $4,121  100.0%
Cost of sales  ......   1,715      44.0      1,560         38.5    1,571   38.1
                       ------   -------     ------       ------   ------- ------
Gross profit   ......   2,183      56.0      2,491         61.5    2,550   61.9
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses   .........   1,588      40.7      1,760         43.4    1,764   42.8
                       ------   -------     ------       ------   ------- ------
Income from
 operations .........     595      15.3        731         18.1      786   19.1
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ...      --        --         (5)        (0.1)      --     --
 Interest income  ...       7       0.2         23          0.5       24    0.6
                       ------   -------     ------       ------   ------- ------
Net income  .........  $  602      15.5%    $  749         18.5%  $  810   19.7%
                       ======   =======     ======       ======   ======= ===== 



<CAPTION>
                           YEAR ENDED
                           JANUARY 31,          SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 31,
                      --------------------- ----------------------------------
                              1997                1996              1997
                      --------------------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>                   <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net sales   .........  $ 4,289     100.0%    $2,195  100.0%    $2,081  100.0%
Cost of sales  ......    1,506      35.1        837   38.1        696   33.4
                       -------   -------     ------- -----     ------  -----  
Gross profit   ......    2,783      64.9      1,358   61.9      1,385   66.6
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses   .........    1,778      41.5        920   41.9        944   45.4
                       -------   -------     ------- -----     ------  -----
Income from
 operations .........  $ 1,005      23.4%       438   19.9        441   21.2
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ...       --        --         --     --         --     --
 Interest income  ...       24       0.6          7    0.3          6    0.3
                       -------   -------     ------- -----     ------  -----
Net income  .........  $ 1,029      24.0%    $  445   20.3%    $  447   21.5%
                       =======   =======     ======= =====     ======  =====
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.1  million for the six months  ended July 31,
1997 as compared to $2.2  million for the six months  ended July 31,  1996.  The
decrease  in sales of  $114,000,  or 5.2%,  was  primarily  due to a decrease in
telemarketing sales, partially offset by the introduction of a direct mail sales
program.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  decreased to $696,000 or 33.4% of net sales,
in the six months ended July 31, 1997 from $837,000,  or 38.1% of net sales,  in
the six months ended July 31, 1996.  Cost of sales as a percentage  of net sales
decreased  primarily due to the increase in sales of art sold through the direct
mail sales  program and an increase in the sale of art for which the Company has
licensing arrangements.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $944,000, or 45.4% of net sales, in the six months
ended July 31, 1997 as compared to $920,000,  or 41.9% of net sales,  in the six
months ended July 31, 1996, an increase of $24,000, or 2.6%, primarily due to an
increase in advertising and postage  associated with the new direct mail program
and, to a lesser extent, an increase in trade show expenses.
    

YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1995
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.3 million for the year ended January 31, 1997
as compared  to $4.1  million for the fiscal  year ended  October 31,  1995,  an
increase of $238,000,  or 5.9%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in
telemarketing sales as a result of the growth of the customer database and, to a
lesser  extent,  due to an increase  in special  event  sales,  such as in-store
artist  signing  events.  The  increase  was  partially  offset by a decrease in
wholesale  sales,  which was a result of a  management  decision  to place  less
emphasis on  wholesale  sales and more  emphasis  on retail  sales which carry a
higher gross margin.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  decreased to $1.5  million,  or 35.1% of net
sales,  for the year ended January 31, 1997 from $1.6  million,  or 38.5% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995. Cost of sales as a percentage
of net sales  decreased  primarily due to increased  sales of animation art with
higher  product  margins,  such as vintage  production  cels,  art sold  through
licenses and higher retail sales as compared to wholesale sales.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses remained consistent at $1.8 million, but decreased as a
percentage  of net sales to 41.5% in the year ended  January 31, 1997 from 43.4%
in the fiscal year ended  October 31, 1995,  primarily due to economies of scale
associated with increased telemarketing sales.     


                                       30

<PAGE>

FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED  OCTOBER  31, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
1994
   
     Net Sales. Net sales were $4.1 million in the fiscal year ended October 31,
1995 as compared to $3.9 million in the fiscal year ended  October 31, 1994,  an
increase of $153,000, or 3.9%. This increase was primarily due to an increase in
wholesale  sales  resulting  from the license  obtained in the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1994 for animation art featuring Garfield.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  decreased to $1.6  million,  or 38.5% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended October 31, 1995 from $1.7 million,  or 44.0% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year  ended  October  31,  1994.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales decreased  primarily due to increased sales of animation
art with higher product  margins,  such as vintage  production cels and art sold
through licenses.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the fiscal  year ended  October  31, 1995 were $1.8
million,  or 43.4% of net sales,  as compared to $1.6  million,  or 40.7% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended October 31, 1994,  an increase of $172,000,  or
10.8%,  primarily due to an increase in salaries and commissions  resulting from
the addition of sales representatives in the telemarketing  department and, to a
lesser extent,  to warehousing  costs from a storage facility leased in February
1995.     


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS
   
     American Royal Arts had a working  capital  deficit of $137,000 at July 31,
1997 and working  capital of $686,000 at January 31, 1997. The primary source of
the deficit for the six months ended July 31, 1997 was cash distributions to the
sole  stockholder.  The  primary  source of working  capital  for the year ended
January 31, 1997 was cash flow from  operations,  which was $1.3  million.  Cash
provided by operating  activities  was used primarily to finance the purchase of
merchandise  inventories,  reduce accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities and
fund distributions to the stockholder.

     Cash used for  investing  activities  was  $2,000 and  $22,000  for the six
months ended July 31, 1997 and the year ended  January 31,  1997,  respectively.
These amounts represent purchases of property and equipment.
    


INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANIES
   
     The selected historical financial information presented in the tables below
for the fiscal years of the individual  Founding Companies  (excluding  American
Royal Arts,  which is presented  above) is derived from the  respective  audited
financial  statements  of  the  individual  Founding  Companies.  The  following
discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Summary  Individual  Founding
Company  Financial  Data" and the  separate  company  financial  statements  and
related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    


STONE'S HALLMARK

   
     Stone's  Hallmark  is  a  retailer  of  contemporary collectibles, Hallmark
cards  and  gifts,  and operates five contemporary specialty collectibles stores
and one outlet store.
    


                                       31

<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- STONE'S HALLMARK

     The following table sets forth certain selected  financial data for Stone's
Hallmark on a historical  basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
                               -------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1994                1995                1996
                               --------------------- ----------------- ---------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>
Net sales   ..................  $3,489      100.0%   $4,281   100.0%    $4,986      100.0%
Cost of sales  ...............   1,800       51.6     2,269    53.0      2,497       50.1
                                ------      -----    ------   -----     ------      -----
Gross profit   ...............   1,689       48.4     2,012    47.0      2,489       49.9
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.        1,431       41.0     1,787    41.7      2,117       42.4
                                ------      -----     -----   -----     ------      -----
Income from operations  ......     258        7.4       225     5.3        372        7.5
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ............      (4)      (0.1)      (11)   (0.3)        (3)      (0.1)
                                ------      -----     -----   -----     ------      -----
Income before income
 taxes   .....................     254        7.3       214     5.0        369        7.4
Provision for income taxes.        146        4.2       128     3.0        194        3.9
                                ------      -----     -----   -----     ------      -----
Net income  ..................  $  108        3.1%    $  86     2.0%    $  175        3.5%
                                ======      =====     =====    =====    ======      =====



<CAPTION>
                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31,
                               ---------------------------------------------
                                       1996                   1997
                               --------------------- -----------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>
Net sales   ..................  $3,839      100.0%    $4,332        100.0%
Cost of sales  ...............   1,984       51.7      2,247         51.9
                                ------      -----     ------       ------
Gross profit   ...............   1,855       48.3      2,085         48.1
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.        1,455       37.9      1,279         29.5
                                ------      -----     ------       ------
Income from operations  ......     400       10.4        806         18.6
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ............      (3)      (0.1)        (1)        (0.0)
                                ------      -----     ------       ------
Income before income
 taxes   .....................     397       10.3        805         18.6
Provision for income taxes.        209        5.4        298          6.9
                                ------      -----     ------       ------
Net income  ..................  $  188        4.9%    $  507         11.7%
                                ======      =====     ======       ======
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales. Net sales were $4.3 million for the nine months ended August 31,
1997 as compared to $3.8 million for the nine months ended August 31, 1996.  The
increase in sales of $493,000, or 12.8%, was primarily due to the increased sale
of collectibles  items,  in-store artist signing events and the expansion of the
direct mail program in the nine months ended August 31, 1997.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $2.2  million,  or 51.9% of net
sales,  in the nine months ended August 31, 1997 from $2.0 million,  or 51.7% of
net  sales,  in the  nine  months  ended  August  31,  1996.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales remained relatively flat.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $1.3 million,  or 29.5% of net sales,  in the nine
months ended August 31, 1997 as compared to $1.5 million, or 37.9% of net sales,
in the nine months  ended  August 31,  1996,  a decrease of  $176,000,  or 4.0%,
partially due to a decrease in owners' compensation and other expenses.
    

FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $5.0 million for the fiscal year ended  November
30,  1996 as compared to $4.3  million  for the fiscal year ended  November  30,
1995.  The  increase in sales of  $705,000,  or 16.5%,  was  primarily  due to a
remodeling of a store and, to a lesser  extent,  to an increase in the number of
in-store artist signing events in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996.
   
     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $2.5  million,  or 50.1% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996 from $2.3 million, or 53.0% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  November  30,  1995.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales   decreased  due  to  an  increase  in   contemporary
collectibles sales that have higher profit margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses were $2.1 million, or 42.4% of net sales, in the fiscal
year ended November 30, 1996 as compared to $1.8 million, or 41.7% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  November 30, 1995, an increase of $330,000,  or 18.4%,
primarily due to an increase in owners' compensation.
    

FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,
1994

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $4.3 million for the fiscal year ended  November
30,  1995 as compared to $3.5  million  for the fiscal year ended  November  30,
1994.  The increase in sales of $792,000,  or 22.7%,  was  primarily  due to the
opening of a new store in November  1994 and a full year of operation of another
store which was remodeled and significantly expanded in February 1994.


                                       32


<PAGE>

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $2.3  million,  or 53.0% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1995 from $1.8 million, or 51.6% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  November  30,  1994.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales increased due to the product mix.
   
     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the fiscal year ended  November  30, 1995 were $1.8
million,  or 41.7% of net sales,  as compared to $1.4  million,  or 41.0% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended November 30, 1994, an increase of $356,000,  or
24.9%,  primarily due to the addition of employees  associated  with a new store
opening in November  1994,  and the  expansion of another store in February 1994
and, to a lesser extent, to an increase in retail facilities leased.
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- STONE'S HALLMARK
   
     Stone's  Hallmark  had working  capital of $1.8 million and $1.3 million at
August 31, 1997 and November 30, 1996, respectively.  The primary source of this
working capital was cash flows from operations and debt and equity financing.

     Cash provided by operating  activities was $491,000 and $89,000 in the nine
months  ended  August 31,  1997 and the fiscal  year ended  November  30,  1996,
respectively.  The  increases  in cash each period were due to higher net income
before  depreciation  and  amortization.  The  working  capital  increases  were
primarily related to the cash from the growth in sales.     

     Cash used for  investing  activities  was $86,000 for the fiscal year ended
November  30, 1996 and was  principally  related to  purchases  of property  and
equipment.


CRYSTAL GALLERIA

     Crystal Galleria is a retailer of contemporary collectibles operating three
stores, two located in Las Vegas, Nevada and one in McLean, Virginia.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- CRYSTAL GALLERIA

     The following table sets forth certain selected  financial data for Crystal
Galleria on a historical  basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                 -------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------
                                        1994               1995               1996              1996               1997
                                 ------------------ ------------------ ------------------ ----------------- -------------------
<S>                              <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net sales  ..................... $ 2,503   100.0%   $ 2,794   100.0%   $ 3,727   100.0%   $1,604   100.0%   $2,050     100.0%
Cost of sales ..................   1,188    47.5      1,333    47.7      1,785    47.9       761    47.5       973      47.5
                                 -------   ------   -------   ------   -------   ------   ------   ------   ------    ------
Gross profit  ..................   1,315    52.5      1,461    52.3      1,942    52.1       843    52.5     1,077      52.5
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses  ......     731    29.2        875    31.3      1,564    42.0       666    41.5       868      42.3
                                 -------   ------   -------   ------   -------   ------   ------   ------   ------    ------
Income from operations .........     584    23.3        586    21.0        378    10.1       177    11.0       209      10.2
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense   ............     (38)   (1.5)       (58)   (2.1)      (112)   (3.0)      (23)   (1.4)      (76)     (3.7)
 Other, net   ..................      --      --         --      --        (12)   (0.3)      (12)   (0.8)       --        --
                                 -------   ------   -------   ------   -------   ------   ------   ------   ------    ------
Net income ..................... $   546    21.8%   $   528    18.9%   $   254     6.8%   $  142     8.8%   $  133       6.5%
                                 =======   ======   =======   ======   =======   ======   ======   ======   ======    ======
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.1  million for the six months  ended June 30,
1997 as compared to $1.6  million for the six months  ended June 30,  1996.  The
increase in sales of $446,000,  or 27.8%, was primarily a result of a new store,
which opened in August 1996, and, to a lesser extent,  to the growth in sales of
another new store which opened in November 1995.

     Cost  of Sales. Cost of sales increased to $973,000, or 47.5% of net sales,
for  the  six  months  ended June 30, 1997 from $761,000, or 47.5% of net sales,
for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
    


                                       33

<PAGE>
   
     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the six months ended June 30, 1997 were $868,000, or
42.3% of net sales,  as compared to $666,000,  or 41.5% of net sales, in the six
months  ended June 30, 1996,  an increase of $202,000 or 30.3%.  The increase is
primarily due to a new store, which opened in August 1996, partially offest by a
decrease in advertising expense.     


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $2.8  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995. The increase in sales of $933,000,  or 33.4%,  was primarily a result of a
full year of  operations  of a new store which opened in November 1995 and, to a
lesser extent, to a partial year of operations of another new store which opened
in August 1996.
   
     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.8  million,  or 47.9% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $1.3 million, or 47.7% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1995.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales remained relatively flat.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1996 were $1.6
million, or 42.0% of net sales, as compared to $875,000,  or 31.3% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995, an increase of $689,000,  or 78.7%.
This  increase was  primarily  due to a full year of  operations  of a new store
which opened in November 1995 and, to a lesser extent, to the opening of another
new store in August 1996.  The increase in expenses as a percentage of sales was
due to the opening of two new stores.

     Interest  Expense.  Interest  expense  increased  to $112,000 in the fiscal
year  ended December 31, 1996 from $58,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995.  The  increase  was  primarily  due to increased borrowings to finance the
opening of new stores in November 1995 and August 1996.
    

FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1994
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.8 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1995 as compared to $2.5  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1994.  The increase in sales of $291,000,  or 11.6%,  was  primarily  due to the
opening of a new store in November 1995.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.3  million,  or 47.7% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 from $1.2 million, or 47.5% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1994.  Cost of sales as a
percentage of net sales remained relatively flat.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1995  were
$875,000, or 31.3% of net sales, as compared to $731,000, or 29.2% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994, an increase of $144,000,  or 19.7%.
This  increase was  primarily due to  additional  expenses  associated  with the
operation of a new store which opened in November 1995.

     Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased to $58,000 in the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1995 from $38,000 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.
The increase was attributable to increased  borrowings to finance the opening of
the new store in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- CRYSTAL GALLERIA
   
     Crystal  Galleria had a working capital deficit of $456,000 and $383,000 at
June 30, 1997 and at December 31, 1996, respectively. The primary reason for the
working  capital  deficit  at June 30,  1997 was  $180,000  of  borrowings  from
stockholders. The primary reason for the working capital deficit at December 31,
1996 was cash used in  operating  activities,  which was $191,000 for the fiscal
year ended  December  31, 1996.  The  decrease in  operating  cash flows for the
fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996 was  primarily  due to a decrease in net
income  before  depreciation  and  amortization,  combined  with an  increase in
year-end merchandise inventories and a decrease in year-end accounts payable and
accrued liabilities.     


                                       34

<PAGE>
   
     Cash used for  investing  activities  was $21,000 and  $315,000 for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended  December 31, 1996,  respectively.
These amounts primarily represent the purchase of property and equipment.
    

NORTH POLE CITY

     North Pole City is a retailer of  Christmas  merchandise  and  contemporary
collectibles.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- NORTH POLE CITY

     The following  table sets forth certain  selected  financial data for North
Pole City on a historical basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                  -----------------------------------------------------
                                        1995              1996              1997
                                  ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                               <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net sales   ..................... $2,562   100.0%   $2,865   100.0%   $3,726   100.0%
Cost of sales  .................. 1,371     53.5     1,492    52.1     1,733    46.5
                                  ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   -----
Gross profit   .................. 1,191     46.5     1,373    47.9     1,993    53.5
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses   ......   990     38.6     1,077    37.6     1,522    40.8
                                  ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   -----
Income from operations  .........   201      7.9       296    10.3       471    12.7
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ...............   (41)    (1.6)      (57)   (2.0)      (82)   (2.2)
 Other, net .....................     8      0.3        10     0.4        38     1.0
                                  ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   -----
Income before income taxes       .  168      6.6       249     8.7       427    11.5
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes   ........................    66      2.6        96     3.4       168     4.5
                                  ------   ------   ------   ------   ------   -----
Net income (loss) ............... $ 102      4.0%   $  153     5.3%    $ 259     7.0%
                                  ======   ======   ======   ======   ======   =====



<CAPTION>
                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                  -------------------------------------------
                                           1996                  1997
                                  ---------------------- --------------------
<S>                               <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Net sales   .....................  $ 484        100.0%   $  558       100.0%
Cost of sales  ..................    245         50.6       277        49.7
                                   -----      -------    ------     -------
Gross profit   ..................    239         49.4       281        50.3
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses   ......    256         52.9       374        67.0
                                   -----      -------    ------     -------
Income from operations  .........    (17)        (3.5)      (93)      (16.7)
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense ...............    (24)        (5.0)      (16)       (2.8)
 Other, net .....................      1          0.1         1         0.1
                                   -----      -------    ------     -------
Income before income taxes       .   (40)        (8.3)     (108)      (19.4)
Provision (benefit) for income
 taxes   ........................    (16)        (3.3)      (39)       (6.9)
                                   -----      -------    ------     -------
Net income (loss) ...............  $ (24)        (5.1)%  $  (69)      (12.5)%
                                   =====      =======    ======     =======
</TABLE>
    
   
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS

     Net Sales. Net sales were $558,000 for the three months ended June 30, 1997
as compared to $484,000 for the three  months ended June 30, 1996.  The increase
in sales of $74,000, or 15.3%, was primarily due to increased marketing efforts,
including special promotions, expanded telemarketing and direct mail.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $277,000 or 49.7% of net sales,
in the three months ended June 30, 1997 from $245,000, or 50.6% of net sales, in
the three months ended June 30, 1996. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales
decreased primarily due to the change in product mix to collectibles with higher
margins.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  were  $374,000,  or 67.0% of net  sales,  in the three
months  ended June 30, 1997 as compared to $256,000,  or 52.9% of net sales,  in
the three  months  ended June 30,  1996,  an  increase  of  $118,000,  or 46.1%,
principally  due  to  increased   salaries  for  additional   sales   personnel,
advertising expense for special promotions and direct mail costs.
    

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $3.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1997 as compared to $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996.  The
increase  in sales  of  $861,000,  or  30.1%,  was  primarily  due to  continued
marketing efforts focused on telemarketing, advertising in national publications
and Internet marketing of collectibles  merchandise.  This increase was also due
to a lesser extent, by the remodeling and expansion of the store.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.7  million,  or 46.5% of net
sales,  for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1997 from $1.5 million,  or 52.1% of
net  sales,  for the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1996.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectibles with higher margins.


                                       35



<PAGE>
   
     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1997 were $1.5
million,  or 40.8% of net sales,  as compared to $1.1  million,  or 37.6% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended March 31,  1996,  an increase of  $444,000,  or
41.2%,  primarily  due to increased  advertising  and  salaries  for  additional
personnel.

     Interest  Expense. Interest expense increased to $82,000 in the fiscal year
ended  March  31, 1997 from $57,000 in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996. The
increase  was  the  result  of borrowings used to finance store expansion and to
purchase inventory.
    

FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,
1996 as compared to $2.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31,  1995.  The
increase in sales of  $303,000,  or 11.8%,  was  primarily a result of increased
marketing   efforts  focused  on   telemarketing,   advertisements  in  national
publications and Internet marketing of collectibles merchandise.

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.5  million,  or 52.1% of net
sales,  in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1996 from $1.4  million,  or 53.5% of
net  sales,  in the  fiscal  year  ended  March  31,  1995.  Cost of  sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectibles with higher margins.
   
     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  March 31,  1996 were $1.1
million, or 37.6% of net sales, as compared to $990,000,  or 38.6% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  March 31,  1995,  an  increase  of  $88,000,  or 8.9%,
primarily due to salaries for additional personnel.

     Interest  Expense. Interest expense increased to $57,000 in the fiscal year
ended  March  31, 1996 from $41,000 in the fiscal year ended March 31, 1995. The
increase  was  the result of borrowings used to finance remodeling and expansion
of the store.
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- NORTH POLE CITY
   
     North Pole City had working  capital of $945,000  and $1.0  million at June
30, 1997 and March 31, 1997,  respectively.  The primary  source of this working
capital was cash flow from  operations,  which was  $167,000 for the fiscal year
ended March 31, 1997.  For the three  months  ended June 30, 1997,  cash used in
operations was $99,000.  Cash used in operating activities was primarily related
to the purchase of merchandise inventories.

     Cash used for investing  activities  was $143,000 for the fiscal year ended
March 31,  1997.  These  activities  represent  the  purchase  of  property  and
equipment.  No cash was used for investing activities for the three months ended
June 30, 1997.     


REEF HALLMARK
   
     Reef Hallmark is a retailer of  contemporary  collectibles,  Hallmark cards
and gifts, located in West Palm Beach, Florida.
    


                                       36



<PAGE>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- REEF HALLMARK

     The following  table sets forth certain  selected  financial  data for Reef
Hallmark on a historical  basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods
indicated (dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                      -----------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                             1995                  1996                  1996                   1997
                                      -------------------   -------------------   -------------------   ---------------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales  ........................   $1,839     100.0%     $2,493     100.0%     $1,178     100.0%     $1,299       100.0%
Cost of sales .....................   1,102       59.9       1,301      52.2         610      51.7         678        52.2
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------      ------
Gross profit  .....................     737       40.1       1,192      47.8         568      48.3         621        47.8
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses  ........................     629       34.2         935      37.5         442      37.5         516        39.7
                                      ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------      ------
Income from operations ............     108        5.9         257      10.3         126      10.7         105         8.1
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense   ...............     (41)      (2.2)        (49)     (2.0)        (20)     (1.7)        (23)       (1.8)
 Other, net   .....................      --         --         (12)     (0.5)          1       0.0           1         0.0
                                      ------     ------     ------     -----      ------     -----      ------      ------
Net income ........................   $  67        3.7%     $  196       7.8%     $  107       9.1%      $  83         6.4%
                                      ======     ======     ======     =====      ======     =====      ======      ======
</TABLE>
    

UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.3  million for the six months  ended June 30,
1997 as compared to $1.2  million for the six months  ended June 30,  1996.  The
increase in sales of  $121,000,  or 10.2%,  was  primarily a result of increased
demand for  certain  contemporary  collectibles  products  during the six months
ended June 30, 1997.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales increased to $678,000,  or 52.2% of net sales,
in the six months ended June 30, 1997 from  $610,000 or 51.7% of net sales,  for
the six months ended June 30, 1996.  Cost of sales as a percentage  of net sales
remained relatively flat.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the six months ended June 30, 1997 were $516,000, or
39.7% of net sales,  as compared to $442,000,  or 37.5% of net sales, in the six
months  ended June 30, 1996,  an increase of $73,000 or 16.6%.  The increase was
primarily due to increased advertising expenses.     


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
   1995
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were $2.5 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $1.8  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995.  The increase in sales of $654,000,  or 35.6%,  was  primarily a result of
increased  telemarketing and direct mail advertising and, to a lesser extent, an
increase in in-store artist signing events.     

     Cost of Sales.  Cost of sales  increased to $1.3  million,  or 52.2% of net
sales, in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $1.1 million, or 59.9% of
net  sales,  in the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1995.  Cost of sales as a
percentage  of  net  sales  decreased  due  to  the  change  in  product  mix to
collectible items with higher margins.
   
     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996  were
$935,000, or 37.5% of net sales, as compared to $629,000, or 34.2% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995, an increase of $306,000,  or 48.7%,
primarily due to an increase in advertising  and lease expense  associated  with
the significant expansion of retail square footage in July 1995 and, to a lesser
extent, due to salaries for additional sales personnel.
    


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- REEF HALLMARK
   
     Reef Hallmark had working  capital of $77,000 and $171,000 at June 30, 1997
and December 31, 1996, respectively.  The primary source of this working capital
was cash flow from  operations,  which was  $135,000  for the fiscal  year ended
December 31, 1996. The decrease in working capital at June 30, 1997 was due to a
decrease in merchandise inventories.     


                                       37


<PAGE>
   
     Cash used for  investing  activities  was  $1,000 and  $29,000  for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended  December 31, 1996,  respectively.
These  expenditures  represent  purchases of property  and  equipment as well as
expenditures  necessary to support the growth in Reef Hallmark's  sales.  During
the period January 1, 1995 through  December 31, 1996, Reef  Hallmark's  capital
expenditures totaled $184,000.     


FILMART

     Filmart is a retail  marketer of  animation  art with a gallery  located in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania and a gallery located in Huntington, New York.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FILMART

     The following table sets forth certain selected  financial data for Filmart
on a historical basis and as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated
(dollars in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    -------------------------------------------
                                                            1995                  1996
                                                    --------------------- ---------------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>      <C>          <C>
Net sales   .......................................  $1,053      100.0%    $1,446        100.0%
Cost of sales  ....................................     511       48.6        498         34.4
                                                     ------      -----     ------       ------
Gross profit   ....................................     542       51.4        948         65.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses       .    493       46.8        539         37.3
                                                     ------      -----     ------       ------
Income from operations  ...........................      49        4.7        409         28.3
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense .................................      (4)      (0.4)        (1)        (0.1)
 Other, net .......................................      74        7.1        279         19.3
                                                     ------      -----     ------       ------
Net income  .......................................  $  119       11.3%    $  687         47.5%
                                                     ======      =====     ======       ======
<CAPTION>
                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                    ----------------------------------
                                                           1996              1997
                                                    ------------------- --------------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>      <C>    <C>
Net sales   .......................................  $541        100.0%  $514  100.0%
Cost of sales  ....................................   203         37.5    191   37.2
                                                     ----       ------   ----  -----
Gross profit   ....................................   338         62.5    323   62.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses       .  221         40.8    300   58.3
                                                     ----       ------   ----  -----
Income from operations  ...........................   117         21.6     23    4.5
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense .................................    (1)        (0.1)     1    0.1
 Other, net .......................................   167         30.8    113   21.9
                                                     ----       ------   ----  -----
Net income  .......................................  $283         52.3%  $137   26.5%
                                                     ====       ======   ====  =====
</TABLE>
    
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $514,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997
as compared to $541,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996.  The decrease in
sales of $27,000,  or 4.9%, was primarily the result of fewer  in-store  signing
events  and lower  telemarketing  sales in the six months  ended June 30,  1997.
Filmart is a member of several  barter  companies,  within which Filmart  trades
artwork for various goods and services from other barter company members. Barter
transactions  involving artwork for various goods and services are valued at the
market value of the goods or services  received.  Filmart  recognized $29,000 of
sales  through  such barter  companies  in each of the six months ended June 30,
1997 and 1996, respectively.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $191,000,  or 37.2% of net sales,
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $203,000, or 37.5% of net sales, for
the six months ended June 30, 1996.  Cost of sales as a percentage  of net sales
remained relatively flat.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the six months ended June 30, 1997 were $300,000, or
58.3% of net sales,  as compared to $221,000,  or 40.8% of net sales, in the six
months ended June 30, 1996, an increase of $79,000,  or 35.8%. This increase was
primarily due to an increase in advertising and salaries.

     Other Income. Other income decreased to $113,000, or 21.9% of net sales, in
the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $167,000,  or 30.8% of net sales, in the
six months ended June 30, 1996 due to an insurance  settlement  received  during
the six months ended June 30,  1996.  Consulting  fees  recorded as other income
were  $113,000  for the six months  ended June 30, 1997 and the six months ended
June 30, 1996.     


FISCAL  YEAR  ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1995

     Net Sales.  Net sales were $1.4 million for the fiscal year ended  December
31,  1996 as compared to $1.1  million  for the fiscal year ended  December  31,
1995.  The increase in sales of $393,000,  or 37.3%,  was  primarily a result of
increased special events such as in-store artist signing events, growth

                                       38

<PAGE>

of the customer database,  increased advertising and, to a lesser extent, to the
addition of sales  representatives  with  enhanced  product  knowledge.  Filmart
recognized  $248,000 and $32,000 of sales through barter companies in the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $498,000,  or 34.4% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 from $511,000, or 48.6% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. Cost of sales as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  primarily due to sales of animation  art with higher  margins,
primarily vintage production cels.

     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  in the  fiscal  year  ended  December  31,  1996  were
$539,000, or 37.3% of net sales, as compared to $493,000, or 46.8% of net sales,
in the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1995,  an increase of $47,000,  or 9.5%,
primarily  due to an increase  in  commissions.  The  decrease in this cost as a
percentage of net sales was primarily due to economies of scale  associated with
increased sales.

     Other Income.  Other income  increased to $279,000 in the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996 from $74,000 in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995.  The
increase of $205,000 is a result of increased  consulting fees and proceeds from
an insurance claim reimbursement.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- FILMART
   
     Filmart had working  capital of $1.1  million and $976,000 at June 30, 1997
and December 31, 1996, respectively. The primary sources of working capital were
prepayments made for advertising and advances to shareholders.

     Cash  used  for  operating  activities was $42,000 for the six months ended
June  30,  1997. Cash provided by operating activities was $131,000 for the year
ended December 31, 1996.
    

ANIMATION USA

     Animation USA is a retail  marketer of animation art with a gallery located
in Seattle, Washington and a gallery located in San Francisco, California.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- ANIMATION USA

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  selected  financial  data  for
Animation  USA on a historical  basis and data as a percentage  of net sales for
the periods indicated (dollars in thousands):





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                       ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1996                       1997
                                                       ------------------------   ------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Net sales ..........................................    $835           100.0%      $672           100.0%
Cost of sales   ....................................     394            47.3        255            38.0
                                                        ----         -------       ----         -------
Gross profit .......................................     441            52.7        417            62.0
Selling, general and administrative expenses  ......     411            49.2        372            55.3
                                                        ----         -------       ----         -------
Income from operations   ...........................      30             3.6         45             6.7
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense  .................................      (4)            0.4         (5)            0.8
                                                        -----        -------       -----        -------
Income before taxes   ..............................      26             3.2         40             5.9
Provision for income taxes  ........................      11             1.3         15             2.2
                                                        ----         -------       ----         -------
Net income   .......................................    $ 15             1.9%      $ 25             3.7%
                                                        ====         =======       ====         =======
</TABLE>
    
UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS
   
     Net Sales.  Net sales were  $672,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997
as compared to $835,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996.  The decrease in
sales of $163,000,  or 19.5%,  was primarily  attributable  to a decrease in the
number of in-store artist signing events in the first half of 1997.

     Cost of Sales. Cost of sales decreased to $255,000,  or 38.0% of net sales,
for the six months ended June 30, 1997 from $394,000, or 47.3% of net sales, for
the six months ended June 30, 1996.  Cost of sales as a percentage  of net sales
decreased due to higher sales of animation art produced  in-house  under license
arrangements.     


                                       39


<PAGE>
   
     Selling,  General  and  Administrative   Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses in the six months ended June 30, 1997 were $372,000, or
55.3% of net sales,  as compared to $411,000,  or 49.2% of net sales, in the six
months ended June 30, 1996, a decrease of $39,000,  or 9.5%.  This  decrease was
largely due to a decrease in advertising  expense related to the in-store artist
signing events and, to a lesser extent, to a decrease in sales commissions.
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES -- ANIMATION USA
   
     Animation USA had a working capital deficit of $31,000 and $30,000, at June
30, 1997 and December 31, 1996, respectively. The primary reason for the working
capital  deficit  at June  30,  1997  was an  increase  of  $15,000  in  amounts
outstanding under the line of credit. The primary reason for the working capital
deficit at December 31, 1996 was cash used in operating  activities  of $71,000.
The  decrease in cash for the six months ended June 30, 1997 was the increase in
accounts receivable and deferred offering costs.

     Cash used for  investing  activities  was $29,000 for the fiscal year ended
December  31,1996.  These  activities  represent  the  purchase of property  and
equipment.  No cash was used for investing  activities  for the six months ended
June 30, 1997.     


                                       40

<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

OVERVIEW
   
     Collectibles USA was founded to create a national  retailer of collectibles
merchandise  and marketer of animation  art.  Collectibles  USA has entered into
agreements  to acquire six  retailers  of  contemporary  collectibles  and three
marketers of animation art simultaneously with the closing of the Offering. Upon
the consummation of these  Acquisitions,  the Company believes that it will be a
leading  retailer  of  contemporary  collectibles  and  a  leading  marketer  of
animation art in the United States. The Company sells its collectibles  products
through two superstores,  one  free-standing  retail location,  seven mall-based
stores and six upscale strip-mall  stores. The Company's 16 collectibles  stores
are located in California  (2),  Florida,  Illinois (6),  Nevada (2), New Jersey
(2),  Oklahoma (2) and Virginia.  In addition,  certain stores sell collectibles
through database direct mail,  telemarketing and the Internet. The Company sells
animation art primarily  through  database  direct mail,  telemarketing  and the
Internet to both retail and wholesale customers, and operates five animation art
galleries located in California, New York (2), Pennsylvania and Washington.
    
     The Company's  collectibles  merchandise  includes figurines and sculptures
made from  porcelain,  ceramic and resin,  and a wide selection of crystal items
including functional and decorative products. The Company also sells collectible
cottages and villages, collectible prints and lithographs, collectible Christmas
ornaments and other holiday collectibles.  The Company's merchandise is produced
by leading vendors such as Lladro,  Department 56  (manufacturer of The Original
Snow  Village and The  Heirloom  Village  Collection  product  lines),  Giuseppe
Armani,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel product  line),  Waterford,
Baccarat,  Lalique,  Swarovski,  Disney and Enesco (manufacturer of the Precious
Moments and Cherished Teddies product lines). See "-- Collectibles  Stores." The
Company's  animation art galleries  carry a full spectrum of animation  artwork,
including original production cels, limited editions, sericels, model sheets and
original  drawings.  In addition,  the Company has  licenses or rights,  some of
which are  exclusive,  to design,  produce and market  animation art featuring a
wide variety of well known characters,  including Garfield\R, The Simpsons\R and
Anastasia\R,  and is also an authorized  dealer of limited editions and sericels
created by Disney and Warner Brothers.

     The Company's  target  retail  customer is between 45 and 64 years old, and
encompasses  a broad  range of income  levels.  The  Company  believes  that the
typical  collector makes more than one  collectibles  purchase per year, and the
typical  collecting  household  maintains  more than one  collection.  Moreover,
collectibles  also are purchased as gifts and as decorative items. The Company's
animation art galleries  also target a wide range of customers  from entry level
collectors with relatively small collections to high-end, experienced collectors
of vintage pieces.


INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     According to Unity  Marketing's The Collectibles  Industry Report 1997, the
collectibles  industry  grew  approximately  11.9% in 1996,  generating  over $9
billion  in  primary  sales  (i.e.,   sales  of  new   merchandise),   of  which
approximately  79% were  generated by retail sales  (including  TV shopping) and
approximately 21% were generated by direct response marketing.  The contemporary
collectibles  industry is  serviced by  approximately  10,000  specialty  retail
collectibles  stores  nationwide.  Collectibles are also sold by  mid-to-upscale
department stores,  home furnishing stores,  small specialty import stores, gift
stores,  card shops, TV shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print
stores.   The  industry  includes  sales  of  a  wide  variety  of  manufactured
collectible items, including figurines and sculptures, dolls, crystal, collector
plates,   cottages,   lighthouses,   Christmas   ornaments   and  other  holiday
collectibles  and  art  such as  lithographs  and  prints.  According  to  Unity
Marketing, an estimated 31 million Americans identify themselves as collectors.

     The animation art industry  includes sales of vintage  original  production
cels,  limited  editions  produced by studios,  sericels and original  animation
produced by  licensees  such as the Company  bearing the  likenesses  of popular
animated  characters  through art galleries,  gift shops and auction houses,  as
well  as  database  direct  mail,  telemarketing  and  the  Internet.   Although
statistical  information  on the animation art industry is limited and marketing
tools such as "collectors clubs" are not yet


                                       41


<PAGE>

common in the industry,  the Company  believes that the industry is growing.  In
recognition of the industry's  emerging  importance and  profitability,  auction
houses such as Sotheby's and  Christie's  are active in the secondary  market of
animation through their public auctions.
   
     The Company's  target consumer base represents a growing part of the United
States  population.  According to the U.S.  Department of Commerce Bureau of the
Census,  the 45 to 64 year old population  reached  approximately  45 million in
1996 and is expected  to grow to  approximately  66 million  during the next ten
years, representing a projected growth rate of close to three times the rate for
the  overall  population.  The  Company  believes  that  collecting  will become
increasingly  popular among  consumers ages 45 to 64 because this  generation of
collectors  has  high  levels  of  discretionary  income  and  has  demonstrated
nostalgic characteristics.     

     The Company believes that the highly  fragmented nature of the collectibles
and animation art industries creates  significant  consolidation  opportunities.
The retail  collectibles  market is highly  fragmented  with over 10,000  retail
stores, most of which have less than a 1% market share. In addition, most of the
participants  in these  industries  lack the  capital to expand or a viable exit
strategy.  The  Company  believes  that the  favorable  growth  outlook  for the
collectibles and animation art industries resulting from the growing demographic
base, coupled with the fragmented nature of these industries,  will make it well
positioned to pursue its growth strategies. The Company estimates that there are
over 200 collectibles retailers in the United States with retail sales in excess
of $2 million annually.


BUSINESS STRATEGY
   
     The  Company's  goal  is  to  become  the  leading  specialty  retailer  of
contemporary  collectibles  and the  leading  marketer of  animation  art in the
United States.  The Company will seek to achieve this goal by emphasizing growth
through  acquisitions  and  implementing  a  national  operating  strategy  that
enhances internal revenue growth and profitability.     


GROWTH STRATEGY

     Key elements of the Company's growth strategy include:
   
       Grow Through  Acquisitions.  The Company  believes that the  collectibles
   industry   is  highly   fragmented   with   significant   opportunities   for
   consolidation.  The  Company  intends  to  acquire  profitable,  well-managed
   collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art  marketers  that may provide new
   categories of  merchandise  that may be cross-sold to the Company's  existing
   customer  base. The Company  believes that it will be an attractive  acquiror
   due to its (i)  strategy  of  retaining  owners and  management  of  acquired
   companies,  (ii)  access  to  capital  and  (iii)  ability  to offer  sellers
   immediate  liquidity for their business as well as an ongoing equity stake in
   the Company.  The Company has developed an extensive  database of acquisition
   candidates  within the collectibles and animation art industries and believes
   it will be well  positioned to implement  its  acquisition  program  promptly
   following  the  Offering.  Within the past  several  months,  the Company has
   contacted the owners of a number of collectibles  retailers and animation art
   marketers, several of whom have expressed interest in having their businesses
   acquired by the Company.  The Company currently has no binding  agreements to
   effect any acquisition and is not now engaged in any  negotiations to acquire
   any company. The Company,  however, expects that its future acquisitions will
   be  based  on  criteria  such  as  anticipated  return  on  capital,  and the
   acquisition  candidate's  opportunities  for growth and ability to meet other
   strategic  objectives.  Although the Company will consider  opportunities  to
   make larger  acquisitions,  the Company's target candidate for acquisition is
   expected   to  have  $2  to  $5   million  in  annual   sales,   demonstrated
   profitability,  and one to four  retail  locations.  The  Company's  research
   indicates  that there are more  collectibles  retailers  meeting its criteria
   than there are  animation  art  marketers.  To help it  identify  prospective
   targets,  the  Company  has  retained  a  consultant  with  knowledge  of the
   collectibles  and  animation art  industries.  See "Certain  Transactions  --
   Transactions  Involving Certain Officers,  Directors and Stockholders." There
   can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company's   acquisition  program  will  be
   successful,  and the Company  cannot  predict when, if ever, it will make its
   first acquisition after the Offering.
    


                                       42


<PAGE>

       As  consideration  for future  acquisitions,  the Company  intends to use
   various  combinations  of  Common  Stock  and cash or,  possibly,  notes.  To
   facilitate  its  acquisition  strategy,   the  Company  intends  to  register
   2,500,000  additional  shares of Common Stock under the Securities Act within
   90 days after the closing of this  Offering.  These  shares will be available
   for use by the Company as consideration for future acquisitions.

       Develop  Prototype  Store Formats.  Although the Company intends to focus
   initially  on acquiring  other  retailers of  collectibles  and  marketers of
   animation art, the Company expects to complement its acquisition  growth with
   new store openings. Over the next 12 months, the Company plans to develop two
   prototype store formats: a "superstore" format of approximately 18,000 square
   feet,  designed  for  either  free-standing  or strip mall  locations,  and a
   mall-based  format, of approximately  1,500 square feet. The Company does not
   intend to open new stores over the next 12 months.


NATIONAL OPERATING STRATEGY

     Key elements of the Company's national operating strategy include:
   
       Strengthen and Expand Vendor  Relationships.  Vendors in the collectibles
   industry  often  recognize  retailers  based on  certain  volume  levels  and
   reputation. At the discretion of vendors, preferred gallery status is awarded
   to  collectibles  stores  based on  factors  such as (i) a proven  ability to
   market and sell large quantities of merchandise,  (ii)  exceptional  customer
   service  and (iii)  creditworthiness.  Many of the  Founding  Companies  have
   achieved  preferred  gallery  status with key vendors which  entitles them to
   volume discounts,  co-op  advertising  funds,  shipping  allowances and other
   benefits.  The Company  believes that as a leading  retailer of  collectibles
   merchandise and a leading marketer of animation art in the United States,  it
   will have a competitive advantage in leveraging its vendor relationships.  In
   addition, as an industry leader, the Company believes that it will be able to
   establish exclusive  relationships with vendors for certain product lines and
   items which generally lead to increased  sales.  Certain vendors already have
   expressed a willingness  to develop  products,  such as porcelain  figurines,
   resin figurines and cels, on an exclusive basis for the Company.  As a result
   of the  Acquisitions,  the  Company  believes  that  certain of the  Founding
   Companies  will be able to  benefit  from the vendor  relationships  that the
   other  Founding  Companies  have  established  with each of their  individual
   vendors.

       To ensure that the Company maximizes its relationships with vendors,  the
   Company has hired an executive to oversee and coordinate, among other things,
   merchandising and vendor relationships. It is anticipated that this executive
   and the  other  executive  officers  of the  Company  will use the  Company's
   reputation in the  collectibles  and animation art industries to leverage its
   vendor relationships.

       Expand and Improve  Database  Direct  Mail,  Telemarketing  and  Internet
   Marketing   Programs.   The  Founding  Companies  have  developed   databases
   aggregating approximately 210,000 customers. These databases often detail the
   buying  patterns  and  merchandise  preferences  of  existing  and  potential
   customers  and enable the  Founding  Companies to conduct  targeted  database
   direct mail,  telemarketing  and  Internet  marketing  programs.  In order to
   develop a comprehensive  marketing  program for use on a Company-wide  basis,
   the Company intends to combine and enhance the existing customer databases of
   its Founding Companies and to introduce  database direct mail,  telemarketing
   and Internet marketing programs at Founding Companies and future companies to
   be acquired which are not utilizing such  programs.  The Company  anticipates
   that  such a program  will be  developed  by  mid-1998.  All of the  Founding
   Companies which market  animation art generate a majority of their sales from
   database direct mail and  telemarketing  efforts.  The Company believes there
   are  significant  opportunities  to  expand  the  database  direct  mail  and
   telemarketing  expertise  developed  by the  animation  art  galleries to its
   collectibles   business.   The  Company  also  plans  to   incorporate  on  a
   Company-wide  basis  the  use  of  certain  marketing  programs,  advertising
   campaigns,  artist  signing  events and other  promotions,  which have proved
   successful at individual Founding Companies.

       Improve Operating Procedures. The Company is currently evaluating several
   MIS  alternatives  designed to centralize  and monitor the  operations of the
   Founding Companies by auditing sales receipts,  accounts  payables,  payroll,
   purchases and inventory levels and by implementing
    


                                       43


<PAGE>
   
   centralized  cash  management  operations.  The  Company  also will  evaluate
   implementing appropriate systems, such as Company-wide point-of-sale systems,
   at its stores. The Company further intends to enhance operations at the store
   level  through  improved   training   programs  and  incentive   systems  for
   experienced  managers and  corporate-level  merchandising to more effectively
   manage the Company's  merchandising  decisions,  product displays and product
   assortment.  Although  in the near term the Company  expects to incur  higher
   operating  expenses,  the  Company  anticipates  that in the  future  it will
   achieve long-term economies of scale and enhanced store-level  performance as
   a result of these efforts. The Company also expects to experience benefits of
   consolidation  with respect to improved  training  practices,  its ability to
   attract and retain qualified personnel and customer service.
    
       Capitalize  on Local  Strengths.  Notwithstanding  the  strengths  that a
   national  organization  can provide,  the Company  believes that an important
   factor for success in the collectibles  industry is local  relationships.  By
   maintaining  significant  operating  autonomy at the local level, the Company
   intends to capitalize on local strengths, such as name recognition,  customer
   loyalty and service. In addition, the Company anticipates that certain of the
   principals  of the  Founding  Companies  will assist it in  establishing  and
   refining practices for Company-wide operations.


COLLECTIBLES STORES

     The Company will sell collectibles merchandise through two superstores, two
free-standing  retail  locations,   nine  mall-based  stores  and  five  upscale
strip-mall  stores which are located in seven  states.  The stores range in size
from  approximately  1,000 to 15,000  square feet of retail space and carry from
1,500 to 13,800 SKUs.  Additionally,  the Company utilizes database direct mail,
telemarketing  and  the  Internet  to sell  its  collectibles  merchandise.  The
Company's  porcelain  figurines and  sculptures  are produced by vendors such as
Lladro,  Goebel U.S.A.  (manufacturer  of the Hummel  product line) and Giuseppe
Armani.  The resin  figurines  which the Company sells are obtained from vendors
such as Enesco  (manufacturer  of the  Precious  Moments and  Cherished  Teddies
product lines).  The Company's  collectibles  stores also sell crystal figurines
and  functional  items,  such as crystal  vases,  produced  by  vendors  such as
Swarovski,  Waterford,  Baccarat,  and Lalique.  In addition,  the Company sells
collectible cottages and villages produced by Department 56 (manufacturer of The
Original Snow Village and The Heirloom Village Collections product lines).

     Merchandising.  Each of the Company's collectibles stores carries a product
assortment  that is merchandised by product line and vendor and that is selected
to provide items that are distinctive and  specifically  suited to the tastes of
its customers.  The stores  generally carry  different but overlapping  lines of
collectibles merchandise because each store selects merchandise which appeals to
the preferences of customers within its area. Although the general categories of
the collectibles merchandise stay the same from store to store, individual items
within each general product group change to respond to the interests and demands
of  customers  of each  store.  Consequently,  stores such as the Forum Shops at
Caesar's that are  frequented by customers with more  disposable  income tend to
carry  products which retail for prices higher than those carried by stores that
serve customers with less disposable income.
   
     While the price of collectibles ranges from $5 to $25,000,  Unity Marketing
reported  in 1995 that the average  collector  household  spends $500  annually.
Stores that target middle income customers carry collectibles  merchandise which
generally  ranges in price from $25 to $250,  while  stores that  target  higher
income customers carry  merchandise which generally ranges in price from $125 to
$4,000.     

     In selecting a product, the Company considers customer demand for the lines
and, in the case of new lines,  quality,  dependability  of  delivery  and cost.
Currently,  each Founding  Company  individually  determines  which  products to
purchase.  Such  purchasing  decisions  primarily  are made by  attending  shows
sponsored by manufacturers,  communicating with representatives of manufacturers
and  participating  in  test  sales  of  collectibles  merchandise.  Some of the
collectibles  stores  vary  their  inventory  on a  seasonal  basis  in order to
generate  more sales  related to Christmas  and other  holidays  and  occasions.
Manufacturers  seeking to  increase  consumer  interest  occasionally  expand or
retire certain  collectibles within their product lines and produce event pieces
such as bridal and Easter pieces, which are occasionally  marketed in connection
with artist signings to generate excitement about their


                                       44


<PAGE>
   
introduction  to the market.  Two of the Founding  Companies are affiliated with
Hallmark  and  sell  greeting  cards  and  Hallmark  novelties  in  addition  to
collectibles merchandise. To ensure that the Company maximizes its relationships
with  vendors,  the Company has hired an  executive  to oversee and  coordinate,
among other things, merchandising and vendor relationships.

     Most of the Company's contemporary collectibles merchandise is manufactured
overseas;   however,   it  is  purchased   directly   from  the   manufacturer's
representatives  in  the  United  States.  The  Company  purchases  collectibles
merchandise from over 70 vendors,  including Hallmark,  sales of which accounted
for  approximately  9% of the  Company's  pro forma  net  sales in Fiscal  1997.
Certain suppliers of collectibles merchandise to the Founding Companies, such as
Enesco  or  Department  56,  provide  in their  agreements  with  such  Founding
Companies that the vendor will furnish an ongoing supply of products  within the
vendor's  particular  production  limitations and obligate the vendor to develop
point-of-sale  material to support the Founding Companies' advertising programs.
Pursuant to such agreements, it is the responsibility of the Founding Company to
operate at least five days a week or  throughout  the calendar  year, to promote
and foster the collectibility  status of the vendor's  merchandise,  to organize
promotional  events  such as  "open  houses,"  to  purchase  certain  levels  of
merchandise  or  display  certain  pieces in a series,  to adhere to a  vendor's
pricing  schedule and to maintain a  satisfactory  creditworthiness.  A Founding
Company's  failure to fulfill its obligations to a vendor may entitle the vendor
to  suspend  its supply of  collectibles  merchandise.  Several of the  Founding
Companies have achieved  standards of quality and reputation  which qualify them
for the preferred  gallery status  recognized by their important  vendors.  Such
status   typically   confers   benefits  such  as  greater   co-op   advertising
contributions,  preferred access to specialized merchandise and increased access
to artists for signings and other  in-store and  off-site  special  events.  The
Company makes decisions about purchases of inventory well in advance of the time
at which such  products are  intended to be sold.  Significant  deviations  from
projected  demand for  collectibles  merchandise  could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's  financial  condition and results of operations.  Higher
priced collectibles  generally are sold on a consignment basis which permits the
Company  to expand its array of  collectibles  merchandise  without  encumbering
working capital.     

     In order to attract and retain the loyalty of collectibles customers and to
position its stores as  destination  retail  locations,  certain of the Founding
Companies utilize innovative  merchandising and display  techniques.  One of the
stores has built a reputation based on entertaining in-store displays which have
included a model  train,  a grind organ and unique  displays  which  highlight a
particular vendor's merchandise. Other of the Company's collectibles stores have
gained recognition based on their promotional practices, including producing and
distributing  videotapes of the store's business  operations and employing games
of chance with prizes corresponding to a vendor's particular collectibles theme.

     Marketing.  Currently,  the Founding Companies  advertise  independently of
each other,  primarily  through  print  advertising  and direct  mail  contacts.
Certain of the Founding Companies, namely North Pole City, Little Elegance, Reef
Hallmark and Stone's Hallmark,  advertise their merchandise in catalogs that are
produced by a national  collectibles catalog publishing syndicate such as Parade
of Gifts and Gift Creations Concepts.  Such catalog consortiums allow members to
use the published  catalog for  individual  sales  purposes.  Membership in such
catalog consortiums  entitles the Company to exclusive pieces produced by Enesco
and Department 56. The Company plans to evaluate its use of catalog  consortiums
in the future, including opportunities for preparing such catalogs itself.

     The Company also participates in loyalty-based  marketing  programs such as
"collector  clubs"  which  reward  members  with  privileges  such as  access to
exclusive member pieces,  detailed information about collections and invitations
to special events.
   
     The Company's  collectibles stores' databases contain approximately 183,000
customers,  often detailing the buying patterns and merchandising preferences of
current and potential customers.  This extensive database assists the Company in
database  direct  mail  and  telemarketing  programs.  Three  of  the  Company's
collectibles  stores have home pages on the  Internet  which they use to educate
consumers,  display samples of their collectibles merchandise,  inform customers
of upcoming product availability dates and special events and allow customers to
place orders. Customers can contact Little     


                                       45

<PAGE>
   
Elegance at  www.little-elegance.com,  North Pole City at www.northpolecity.com,
and Stone's Hallmark at virtualbit.com/stones.  Sales over the Internet have not
constituted a significant portion of the Company's sales to date.

     Following  the  Offering,   the  Company  intends  to  increase  its  print
advertising efforts,  including advertising in specialty  collectibles magazines
and inserting promotional and seasonal sales circulars in local newspapers,  and
increase its efforts in other media, including radio and television. The Company
also intends to initiate  programs  utilizing its customer database to stimulate
additional  sales around  birthdays  and  anniversaries,  and  holidays  such as
Mother's Day. In addition,  the Company also plans to expand  promotional events
such as artist signings and sponsored charitable  activities,  which have proven
successful at individual Founding Companies.

     Customer  Service.  The Company's goal is to provide  exceptional  customer
service.  The Company generally ships orders within 24 to 72 hours. In addition,
the Company places special orders on behalf of its customers with  manufacturers
for  hard-to-find  items and notifies its customers of limited edition pieces in
advance of their  availability in stores.  The Company generally accepts returns
on its merchandise within 14 to 30 days of sale. All of the Company's stores are
open seven days a week. In recognition of the Founding Companies'  dedication to
customer  service and from their  commitment and experience in  merchandising  a
particular  vendor's  collectibles  merchandise,  the  Founding  Companies  have
received  numerous  titles of distinction  such as Boyds Bears Gold Paw (Stone's
Hallmark and North Pole City),  Cherished  Teddies  Adoption  Center (North Pole
City and Stone's  Hallmark),  Department  56 Gold Key Dealer  (Little  Elegance,
North Pole City,  Reef  Hallmark and Stone's  Hallmark),  Fenton Glass  Showcase
Dealer (Stone's  Hallmark),  Giuseppe  Armani Art Headquarter  Store (North Pole
City), Giuseppe Armani Preferred Dealer (Crystal Galleria),  Hallmark Gold Crown
(Reef  Hallmark  and  Stone's  Hallmark),   Lladro  Millennium  Dealer  (Crystal
Galleria),  Lladro  Vanguard  Dealer  (Crystal  Palace),  Roman Premiere  Dealer
(Little  Elegance and North Pole City) and Swarovski  Preferred  Dealer (Crystal
Galleria).  Three of the Founding Companies (Little Elegance,  Reef Hallmark and
Stone's Hallmark) are among the approximately 40 stores nationwide designated as
Precious  Moments  Century  Circle  Dealers  by Enesco  which  entitles  them to
exclusive Precious Moments collectibles pieces.
    

ANIMATION ART GALLERIES

     The  Company's  five  animation  art  galleries are each located in or near
suburbs of metropolitan  areas.  These galleries are located in California,  New
York  (2),  Pennsylvania  and  Washington.  The  Company  generates  most of its
animation art sales through database direct mail and telemarketing operations.

     Merchandising.   The  Company's   animation  art  galleries  carry  a  wide
assortment of animation  artwork,  including  original  production cels, limited
editions, sericels, model sheets and original drawings. A "cel" is a painting of
a character  or object on a  transparent  acetate  sheet.  An  original  vintage
production cel, which is created by an original drawing,  is hand painted and is
the final result of the artistic  process  that  creates  animation  used in the
actual film  production,  whereas limited  edition cels although  created in the
same manner, generally recreate animation scenes from popular animated films for
which original  production  cels are no longer  available.  Sericels are limited
editions  that are created by hand  painting an image onto a master cel and then
produced in large  quantities  through a printing  process.  Model  sheets are a
group of original pencil  drawings of animated  characters in a variety of poses
and  expressions.  Prices  for  animation  art are  typically  higher  than  for
contemporary  collectibles,  beginning at  approximately  $100 and ranging up to
$100,000,  with an average sale price of approximately $750. Animation art sales
generally are less seasonal than sales of collectibles.

     The Company designs and  manufactures  limited  editions and sericels under
license from the owners of popular characters, and purchases original production
cels from the studio that created the art, another dealer or a private collector
for  sale  to  both  retail  and  wholesale  customers.  The  Company  sells  on
consignment limited edition animation cels created by Virgil Ross, under license
from Warner Brothers, featuring classic Warner Brothers' characters such as Bugs
Bunny\R,  Elmer Fudd\R,  Yosemite  Sam\R,  and Tweety and Sylvester\R in classic
scenes.  The  Company  also  holds  licenses  or rights to design,  produce  and
distribute  animation art bearing the likeness of The  Simpsons\R,  Anastasia\R,
and Garfield\R, both alone and


                                       46

<PAGE>

   
with certain Norman  Rockwell  images.  The Company's  designs for art featuring
such  licensed  characters  are  generally  subject  to  prior  approval  by the
licensor.  Pursuant  to an oral  understanding,  the  Company  also  distributes
limited edition comic strip art from Jeff MacNelly (Shoe), Johnny Hart (B.C. and
Wizard of Id), Chris Browne (Hagar the Horrible),  Bryant Parker (Wizard of Id),
Roger Bollen (Animal Crackers), Myron Woldman (Popeye and Betty Boop) and Sidney
Harris.  The Company has a similar oral understanding with Don Oriolo (Felix the
Cat\R).  The Company  acquires this limited  edition comic strip art at discount
wholesale prices and in turn distributes it through  wholesale and retail sales.
There are no written agreements  governing these distribution  arrangements and,
therefore,  there  can be no  assurance  that one or more of  these  distributor
arrangements  will not be  terminated.  One of the Founding  Companies  has been
granted an exclusive  license by HBO\R Animation to manufacture and sell artwork
using  material from the first season of Spawn and Spicy City. The Company is an
authorized dealer of art produced by Warner  Brothers/Hanna-Barbera,  Disney and
artist Chuck Jones. The Company's  authorized dealer agreements can generally be
terminated by the other party with or without cause on short notice.  Certain of
the  authorized   dealer   agreements   require  the  vendor's  consent  to  the
Acquisitions.   Although  the  Company  is  seeking  consents   authorizing  the
Acquisitions  where required by the terms of such authorized dealer  agreements,
there can be no assurance that such consents will be obtained.     

     The  animation  art sold by the Company is  produced  by the Company  under
certain  licenses or rights with a majority of the art being  obtained  from the
studios  or  artists   that  create  the  art,   including   Disney  and  Warner
Brothers/Hanna-Barbera. The art is either bought from the artist or studio or is
sold by the Company on a consignment basis.

     The Company  generates its design ideas by closely  collaborating  with the
studio that licenses the  character to be included in the artwork.  It generally
takes an average of six weeks to create a new piece of original  animation  art.
During this period,  the Company's  artists,  or artists  working as independent
contractors,  generate a prototype  design which is thereafter  submitted to the
artist or animation studio for its approval.
   
     Marketing.  A significant  portion of the Company's animation art marketing
efforts is conducted  through database direct mail,  telemarketing  and Internet
marketing programs,  which utilize databases  aggregating  approximately  27,000
customers.   These   databases   detail  the  buying  patterns  and  merchandise
preferences of current and potential customers and enable the Founding Companies
to conduct targeted database direct mail,  telemarketing and Internet  marketing
programs. The Company's animation art marketing efforts also include advertising
in newspapers and animation art magazines.  While each of the Founding Companies
will continue to advertise locally,  the Company will evaluate  opportunities to
consolidate its advertising  functions on a national basis. Two of the Company's
animation  art  marketers  have home  pages on the  Internet  which  they use to
educate  customers about their  animation art and special events.  Customers can
contact  American  Royal Arts and  Animation  USA at  www.ara-animation.com  and
www.animationusa.com, respectively. Sales over the Internet have not constituted
a significant portion of the Company's sales to date.     

     All of the  Founding  Companies  which  market  animation  art  generate  a
majority of their sales from database direct mail and telemarketing efforts. One
of  the  Company's   significant   strategies  for  improved  marketing  is  the
consolidation   of  the  databases  of  the  various   Founding   Companies  for
comprehensive  database direct mail and  telemarketing  efforts along lines that
have proved successful at the Founding Companies where these operations generate
significant  amounts  of sales.  The  Company  believes  one of the  significant
opportunities  presented by the  consolidation of the Founding  Companies is the
cross-marketing possibilities to the combined customer databases of the Founding
Companies.
   
     One of the Founding Companies,  Filmart, has an agreement with Vista Media,
Inc. ("Vista"),  a non-affiliated,  third party, whereby Filmart receives print,
radio and television  advertising  services from Vista in exchange for providing
to Vista consulting services  consisting of designing  animation  characters and
business logos,  providing art direction for Vista's  publications and providing
business advice in the animation  industry.  The agreement expires on August 31,
1998.     

     Customer  Service.  The  Company's  animation art customer orders generally
are  shipped  within  two  to four weeks. Once an order is received, the gallery
frames, mats and, in some cases, arranges for the


                                       47


<PAGE>

artist to  personally  sign the  purchased  art.  The  Company's  animation  art
galleries  generally  are  open six  days a week  and by  appointment.  Outbound
telemarketing efforts and inbound calls generally occur during store hours.


TRAINING PROGRAMS

     The Company's goal is to provide exceptional  customer service.  The owners
of the Founding  Companies  either serve as store or gallery managers or seek to
hire  entrepreneurial  managers who are  energetic and  knowledgeable  about the
collectibles  and animation art industries.  Each of the Founding  Companies has
developed  varying levels of training  programs.  Some of the training  programs
involve video  presentations,  utilize material prepared by vendors,  consist of
vendor-sponsored  training conducted by representatives or consist of one-on-one
training conducted by managers. As part of its emphasis on customer service, the
Company plans to evaluate each Founding Company's training program and develop a
Company-wide training program for new hires.


MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND CONTROLS

     The Founding  Companies  currently have a variety of accounting,  inventory
and financial  reporting systems at varying degrees of  sophistication,  none of
which have  previously  operated on a combined  basis.  The  Company  intends to
centralize   its   accounting   and  financial   reporting   activities  at  its
headquarters; however, basic accounting activities will continue to be conducted
at the  regional  and local  level.  The  Company  will need to  coordinate  and
integrate the information  systems  hardware and software  currently in place at
the  Founding  Companies  to  ensure  that the  Company's  financial  and  other
information  reporting  functions  are  conducted  satisfactorily.   Failure  to
successfully  develop a consolidated system for reporting such information could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations.
   
     In order to improve operating procedures,  the Company initially will focus
on  developing a  centralized  system to monitor the  operations of the Founding
Companies by auditing sales receipts,  accounts payables, payroll, purchases and
inventory levels and by implementing centralized cash management operations. The
Company  also  will  evaluate   implementing   appropriate   systems,   such  as
Company-wide  point-of-sale  systems, at its stores. The Company further intends
to enhance  operations  at the store  level by  implementing  improved  training
programs  and  incentive  systems  for  experienced  managers  and by creating a
corporate-level  merchandising function to more effectively manage the Company's
merchandising  decisions,  product  displays and product  assortment.  See "Risk
Factors -- Absence of  Combined  Financial  and  Operating  History;  Ability to
Integrate  Operations,"  and "-- Management of Growth;  Inexperience  Managing a
Consolidated Company."     


COMPETITION
   
     The  collectibles  and animation art industries  are highly  fragmented and
competitive.  In addition to other  collectibles  retailers  and  animation  art
marketers,  the Company competes with  mid-to-upscale  department  stores,  home
furnishing stores,  small specialty import stores,  gift stores,  card shops, TV
shopping,  collectors  clubs and other gallery and print  stores.  The Company's
animation  art  galleries  compete,  in  certain  cases,  with the owners of the
licensed  characters,  including Disney and Warner  Brothers,  who sell products
through their own stores and other marketing channels.  Management believes that
its  stores  and  galleries  compete  on the  basis  of  depth  and  breadth  of
merchandise  assortment and customer service in addition to name recognition and
established vendor relationships.  In order to maintain the goodwill inherent in
the names and  reputations of each of the Founding  Companies,  the Company does
not expect to rename the existing stores and galleries;  however,  over time the
Company expects to integrate the  Collectibles USA name into existing stores and
galleries.     

     Many of the Company's competitors are larger and have substantially greater
financial, marketing and other resources than the Company. In addition, although
the  primary  points of  competition  are service  and  availability  of desired
merchandise,  there  can be no  assurance  that  pricing  competition  will  not
develop.  Other retailing companies with significantly greater capital and other
resources than the


                                       48


<PAGE>

Company may enter or expand their operations in the collectibles industry, which
could change the  competitive  dynamics of the  industry.  In  addition,  as the
Company's  animation art licenses and rights expire,  it will compete with other
marketers of animation art for the right to design,  produce and market artistic
creations  based on the  applicable  licensed  character.  Because  retailers of
collectibles  and marketers of animation  art products  generally do not own the
proprietary  rights to the  products  that they sell,  the  barriers to entry to
these industries are not significant.  Therefore, there can be no assurance that
additional  participants  will not enter the market or that the Company  will be
able to compete effectively with such entrants.

     In  addition,  it is  possible  that there will be  competition  to acquire
additional  businesses if the  collectibles or animation art industries  undergo
broader  consolidation.  Such competition could lead to higher prices being paid
for such  companies.  The Company  believes  that its  decentralized  management
strategy and other operating  strategies make it an attractive acquiror of other
collectibles  retailers and animation art marketers.  There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's acquisition program will be successful.


LICENSES

     The Company  produces  some of its  animation  art under  agreements  which
generally  permit the Company to market original  production  animation cels and
original canvas acrylic paintings, and to manufacture and market limited edition
cels,  lithographs and sericels  featuring  characters  such as Garfield\R,  The
Simpsons\R  and  Anastasia\R.  The  Company's  designs  for art  featuring  such
licensed characters are generally subject to prior approval by the licensor.

     The   Company's   license   arrangements   often  require  the  payment  of
non-refundable  advances  and  guaranteed  minimum  royalties.  Royalties to the
Company's  licensors  typically  range from 30% to 50% of the price at which the
art is sold. Minimum guaranteed  payments under the Company's license agreements
currently  aggregate  approximately  $623,000  through  1999.  As  a  result  of
increased competition for licenses,  the Company may, in the future, be required
to pay licensors  higher  royalties and higher  minimum  guaranteed  payments in
order to obtain  attractive  properties for the  development of existing and new
product lines.

     The  Company's  licensing  arrangements  are limited in scope and duration,
authorizing  the sale of specified  licensed  products  for a defined  period of
time,  generally two to four years.  In connection  with the  Acquisitions,  the
Company has extended  the term of certain of its licenses  such that they expire
between  March  1998  and  September  1999.  Pursuant  to  most  of the  license
agreements,  the licensor has agreed to negotiate renewal of the license 90 days
before  expiration,  provided the Company is in compliance with the terms of the
license.  The license  agreements  provide that they may be terminated  prior to
their  expiration  date under  certain  circumstances,  including  the Company's
failure  to  comply  with the  product  approval  provisions.  The  termination,
cancellation or inability to renew any existing licensing  arrangement,  coupled
with the inability to develop and enter into new licensing  arrangements,  could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition and results
of operations.  The Company believes that it maintains  excellent  relationships
with its licensors.

     The Company's  authorized  dealer agreements can generally be terminated by
the other party with or without cause or on short notice.  Termination of any of
the Company's  authorized dealer agreements could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial  condition and results of operations.  Certain of the
authorized dealer  agreements  require the vendor's consent to the Acquisitions.
Although the Company is seeking  consents  authorizing  the  Acquisitions  where
required  by the  terms of its  authorized  dealer  agreements,  there can be no
assurance that such consents will be obtained. The Company believes it maintains
excellent  relations  with the  companies  with which it has  authorized  dealer
agreements.


FACILITIES

     The Company  maintains  27  facilities  consisting  of 21 retail  locations
(which in some cases also  contain  offices) and six  warehouse or  distribution
facilities  (which in some cases also  contain  offices).  All of the  Company's
facilities  are leased.  The  facilities  range in size from  approximately  400
square feet


                                       49


<PAGE>
   
to 20,000 square feet and are located in ten states.  The Company  believes that
its facilities are adequate to meet its needs for the  foreseeable  future.  The
Company's  corporate  headquarters  currently are located in approximately 1,000
square feet of a leased office space in New York City,  New York.  Following the
consummation  of the  Offering,  the Company  intends to relocate its  executive
offices to Las Vegas, Nevada.     

     The Company  maintains a  significant  amount of  inventory  in order to be
assured a  sufficient  supply  of  products  to its  customers.  Certain  of the
Founding  Companies  currently  operate  their  own  warehouses  at or near  the
location of its store or stores to warehouse overflow  merchandise.  The largest
off-site storage facility is approximately  10,500 square feet. As the Company's
sales reach  certain  levels,  it may consider  combining  its off-site  storage
facilities into a single facility.


EMPLOYEES
   
     At July 31, 1997,  the Company  employed  254 persons,  of which three were
full-time employees at the Company's headquarters,  114 were part-time employees
in its retail stores and distribution  centers, and 137 were full-time employees
in the stores, offices and distribution centers. Of the Company's employees,  30
are dedicated to database direct mail and telemarketing  operations.  Many other
employees  are  partially  engaged in  database  direct  mail and  telemarketing
activities.  During the  Company's  peak  holiday  selling  season,  the Company
typically hires additional part-time employees. The employees of the Company are
not covered by any collective  bargaining  agreement.  The Company considers its
relationship with its employees to be good.     


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is not a party to any legal  proceeding  which  could  have a
material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.


                                       50


<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND CONSULTANT
   
     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  concerning  the  Company's
directors,  executive officers and consultants and those persons who will become
directors upon consummation of the Offering:     
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                  AGE                           POSITION
- --------------------------------   -----   -------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>     <C>
Ronald P. Rafaloff(1)  .........    49     Chairman of the Board
W. Randolph Ellspermann   ......    50     President and Chief Executive Officer; Director(3)
Shonnie D. Bilin ...............    43     Executive Vice President -- Planning and Development
Vincent J. Browne   ............    60     Executive Vice President -- Mall Operations; President
                                           -- Crystal Galleria and Crystal Palace; Director(3)
Neil J. DePascal, Jr.  .........    48     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Roy C. Elwell ..................    41     Executive Vice President -- Corporate Development;
                                           President -- Reef Hallmark; Director(3)
Jerry Gladstone  ...............    37     Executive Vice President -- Marketing; President --
                                           Animation Division; President -- American Royal Arts;
                                           Director(3)
David K. Green   ...............    39     Executive Vice President -- Operations; President --
                                           Collectibles Division; President -- North Pole City;
                                           Director(3)
Susan M. Spiegel ...............    42     President -- Filmart; Director(3)
David J. Stone   ...............    64     President -- Stone's Hallmark; Director(3)
Paul T. Shirley(1)(2)  .........    56     Director(3)
Michael A. Baker ...............    51     Consultant
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) Member of compensation committee.

(2) Member of audit committee.

(3) Director  nominees will become directors of the Company upon consummation of
    the Offering.

     Ronald P. Rafaloff has served as the Chairman of the Board since June 1996.
Ronald P. Rafaloff has been the Chief Executive Officer and a principal owner of
RGR Financial Corp., a securities broker-dealer providing investment services to
retail,  corporate and pension plan clients,  since its inception in March 1996.
Prior to forming  RGR  Financial  Corp.,  Ronald P.  Rafaloff  was a senior vice
president at Smith Barney, Inc., a leading investment bank, from October 1992 to
June 1996.
   
     W. Randolph Ellspermann has served as President and Chief Executive Officer
since August 1997 and will become a director of the Company upon consummation of
the Offering.  From January 1997 to August 1997,  Mr.  Ellspermann  was a Senior
Vice President of Auto-By-Tel Corporation ("Auto-By-Tel"),  an Internet commerce
company that markets  automotive and auxiliary  services in North America.  From
July 1996 to August  1997,  he was the Chief  Operating  Officer of  Auto-By-Tel
Acceptance Corporation, a subsidiary of Auto-By-Tel.  From November 1993 to June
1996,  Mr.  Ellspermann  was employed by Mark III  Industries,  a van conversion
company,  where he last served as Chief  Operating  Officer and Chief  Financial
Officer.  From  June  1986  to  June  1993,  Mr.  Ellspermann  was  employed  by
subsidiaries of Securities  Pacific  Corporation,  including five years as Chief
Executive Officer of Security Pacific  Information  Services Corp. and two years
as Chief Financial Officer of Security Pacific Auto Finance.  Mr.  Ellspermann's
background  also includes 13 years with Ford Motor Company and Ford Motor Credit
Company in a variety of finance and management positions. He has been a director
and officer of Crystal Galleria since its founding in 1992.     


                                       51

<PAGE>
   
     Shonnie D. Bilin has served as  Executive  Vice  President  -- Planning and
Development  since  September  1997. From November 1981 until July 1997, she was
employed by Enesco  Corporation and has served as Collector's Club  Coordinator,
Club Executive Director and most recently as Vice President of Collectibles.  As
Vice President of Collectibles at Enesco,  she was responsible for the marketing
and  promotions of  collectibles  product lines from November 1981 to July 1997.
Ms. Bilin served as a board member of "International  Collectibles  Expositions"
which holds exhibits to introduce new collectibles products."     

     Vincent  J.  Browne  will  become  the  Executive  Vice  President  -- Mall
Operations and a director of the Company upon  consummation of the Offering.  He
is the  President  and a  director  of Crystal  Galleria  and has served in such
capacities  since its  incorporation in 1992. He is the President and a director
of Crystal Palace and has served in such capacities  since its  incorporation in
1988.
   
     Neil J.  DePascal,  Jr. has served as Executive  Vice  President  and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since August 1997. From 1992 to 1997, he served
as Treasurer of Owen  Healthcare,  Inc.,  a Houston  based  provider of hospital
pharmacy management services.  From March 1992 until September 1992, he provided
financial  consulting  services to American Medical Response,  Inc.  ("AMR"),  a
Boston based company  engaged in the provision of a national  ambulance  service
network,   during  and  immediately  following  such  company's  initial  public
offering.  Mr. DePascal is a Certified Public  Accountant and is a member of the
American  Institute of Certified  Public  Accountants  and the Texas  Society of
Certified Public Accountants.     

     Roy C.  Elwell  will  become the  Executive  Vice  President  --  Corporate
Development and a director of the Company upon consummation of the Offering.  He
is the  President  and a  director  of  Reef  Hallmark  and has  served  in such
capacities  since its  incorporation in 1984. He currently serves on the Florida
District Advisory Board for Hallmark Cards Incorporated.  Mr. Elwell served as a
member of the Enesco  Corporation  Retail  Advisory  Board from  January 1990 to
December 1990.
   
     Jerry Gladstone will become the Executive Vice President -- Marketing,  the
President -- Animation  Division and a director of the Company upon consummation
of the  Offering.  He has served in the capacity of President of American  Royal
Arts since 1984 and is currently a director of American  Royal Arts. He recently
has been  selected  by  Disney to be a member  of its  first  Preferred  Gallery
Advisory Board.     

     David K. Green will become the  Executive  Vice  President  --  Operations,
President  --  Collectibles   Division  and  a  director  of  the  Company  upon
consummation  of the Offering.  He is the President and a director of North Pole
City and has served in such capacities since its incorporation in 1984. He was a
member of the advisory board of Gift Creations Concepts,  a collectibles catalog
publisher, in 1995.

     Susan  M.  Spiegel  will become a director of the Company upon consummation
of  the  Offering. She is the President and a director of Filmart and has served
in  such  capacities  since 1996. Ms. Spiegel founded Animation Art Resources, a
private  gallery dealing in high-end vintage animation artworks. She served as a
member  of  the Board of Directors of The Philadelphia Art Alliance from 1989 to
1995.  Ms.  Spiegel  served  on  Disney's  Preferred Gallery Council for the Art
Editions Division during 1995.
   
     David J. Stone will become a director of the Company upon  consummation  of
the Offering.  He is the  President  and a director of Stone's  Hallmark and has
served in that capacity since its incorporation in 1981.

     Paul T. Shirley will become a director of the Company upon  consummation of
the Offering. He has served as Chief Executive Officer and President of American
Medical  Response,  Inc.  since August 1995 and has been a director of AMR since
August 1992. From May 1993 to August 1995, he served as Chief Operating  Officer
of AMR. He also served as  Executive  Vice  President of AMR from August 1992 to
August 1995 and as Chief  Executive  Officer of American  Medical  Response West
from March 1989 until  August  1992.  From June 1963 until  March  1989,  he was
President of Santa Cruz Ambulance Service.

     Michael  A.  Baker has  served as a  consultant  to the  Company  since the
Company's inception.  In such capacity,  he consults with officers and directors
of the Company, attends meetings of the Board of Directors and provides guidance
concerning management and operation of the Company's business,     


                                       52


<PAGE>

including  potential  acquisitions. Mr. Baker was a founder of Allwaste, Inc., a
Houston  based  industrial  services  company  and  has served as director since
November  1984.  Mr.  Baker  was  a  founder  and  director  of American Medical
Response,  Inc. from February 1992 until February 1997. He served from June 1989
to  October  1991  as an officer and director of Sanifill, Inc., a Houston based
landfill  development  company  founded  by  Mr.  Baker  and  others.  Mr. Baker
currently serves as an outside consultant to various private companies.
   
     The Company intends to appoint an additional independent director within 90
days  following  consummation  of the Offering and it is  anticipated  that such
director will serve on the Company's audit  committee.  Directors are elected at
each annual meeting of stockholders. All officers serve at the discretion of the
Board of Directors, subject to terms of their employment agreements, if any. See
"-- Employment Agreements."     


DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
   
     Directors  who are  employees  of the  Company  do not  receive  additional
compensation  for serving as directors.  Each director who is not an employee of
the Company  receives a fee of $2,000 for  attendance at each Board of Directors
meeting and $1,000 for each committee  meeting (unless held on the same day as a
Board of  Directors  meeting).  Directors  of the  Company  are  reimbursed  for
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors
or committees  thereof,  and for other  expenses  incurred in their  capacity as
directors  of the  Company.  Each  non-employee  director  receives an option to
purchase  40,000  shares of Common Stock upon election to the Board of Directors
and an annual grant of an option to purchase  5,000 shares of Common Stock.  See
"Management -- 1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan."     


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Collectibles  USA was  incorporated  in  January  1996  and,  prior  to the
Offering,  did not conduct any operations  other than activities  related to the
Acquisitions  and the Offering.  Collectibles  USA did not pay any  compensation
prior to January 1997.  Collectibles USA's officers received  compensation in an
aggregate amount of $2,903 in the fiscal year ended January 26, 1997.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
   
     W. Randolph Ellspermann, Shonnie D. Bilin and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.

     In August 1997,  Collectibles USA entered into an employment agreement with
each of W.  Randolph  Ellspermann,  Shonnie D. Bilin and Neil J.  DePascal,  Jr.
(each  individually,  an  "Executive"),  pursuant to which Mr.  Ellspermann will
serve as President and Chief Executive  Officer,  Shonnie D. Bilin will serve as
Executive Vice President -- Planning and Development and Mr. DePascal will serve
as Executive  Vice  President and Chief  Financial  Officer of the Company.  The
initial term of each  agreement  is for three  years.  With respect to each such
agreement,  in the event that either party does not notify the other of his, her
or its intention not to renew the  employment  agreement at least one year prior
to the  expiration of the initial term,  each agreement  will  automatically  be
extended  thereafter for successive  one-year periods.  In addition to providing
for an annual  base  salary of  $150,000  and a one-time  $50,000  bonus for Mr.
Ellspermann,  an annual base salary of $150,000 and a one-time  $17,500 bonus to
Ms.  Bilin  and an  annual  base  salary  of  $140,000  for Mr.  DePascal,  each
employment  agreement  provides that it is the intention of the Company to allow
participation  by the  Executive in a  to-be-established  incentive  bonus plan,
pursuant to which it is  contemplated  that officers and key  employees  will be
eligible  to  receive  year-end  bonus  awards.  Pursuant  to  their  respective
employment agreements, Mr. Ellspermann, Ms. Bilin and Mr. DePascal (i) have been
granted  stock  options (the "$7  Options") to acquire,  respectively,  125,000,
20,000 and 40,000  shares of Common  Stock at a $7 exercise  price per share and
(ii)  concurrently  with  the  consummation  of the  Offering  will  be  granted
additional options (the "Additional Options") to acquire, respectively, 125,000,
40,000 and 100,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial public  offering price.
The $7 Options are fully vested.  The Additional  Options vest over a three year
period in one-third increments annually.     


                                       53


<PAGE>
   
     Each  employment   agreement  provides  that  the  Executive  is  generally
prohibited,  during the term of employment  with the Company and for a period of
two years thereafter (subject to decrease under certain circumstances), from (i)
engaging  in  activities   which  are  competitive   with  the  Company  or  its
subsidiaries,  (ii) soliciting employees of the Company or its subsidiaries away
from their employment, (iii) soliciting sales to customers of the Company or its
subsidiaries, (iv) soliciting acquisition candidates of the Company on behalf of
himself or herself or any  competitor  for the purpose of acquiring  such entity
and (v) disclosing information regarding customers of the Company.

     Each employment agreement may be terminated by the Company by reason of the
Executive's death or permanent disability, for "cause" with ten days' notice, or
without  "cause"  with 30 days'  notice.  "Cause"  is  generally  defined as the
Executive's  (i) willful,  material  and  irreparable  breach of the  employment
agreement,  (ii) gross negligence in the performance of material  duties,  (iii)
willful dishonesty or fraud, (iv) conviction of a felony, or (v) chronic alcohol
or illegal drug abuse.  In the event of a termination  for cause or in the event
of the Executive's voluntary resignation (except resignations due to a Change of
Control as described below) without cause, no severance will be payable, and all
of the Executive's  unvested stock options will be forfeited to the Company.  If
the Executive is terminated  without  cause,  (i) the Executive will receive for
the remainder of the initial term (which  remainder  shall not exceed two years)
or for one year,  whichever is greater,  such Executive's base salary (which for
Mr.  Ellspermann  shall be deemed not less than $200,000 per year), and (ii) all
such Executive's granted but unvested stock options will immediately vest.

     In the event of a pending "Change in Control" of the Company and either (i)
the Company and the Executive have not received, at least five days prior to the
anticipated Change in Control,  notice from the successor that such successor is
willing to assume the Company's  obligations  under the  Executive's  employment
agreement, or (ii) the Executive elects to terminate the employment agreement at
least five days prior to the anticipated  Change in Control,  then the Change in
Control will be deemed to be a termination  of the  employment  agreement by the
Company without cause. Under such  circumstances,  Mr.  Ellspermann's  severance
payment  will be three times his base salary at the rate then in effect  (deemed
not less than $200,000 per year). Each Executive's employment agreement contains
a tax gross-up  provision,  such that the  Executive  will be  reimbursed by the
Company or its  successor  in the event  that he or she incurs any excise  taxes
under  Section  4999 of the  Internal  Revenue Code as a result of the Change in
Control.     

     A "Change in Control" under the agreements shall be deemed to have occurred
if: (i) any person, other than the Company or an employee benefit plan, acquires
directly or indirectly  Beneficial Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended) of any voting  securities  of the
Company which immediately after such acquisition  represents at least 50% of the
total voting power of the  then-outstanding  voting  securities  of the Company,
unless the transaction pursuant to which such acquisition is made is approved by
at least  two-thirds  of the Board of  Directors;  (ii) certain  individuals  no
longer constitute a majority of the members of the Board; (iii) the stockholders
of the  Company  shall  approve a merger,  consolidation,  recapitalization,  or
reorganization  of the  Company,  a reverse  stock split of  outstanding  voting
securities,  or consummation of any such transaction if stockholder  approval is
not obtained, other than any such transaction which has been either (x) approved
by at least 66% of the  members  of the Board of  Directors  or (y) which  would
result in at least 50% of the  total  voting  power  represented  by the  voting
securities  of  the  surviving  entity   outstanding   immediately   after  such
transaction  being  beneficially  owned  by at  least  50%  of  the  holders  of
outstanding   voting  securities  of  the  Company   immediately  prior  to  the
transaction,  with the voting power of each such  continuing  holder relative to
other such continuing holders not substantially  altered in the transaction;  or
(iv)  stockholders  approve a plan of complete  liquidation of the Company or an
agreement  for the sale or  disposition  by the Company of all or a  substantial
portion of the Company's assets.


     Other Key Executives and Employees of the Founding Companies

     The Company has entered into  employment  agreements with 13 key executives
and  employees  of the  Founding  Companies  which will  become  effective  upon
consummation of the Offering.  Each of the agreements with the 13 key executives
are identical differing only with respect to the position of


                                       54



<PAGE>
   
employment,  the  compensation level and the term of employment. Set forth below
are the identities of the key executives and their position of employment.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           EMPLOYEE                       POSITION OF EMPLOYMENT
- ------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>
     Vincent J. Browne  ......   President of Crystal Galleria
     Roy C. Elwell   .........   President of Reef Hallmark
     Kim A. Elwell   .........   Secretary and Treasurer of Reef Hallmark
     Jerry Gladstone .........   President of American Royal Arts
     David K. Green  .........   President of North Pole City
     Keith N. Holt   .........   President of Little Elegance
     Aron Laikin  ............   Chief Operating Officer of Filmart
     Laine Ross   ............   Vice President of Animation USA
     Susan M. Spiegel   ......   President of Filmart
     Robert St. George  ......   President of Little Elegance
     David J. Stone  .........   President of Stone's Hallmark
     Michael Stone   .........   General Manager of Stone's Hallmark
     David M. Vice   .........   President of Animation USA
</TABLE>
    
     The  initial  term  of  each  agreement   commences  on  the  date  of  the
consummation  of the  Offering and ends on the third  anniversary  except in the
case of Susan M. Spiegel and Aron Laikin,  in which case the  agreement  ends on
the fifth anniversary thereof. With respect to each such agreement, in the event
that either party does not notify the other of his, her or its  intention not to
renew such agreement,  the agreement will  automatically be extended  thereafter
for successive one year periods.  In addition to the base salaries  ranging from
$25,000 to $50,000 per annum, the employment  agreements  provide that it is the
intention  of  the  Company  to  allow  participation  of  the  executives  in a
to-be-established  incentive  bonus plan,  pursuant to which it is  contemplated
that  officers  and key  employees  will be  eligible  to receive  annual  bonus
amounts, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, in amounts up to a maximum
of one hundred percent of the respective employee's base salary.
   
     The 13 key  executives  have  accepted  certain  reductions in salaries and
benefits  such as travel  expenses  and access to Company cars as a condition of
the consummation of the Acquisitions and of such executives' employment with the
Company.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operation -- Overview." As  consideration  for such  compensation and
benefit reductions, the owners and key executives of the Founding Companies have
entered into  Employment  Agreements  with the Company and will receive,  in the
case of the owners, the acquisition consideration consisting of Common Stock and
cash and have the opportunity to qualify for incentive  options  pursuant to one
of the Company's stock option plans.     

     The  employment  agreements  provide  that  the  executives  are  generally
prohibited,  during  the term of their  employment  with the  Company  and for a
period  of two years  thereafter,  from (i)  engaging  in  activities  which are
competitive with the Company or its subsidiaries,  (ii) soliciting  employees of
the Company or its  subsidiaries  away from their  employment,  (iii) soliciting
customers of the Company or its  subsidiaries  and (iv)  soliciting  acquisition
candidates of the Company on behalf of the executive or any  competitor  for the
purpose of acquiring such entity.

     The employment agreements may be terminated by the Company by reason of the
death or permanent  disability of the  executive,  for good cause upon ten days'
notice,  or without cause upon 30 days' notice.  Good cause is generally defined
as the executive's (i) willful and material breach of the employment  agreement,
(ii) gross neglect of material duties,  (iii) willful  dishonesty or fraud, (iv)
conviction  of a felony or (v) chronic  alcohol or illegal  drug  abuse.  In the
event of a termination  for good cause or in the event of executive's  voluntary
resignation  without cause,  no severance  will be payable.  In the event of the
Company's  termination  of an  executive's  employment  without  cause  (i) such
executive will be entitled to receive a lump-sum  severance payment equal to (a)
in the event termination occurs during the initial employment term, $100,000 per
year for the greater of the time period  remaining under the initial term of the
agreement (not to exceed two years) or one year or (b) $100,000 in the event the
termination  occurs after the initial  employment term, and (ii) the time period
during which such  executive is restricted  from competing with the Company will
be shortened to one year.


                                       55



<PAGE>
   
     In the event of a pending  "Change in Control" of the  Company,  and either
(i) the Company and the executive have not received written notice at least five
days prior to the anticipated closing date of the transaction giving rise to the
Change in Control from the  successor  that such  successor is willing to assume
the Company's obligations under the employment agreement,  or (ii) the employee,
at his or her sole discretion,  elects to terminate the employment  agreement at
least five days prior to the anticipated  closing of such transaction,  then the
Change in Control will be deemed to be a termination of the employment agreement
by the  Company  without  cause,  except that (x) if such  termination  has been
effectuated  pursuant to clause (i) above,  the amount of  severance  due to the
employee  would be three times the amount  that  otherwise  would be  calculated
under such circumstances (as described above), and the restrictive  covenants in
the employment  agreement will not apply,  or (y) if such  termination  has been
effectuated  pursuant  to  clause  (ii)  above,  the  amount  of the  employee's
severance  payment would be two times the amount otherwise  calculated,  and the
restrictive covenants of the employment agreement will all apply for a period of
two years from the effective  date of  termination.  Each  employment  agreement
contains a tax gross-up provision,  such that the employee will be reimbursed by
the Company or its  successor in the event that the  employee  incurs any excise
taxes under Section 4999 of the Internal  Revenue Code as a result of the Change
in Control.     

     Each employment  agreement deems a "Change in Control" to have occurred if:
(i) any person,  other than the Company or an employee  benefit  plan,  acquires
directly or indirectly  Beneficial Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended) of any voting  securities  of the
Company which immediately after such acquisition represents at least 50% or more
of the total  voting  power of the  then-outstanding  voting  securities  of the
Company,  unless the transaction  pursuant to which such  acquisition is made is
approved  by at  least  two-thirds  of the  Board  of  Directors;  (ii)  certain
designated  individuals  no longer  constitute  a majority of the members of the
Board of  Directors;  (iii) the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve a
merger,  consolidation,  recapitalization,  or reorganization of the Company,  a
reverse stock split of outstanding  voting  securities,  or  consummation of any
such  transaction if stockholder  approval is not obtained,  other than any such
transaction  which  would  result  in at least  75% of the  total  voting  power
represented  by the  voting  securities  of  the  surviving  entity  outstanding
immediately after such transaction being  Beneficially  Owned by at least 75% of
the holders of outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to
the transaction,  with the voting power of each such continuing  holder relative
to other such continuing  holders not substantially  altered in the transaction;
or (iv)  the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve  a plan of  complete
liquidation  or an agreement for the sale or disposition of all or a substantial
portion of the Company's  assets  (i.e.,  50% or more of the total assets of the
Company).  None of the transactions  that occurs in connection with the Offering
constitutes a Change in Control.


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
   
     Ronald P.  Rafaloff,  the  Company's  Chairman of the Board of Directors is
currently the sole member of the Company's  compensation  committee and, in such
capacity,  he participated in deliberations  concerning the Company's  executive
compensation  policy  during the fiscal year ended  January 26, 1997.  After the
Offering,  Paul  Shirley  will  become an  additional  member  of the  Company's
compensation  committee and the Company's executive  compensation policy will be
established.     


1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
   
     As of May  1997,  the Board of  Directors  and the  Company's  stockholders
approved the Company's 1997 Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the "Plan").  The maximum
number of shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant  to the Plan may
not exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding at
the  time  of   determination   (which  maximum  will  be  930,914  shares  upon
consummation  of the  Offering).  Awards may be settled in cash,  shares,  other
awards or other  property,  as determined by the  compensation  committee of the
Board of Directors.  The number of shares reserved or deliverable under the Plan
(as well as the  annual  per-participant  limit  discussed  below) is subject to
adjustment in the event of stock splits, stock dividends and other extraordinary
corporate events.     


                                       56


<PAGE>

     The  purpose  of the  Plan  is to  provide  executive  officers  (including
directors who also serve as executive officers), key employees,  consultants and
other service  providers with  additional  incentive by enabling such persons to
acquire or increase their ownership interest in the Company, thereby promoting a
closer   identity  of  interests   between   such  persons  and  the   Company's
stockholders.  Individual awards under the Plan may take the form of one or more
of: (i) either incentive stock options  ("ISOs") or non-qualified  stock options
("NQSOs"); (ii) stock appreciation rights ("SARs"); (iii) restricted or deferred
stock; (iv) dividend equivalents; (v) bonus shares and awards in lieu of Company
obligations to pay cash  compensation;  and (vi) other awards the value of which
is based in whole or in part upon the value of the Common  Stock.  Upon a change
of control of the  Company  (as  defined in the Plan),  certain  conditions  and
restrictions  relating  to an  award  with  respect  to  the  exercisability  or
settlement of such award will lapse.

     The  compensation  committee has the authority under the Plan,  among other
things,  to: (i) select the officers  and other key  employees  and  consultants
entitled to receive awards under the Plan; (ii) determine the form of awards, or
combinations  thereof,  and whether such awards are to operate on a tandem basis
or in  conjunction  with other awards;  (iii)  determine the number of shares of
Common  Stock or units or rights  covered by an award;  and (iv)  determine  the
terms and  conditions  of any  awards  granted  under the  Plan,  including  any
restrictions  or  limitations  on  transfer,   any  vesting   schedules  or  the
acceleration  thereof,  any  forfeiture or  termination  provisions  (or waivers
thereof),  and the  exercise  price at  which  shares  of  Common  Stock  may be
purchased  pursuant  to the  grant of  stock  options  under  the  Plan,  in its
discretion,  which discretion includes the ability to set an exercise price that
is below the fair  market  value of the shares of Common  Stock  covered by such
grant at the time of  grant.  In  addition,  unless  otherwise  provided  by the
compensation  committee,  all restrictions relating to the continued performance
of services  and/or the achievement of performance  objectives will  immediately
lapse upon a "change in control" of the Company (as defined in the Plan).

     The number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered upon exercise of
ISOs is limited to 300,000.  Shares subject to ISOs will not be deemed delivered
if such ISOs are forfeited,  expire or otherwise  terminate  without delivery of
the Common Stock to the Plan participant. In addition, no individual may receive
awards in any one calendar year  relating to more than 150,000  shares of Common
Stock.

     The grant of an option or SAR (including a stock-based  award in the nature
of a purchase  right)  will  create no tax  consequences  for the grantee or the
Company.  A grantee will not have taxable income upon  exercising an ISO (except
that the  alternative  minimum  tax may apply) and the Company  will  receive no
deduction at that time. Upon exercising an option other than an ISO (including a
stock-based  award in the  nature of a purchase  right),  the  participant  must
generally recognize ordinary income equal to the difference between the exercise
price and fair market value of the freely transferable and nonforfeitable  stock
received. In each case, the Company will be entitled to a deduction equal to the
amount recognized as ordinary income by the participant.

     A  participant's  disposition  of shares  acquired  upon the exercise of an
option,  SAR or  other  stock-based  award in the  nature  of a  purchase  right
generally  will  result  in  short-term  capital  gain or loss  measured  by the
difference between the sale price and the participant's tax basis in such shares
(or the exercise price of the option in the case of shares  acquired by exercise
of an ISO and held for the applicable  ISO holding  periods).  Generally,  there
will be no tax  consequences  to the Company in connection with a disposition of
shares acquired under an option or other award,  except that the Company will be
entitled to a deduction (and the  participant  will recognize  ordinary  taxable
income) if shares  acquired  upon  exercise of an ISO are disposed of before the
applicable ISO holding periods have been satisfied.

     With respect to awards granted under the Plan that may be settled either in
cash  or in  stock  or  other  property  that is  either  not  restricted  as to
transferability  or  not  subject  to a  substantial  risk  of  forfeiture,  the
participant  must generally  recognize  ordinary income equal to the cash or the
fair market  value of stock or other  property  received.  The  Company  will be
entitled to a deduction  for the same amount.  With respect to awards  involving
stock or other property that is restricted as to


                                       57


<PAGE>
   
transferability and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant
must generally  recognize  ordinary income equal to the fair market value of the
shares or other property received at the first time the shares or other property
become  transferable  or not subject to a substantial  risk of  forfeiture.  The
Company  will be  entitled  to a deduction  in an amount  equal to the  ordinary
income  recognized by the  participant.  A  participant  may elect under section
83(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code to be taxed at the time of receipt of shares
or other property rather than upon lapse of restrictions on  transferability  or
the substantial risk of forfeiture, but if the participant subsequently forfeits
such shares or property he would not be entitled to any tax deduction, including
a capital  loss,  for the value of the shares or property on which he previously
paid tax.     

     Section 162(m) of the Internal  Revenue Code  generally  disallows a public
company's tax deduction for compensation to the chief executive  officer and the
four other most highly  compensated  executive officers in excess of $1 million.
Compensation that qualifies as "performance-based compensation" is excluded from
the $1 million  deductibility cap, and therefore remains fully deductible by the
corporation  that pays it. The Company  intends  that  options  granted  with an
exercise  price  equal to at least 100% of fair market  value of the  underlying
stock  at the  date of  grant,  and  other  awards  the  settlement  of which is
conditioned  upon  achieving  certain  performance  goals (based on  performance
criteria   described   above),   will   qualify   as   such   "performance-based
compensation," although other awards under the Plan may not so qualify.

     The Plan will remain in effect until  terminated by the Board of Directors.
The Plan may be amended by the Board of  Directors  without  the  consent of the
stockholders of the Company, except that any amendment,  although effective when
made,  will be subject to  stockholder  approval  if  required by any Federal or
state  law or  regulation  or by the rules of any stock  exchange  or  automated
quotation system on which the Common Stock may then be listed or quoted.
   
     Options to purchase an aggregate  of 185,000  shares have been issued under
the  Plan at an  exercise  price  of  $7.00  per  share.  Concurrently  with the
consummation of the Offering, the Company will grant options to purchase 290,000
shares of Common Stock, under the Plan at an exercise price equal to the initial
public offering price.     


1997 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK PLAN

     The Company's  1997  Non-Employee  Directors'  Stock Plan (the  "Directors'
Plan"),  which  was  adopted  by the  Board of  Directors  and  approved  by the
Company's  stockholders as of May 1997,  provides for an automatic grant to each
non-employee  director of an initial option to purchase  40,000 shares of Common
Stock upon  commencement  of the Offering or such  person's  subsequent  initial
election to the Board of Directors.  In addition,  the Directors'  Plan provides
for an  automatic  annual  grant,  after each  annual  meeting  of  stockholders
following the Offering,  to each non-employee  director of an option to purchase
5,000 shares of Common Stock;  provided,  however,  that a non-employee director
will not be granted an annual option if he or she was granted an initial  option
during the preceding three months.

     The number of shares to be subject to initial or annual option grants after
the first annual meeting of  stockholders  following the Offering may be changed
by the  Board of  Directors.  A total of  250,000  shares  of  Common  Stock are
reserved for issuance under the Directors'  Plan. The number of shares reserved,
as well as the number to be subject to automatically  granted  options,  will be
adjusted in the event of stock splits,  stock dividends and other  extraordinary
corporate events.

     Options  granted under the Directors'  Plan will have an exercise price per
share  equal to the fair market  value of a share at the date of grant.  Options
will  expire at the  earlier  of ten  years  after the date of grant or one year
after termination of service as a director.  Options will become exercisable one
year after the date of grant, subject to acceleration by the Board of Directors,
and will be  forfeited  upon  termination  of service as a director  for reasons
other than death or disability unless the director served for at least 11 months
after the date of grant or the option was otherwise  exercisable  at the date of
termination.  In addition, the Directors' Plan permits non-employee directors to
elect  to  receive,   in  lieu  of  cash  directors'  fees,  shares  or  credits
representing "deferred shares" to be settled at future dates, as


                                       58



<PAGE>
   
elected by the director.  The number of shares or deferred  shares received will
be equal to the number of shares which,  at the date the fees would otherwise be
payable,  will have an  aggregate  fair market value equal to the amount of such
fees.  Each  "deferred  share"  will be settled by delivery of a share of Common
Stock at such time may have been elected by the director  prior to the deferral.
In addition,  unless otherwise provided by the Board, all restrictions  relating
to the continued performance of services of the directors will immediately lapse
upon a (i) "change in control" of the Company (as defined in the Plan),  or (ii)
with respect to any particular  director,  the death or permanent  disability of
such director.     

     The  grant  of  options  under  the  Director's  Plan  will  create  no tax
consequences  for the director or the Company.  Upon exercising the option,  the
director  must  generally  recognize  ordinary  income  equal to the  difference
between the exercise price and the fair market value of the freely  transferable
and nonforfeitable  stock received.  The Company will be entitled to a deduction
equal to the amount recognized as ordinary income by the director.  A director's
disposition  of shares  acquired upon the exercise of an option  generally  will
result in capital gain or loss measured by the difference between the sale price
and the director's tax basis in such shares,  and there generally will be no tax
consequences  to the  Company in  connection  with such  disposition  of shares.
Deferred fees received in the form of the freely  transferable  shares of Common
Stock under the Director's  Plan will generally  result in taxable income to the
director  in the year or years in which they are paid to the  director  based on
the fair  market  value of the  shares in the year they are  paid.  The  Company
generally  will be  entitled  to a tax  deduction  at the  same  time and in the
corresponding amount.


                                       59

<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


     Collectibles  USA was initially  capitalized  in June 1996 by RGR Financial
Group LLC ("RGR"),  which  subscribed for 711,622 shares,  Michael A. Baker, who
subscribed for 152,490 shares,  and Capstone  Partners LLC  ("Capstone"),  which
subscribed for 152,490 shares.  Each paid consideration of $.10 per share (prior
to the Stock  Split)  and was  issued  the  shares on June 16,  1996.  Ronald P.
Rafaloff,  Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, is a partner and a
principal owner of RGR.

     In August  1996,  Collectibles  USA issued the CEFC Note-1 to  Collectibles
Enterprises Funding Corp., a Delaware  corporation  ("CEFC"),  which is owned by
RGR and Capstone. Upon consummation of the Offering, the principal amount of the
CEFC Note-1 will become due and payable  immediately.  No interest is payable on
the CEFC Note-1 in the event the Offering is consummated. The Company intends to
repay the CEFC Note-1 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In August 1996,  Collectibles USA also issued the CEFC Note-2 to CEFC. Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-2 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-2 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     In June  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  the CEFC  Note-3  to CEFC.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-3 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-3 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-3 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.
   
     The proceeds of the CEFC Notes,  which the Company  believes were issued on
terms that were as  favorable  as those that  could  have been  obtained  from a
disinterested or an unaffiliated  third party,  were used by Collectibles USA to
pay various  expenses  incurred in  connection  with its efforts to complete the
Acquisitions and effect the Offering.

     On May 12, 1997,  Collectibles  USA issued to 22  unaffiliated,  accredited
investors 20,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, liquidation
value  $50 per  share,  for an  aggregate  consideration  of $1.0  million,  the
proceeds of which were used by the Company to pay various  expenses  incurred in
connection  with its  efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect  the
Offering.  Pursuant to the terms of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,
upon the  consummation  of the Offering,  each share of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock will automatically convert either (i) into that number of shares
of Common  Stock,  determined  by (X) dividing the  liquidation  value by (Y) an
amount equal to 60% of the initial  public  offering  price or, at the option of
the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into that number of
shares of Common Stock  determined by (X) dividing the liquidation  value by (Y)
an amount  equal to 150% of the  initial  public  offering  price and cash in an
amount equal to the liquidation  value. All but one of the holders of the Series
A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  have  elected  conversion  option  (ii) in the
preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into approximately $1.0 million in cash
and 67,916 shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends to pay the required cash
amounts in connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
Stock with a portion of the proceeds of the  Offering.  The Series A Convertible
Preferred  Stock was  issued in  reliance  on the  exemption  from  registration
afforded a private  offering made under Section 4(2) of the Securities  Act. See
"Description of Capital Stock -- Series A Convertible Preferred Stock."

     On May 12, 1997,  the Company  issued  711,622  shares,  152,490 shares and
152,490  shares of  Restricted  Vote Common  Stock to RGR,  Michael A. Baker and
Capstone,  respectively, in exchange for an identical number of shares of Common
Stock issued and sold on June 1996. See  "Description of Capital Stock -- Common
Stock and Restricted Vote Common Stock."

     Simultaneously  with the  closing of the  Offering,  Collectibles  USA will
acquire by merger all the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of the Founding
Companies,  at which  time each  Founding  Company  will  become a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of the Company.  The  aggregate  consideration  that will be paid by
Collectibles  USA to acquire the Founding  Companies  consists of  approximately
$9.2 million in cash and 2,246,996  shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends
to repay approximately $4.9 million of the estimated outstanding indebtedness as
of October 1, 1997 of the Founding Companies     


                                       60

<PAGE>
   
(which includes $486,000 of indebtedness  incurred to fund a distribution in May
1997 to the sole  stockholder of American Royal Arts  representing S Corporation
earnings previously taxed to such stockholder), which has been either personally
guaranteed  by, or is owed  directly to,  certain  stockholders  of the Founding
Companies or their affiliates. In addition, prior to the Acquisitions certain of
the Founding Companies will make S Corporation Distributions of $1.3 million. In
order to pay the S Corporation Distributions, the Founding Companies will borrow
$1.3 million from existing  sources,  which will be repaid from the net proceeds
of the Offering.

     The following table sets forth the approximate  consideration to be paid to
the  stockholders  of the Founding  Companies (i) in cash,  (ii) in repayment of
debt and (iii) in shares of Common  Stock,  in each case subject to  adjustments
through  the date of the  consummation  of the  Acquisition  for  changes in the
amount of debt outstanding and the amount of S Corporation  earnings  previously
taxed  to  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies  which  has been or will be
distributed to such stockholders.     

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 CASH       DEBT       SHARES
                               --------   --------   ----------
                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Collectibles Stores
- ---------------------------
 Crystal Galleria  .........   $1,000     $1,745       277,272
 Crystal Palace ............      175        362        62,000
 Little Elegance   .........      400        843        85,000
 North Pole City   .........    1,800        923       359,090
 Reef Hallmark  ............    1,000        662       168,181
 Stone's Hallmark  .........    1,350         37       350,000

Animation Art Galleries
- ---------------------------
 American Royal Arts  ......    2,814        486       563,636
 Animation USA  ............      600        128       145,454
 Filmart  ..................      100         28       236,363
                               ------     ------     ---------
   TOTAL  ..................   $9,239     $5,214     2,246,996
                               ======     ======     =========
</TABLE>
    
   
     In addition,  prior to consummation of the  Acquisitions,  Crystal Galleria
and Filmart will make  distributions of  approximately  $250,000 and $1,000,000,
respectively,  representing  S Corporation  earnings  previously  taxed to their
respective   stockholders.   The  Founding   Companies   will  also   distribute
approximately  $68,000 in net book value of certain  non-operating  assets  less
related obligations prior to consummation of the Acquisitions.
    
     The  consummation of each  Acquisition is subject to customary  conditions.
These conditions include,  among others, the accuracy on the closing date of the
Acquisitions of the  representations  and warranties of the Founding  Companies,
their stockholders and of the Company, the performance by each of the parties of
their respective covenants, the nonexistence of a material adverse change in the
results of operations and the absence of material litigation.

     The agreements relating to the Acquisitions may be terminated under certain
circumstances  prior to the  consummation  of the  Offering.  Specifically,  the
agreements may be terminated (i) by the mutual consent of the Board of Directors
of the  Company  and  each  Founding  Company;  (ii)  if the  Offering  and  the
Acquisitions  are not  consummated  by October 31, 1997;  or (iii) if a material
breach or default under the agreements shall exist and is not cured or waived.

     Pursuant to the agreements  relating to the Acquisitions,  all stockholders
of each of the  Founding  Companies  have agreed not to compete with the Company
for a  period  of  three  years  commencing  on  the  date  of  closing  of  the
Acquisitions.
   
     Five of the Founding  Companies have incurred  indebtedness  which has been
personally  guaranteed by its  stockholders.  At October 1, 1997,  the aggregate
amount  of  indebtedness  of  these  Founding   Companies  that  was  personally
guaranteed was approximately  $2.4 million.  The Company intends to repay all of
such indebtedness upon the consummation of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

    


                                       61


<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMPANY                  AMOUNT OF DEBT GUARANTEED  GUARANTOR
- ----------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
                              (IN THOUSANDS)
                        ---------------------------
<S>                     <C>                         <C>
     Crystal Galleria             $  502            Vincent J. Browne
                                                    Paul J. Applegate
                                                    Gary L. Schultz
                                                    W. Randolph Ellspermann
                                                    Carol A. Ellspermann (partial guarantee)
     Crystal Palace                   40            Vincent J. Browne
     North Pole City                 923            David K. Green
     Little Elegance                 400            Jean Holt
                                                    Keith N. Holt
                                                    Carmella Pugliese
                                                    Robert St. George
     Reef Hallmark                   532            Roy C. Elwell
                                                    Kim A. Elwell

                                  ------
       Total                      $2,397
                                  ======
</TABLE>
    
     In connection with the Acquisitions,  individuals who will become directors
of the Company together with their spouses, will receive consideration for their
interests in the Founding Companies,  subject to adjustments as described above,
as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       REPAYMENT OF           SHARES OF
                                        CASH    DEBT AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1997   COMMON STOCK
                                      -------- ---------------------------- -------------
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>                  <C>                <C>
      Vincent J. Browne  ............ $  425               $569               131,318
      Roy C. Elwell   ...............  1,000                 --               168,181
      David K. Green  ...............  1,800                 --               359,090
      Jerry Gladstone ...............  2,814                486               563,636
      Susan M. Spiegel   ............     50                 --               118,182
      David J. Stone  ...............  1,350                  6               350,000
      W. Randolph Ellspermann  ......    125                299                34,659
</TABLE>
    
   
TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING CERTAIN OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS

     Consulting  Arrangements.   The  Company  has  entered  into  a  consulting
agreement with RGR whereby, upon the consummation of the Offering,  RGR will act
as a merger  and  acquisition  advisory  consultant  to assist  the  Company  in
implementing  its strategy to acquire  additional  retailers of collectibles and
marketers of animation art and other related  consulting  services for a term of
one year.  Pursuant to the terms of the  Consulting  Agreement,  which terms the
Company   believes  are  as  favorable  as  could  have  been  obtained  from  a
disinterested  third party,  RGR will (i) assist the Company in implementing its
strategy to acquire  additional  retailers  of  collectibles  and  marketers  of
animation  art, (ii) assist the Company in designing  the Company's  acquisition
program and identifying and evaluating potential acquisition  candidates,  their
operations,  historical  performance  and future  prospects and (iii) advise the
Company in discussions and  negotiations  with acquisition  candidates.  For all
services  rendered by RGR to the Company,  the Company will compensate RGR based
upon each  acquisition  candidate with which an acquisition is consummated.  The
consideration to be paid to RGR upon  consummation of a future  acquisition will
be 3.2% of the  acquisition  candidate's  pre-tax net income for its most recent
fiscal year. RGR is a stockholder  of the Company and will,  after the Offering,
beneficially  own 9.8% of the Company's  outstanding  Common Stock. In addition,
Mr.  Ronald P.  Rafaloff,  who is  Chairman  of the Board of the  Company,  is a
partner and a principal owner of RGR.     


                                       62


<PAGE>
   
     Michael  A.  Baker  has  served  as  consultant  to the  Company  since the
Company's inception.  In such capacity,  he consults with officers and directors
of the Company, attends meetings of the Board of Directors and provides guidance
concerning  management  and  operation  of  the  Company's  business,  including
potential  acquisitions.  Upon  consummation of the Offering,  Mr. Baker will be
granted  options to acquire  25,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial public
offering price.     

     Real Property  Leases.  In connection  with the  Acquisitions,  four of the
Founding  Companies  will  renegotiate  leases  currently  in place with  former
stockholders of the Founding Companies and/or their affiliates.  North Pole City
leases both of its  facilities  from David K. Green,  the current owner of North
Pole City. The combined  current monthly rent under such leases is approximately
$13,500. Prior to consummation of the Offering, the Company anticipates entering
into new leases covering these  facilities at a combined  monthly rent of $8,300
for a term of five years.  Three other  facilities of the Company will be leased
from former  stockholders of the Founding  Companies  and/or their affiliates at
monthly rates ranging from $500 to $1,200. The Company believes that the monthly
rental amounts represent the fair market value of the leases.
   
     Agreement  and  Release.  The  Company has entered  into an  Agreement  and
Release, dated as of August 8, 1997, with David L. Yankey, a former director and
executive  officer (the "Officer"),  whose  employment  terminated in June 1997,
pursuant  to  which  the  Officer  (i) will  receive  within  three  days of the
consummation of the Offering $350,000 as severance  payment,  (ii) has agreed to
transfer 70,000 shares of the 174,580 shares of Common Stock previously owned by
him,  (iii) has  agreed to enter  into a 180-day  lock-up  arrangement  with the
Underwriters  and (iv) has agreed to release the Company  (including its current
and  former  officers,  directors,  shareholders  and  representatives)  and its
successors and assigns from any and all claims and demands. The Company also has
agreed  to  release  the  Officer  from  any and all  claims  (other  than  acts
constituting  material  fraud,  theft or a felony)  relating  to such  Officer's
employment.  To permit the Officer to resell promptly his shares of Common Stock
after  expiration  of the  180-day  lock-up  period,  the  Company has agreed to
prepare  and  file,  at  its  cost,  a  registration  statement  to  effect  the
registration of such shares.     


COMPANY POLICY

     In the future,  any  transactions  with directors,  officers,  employees or
affiliates of the Company are  anticipated  to be minimal and will, in any case,
be  approved by a majority  of the Board of  Directors,  including a majority of
disinterested members of the Board of Directors.


                                       63


<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   
     The  following  table sets forth  information  with  respect to  beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of October 10, 1997, and after giving effect to
the Acquisitions and the Offering, by (i) all persons known to the Company to be
the beneficial  owner of 5% or more thereof,  (ii) each director and nominee for
director,  (iii) each  executive  officer and (iv) all  officers,  directors and
director nominees as a group. All persons listed have sole voting and investment
power with respect to their shares unless otherwise indicated.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED     SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                              BEFORE OFFERING               AFTER OFFERING
                                                        ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                  NAME AND ADDRESS                          NUMBER         PERCENT         NUMBER         PERCENT
- -----------------------------------------------------   ---------------   ---------   ----------------   --------
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>         <C>                <C>
Ronald P. Rafaloff(1)                                      711,622           51.7%        609,306(2)        9.8%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
W. Randolph Ellspermann                                    165,000(3)        12.0%        199,659(3)        3.2%
 7878 Sea Horn Court
 Las Vegas, NV 89117
Shonnie D. Bilin                                            20,000(4)         1.5%         20,000(4)        0.3%
 744 Clover Hill Court
 Elk Grove Village, IL 60007
Vincent J. Browne                                               --             --         131,318           2.1%
 7878 Sea Horn Court
 Las Vegas, NV 89117
Neil J. DePascal, Jr.                                       70,000(5)         5.1%         70,000(5)        1.1%
 6402 Rippling Hollow Drive
 Spring, TX 77379
Roy C. Elwell                                                   --             --         168,181           2.7%
 1694 South Congress Avenue
 Palm Springs, FL 33461
Jerry Gladstone                                                 --             --         563,636           9.1%
 473 Old Country Road
 Westbury, NY 11590
David K. Green                                                  --             --         359,090           5.8%
 4201 South I-44
 Oklahoma City, OK 73119
Susan M. Spiegel                                                --             --         118,182           1.9%
 118 North Third Street
 Philadelphia, PA 19106
David J. Stone                                                  --             --         350,000           5.6%
 2508 South Alpine Road
 Rockford, IL 61108
Michael A. Baker                                           152,490           11.1%        130,565(2)        2.1%
 3322 Albans
 Houston, TX 77005
Paul T. Shirley                                                 --             --           8,333(6)        0.1%
 2821 S. Parker Road
 Aurora, CO 80014
Capstone Partners LLC                                      152,490           11.1%        130,565(2)        2.1%
 9 East 53rd Street, 3rd Floor
 New York, NY 10019
RGR Financial Group LLC                                    711,622           51.7%        609,306(2)        9.8%
 One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
 New York, NY 10004-1405
David L. Yankey                                            104,580            7.6%        104,580           1.7%
 13500 Country Way
 Los Altos Hills, CA 94022
All officers and directors and director nominees as        966,622           70.2%      2,597,705          40.6%
 a group (11 persons)
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) Represents  711,622  shares  owned  by  RGR. Mr. Rafaloff is a partner and a
    principal owner of RGR.
(2) Reflects  shares  transferred  upon  consummation of the Offering to certain
    holders of notes issued by CEFC.
(3) Includes  125,000 shares  issuable upon the exercise of the $7 Options.
(4) Consists of 20,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of the $7 Options.
(5) Includes 40,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of the $7 Options.
(6) To be received upon conversion of subordinated debt issued by an affiliate
    of the Company that is  convertible  into  previously  issued  Common Stock.
    These shares will be restricted  stock within the meaning of the  Securities
    Act.
    


                                       64


<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


GENERAL
   
     The Company's  authorized  capital stock  consists of 31,200,000  shares of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 1,200,000 shares are designated
as Restricted Vote Common Stock,  par value $.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares
of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred  Stock"). As of the
date of this Prospectus, 174,580 shares of Common Stock are outstanding and held
of record by three persons, 1,016,602 shares of Restricted Vote Common Stock are
outstanding  and held of record by three  persons and 20,000  shares of Series A
Convertible  Preferred  Stock are  outstanding and held of record by 22 persons.
After  giving  effect  to the  Acquisitions  and  the  Offering,  there  will be
5,335,658  shares of Common Stock and 870,436  shares of Restricted  Vote Common
Stock  outstanding.  The  following  summary of the terms and  provisions of the
Company's  capital stock does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its
entirety by  reference to the  Company's  Amended and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation (the "Charter") and By-laws,  which have been filed as exhibits to
the Company's  registration  statement,  of which this Prospectus is a part, and
applicable law.


COMMON STOCK AND RESTRICTED VOTE COMMON STOCK

     The holders of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all
matters voted upon by  stockholders,  including  the election of directors.  The
holders of Restricted  Vote Common Stock are entitled to elect one member of the
Company's Board of Directors and to four-tenths of a vote for each share held on
all other  matters  on which  stockholders  are  entitled  to vote.  Holders  of
Restricted  Vote Common  Stock are not  entitled to vote on the  election of any
other directors.  Any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed
at any time,  with cause,  by a majority of the aggregate  number of votes which
may be cast by the holders of outstanding  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote Common Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors. Subject to the
rights of any then outstanding  shares of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common
Stock and Restricted  Vote Common Stock are entitled to such dividends as may be
declared  in the  discretion  of the  Board of  Directors  out of funds  legally
available  therefor.  See "Dividend Policy." Holders of Common Stock and holders
of Restricted  Vote Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in the net assets
of the Company upon  liquidation  after payment or provision for all liabilities
and any preferential liquidation rights of any Preferred Stock then outstanding.
The holders of Common Stock and holders of Restricted  Vote Common Stock have no
preemptive rights to purchase shares of capital stock of the Company.  Shares of
Common Stock and Restricted  Vote Common Stock are not subject to any redemption
provisions  and are not  convertible  into any other  securities of the Company,
except as provided in the following paragraph.

     Each share of Restricted  Vote Common Stock will  automatically  convert to
Common Stock on a  share-for-share  basis (i) in the event of a  disposition  of
such share of Restricted  Vote Common Stock by the holder  thereof (other than a
distribution  which is a distribution  by a holder to its partners or beneficial
owners,  or a transfer to a related party of such holder (as defined in Sections
267,  707, 318 and/or 4946 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986)),  (ii) in the
event any person acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Company,  (iii) in the event any person  offers to
acquire 15% or more of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock of the Company or
(iv) earlier, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the aggregate number of
votes which may be cast by the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock and
Restricted  Vote Common  Stock.  After July 1, 1998,  the Board of Directors may
elect to convert any  outstanding  shares of  Restricted  Vote Common Stock into
shares of Common  Stock in the event 80% or more of the  originally  outstanding
shares of  Restricted  Vote Common  Stock have been  previously  converted  into
shares of Common Stock.  All  outstanding  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote  Common  Stock  are,  and the  shares  of Common  Stock to be  issued  upon
consummation of the Offering and the Acquisitions will be upon payment therefor,
fully paid and non-assessable.

     The Company has applied  for  quotation  of the Common  Stock on the Nasdaq
National  Market under the symbol "CUSA." The Restricted  Vote Common Stock will
not be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market.     


                                       65



<PAGE>

PREFERRED STOCK

     The  Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time to time by the  Board  of
Directors as shares of one or more classes or series.  Subject to the provisions
of the  Company's  Charter  and  limitations  prescribed  by law,  the  Board of
Directors is expressly  authorized to adopt  resolutions to issue the shares, to
fix the number of shares and to change  the  number of shares  constituting  any
series,  and  to  provide  for  or  change  the  voting  powers,   designations,
preferences  and  relative,  participating,  optional or other  special  rights,
qualifications,  limitations or restrictions thereof,  including dividend rights
(including   whether  dividends  are  cumulative),   dividend  rates,  terms  of
redemption  (including sinking fund provisions),  redemption prices,  conversion
rights  and  liquidation  preferences  of the shares  constituting  any class or
series of the Preferred  Stock,  in each case without any further action or vote
by the  stockholders.  Except  for its  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
described below, the Company has not issued,  and has no current plans to issue,
any shares of Preferred Stock of any class or series.

     One of the  effects of  undesignated  Preferred  Stock may be to enable the
Board of  Directors  to render more  difficult  or to  discourage  an attempt to
obtain control of the Company by means of a tender offer, proxy contest,  merger
or otherwise, and thereby to protect the continuity of the Company's management.
The issuance of shares of Preferred  Stock  pursuant to the Board of  Directors'
authority  described above may adversely affect the rights of the holders of the
Common Stock. For example,  Preferred Stock issued by the Company may rank prior
to the Common Stock as to dividend rights,  liquidation  preference or both, may
have full or limited voting rights and may be convertible  into shares of Common
Stock.  Accordingly,  the issuance of shares of Preferred  Stock may  discourage
bids for the Common  Stock at a premium or may  otherwise  adversely  affect the
market price of the Common Stock.


SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
   
     In May 1997,  the Company  sold 20,000  shares of its Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock, liquidation value $50 per share, for aggregate consideration of
$1.0  million,  the  proceeds  of which were used by the  Company to pay various
expenses  incurred in connection  with its efforts to complete the  Acquisitions
and  effect the  Offering.  Pursuant  to the terms of the  Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock, upon the consummation of the Offering, each share of the Series
A Convertible  Preferred Stock will  automatically  convert either (i) into that
number of shares of Common  Stock,  determined  by (X) dividing the  liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 60% of the initial public  offering price or, at
the option of the holder of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, (ii) into
that number of shares of Common Stock determined by (X) dividing the liquidation
value by (Y) an amount equal to 150% of the initial  public  offering  price and
cash in an amount equal to the liquidation  value. All but one of the holders of
the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock have elected conversion option (ii) in
the preceding  sentence.  As a result,  upon  consummation of the Offering,  the
Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock will  convert  into  approximately  $1.0
million in cash and 67,916  shares of Common Stock.  The Company  intends to pay
the required  cash amounts in  connection  with the  conversion  of the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.     


STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION

     The Company is subject to the  provisions  of Section  203 of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law ("Section  203").  Section 203 provides,  with certain
exceptions,  that a Delaware  corporation may not engage in any of a broad range
of business  combinations  with a person or an  affiliate,  or associate of such
person, who is an "interested  stockholder" for a period of three years from the
date  that  such  person  became  an  interested  stockholder  unless:  (i)  the
transaction  resulting in a person  becoming an interested  stockholder,  or the
business  combination,  is approved by the Board of Directors of the corporation
before  the  person  becomes  an  interested  stockholder,  (ii) the  interested
stockholder  acquired  85%  or  more  of the  outstanding  voting  stock  of the
corporation  in the same  transaction  that  makes  such  person  an  interested
stockholder  (excluding  shares  owned  by  persons  who are both  officers  and
directors  of the  corporation,  and  shares  held  by  certain  employee  stock
ownership plans), or (iii) on or after the date the person becomes an interested
stockholder,  the business combination is approved by the corporation's Board of
Directors and by the holders of at least 66% of the corporation's


                                       66


<PAGE>

outstanding voting stock at an annual or special meeting, excluding shares owned
by the interested stockholder. Under Section 203, an "interested stockholder" is
defined  as any  person  who is (i) the owner of 15% or more of the  outstanding
voting  stock  of the  corporation  or (ii) an  affiliate  or  associate  of the
corporation and who was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to
the date on which it is  sought  to be  determined  whether  such  person  is an
interested stockholder.

     A  corporation  may, at its  option,  exclude  itself from the  coverage of
Section 203 by  including  in its  certificate  of  incorporation  or by-laws by
action of its  stockholders to exempt itself from coverage.  The Company has not
adopted such an amendment to the Charter or By-laws.


LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITIES
   
     Pursuant to the Charter and under  Delaware  law,  directors of the Company
are not liable to the  Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages  for
breach of fiduciary  duty,  except for liability in connection  with a breach of
the duty of loyalty,  for acts or omissions  not in good faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, for dividend payments or
stock  repurchases  illegal  under  Delaware law or any  transaction  in which a
director has derived an improper personal benefit. The Company intends to obtain
directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance  prior to  consummation  of the
Offering.     


TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The  Transfer  Agent  and Registrar for the Common Stock is The Bank of New
York.

                                       67


<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   
     The market  price of the Common  Stock could be  adversely  affected by the
sale  of  substantial  amounts  of  Common  Stock  in the  public  market.  Upon
consummation  of the Offering,  6,206,094  shares of Common Stock and Restricted
Vote Common Stock will be issued and  outstanding.  All of the 2,700,000  shares
sold in the Offering,  except for shares  acquired by affiliates of the Company,
will be freely tradeable.  None of the remaining 3,506,094 shares were issued in
a transaction registered under the Securities Act, and, accordingly, such shares
may not be sold except in  transactions  registered  under the Securities Act or
pursuant to an exemption from registration, including the exemption contained in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act.     

     In general,  under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if one year has elapsed
since the later of the date of the  acquisition  of restricted  shares of Common
Stock from the Company or from any  affiliate  of the  Company,  the acquiror or
subsequent holder thereof may sell, within any three-month  period commencing as
of the date of this  Prospectus,  a number of shares  that does not  exceed  the
greater of 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock,  or the average
weekly trading volume of Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National  Market during the
four calendar  weeks  preceding the date on which notice of the proposed sale is
sent to the Commission.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner
of sale provisions,  notice  requirements and the availability of current public
information about the Company.  If two years have elapsed since the later of the
date of the acquisition of restricted shares of Common Stock from the Company or
any  affiliate  of the  Company,  a person  who is not  deemed  to have  been an
affiliate  of the  Company  at any time for 90 days  preceding  a sale  would be
entitled  to sell such  shares  under  Rule 144  without  regard  to the  volume
limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements.
   
     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock or any  securities  exercisable  for or  convertible  or
exchangeable into Common Stock (the "Securities") for a period of 180 days after
the date of this  Prospectus  (the "Lockup  Period")  without the prior  written
consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., except for the grant of employee stock
options by the Company  and except  that the Company may issue  shares of Common
Stock (i) in  connection  with  acquisitions,  (ii)  pursuant to the exercise of
options granted under the Company's stock option plans and (iii) upon conversion
of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the Restricted Vote Common Stock
in accordance with their terms. In addition certain  stockholders of the Company
designated by the Representatives who beneficially own an aggregate of 1,121,182
shares of Common  Stock and the owners of each of the  Founding  Companies  have
agreed,  subject to certain exceptions,  not to, directly or indirectly,  offer,
sell,  contract to sell or otherwise  dispose of any  Securities for a period of
180 days after the date of this Prospectus  without the prior written consent of
Ladenburg  Thalmann & Co. Inc.  After such  periods,  all of such shares will be
eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 144  promulgated  under the Securities
Act, subject to the volume,  holding period and other  limitations of Rule 144."
See "Underwriting."

     The  Company  has  authorized  the  issuance  of shares of Common  Stock in
accordance  with the  terms of the Plan and the  Directors'  Plan.  The  maximum
number of shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant  to the Plan may
not exceed 15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding at
the  time  of   determination   (which  maximum  will  be  930,914  shares  upon
consummation  of the  Offering).  Options to  purchase an  aggregate  of 555,000
shares of Common Stock have been granted or will be granted upon consummation of
the Offering under the Company's stock option plans. The Company intends to file
a registration  statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act  registering  the
issuance  of shares  upon  exercise  of options  granted  under the Plan and the
Directors'  Plan.  As a result,  such shares will be eligible  for resale in the
public market.     

     The  Company  has reserved 270,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon
exercise  of  the Representatives' Warrants. The holders of the Representatives'
Warrants have certain registration rights. See "Underwriting."

     The  Company  currently  intends  to file a registration statement covering
2,500,000  additional  shares  of  Common Stock under the Securities Act for its
use in connection with future acquisitions. These


                                       68



<PAGE>

shares  generally will be freely  tradeable  after their issuance by persons not
affiliated  with the Company unless the Company  contractually  restricts  their
resale.

     The former  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies  who will hold in the
aggregate 2,246,996 shares of Common Stock upon consummation of the Offering are
entitled to certain rights with respect to the  registration  of their shares of
Common  Stock  under the  Securities  Act.  None of such  persons  has rights to
include shares of Common Stock for sale in the Offering. If the Company proposes
to register any of its securities  under the Securities  Act, such  stockholders
are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include,  at the
Company's expense, all or a portion of their shares therein,  subject to certain
conditions  and  subject to the right of any  managing  underwriter  of any such
offering  to  include  some  or all of the  shares  for  marketing  reasons.  In
addition,  certain of such stockholders have certain limited demand registration
rights to require  the Company to register  shares  held by them  following  the
second anniversary of the Offering. The Company is also obligated,  at its cost,
to effect the  registration  of 104,580  shares of Common Stock held by a former
officer of the Company  immediately  upon  expiration of the Lockup Period.  See
"Certain Transactions -- Transactions Involving Certain Officers,  Directors and
Stockholders."

     Prior to the Offering,  there has been no  established  trading  market for
Common  Stock,  and no  predictions  can be made as to the effect  that sales of
Common Stock under Rule 144, pursuant to a registration statement, or otherwise,
or the  availability of shares of Common Stock for sale, will have on the market
price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock
in the public  market,  or the  perception  that such sales could  occur,  could
depress the prevailing  market price. Such sales may also make it more difficult
for the Company to issue or sell equity securities or equity-related  securities
in the future at a time and price that it deems  appropriate.  See "Risk Factors
- --  Potential  Effect of Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale on the Price of the
Common Stock."

                                       69


<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING
   
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting  Agreement,  a copy
of which has been  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement  of which
this  Prospectus is a part, the  Underwriters  named below (the  "Underwriters")
have, severally and not jointly,  agreed, through Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.,
EVEREN  Securities,   Inc.  and  Stephens  Inc.,  the   Representatives  of  the
Underwriters  (the  "Representatives"),  to purchase  from the Company,  and the
Company has agreed to sell to the  Underwriters,  the aggregate number of shares
of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective names:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NUMBER
          NAME OF UNDERWRITERS                            OF SHARES
          --------------------                            ---------
<S>                                                       <C>
          Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.  ......
          EVEREN Securities, Inc.  ............
          Stephens Inc.   .....................
                                                          ---------
             Total  ...........................           2,700,000
                                                          =========
</TABLE>
    

     The  Underwriters  are  committed  to take and pay for all of the shares of
Common Stock  offered  hereby  (other than those  covered by the  over-allotment
option described below), if any are purchased.

     The Underwriters have advised the Company that they propose to offer all or
part of the Common Stock offered hereby directly to the public  initially at the
price to the public set forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus,  that they
may offer shares to certain dealers at a price which  represents a concession of
not more than $ per share,  and the Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may
reallow,  a concession  of not more than $ per share to certain  other  dealers.
After  the  commencement  of this  offering,  the  price to the  public  and the
concessions may be changed.

     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option,  exercisable  within
30 days  after the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to an  additional
405,000  shares of  Common  Stock at the same  price  per  share as the  initial
2,700,000  shares to be  purchased by the  Underwriters.  The  Underwriters  may
exercise  this option only to cover  over-allotments,  if any. To the extent the
Underwriters  exercise this option,  each of the  Underwriters  will have a firm
commitment,  subject to certain  conditions,  to  purchase  the same  percentage
thereof as the  percentage  of the initial  2,700,000  shares to be purchased by
that Underwriter.

     The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities,  including  certain  liabilities  under the Securities  Act, and to
contribute  to  payments  the  Underwriters  may be  required to make in respect
thereof.

     The Company has agreed to issue to the Representatives and their designees,
for their own accounts,  warrants to purchase an aggregate of 270,000  shares of
Common Stock,  exercisable during the five-year period commencing on the date of
this Prospectus,  at a price equal to 120% of the public offering price, subject
to adjustment in certain events. The  Representatives'  Warrants contain certain
registration rights relating to the shares issuable thereunder.  For the life of
the Representatives'  Warrants, the Representatives will have the opportunity to
profit from a rise in the market price for the Common Stock.

     The Company and its officers and directors have agreed not to,  directly or
indirectly,  offer,  issue,  sell,  contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common Stock or any securities  exercisable for or convertible into or
exchangeable  into  Common  Stock (the  "Securities"),  for a period of 180 days
after the


                                       70


<PAGE>
   
date of this Prospectus (the "Lockup  Period") without the prior written consent
of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc., except for the grant of employee stock options
by the Company and except that the Company may issue  shares of Common Stock (i)
in  connection  with  acquisitions,  (ii)  pursuant  to the  exercise of options
granted under the Plan and the Directors'  Plan and (iii) upon conversion of the
Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock and the  Restricted  Vote Common Stock in
accordance with their respective terms. In addition certain  stockholders of the
Company designated by the  Representatives  who beneficially own an aggregate of
1,121,182  shares  of  Common  Stock  and the  owners  of  each of the  Founding
Companies  have  agreed,  subject to certain  exceptions,  not to,  directly  or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Securities
for a period of 180 days  after the date of this  Prospectus  without  the prior
written consent of Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. After such periods, all of such
shares will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 144  promulgated  under
the Securities Act, subject to the volume,  holding period and other limitations
of Rule 144.

     Prior to the  Offering,  there has been no  public  market  for the  Common
Stock.  The  proposed  initial  public  offering  price has been  determined  by
negotiations  between  the Company  and the  Representatives.  Among the factors
considered in such  negotiations  were the Company's  results of operations  and
financial condition, prospects for the Company and for the industry in which the
Company  operates,  the Company's capital structure and the general condition of
the securities  market.  The estimated  offering price set forth on the cover of
this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market  conditions and other
factors.  See "Risk Factors -- No Prior Public  Market;  Possible  Volatility of
Stock Price."     

     The  Company  has  granted  Ladenburg  Thalmann & Co. Inc. a right of first
refusal,  expiring  on the second anniversary of the date of this Prospectus, to
act  as  a  manager  in  any  future  public  offering  of  the Company's equity
securities.

     The Representatives  have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
expect  sales to  discretionary  accounts  to exceed  5% of the total  number of
shares offered hereby and that the  Underwriters  do not intend to confirm sales
of shares to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

     The Underwriters may engage in  over-allotment,  stabilizing  transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M
under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Over-allotment  involves  syndicate
sales of Common Stock in excess of the offering size,  which creates a syndicate
short  position.  Stabilizing  transactions  permit bids to purchase  the Common
Stock  so long  as the  stabilizing  bids do not  exceed  a  specified  maximum.
Syndicate  covering  transactions  involve purchases of Common Stock in the open
market after the  distribution  has been  completed in order to cover  syndicate
short  positions.  Penalty  bids  permit the  Underwriters  to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when the Common Stock originally sold by such
syndicate  member are  purchased in a syndicate  covering  transaction  to cover
syndicate short positions.  Such stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate  covering
transactions  and  penalty  bids may cause the price of the  Common  Stock to be
higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of such  transactions.  None of
the  transactions  described in this  paragraph  is  required,  and, if they are
undertaken, they may be discontinued at any time.


                                       71


<PAGE>

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain  legal  matters in  connection  with the Common Stock being offered
hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius  LLP, New
York, New York.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the  Underwriters
by Fulbright & Jaworksi L.L.P., New York, New York.


                                    EXPERTS

     The audited  financial  statements  included in this  Prospectus  have been
audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants,  as indicated in
their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.


                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration  Statement on Form
S-1  (together  with  all  amendments,   schedules  and  exhibits   thereto  the
"Registration  Statement")  under the  Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock  offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus,  which  is  included  as  part of the
Registration  Statement,  does not contain all the information  contained in the
Registration  Statement,   certain  portions  of  which  have  been  omitted  in
accordance  with the  rules  and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For  further
information  with  respect to the Company and the Common Stock  offered  hereby,
reference is made to the  Registration  Statement and the exhibits and schedules
thereto.  Statements  made in the Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,
agreement or other document are not necessarily  complete;  with respect to each
such  contract,  agreement  or  other  document  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement,  reference  is made to the exhibit for a more  complete
description  of the matter  involved,  and each such  statement  shall be deemed
qualified in its entirety by such reference.  The Registration Statement and the
exhibits  thereto may be  inspected,  without  charge,  at the public  reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices
at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Room 1400, Chicago, IL 60661, and 7
World  Trade  Center,  Suite  1300,  New York,  NY 10048 or on the  Internet  at
http://www.sec.gov. Copies of such material also can be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.

     The  Company  intends  to  furnish  to  its  stockholders   annual  reports
containing audited consolidated  financial statements audited by Arthur Andersen
LLP, independent public accountants,  and quarterly reports containing unaudited
consolidated  financial  statements for each of the first three quarters of each
fiscal year.

                                       72


<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                           -----

Collectibles USA, Inc. Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
   Basis of Presentation   .............................................    F-3
   Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet (unaudited) ........................    F-4
   Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations
    (unaudited)   ......................................................    F-5
   Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements  .........    F-7
Collectibles USA, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants  ...........................    F-11
   Balance Sheets ......................................................    F-12
   Statements of Operations   ..........................................    F-13
   Statements of Stockholders' Deficit .................................    F-14
   Statements of Cash Flows   ..........................................    F-15
   Notes to Financial Statements .......................................    F-16
Founding Companies
 American Royal Arts Corp.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants  ...........................    F-21
   Balance Sheets ......................................................    F-22
   Statements of Operations   ..........................................    F-23
   Statements of Stockholder's Equity  .................................    F-24
   Statements of Cash Flows   ..........................................    F-25
   Notes to Financial Statements .......................................    F-26
 Stone's Shops, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants  ...........................    F-30
   Balance Sheets ......................................................    F-31
   Statements of Operations   ..........................................    F-32
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity  .................................    F-33
   Statements of Cash Flows   ..........................................    F-34
   Notes to Financial Statements .......................................    F-35
 Crystal Galleria, Inc. and Base, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants  ...........................    F-40
   Combined Balance Sheets .............................................    F-41
   Combined Statements of Operations   .................................    F-42
   Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity  ........................    F-43
   Combined Statements of Cash Flows   .................................    F-44
   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   ........................    F-45
 DKG Enterprises, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants  ...........................    F-50
   Balance Sheets ......................................................    F-51
   Statements of Operations   ..........................................    F-52
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity  .................................    F-53
   Statements of Cash Flows   ..........................................    F-54
   Notes to Financial Statements .......................................    F-55
    
                                      F-1

<PAGE>

   
                                                           PAGE
                                                          -----
 Elwell Stores, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants   .........    F-60
   Balance Sheets  ....................................    F-61
   Statements of Operations ...........................    F-62
   Statements of Shareholders' (Deficit) Equity  ......    F-63
   Statements of Cash Flows ...........................    F-64
   Notes to Financial Statements  .....................    F-65
 Animation U.S.A, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants   .........    F-69
   Balance Sheets  ....................................    F-70
   Statements of Operations ...........................    F-71
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity   ...............    F-72
   Statements of Cash Flows ...........................    F-73
   Notes to Financial Statements  .....................    F-74
 Filmart Productions, Inc.
   Report of Independent Public Accountants   .........    F-78
   Balance Sheets  ....................................    F-79
   Statements of Operations ...........................    F-80
   Statements of Shareholders' Equity   ...............    F-81
   Statements of Cash Flows ...........................    F-82
   Notes to Financial Statements  .....................    F-83
    


                                      F-2


<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                             BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The  following  unaudited pro forma combined financial statements give effect to
the   acquisitions   by  Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  (Collectibles  USA),  of  the
outstanding  capital  stock  of American Royal Arts Corp. (American Royal Arts),
Stone's Shops,  Inc.  (Stone's Hallmark),  Crystal Galleria, Inc. and Base, Inc.
(Crystal Galleria),  DKG Enterprises,  Inc.  (North Pole City), St. George, Inc.
(Little Elegance),  Elwell Stores,  Inc. (Reef Hallmark), Animation U.S.A., Inc.
(Animation  USA),  Filmart  Productions, Inc. (Filmart), Vincent J. Browne, Inc.
(Crystal Palace)  (together,  the  Founding Companies). Collectibles USA and the
Founding   Companies   are   hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  Company.  These
acquisitions  (the  Acquisitions)  will occur simultaneously with the closing of
Collectibles  USA's initial public offering (the Offering) and will be accounted
for  using  the  purchase  method of accounting. American Royal Arts, one of the
Founding  Companies,  has  been designated the accounting acquiror in accordance
with  Securities  and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 97 which
states  that  the combining company which receives the largest portion of voting
rights  in  the  combined  corporation  is  presumed  to  be  the  acquiror  for
accounting purposes.

To the extent the owners of the Founding Companies have agreed  prospectively to
reductions in salary and benefits,  these  reductions have been reflected in the
unaudited pro forma  combined  statements of  operations.  With respect to other
potential  cost  savings,  Collectibles  USA has not and cannot  quantify  these
savings until  completion of the acquisitions of the Founding  Companies.  It is
anticipated   that  these  savings  will  be  offset  by  additional  costs  and
expenditures for corporate  management and  administration,  corporate  expenses
related to being a public company, systems integration and facilities expansion.
However  because these costs cannot be accurately  quantified at this time, they
have not been included in the pro forma  financial  information of  Collectibles
USA.
   
The unaudited pro forma combined  balance sheet gives effect to the Acquisitions
and the  Offering as if they had occurred on July 31, 1997.  The  unaudited  pro
forma combined statements of operations gives effect to these transactions as if
they had occurred on February 1, 1996.     

The  pro  forma  adjustments  are  based  on  preliminary  estimates,  available
information and certain assumptions and may be revised as additional information
becomes available. The pro forma financial data do not purport to represent what
the Company's  financial  position or results of operations  would actually have
been if such  transactions  in fact  had  occurred  on those  dates  and are not
necessarily  representative  of the Company's  financial  position or results of
operations  for any future period.  Since the Founding  Companies were not under
common control or management,  historical combined results may not be comparable
to, or indicative  of,  future  performance.  The  unaudited pro forma  combined
financial  statements  should be read in  conjunction  with the other  financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
See "Risk Factors" included elsewhere herein.


                                      F-3

<PAGE>
   
                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

               PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET -- JULY 31, 1997
    
                                  (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     COLLECTIBLES     AMERICAN     STONE'S      CRYSTAL       NORTH
                                                          USA        ROYAL ARTS    HALLMARK     GALLERIA    POLE CITY
                                                    --------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
                         ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents  ........................ $    182,113    $  237,454     $  319,436   $  164,789   $   13,098
Accounts receivable  ..............................           --       103,450             --        8,143       18,552
Merchandise inventories ...........................           --       562,598      2,930,987    1,217,276    2,526,844
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........           --       70,688         36,106       36,649       23,525
                                                    -------------   ----------    -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total current assets   ...........................      182,113       974,190      3,286,529    1,426,857    2,582,019
Property and equipment, net   .....................        7,453        33,616        247,124      631,770      193,302
Other assets, net .................................    3,685,094        96,617             --       15,134        6,802
Goodwill, net  ....................................           --            --             --           --           --
                                                    -------------   ----------    -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total assets  .................................... $  3,874,660    $1,104,423     $3,533,653   $2,073,761   $2,782,123
                                                    =============   ==========    ===========  ===========  ===========
                     LIABILITIES AND
             STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  ......... $  1,707,801    $  286,139     $1,544,136   $  266,945   $  613,828
Customer deposits .................................           --       338,644         33,911       14,495      188,504
Federal income taxes payable  .....................           --            --             --           --      280,983
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................           --            --             --           --           --
Line of credit ....................................           --            --             --           --      520,000
Payable to related party   ........................           --       486,000          6,010    1,163,168           --
Current maturities of long-term obligations  ......    1,255,000            --         14,400      438,655       33,516
                                                    -------------   ----------    -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total current liabilities ........................    2,962,801     1,110,783      1,598,457    1,883,263    1,636,831
Deferred income taxes   ...........................           --            --        530,456           --        8,103
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities              --            --         28,800      101,782      338,137
Notes payable to stockholders .....................           --            --             --           --           --
                                                    -------------   ----------    -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total liabilities   ..............................    2,962,801     1,110,783      2,157,713    1,985,045    1,983,071
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock  .................................    1,000,000            --             --           --           --
 Common stock  ....................................       11,912         1,584          1,000        8,000          500
 Treasury stock   .................................           --      (145,000)            --           --           --
 Additional paid-in capital   .....................    1,297,538            --         39,000           --           --
 Retained (deficit) earnings  .....................   (1,397,591)      137,056      1,335,940       80,716      798,552
                                                    -------------   ----------    -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity  ............      911,859        (6,360)     1,375,940       88,716      799,052
                                                    -------------   ----------    -----------  -----------  -----------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  ...... $  3,874,660    $1,104,423    $ 3,533,653   $2,073,761   $2,782,123
                                                    =============   ==========    ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       LITTLE        REEF       ANIMATION                  CRYSTAL
                                                      ELEGANCE     HALLMARK        USA        FILMART       PALACE
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
                          ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents  ........................  $   53,738  $   90,567    $   28,774     $   36,419  $      --
Accounts receivable  ..............................      12,146          --        49,772        219,559     35,931
Merchandise inventories ...........................   1,502,454     829,871       303,910        372,759    507,623

Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........      20,307       1,873        39,153        624,618        800
                                                     ----------  ----------   -----------    ----------- ----------
 Total current assets   ...........................   1,588,645     922,311       421,609      1,253,355    544,354
Property and equipment, net   .....................     212,548     113,695        66,379         29,120     24,368
Other assets, net .................................     161,320      20,056        26,408         57,727      6,707
Goodwill, net  ....................................          --          --            --             --         --
                                                     ----------  ----------   -----------    ----------- ----------
 Total assets  ....................................  $1,962,513  $1,056,062   $  514,396      $1,340,202  $ 575,429
                                                     ==========  ==========   ===========    =========== ==========
                     LIABILITIES AND
             STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  .........  $  710,610  $  535,049    $  281,376     $  150,215  $ 199,154
Customer deposits .................................       5,700       5,122        20,066          6,101         --
Federal income taxes payable  .....................          --          --        19,863             --         --
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................          --          --            --             --         --
Line of credit ....................................          --          --            --             --     40,232
Payable to related party   ........................     439,646          --            --         27,752         --
Current maturities of long-term obligations  ......     400,104     305,246       131,051             --         --
                                                     ----------  ----------   -----------    ----------- ----------
 Total current liabilities ........................   1,556,060     845,417       452,356        184,068    239,386
Deferred income taxes   ...........................          --          --            --             --         --
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities          3,000     340,132            --             --         --
Notes payable to stockholders .....................          --          --            --             --    321,697
                                                     ----------  ----------   -----------    ----------- ----------
 Total liabilities   ..............................   1,559,060   1,185,549       452,356        184,068    561,083
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock  .................................          --          --            --             --         --
 Common stock  ....................................      27,000         500       192,700             --     45,000
 Treasury stock   .................................          --          --            --             --         --
 Additional paid-in capital   .....................          --      99,275            --             --         --
 Retained (deficit) earnings  .....................     376,453    (229,262)     (130,660)     1,156,134    (30,654)
                                                     ----------  ----------   -----------    ----------- ----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity  ............     403,453    (129,487)       62,040      1,156,134     14,346
                                                     ----------  ----------   -----------    ----------- ----------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  ......  $1,962,513  $1,056,062    $  514,396     $1,340,202  $ 575,429
                                                     ==========  ==========   ===========     ==========  =========
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                     PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA    POST ACQUISITIONS       AS
                                                        TOTAL       ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED        ADJUSTMENTS       ADJUSTED
                                                    ------------- --------------- ------------- ------------------- ------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>                 <C>
                          ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents  ........................ $ 1,126,388    $         --     $ 1,126,388    $    5,277,556     $ 6,403,944
Accounts receivable  ..............................     447,553              --         447,553                --         447,553
Merchandise inventories ...........................  10,754,322              --      10,754,322                --      10,754,322
Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........     853,719        (300,000)        553,719                --         553,719
                                                     ----------    ------------     ------------   --------------     -----------
 Total current assets   ...........................  13,181,982        (300,000)     12,881,982         5,277,556      18,159,538
Property and equipment, net   .....................   1,559,375        (106,074)      1,453,301                --       1,453,301
Other assets, net .................................   4,075,865          58,353       4,134,218        (3,685,094)        449,124
Goodwill, net  ....................................          --      23,225,416      23,225,416                --      23,225,416
                                                     ----------    ------------     ------------   --------------     -----------
 Total assets  .................................... $18,817,222    $ 22,877,695     $41,694,917    $    1,592,462     $43,287,379
                                                    ===========    ============     ============   ==============     ===========
                     LIABILITIES AND
             STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  ......... $6,295,253     $         --     $ 6,295,253    $   (1,672,137)    $ 4,623,116
Customer deposits .................................    612,543               --         612,543                --         612,543
Federal income taxes payable  .....................    300,846               --         300,846                --         300,846
Pro forma cash consideration
 due to Founding Companies ........................         --        9,238,920       9,238,920        (9,238,920)             --
Line of credit ....................................    560,232               --         560,232          (560,232)             --
Payable to related party   ........................  2,122,576               --       2,122,576        (2,122,576)             --
Current maturities of long-term obligations  ......  2,577,972          (37,847)      2,540,125        (2,540,125)             --
                                                    -----------    ------------     ------------   --------------     -----------
 Total current liabilities ........................ 12,469,422        9,201,073      21,670,495       (16,133,990)      5,536,505
Deferred income taxes   ...........................    538,559           28,399         566,958                --         566,958
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities       811,851        1,250,000       2,061,851        (2,061,851)             --
Notes payable to stockholders .....................    321,697               --         321,697          (321,697)             --
                                                    -----------    ------------     ------------   --------------     -----------
 Total liabilities   .............................. 14,141,529       10,479,472      24,621,001       (18,517,538)      6,103,463
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Preferred stock  .................................  1,000,000               --       1,000,000        (1,000,000)             --
 Common stock  ....................................    288,196         (253,814)         34,382            27,679          62,061
 Treasury stock   .................................   (145,000)         145,000              --                --              --
 Additional paid-in capital   .....................  1,435,813       14,466,665      15,902,478        21,082,321      36,984,799
 Retained (deficit) earnings  .....................  2,096,684       (1,959,628)        137,056                --         137,056
                                                    -----------    ------------     ------------   --------------     -----------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity  ............  4,675,693       12,398,223      17,073,916        20,110,000      37,183,916
                                                    -----------    ------------     ------------   --------------     -----------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity  ...... $18,817,222    $ 22,877,695     $41,694,917    $    1,592,462     $43,287,379
                                                    ===========    ============     ============   ==============     ===========
</TABLE>
    

  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

                                      F-4

<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED JANUARY 31, 1997

                                  (UNAUDITED)




   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               AMERICAN
                               COLLECTIBLES     ROYAL       STONE'S      CRYSTAL       NORTH        LITTLE
                                   USA           ARTS       HALLMARK     GALLERIA    POLE CITY     ELEGANCE
                              -------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales  .................. $        --    $4,288,612    $4,985,549   $3,727,285  $3,521,373   $2,598,270
Cost of sales ...............          --     1,505,784     2,496,574    1,784,916   1,620,462    1,346,661
                              -----------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------
 Gross profit ...............          --     2,782,828     2,488,975    1,942,369   1,900,911    1,251,609
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.       1,311,557     1,778,138     2,117,010    1,564,229   1,393,205    1,229,978
Goodwill amortization  ......          --            --            --           --          --           --
                              -----------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------
 Income from operations      . (1,311,557)    1,004,690       371,965      378,140     507,706       21,631
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
 expense   ..................      11,814       (24,027)        2,891      111,389      79,676       76,371
 Other, net   ...............          --            --            --       12,284     (40,343)        (400)
                              -----------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ...............  (1,323,371)    1,028,717       369,074      254,467     468,373      (54,340)
Provision for income taxes.            --            --       193,941           --     233,083          150
                              -----------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------   ----------
Net income (loss)   ......... $(1,323,371)   $1,028,717    $  175,133   $  254,467  $  235,290    $ (54,490)
                              ===========    ==========    ==========   ==========  ==========   ==========
Net income per share   ......
Shares used in computing
 net income per share (1).
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                                  REEF      ANIMATION                  CRYSTAL                      PRO FORMA
                                HALLMARK       USA        FILMART       PALACE        TOTAL        ADJUSTMENTS
                              ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- ----------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
Net sales  ..................  $2,492,809   $1,716,410  $1,445,848    $1,132,782  $25,908,938   $        --
Cost of sales ...............   1,301,468      840,283     497,920       537,265   11,931,333            --
                               ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------  -----------   ------------
 Gross profit ...............   1,191,341      876,127     947,928       595,517   13,977,605            --
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.....     934,764      845,100     539,178       455,299   12,168,458    (2,242,135)(a)
Goodwill amortization  ......          --           --          --            --           --       580,636 (b)
                               ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------  -----------   -----------
 Income from operations .....     256,577       31,027     408,750       140,218    1,809,147     1,661,499
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
 expense   ..................      48,826        9,349       1,056        29,500      346,845      (359,280)(c)
 Other, net   ...............      11,520           --    (278,866)           --     (295,805)           --
                               ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------  -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ...............     196,231       21,678     686,560       110,718    1,758,107     2,020,779 (d)
Provision for income taxes.            --        8,944          --            --      436,118     1,363,295
                               ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------  -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)   .........  $  196,231   $   12,734  $  686,560     $ 110,718  $ 1,321,989    $  657,484
                               ==========   ==========  ==========    ==========  ===========   ===========
Net income per share   ......
Shares used in computing
 net income per share (1).
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                PRO FORMA
                                 COMBINED
                                ---------

Net sales  ..................  $25,908,938
Cost of sales ...............   11,931,333
                               -----------
 Gross profit ...............   13,977,605
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.        9,926,323
Goodwill amortization  ......      580,636
                               -----------
 Income from operations .....    3,470,646
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
 expense   ..................      (12,435)
 Other, net   ...............     (295,805)
                               -----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ...............    3,778,886
Provision for income taxes.      1,799,413
                               -----------
Net income (loss)   .........  $ 1,979,473
                               ===========
Net income per share   ......  $       .35
                               ===========
Shares used in computing
 net income per share (1).       5,720,848
                               ===========
    

  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

- ----------
   
(1) Includes  (i)  1,191,182  shares  outstanding  prior to the  Offering,  (ii)
    2,246,996 shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding Companies, (iii)
    67,916 shares to be issued to holders of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
    Stock,  (iv) 55,500 shares  (determined to be common stock  equivalents  for
    purposes of  computing  earnings per share) of the 185,000  shares  issuable
    upon the exercise of outstanding  options and (v) 2,159,254 of the 2,700,000
    shares to be sold in the Offering to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition
    consideration, to pay the S Corporation Distributions, to repay indebtedness
    of the Founding Companies and to pay expenses of the Offering.
    

                                      F-5

<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                 PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 

                                         
                       FOR SIX MONTHS ENDED JULY 31, 1997

                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                          
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               AMERICAN
                               COLLECTIBLES     ROYAL       STONE'S      CRYSTAL       NORTH        LITTLE
                                   USA           ARTS       HALLMARK     GALLERIA    POLE CITY     ELEGANCE
                              -------------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
<S>                           <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales  ..................   $      --    $2,080,990    $3,201,997   $2,050,079  $1,139,105    $  818,096
Cost of sales ...............          --       695,927     1,659,576      973,374     566,326       436,731
                                ---------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------
 Gross profit ...............          --     1,385,063     1,542,421    1,076,705     572,779       381,365
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.          50,525       943,920       968,861      867,682     820,852       577,356
Goodwill amortization  ......          --            --            --           --          --            --
                                ---------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------
 Income from operations .....     (50,525)      441,143       573,560      209,023    (248,073)     (195,991)
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
 expense   ..................      23,695        (5,586)          947       76,437      34,694        32,059
 Other, net   ...............          --            --            --           --      (1,389)         (651)
                                ---------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ...............     (74,220)      446,729       572,613      132,586    (281,378)     (227,399)
Provision for income taxes...          --            --       226,927           --    (103,558)          200
                                ---------    ----------    ----------   ----------  ----------    ----------
Net income (loss)   .........   $ (74,220)   $  446,729    $  345,686   $  132,586  $ (177,820)   $ (227,599)
                                =========    ==========    ==========   ==========  ==========    ==========
Net income per share   ......
Shares used in computing
 net income per share (1).
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  REEF      ANIMATION                 CRYSTAL                   PRO FORMA      PRO FORMA
                                HALLMARK       USA        FILMART      PALACE       TOTAL      ADJUSTMENTS     COMBINED
                              ------------ ----------- ------------- ---------- ------------- ------------- ---------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales  .................. $1,299,180     $671,603  $  514,504    $516,011   $12,291,565    $       --    $12,291,565
Cost of sales ...............   677,939       255,172     191,233     242,683     5,698,961            --      5,698,961
                              ---------     ---------  ----------    --------   -----------    ----------    -----------
 Gross profit ...............   621,241       416,431     323,271     273,328     6,592,604            --      6,592,604
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses.....   515,539       371,544     300,036     225,015     5,641,330      (208,754)     5,432,576
Goodwill amortization  ......        --            --          --          --            --       290,318        290,318
                              ---------     ---------  ----------    --------   -----------    ----------    -----------
 Income from operations .....   105,702        44,887      23,235      48,313       951,274       (81,564)       869,710
Other (income) expense:
 Interest (income)
 expense   ..................    23,469         5,402        (738)     17,251      207,630       (191,152)        16,478
 Other, net   ...............      (338)           --    (112,500)        (69)    (114,947)            --       (114,947)
                              ---------     ---------  -----------   --------   ----------     ----------    -----------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes ...............    82,571        39,485     136,473      31,131      858,591        109,588        968,179
Provision for income taxes...        --        14,969          --          --      138,537        375,952        514,490
                              ---------     ---------  ----------    --------   ----------     ----------    -----------
Net income (loss)   ......... $  82,571      $ 24,516  $  136,473    $ 31,131   $  720,054     $ (266,364)   $   453,690
                              =========     =========  ==========    ========   ==========     ==========    ===========
Net income per share   ......                                                                                $       .08
                                                                                                             ===========
Shares used in computing
 net income per share (1).                                                                                     5,720,848
                                                                                                            ===========
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   
(1) Includes  (i)  1,191,182  shares  outstanding  prior to the  Offering,  (ii)
    2,246,996 shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding Companies, (iii)
    67,916 shares to be issued to holders of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
    Stock,  (iv) 55,500 shares  (determined to be common stock  equivalents  for
    purposes of  computing  earnings per share) of the 185,000  shares  issuable
    upon the exercise of outstanding options, and (v) 2,159,254 of the 2,700,000
    shares to be sold in the Offering to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition
    consideration, to pay the S Corporation Distributions, to repay indebtedness
    of the Founding Companies and to pay expenses of the Offering.
    


  See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.


                                      F-6

<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                  (UNAUDITED)

1. GENERAL:
   
Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  (Collectibles  USA) was  founded  to create a national
retailer  of   contemporary   collectibles   and  marketer  of  animation   art.
Collectibles  USA has  conducted  no  operations  to date and will  acquire  the
Founding  Companies  concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of this
Offering. The historical financial statements reflect the financial position and
results of operations as follows:  Collectibles USA as of July 27, 1997, and for
the period from  inception  (January 18, 1996) through  January 26, 1997 and for
the  twenty-five  weeks ended July 27, 1997;  American Royal Arts as of July 31,
1997 and the year ended  January 31, 1997 and for the six months  ended July 31,
1996 and  1997;  Stone's  Hallmark  as of May 31,  1997  and for the year  ended
November 30, 1996 and for the six months ended May 31, 1996 and 1997;  and North
Pole City,  Crystal  Galleria,  Little Elegance,  Reef Hallmark,  Animation USA,
Filmart and Crystal  Palace as of June 30, 1997 and for the year ended  December
31,  1996 and for the six  months  ended  June 30,  1996 and 1997.  The  audited
historical  financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus have been
included in  accordance  with  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (SEC) Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 80.     


2. ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES:
   
Concurrently  and as a condition with the closing of the Offering,  Collectibles
USA will acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of the Founding Companies.
The  Acquisitions  will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
with American Royal Arts being treated as the accounting acquiror. The following
table sets forth the  consideration  to be paid (a) in cash and (b) in shares of
Common Stock to the stockholders of each of the Founding Companies. For purposes
of computing the estimated purchase price for accounting purposes,  the value of
the shares is determined using an estimated fair value of $7.50 per share, which
represents a discount of  twenty-five  percent from the assumed  initial  public
offering price due to restrictions on the sale and transferability of the shares
issued.  The  estimated  purchase  price  for the  acquisitions  is  based  upon
preliminary  estimates and is subject to certain  purchase price  adjustments at
and following  closing.  The table does not reflect  distributions made or to be
made  totaling  $1.7  million  constituting  substantially  all of the  Founding
Companies  undistributed  earnings  previously  taxed to their  stockholders ("S
Corporation Distributions").
    

                                                               SHARES OF
                                            CASH              COMMON STOCK
                                        ---------------       -------------
                                        (IN THOUSANDS)

         American Royal Arts  ......       $2,814                563,636
         Stone's Hallmark  .........        1,350                350,000
         Crystal Galleria  .........        1,000                277,272
         North Pole City   .........        1,800                359,090
         Little Elegance   .........          400                 85,000
         Reef Hallmark  ............        1,000                168,181
         Animation USA  ............          600                145,454
         Filmart  ..................          100                236,363
         Crystal Palace ............          175                 62,000
                                           -------             ---------
          Total   ..................       $9,239              2,246,996
                                           =======             ==========



                                      F-7


<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

3. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS:

The  following  tables  summarize  unaudited  pro forma  combined  balance sheet
adjustments:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               ADJUSTMENT
                                                              --------------------------------------------   PRO FORMA
                                                                   (A)             (B)           (C)        ADJUSTMENTS
                                                              --------------- ------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>
                                  ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents   .................................  $         --    $       --   $        --    $        --
Prepaid and other current assets  ...........................            --            --      (300,000)      (300,000)
Deferred tax asset ..........................................            --            --        58,353         58,353
Property and equipment net  .................................            --      (106,074)           --       (106,074)
Goodwill, net   .............................................            --            --    23,225,416     23,225,416
                                                               ------------    ----------   ------------   ------------
 Total assets   .............................................            --      (106,074)   22,983,769     22,877,695
                                                               ============    ==========   ============   ============
 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
  (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Current maturities of long-term obligations   ...............            --       (37,847)           --        (37,847)
Pro forma cash consideration due to Founding Companies ......            --            --     9,238,920      9,238,920
Deferred income taxes .......................................            --            --        28,399         28,399
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ............     1,250,000            --            --      1,250,000
                                                               ------------    ----------   ------------   ------------
 Total liabilities ..........................................     1,250,000       (37,847)    9,267,319     10,479,472
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock   .................................            --            --            --
 Common stock   .............................................            --            --      (253,814)      (253,814)
 Additional paid-in capital .................................    (1,250,000)           --    15,716,665     14,466,665
 Retained (deficit) earnings   ..............................            --       (68,227)   (1,891,401)    (1,959,628)
 Treasury stock .............................................            --            --       145,000        145,000
                                                               ------------    ----------   ------------   ------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity  .....................    (1,250,000)      (68,227)   13,716,450     12,398,223
                                                               ------------    ----------   ------------   ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity   ......  $         --    $ (106,074)  $22,983,769    $22,877,695
                                                               ============    ==========   ============   ============
</TABLE>
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  ADJUSTMENT
                                                               ------------------------------------------------  POST ACQUISITION
                                                                     (D)            (E)              (F)           ADJUSTMENTS
                                                               -------------- ---------------- ---------------- -----------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>
                                  ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents .................................... $20,867,957     $ (6,351,481)    $ (9,238,920)    $   5,277,556
Other current assets   .......................................  (3,685,094)              --               --        (3,685,094)
                                                               ------------    ------------     ------------     -------------
Total assets  ................................................  17,182,863       (6,351,481)      (9,238,920)        1,592,462
                                                               ============    ============     ============     =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .....................  (1,672,137)              --               --        (1,672,137)
Pro forma cash consideration due to founding companies  ......          --               --       (9,238,920)       (9,238,920)
Line of credit   .............................................          --         (560,232)              --          (560,232)
Payable to related parties   .................................          --       (2,122,576)              --        (2,122,576)
Current maturities of long-term obligations ..................  (1,255,000)      (1,285,125)              --        (2,540,125)
                                                               ------------    ------------     ------------     -------------
 Total current liabilities   .................................  (2,927,137)      (3,967,933)      (9,238,920)      (16,133,990)
Long-term obligations, net of current maturities  ............          --       (2,061,851)              --        (2,061,851)
Payable to stockholders   ....................................          --         (321,697)              --          (321,697)
 Total liabilities  ..........................................  (2,927,137)      (6,351,481)      (9,238,920)      (18,517,538)
Stockholders' (deficit) equity:
 Series A preferred stock ....................................  (1,000,000)              --               --        (1,000,000)
 Common stock ................................................      27,679               --               --            27,679
 Additional paid-in capital  .................................  21,082,321               --               --        21,082,321
                                                               ------------    ------------     ------------     -------------
  Total stockholders' (deficit) equity   .....................  20,110,000               --               --        20,110,000
                                                               ------------    ------------     ------------     -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' (deficit) equity ......... $17,182,863     $ (6,351,481)    $ (9,238,920)    $   1,592,462
                                                               ============    ============     ============     =============
</TABLE>
    



                                      F-8


<PAGE>

                COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

(a) Records the S Corporation Distributions.
   
(b) Records  the   distribution  of  certain  assets,   $106,074,   and  related
    obligations,  $37,847,  to certain  stockholders of the Founding  Companies,
    with the difference accounted for as a dividend.

(c) Reflects the  combinations  of the  Founding  Companies  including:  (i) the
    deferred  tax  asset  of  $58,353  for S  Corporations,  as if each had been
    treated  throughout  as  a C  Corporation;  (ii)  the  reduction  of  barter
    receivables of $300,000 to reflect management's estimated future utilization
    of such  receivables;  (iii) the creation of $23.2 million of goodwill after
    allocating the aggregate assets acquired and liabilities assumed as follows:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             ASSETS                                  (In thousands)
<S>                                                                 <C>
         Cash and cash equivalents ..............................       $   889
         Accounts receivable ....................................           344
         Merchandise inventories   ..............................        10,192
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets   ............           483
                                                                        --------
          Total current assets  .................................        11,908
         Property and equipment, net  ...........................         1,420
         Other assets, net   ....................................         4,038
                                                                        --------
          Total assets ..........................................       $17,366
                                                                        ========
                                       LIABILITIES
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...............       $ 6,009
         Customer deposits   ....................................           274
         Federal income taxes payable ...........................           301
         Line of credit   .......................................           560
         Notes payable to related party  ........................         1,637
         Current maturities of long-term obligations ............         2,540
                                                                        --------
          Total current liabilities   ...........................        11,321
         Deferred income taxes  .................................           567
         Long-term obligations, net of current maturities  ......           812
         Notes payable to stockholders   ........................           322
                                                                        --------
          Total liabilities  ....................................       $13,022
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>
    
   
    (iv) the liability for cash  consideration  to be paid of $9.2 million;  (v)
    approximately  $1.3 million  representing  S  Corporation  Distributions  to
    certain  stockholders;  and (vi) the issuance of 2,246,996  shares of common
    stock ($.01 par value) to the  stockholders  of the  Founding  Companies  at
    $7.50 per share ($16.9 million).

(d) Records the cash  proceeds of $27.0  million  from the issuance of shares of
    Collectibles  USA  Common  Stock net of  estimated  offerings  costs of $5.9
    million (based upon an assumed  initial public  offering price of $10.00 per
    share and  includes  the payment of deferred  offering  costs of  $3,685,000
    incurred  through  July 31,  1997).  Offering  costs  consist  primarily  of
    underwriting commissions, accounting fees, legal fees and printing expenses.

(e) Reflects the repayment of debt with proceeds from the Offering.

(f) Records the cash portion of the consideration to be paid to the stockholders
    of the Founding Companies in connection with the Acquisitions.
    


                                      F-9


<PAGE>
                 COLLECTIBLES USA, INC., AND FOUNDING COMPANIES

   NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

4. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   ADJUSTMENTS:

   (a) Reflects  the  reductions  in salaries  and benefits to the owners of the
       Founding  Companies to which they have agreed  prospectively  and certain
       other  adjustments,  including  the effect of revisions to certain  lease
       agreements  between  certain  owners of the  Founding  Companies  and the
       reduction in compensation expense relating to the non-recurring, non-cash
       compensation charge related to Common Stock issued to management.

   (b) Reflects the  amortization  of goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
       Acquisitions over a 40 year period.
   
   (c) Reflects the reduction of interest expense attributed to the repayment of
       debt with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
    
   (d) Reflects  the  incremental  provision  for federal and state income taxes
       relating to the statements of operations adjustments and for income taxes
       as if each S Corporation  had been treated  throughout  the period as a C
       Corporation.


                                      F-10


<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Collectibles USA, Inc.:

   
We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet of  Collectibles  USA, Inc. (a
Delaware  corporation),  as of January 26, 1997 and the  related  statements  of
operations,  stockholders'  deficit and cash flows for the period from inception
(January 18, 1996) through January 26, 1997. These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
    
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
   
In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial position of Collectibles USA, Inc., as of
January 26, 1997 and the  results of its  operations  and its cash flows for the
period from inception (January 18, 1996) through January 26, 1997, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.
    

ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


   
Houston, Texas
June 13, 1997
    


                                      F-11


<PAGE>


                            COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEET

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     JANUARY 26,        JULY 27,
                                                                         1997             1997
                                                                    --------------   ---------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>
                                       ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash   .........................................................   $    425,681     $    182,113
 Receivable from affiliate   ....................................        100,000               --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets  .....................          7,500               --
                                                                    ------------     ------------
   Total current assets   .......................................        533,181          182,113
 Property and equipment, net ....................................             --            7,453
 Deferred offering costs  .......................................        894,096        3,685,094
                                                                    ------------     ------------
   Total assets  ................................................   $  1,427,277     $  3,874,660
                                                                    ============     ============
            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accrued liabilities   ..........................................   $    586,198     $  1,707,801
 Notes payable-related party ....................................        855,000        1,255,000
                                                                    ------------     ------------
   Total current liabilities ....................................      1,441,198        2,962,801
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Preferred Stock, $.01 par, 5,000,000 authorized, none and 20,000
    shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued and
    outstanding, respectively.   ................................             --        1,000,000
 Common Stock, $.01 par, 31,200,000 shares authorized, 1,191,182
   shares issued and outstanding   ..............................         11,912           11,912
 Additional paid-in capital  ....................................      1,297,538        1,297,538
 Deficit   ......................................................     (1,323,371)      (1,397,591)
                                                                    ------------     ------------
   Total stockholders' (deficit) equity  ........................        (13,921)         911,859
                                                                    ------------     ------------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit ..................   $  1,427,277     $  3,874,660
                                                                    ============     ============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-12



<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          INCEPTION        TWENTY-
                                                         (JANUARY 18,        FIVE
                                                            1996)           WEEKS
                                                           THROUGH          ENDED
                                                         JANUARY 26,       JULY 27,
                                                             1997            1997
                                                        --------------   ------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>
NET SALES  ..........................................   $        --       $      --
COST OF SALES    ....................................            --              --
   Gross profit  ....................................            --              --
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES   ......     1,311,557          50,525
                                                        ------------      ---------
Operating loss   ....................................    (1,311,557)        (50,525)
OTHER EXPENSE:
 Interest expense   .................................        11,814          23,695
                                                        ------------      ---------
NET LOSS   ..........................................   $(1,323,371)      $ (74,220)
                                                        ============      =========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-13


<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMMON STOCK         PREFERRED STOCK     ADDITIONAL                      TOTAL
                                      --------------------- ---------------------   PAID-IN                     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                       SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES   AMOUNT      CAPITAL        DEFICIT        DEFICIT
                                      ----------- --------- -------- ------------ ------------ --------------- --------------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>
BALANCE AT INCEPTION
 (JANUARY 18 , 1996)  ...............         --   $    --       --   $       --  $      --     $         --   $        --
 Initial capitalization  ............  1,016,602    10,166       --           --    (10,066)              --           100
 Issuance of management shares ......    174,580     1,746       --           --  1,307,604               --     1,309,350
 Net loss ...........................         --        --       --           --         --       (1,323,371)   (1,323,371)
                                       ----------  --------  -------  ----------- ----------    ------------   ------------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 26, 1997 .........  1,191,182    11,912       --           --  1,297,538       (1,323,371)      (13,921)
 Net loss (unaudited) ...............         --        --       --           --         --          (74,220)      (74,220)
 Issuance of convertible preferred
 stock (unaudited) ..................         --        --   20,000    1,000,000         --               --     1,000,000
                                       ----------  --------  -------  ----------- ----------    ------------   ------------
BALANCE AT JULY 27, 1997
 (unaudited) ........................  1,191,182   $11,912   20,000   $1,000,000  $1,297,538    $ (1,397,591)  $   911,859
                                       ==========  ========  =======  =========== ==========    ============   ============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-14



<PAGE>

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                            STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      TWENTY-FIVE
                                                                        FROM             WEEKS
                                                                    INCEPTION TO         ENDED
                                                                    JANUARY 26,        JULY 27,
                                                                        1997             1997
                                                                   --------------   ---------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss ......................................................   $(1,323,371)     $    (74,220)
 Non-cash compensation charge on issuance of management shares.      1,309,350                --
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating
   activities-
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
    Change in accounts receivable ..............................      (100,000)          100,000
    Change in prepaid expenses .................................        (7,500)            7,500
    Change in deferred offering costs ..........................      (894,096)       (2,790,998)
    Change in accrued expenses .................................       586,198         1,121,603
                                                                   ------------     ------------
      Net cash used in operating activities ....................      (429,419)       (1,636,115)
                                                                   ------------     ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ...........................            --            (7,453)
                                                                   ------------     ------------
      Net cash used in investing activities ....................            --            (7,453)
                                                                   ------------     ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of loan payable ........................       855,000           400,000
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock ........................           100                --
 Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock .....................            --         1,000,000
                                                                   ------------     ------------
      Net cash provided by financing activities  ...............       855,100         1,400,000
                                                                   ------------     ------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH ...........................................       425,681          (243,568)
CASH, beginning of period ......................................            --           425,681
                                                                   ------------     ------------
CASH, end of period ............................................   $   425,681      $    182,113
                                                                   ============     ============
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                      F-15



<PAGE>

                    COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

COLLECTIBLES  USA,  INC.,  A  DELAWARE  CORPORATION  (COLLECTIBLES  USA  OR  THE
COMPANY),   WAS  FOUNDED  IN  JANUARY  1996  to  form  a  national  retailer  of
collectibles merchandise and marketer of animation art. Collectibles USA intends
to  enter  into   definitive   agreements  to  acquire  nine   businesses   (the
Acquisitions),  complete an initial public offering (the Offering) of its common
stock and,  subsequent to the Offering,  continue to acquire,  through merger or
purchase, similar companies to expand its national operations.

Collectibles  USA has not conducted any  operations,  and all activities to date
have  related to the  Offering and the  Acquisitions.  Collectibles  USA did not
commence activities related to the Offering until June 1996. All expenditures to
date have been funded by the issuance of Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock
(See Note 6) and promissory notes from  Collectibles  Enterprises  Funding Corp.
(CEFC),  an entity under common control founded to obtain and provide  financing
for the Offering  costs incurred by the Company.  Collectibles  USA is dependent
upon  the  Offering  to  execute  the  pending  Acquisitions  and to  repay  the
promissory  notes to CEFC.  There is no assurance that the pending  Acquisitions
will be  completed  or that  Collectibles  USA will be able to  generate  future
operating revenues.
   
The  Company's  future  success  is  dependent  upon a number of  factors  which
include,  among  others,  the ability to integrate  operations,  reliance on the
identification and integration of satisfactory acquisition candidates,  reliance
on  acquisition  financing,  the ability to manage growth and attract and retain
qualified management,  dependence on licenses,  the need for additional capital,
dependence on key  collectibles  vendors and risks associated with dependence on
foreign vendors, competition, and seasonality and quarterly fluctuations.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Interim Financial Information

     The  interim  financial  statements  as of  July  27,  1997,  and  for  the
twenty-five  weeks ended July 27, 1997, are unaudited,  and certain  information
and footnote disclosures,  normally included in financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results of the entire fiscal year.
    
     Income Taxes

The Company  follows the  liability  method of  accounting  for income  taxes in
accordance  with  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 109.
Under this method,  deferred  income taxes are recorded  based upon  differences
between the financial  reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are
measured  using the  enacted  tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the
underlying assets or liabilities are received or settled.

The Company has  recorded a full  valuation  allowance  against all deferred tax
assets due to the uncertainty of ultimate realizability.  Accordingly, no income
tax benefit has been recorded for current-year losses.

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting   principles  requires  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  by
management in determining  the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


                                      F-16


<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

     New Accounting Pronouncement

In February 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued Statement of
Accounting  Standards  No.  128,  Earnings  Per Share  (SFAS No.  128).  For the
Company,  SFAS No. 128 will be  effective  for the 52/53 week fiscal year ending
January 25, 1998,  SFAS No. 128 simplifies the standards  required under current
accounting rules for computing  earnings per share and replaces the presentation
of  primary  earnings  per share and fully  diluted  earnings  per share  with a
presentation  of basic  earnings per share (basic EPS) and diluted  earnings per
share (diluted EPS).  Basic EPS excludes  dilution and is determined by dividing
income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common
shares  outstanding  during the  period.  Diluted  EPS  reflects  the  potential
dilution  that could occur if  securities  and other  contracts  to issue common
stock were  exercised or converted  into common  stock.  Diluted EPS is computed
similarly to fully diluted  earnings per share under current  accounting  rules.
The  implementation of SFAS No. 128 is not expected to have a material effect on
the Company's earnings per share as determined under current accounting rules.


3. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:

   
                                                  JANUARY 26,     JULY 27,
                                                     1997           1997

         Accrued professional expenses  ......     $556,992      $1,682,984
         Other accrued liabilities   .........       29,206          24,817
                                                   ---------     -----------
                                                   $586,198      $1,707,801
                                                   =========     ===========

    

4. NOTES PAYABLE-RELATED PARTY:
   
CEFC, which is owned by RGR Financial  Group,  LLC (RGR) and Capstone  Partners,
LLC  (Capstone)  was founded to obtain and provide  financing  for the  Offering
costs  incurred by the Company.  In August 1996,  the Company issued 5% notes of
$300,000 and $555,000 to CEFC, due December 31, 1997.  Upon  consummation of the
Offering,  the  principal  amounts will become due and payable  immediately.  No
interest is due on such amounts in the event the Offering is consummated.
    
In June 1997,  the Company  issued to CEFC a $400,000 5% note due  December  31,
1997. Upon consumation of the Offering, the principal amount will become due and
payable immediately. No interest is due on such amount in the event the Offering
is consummated.


5. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTION:

The Company has entered  into a consulting  agreement  with RGR whereby RGR will
act as a merger and  acquisition  advisory  consultant  to assist the Company in
implementing  its strategy to acquire  additional  retailers of collectibles and
marketers of animation art and other related  consulting  services for a term of
one year.  The  consideration  to be paid to RGR upon  consummation  of a future
acquisition will be 3.2% of the acquisition  candidate's  pre-tax net income for
its most recent fiscal year.


6. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

     Common Stock and Restricted Common Stock

In May 1997,  Collectibles USA effected a  1,016.604-for-one  stock dividend for
each share of common stock  (Common  Stock) then  outstanding  and in June 1997,
increased the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to 31,200,000 of which
1,200,000 was  designated  Restricted  Common  Stock.  The effects of the Common
Stock dividend have been retroactively reflected in the financial statements and
the accompanying notes.


                                      F-17



<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

In connection with the organization and initial  capitalization  of Collectibles
USA in June 1996, the Company issued  1,016,602  shares of Common Stock (at $.10
per share prior to the stock split) to RGR, Capstone and an individual who is to
become a director upon consummation of the Offering.
   
In November  1996,  the Company issued a total of 174,580 shares of Common Stock
at $.01 per share (prior to the stock split). As a result,  the Company recorded
a non-recurring,  non-cash  compensation charge of $1.3 million representing the
difference  between  the amount paid for the shares and the deemed fair value of
the shares on the date of sale.

In June 1997, RGR, Capstone and an individual who is a consultant to the Company
exchanged  1,016,602  shares  of Common  Stock for an equal  number of shares of
restricted  voting common stock  (Restricted  Common Stock).  The holders of the
Restricted  Common Stock are entitled to  four-tenths of one vote for each share
held on all other matters on which they are entitled to vote.
    
Each share of Restricted Common Stock will automatically convert to Common Stock
on a  share-for-share  basis (i) in the event of a disposition  of such share of
Restricted  Common Stock by the holder thereof (other than a distribution  which
is a  distribution  by a holder  to its  partners  or  beneficial  owners,  or a
transfer to a related party of such holder (as  defined),  (ii) in the event any
person acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding shares of
Common stock of the Company, (iii) in the event any person offers to acquire 15%
or more of the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  stock of the  Company,  or (iv)
earlier,  upon the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the  aggregate  number of
votes which may be cast by the holder of outstanding  shares of Common Stock and
Restricted Common Stock.

After July 1, 1998, the Board of Directors may elect to convert any  outstanding
shares of  Restricted  Common Stock into shares of Common Stock in the event 80%
or more of the  originally  outstanding  shares of Restricted  Common Stock have
been previously converted into shares of Common Stock.


     Preferred Stock
   
In May  1997,  the  Company  sold  20,000  shares  of its  Series A  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  liquidation  value $50 per share  (the  Series A  Convertible
Preferred Stock), for an aggregate consideration of $1.0 million the proceeds of
which were used by the Company to pay various  expenses  incurred in  connection
with its efforts to complete the Acquisitions and effect the Offering.  Pursuant
to the terms of the Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, upon the consummation
of the  Offering,  each share of the Series A Convertible  Preferred  Stock will
automatically  convert  either (i) into that  number of shares of Common  Stock,
determined by (X) dividing the  liquidation  value by (Y) an amount equal to 60%
of the  initial  public  offering  price or, at the  option of the holder of the
Series A Convertible  Preferred Stock, (ii) into that number of shares of Common
Stock determined by (X) dividing the liquidation value by (Y) an amount equal to
150% of the initial  public  offering  price and cash in an amount  equal to the
liquidation  value.  All but one of the  holders  of the  Series  A  Convertible
Preferred Stock have elected  conversion option (ii) in the preceding  sentence.
As a result,  upon  consummation  of the Offering,  the Series A Preferred Stock
will convert into approximately $1.0 million in cash and 67,916 shares of Common
Stock (based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $10.00 per share).
The Company  intends to pay the  required  cash amounts in  connection  with the
conversion of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock with a portion of the net
proceeds of the Offering.
    

     Stock Based Compensation

SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  allows entities to
choose between fair value-based  method of accounting for employee stock options
or similar equity instruments and the current  intrinsic,  value-based method of
accounting  prescribed  by  Accounting  Principles  Board (APB)  Opinion No. 25.
Companies electing to remain with the accounting in APB Opinion No. 25 must make


                                      F-18



<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

pro forma  disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value
method of  accounting  had been  applied.  The  Company  will  provide pro forma
disclosure of net income and earnings per share, as applicable,  in the notes to
future consolidated financial statements.


     1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
   
During May 1997, the Board of Directors and the Company's  stockholders approved
the Company's  1997 Long-Term  Incentive Plan (the Plan).  The maximum number of
shares of Common  Stock that may be awarded  pursuant to the Plan may not exceed
15% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of
determination  which  maximum will be 930,914  shares upon  consummation  of the
Offering. Awards may be settled in cash, shares, other awards or other property,
as determined by the compensation committee of the Board of Directors.     


     1997 Non-employee Directors' Stock Plan

The Company's 1997  Non-Employee  Director's  Stock Plan (the Directors'  Plan),
which was  adopted  by the Board of  Directors  and  approved  by the  Company's
stockholders in May 1997,  provides for the automatic grant to each non-employee
director  of an  initial  option to  purchase  40,000  shares  or such  person's
subsequent  initial election as a director and an automatic annual grant to each
non-employee  director  of an option to  purchase  5,000  shares at each  annual
meeting of  stockholders  thereafter  at which such  director is  re-elected  or
remains a director,  unless such annual  meeting is held within  three months of
such person's  initial option  granted.  All options will have an exercise price
per share  equal to the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of
grant and expire on the  earlier of ten years from the date of grant or one year
after termination of service as a director.  Options will become exercisable one
year after the date of grant, subject to acceleration by the Board of Directors,
and will be  forfeited  upon  termination  of service as a director  for reasons
other than death or disability unless the director served for at least 11 months
after the date of grant or the option was otherwise  exercisable  at the date of
termination. The Directors' Plan also permits non-employee directors to elect to
receive,  in  lieu of cash  directors'  fees,  shares  or  credits  representing
"deferred shares" at future  settlement dates, as selected by the director.  The
number of shares or deferred  shares received will equal the number of shares of
Common Stock which, at the date the fees would  otherwise be payable,  will have
an aggregate fair market value equal to the amount of such fees.


7. EVENTS  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):
   
Wholly owned subsidiaries of Collectibles USA have signed definitive  agreements
to acquire by merger or share exchange nine  companies (the Founding  Companies)
to be  effective  with the  Offering.  The  companies to be acquired are Crystal
Galleria,  Inc. and Base, Inc.; Vincent J. Browne,  Inc.; St. George,  Inc.; DKG
Enterprises, Inc.; Elwell Stores, Inc.; Stone's Shops, Inc.; American Royal Arts
Corp.;  Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc.;  and Filmart  Productions  Inc. The  aggregate
consideration  that will be paid by  Collectibles  USA to acquire  the  Founding
Companies is  approximately  $9.2 million in cash and 2,246,996 shares of Common
Stock. In addition,  the Company will repay $5.2 million of indebtedness,  as of
October 1, 1997  (which  includes  $486,000 of  indebtedness  incurred to fund a
distribution  in May  1997 to the  sole  stockholder  of  American  Royal  Arts,
representing S Corporation  earnings  previously taxed to such stockholder),  of
the Founding Companies.

On June 13, 1997,  Collectibles  USA filed a registration  statement on Form S-1
for the sale of  2,700,000  shares  of its  Common  Stock.  See  "Risk  Factors"
included  elsewhere  herein for a discussion  of certain  factors that should be
considered by  prospective  purchasers of the Common Stock offered  hereby.  The
Company has agreed to issue to the representatives of the underwriters and their
designees,  upon completion of the Offering,  warrants  covering an aggregate of
270,000 shares of Common Stock. Such     


                                      F-19



<PAGE>
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS- (CONTINUED)

warrants are exercisable  during the five-year period  commencing on the date of
the  prospectus  relating to the Offering at an exercise  price equal to 120% of
the initial  public  offering  price.  The  Company has agreed to grant  certain
registration rights to the holders of these warrants.
   
In August  1997,  the Company  entered  into  employment  agreements  with three
executives  that have an initial  expiration  date of 2000.  The  agreements are
thereafter  automatically  renewed for  successive  twelve-month  terms,  unless
terminated by the Company or the executive. Such agreements provide that, in the
case of  termination  without  cause,  the  employees are entitled to payment of
their  annual  salaries  (subject  to a minimum  amount)  for the  lesser of the
remainder of the term of the agreement or one year.  Pursuant to the  employment
agreements,  the  executives  (i) have been granted  stock options to acquire an
aggregate of 185,000  shares of Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $7.00 per
share and (ii) will be granted  additional stock options to acquire an aggregate
of 265,000  shares of Common Stock  concurrently  with the  consummation  of the
Offering at an exercise price equal to the initial  public  offering  price.  In
August,  the Company recorded a non recurring,  non cash compensation  charge of
approximately $93,000 related to the $7.00 options.     

In August 1997, the Company  entered into an Agreement and Release with a former
director and executive officer (the "Officer"),  whose employment  terminated in
June 1997,  pursuant to which the Officer will receive  within three days of the
consummation of the Offering $350,000 as a severance payment.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To American Royal Arts Corp.:

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of American Royal Arts Corp. (a
Delaware corporation) as of October 31, 1995 and 1996, and January 31, 1997, and
the related  statements of operations,  stockholder's  equity and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 1996, and the year ended
January 31, 1997.  These  financial  statements  are the  responsibility  of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of American Royal Arts Corp. as of
October  31,  1995 and 1996,  and  January  31,  1997,  and the  results  of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended
October 31,  1996,  and the year ended  January 31,  1997,  in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.



   
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
    

Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997

                                      F-21



<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                                BALANCE SHEETS





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        OCTOBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------  JANUARY 31,    JULY 31,
                                                     1995         1996         1997          1997
                                                 ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
                           ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ........................................  $  547,990   $  442,364     $  609,523  $  237,454
 Accounts receivable .........................      61,347       50,609         33,712     103,450
 Merchandise inventories .....................     599,713      707,161        611,943     562,598
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...      56,789      109,221        105,914      70,688
                                                ----------   ----------     ----------  ----------
   Total current assets ......................   1,265,839    1,309,355      1,361,092     974,190
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ..................      27,060       40,283         38,173      33,616
OTHER ASSETS, net ............................     136,635       89,135         82,885      96,617
                                                ----------   ----------     ----------  ----------
   Total assets   ............................  $1,429,534   $1,438,773     $1,482,150  $1,104,423
                                                ==========   ==========     ==========  ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S
 (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits   .........................   $ 115,804    $ 355,617     $  334,131   $ 338,644
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ....     439,842      386,960        341,254     286,139
 Payable to stockholder ......................       7,268           --             --     486,000
                                                 ---------    ---------     ----------   ---------
   Total current liabilities  ................     562,914      742,577        675,385   1,110,783
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES ................
STOCKHOLDER'S (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Convertible preferred stock, $100 par, 5,000
   shares authorized, none outstanding .......          --           --             --          --
 Common stock, $.01 par, 1,000,000 shares
   authorized, 158,333.336 shares issued,
   79,166.668 shares outstanding .............       1,584        1,584          1,584       1,584
 Less- Treasury stock, at cost (79,166.668
   shares) ...................................    (145,000)    (145,000)      (145,000)   (145,000)
 Retained earnings ...........................   1,010,036      839,612        950,181     137,056
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------  ----------
   Total stockholder's (deficit) equity ......     866,620      696,196        806,765      (6,360)
                                                 ----------   ----------    ----------  ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholder's equity   $1,429,534   $1,438,773     $1,482,150  $1,104,423
                                                ==========   ==========     ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-22



<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS





   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                        YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,            ENDED             JULY 31,
                                --------------------------------------  JANUARY 31, ------------------------
                                    1994         1995         1996         1997         1996        1997
                                ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
NET SALES .....................  $3,897,785  $4,051,072     $4,121,181   $4,288,612   $2,194,610   $2,080,990
COST OF SALES .................   1,715,025   1,559,918      1,571,068    1,505,784      836,585      695,927
                                 ----------  ----------     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
 Gross profit .................   2,182,760   2,491,154      2,550,113    2,782,828    1,358,025    1,385,063
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES .....................   1,587,875   1,759,886      1,763,860    1,778,138      920,218      943,920
                                 ----------  ----------     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
 Income from operations .......     594,885     731,268        786,253    1,004,690      437,807      441,143
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense .............          --      (4,602)            --           --           --           --
 Interest income ..............       7,442      22,802         24,184       24,027        6,940        5,586
                                 ----------  ----------     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
NET INCOME ....................  $  602,327  $  749,468     $  810,437   $1,028,717   $  444,747   $  446,729
                                 ==========  ==========     ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-23


<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                      STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                COMMON STOCK                                      TOTAL
                                             -------------------   TREASURY       RETAINED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                              SHARES    AMOUNT       STOCK        EARNINGS        EQUITY
                                             --------- --------- ------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1993 ................  158,333   $ 1,584   $       --   $   519,203    $   520,787
 Net income ................................       --        --           --       602,327        602,327
 Distributions .............................       --        --           --      (411,333)      (411,333)
 Purchase of treasury stock ................       --        --     (145,000)           --       (145,000)
                                              -------   -------   ----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1994 ................  158,333     1,584     (145,000)      710,197        566,781
 Net income ................................       --        --           --       749,468        749,468
 Distributions .............................       --        --           --      (449,629)      (449,629)
                                              -------   -------   ----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1995 ................  158,333     1,584     (145,000)    1,010,036        866,620
 Net income ................................       --        --           --       810,437        810,437
 Distributions .............................       --        --           --      (980,861)      (980,861)
                                              -------   -------   ----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT OCTOBER 31, 1996 ................  158,333     1,584     (145,000)      839,612        696,196
 Net income ................................       --        --           --       431,065        431,065
 Distributions .............................       --        --           --      (320,496)      (320,496)
                                              -------   -------   ----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT JANUARY 31, 1997 ................  158,333     1,584     (145,000)      950,181        806,765
 Net income (unaudited) ....................       --        --           --       446,729        446,729
 Distributions (unaudited) .................       --        --           --    (1,259,854)    (1,259,854)
                                              -------   -------   ----------   -----------    -----------
BALANCE AT JULY 31, 1997 (unaudited) .......  158,333   $ 1,584   $ (145,000)  $   137,056    $    (6,360)
                                              =======   =======   ==========   ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-24


<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    YEAR             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,              ENDED                JULY 31,
                                        --------------------------------------   JANUARY 31,   -----------------------------
                                            1994         1995         1996          1997           1996           1997
                                        ------------ ------------ ------------ --------------- ------------- ---------------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ........................... $ 602,327    $ 749,468    $ 810,437     $  1,028,717    $  444,747    $    446,729
 Adjustments to reconcile net income
   to net cash provided by operating
   activities-
   Depreciation and amortization ......     9,583       11,393       58,470           39,346        19,410          18,564
   Changes in operating assets and
    liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ................   (49,826)      76,105       10,738           34,150        14,733         (69,738)
   Merchandise inventories ............   126,103     (164,940)    (107,448)          19,409        63,029          49,345
   Prepaid expenses and other
    current assets ....................   (21,416)     (10,109)     (52,432)         (47,213)        5,486           8,994
   Customer deposits ..................    50,231       62,097      239,813          178,569       192,884           4,513
   Accounts payable and accrued
    liabilities .......................  (134,282)     143,610      (52,882)          13,852       (79,334)        (55,115)
   Other assets .......................  (150,000)      25,350        2,500            2,500            --              --
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------     ------------    ----------    ------------
    Net cash provided by operating
     activities .......................   432,720      892,974      909,196        1,269,330       660,955         403,292
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------     ------------    ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and
   equipment ..........................   (20,367)      (8,930)     (26,693)         (22,403)      (15,470)         (1,507)
 Proceeds from sale of property and
   equipment ..........................        --        1,195           --               --            --              --
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------     ------------    ----------    ------------
    Net cash used in investing
     activities .......................   (20,367)      (7,735)     (26,693)         (22,403)      (15,470)         (1,507)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------     ------------    ----------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term
   obligations ........................   100,000           --           --               --            --         486,000
 Principal payments on long-term
   obligations ........................        --      (92,732)      (7,268)              --            --              --
 Treasury stock purchased  ............  (145,000)          --           --               --            --              --
 Distributions to stockholder .........  (411,333)    (449,629)    (980,861)      (1,249,986)     (859,361)     (1,259,854)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------     ------------    ----------    ------------
    Net cash used in financing
     activities .......................  (456,333)    (542,361)    (988,129)      (1,249,986)     (859,361)       (773,854)
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------     ------------    ----------    ------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN
 CASH .................................   (43,980)     342,878     (105,626)          (3,059)     (213,876)       (372,069)
CASH, beginning of period .............   249,092      205,112      547,990          612,582       612,582         609,523
                                        ---------    ---------    ---------     ------------    ----------    ------------
CASH, end of period  .................. $ 205,112    $ 547,990    $ 442,364     $    609,523    $  398,706    $    237,454
                                        =========    =========    =========     ============    ==========    ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF
 CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for
   interest ........................... $      --    $   4,602    $      --     $         --    $       --    $         --
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-25


<PAGE>

                            AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

American  Royal Arts Corp.  (the  Company)  is a retail and  wholesale  marketer
specializing  in  the  sale  of  animation  art,   including  limited  editions,
production cels,  sericels,  lithographs and vintage  animation.  American Royal
Arts produces animation art under various license  arrangements certain of which
are exclusive to it.  American  Royal Arts has been in operation  since 1987 and
has  one  gallery  located  in  Westbury,   New  York,  which  also  houses  its
telemarketing operations.

Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

The Company and its stockholder intend to enter into a definitive agreement with
Collectibles USA, Inc. (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding shares
of the  Company's  common  stock  will be  exchanged  for  cash  and  shares  of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful life or the remaining  lease term.  Expenditures  for major  renewals and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations.


     Other Assets

On October 31, 1994, the Company purchased the stock of a 50 percent stockholder
for  $45,000  in cash  and a note of  $100,000  to the  former  stockholder.  In
addition,  as part of the  repurchase  of stock,  the Company  entered into four
noncompete  agreements  with the former  stockholder  and related parties of the
stockholder. The total amount paid under the noncompete agreements was $150,000,
which is being amortized over the five-year lives of the agreements.


     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of the  merchandise to
the customer and receipt of payment. Customer deposits consist of collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes costs of merchandise sold, framing and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses
   
Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were approximately $316,000,  $258,000,  $141,000,  $139,000 and $95,000 for the
years ended  October 31,  1994,  1995 and 1996,  for the year ended  January 31,
1997, and for the six months ended July 31, 1997, respectively.
    


                                      F-26


<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  stockholder  have  elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and  losses  were  passed  through  to its  stockholder;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.


     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information
   
The interim  financial  statements  as of July 31, 1997,  and for the six months
ended  July 31,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.
    

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              ESTIMATED             OCTOBER 31,
                                             USEFUL LIVES    -------------------------    JANUARY 31,
                                                (YEAR)          1995          1996           1997
                                            --------------   -----------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ......        5-7         $ 35,142      $ 61,834       $  62,332
Leasehold improvements ..................        3-5           28,148        28,148          28,516
                                                             --------      --------       ---------
                                                               63,290        89,982          90,848
Less- Accumulated depreciation  .........                     (36,230)      (49,699)        (52,675)
                                                             --------      --------       ---------
                                                             $ 27,060      $ 40,283       $  38,173
                                                             ========      ========       =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-27


<PAGE>

                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Other assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           OCTOBER 31,
                                                     -----------------------    JANUARY 31,
                                                        1995         1996          1997
                                                     ----------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
Security deposits   ..............................   $ 16,635     $ 14,135       $ 14,135
Restrictive covenants, at cost, net of accumulated
  amortization  of $30,000, $75,000 and $81,250 at
  October 31, 1995 and 1996, and January 31, 1997,
  respectively ...................................    120,000       75,000         68,750
                                                     --------     --------       --------
                                                     $136,635     $ 89,135       $ 82,885
                                                     ========     ========       ========
</TABLE>

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              OCTOBER 31,
                                       -------------------------    JANUARY 31,
                                          1995          1996           1997
                                       -----------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Accounts payable, trade ............   $ 288,278     $ 289,288      $ 137,716
Accrued vacation and payroll  ......      26,181        31,604         22,623
Accrued royalties ..................      32,478        20,000         77,618
Other ..............................      92,905        46,068        103,297
                                       ---------     ---------      ---------
                                       $ 439,842     $ 386,960      $ 341,254
                                       =========     =========      =========
</TABLE>

   
5. PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER:
    
At October 31, 1995, the Company had $7,268 payable to a former stockholder, due
in monthly principal and interest (at 7 percent) installments of $7,310 over the
life of the note. The note was paid in fiscal year 1996.

The loan was  collateralized  by a security  interest in the Company's  accounts
receivable and inventory.

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

     Lease Obligations
   
The Company leases its retail  facilities  under  operating  leases  expiring at
various dates through  February  2000.  Rent expense for the years ended October
31,  1994,  1995  and  1996,  and for the  year  ended  January  31,  1997,  was
approximately  $143,000,  $170,000,  $181,000 and $181,000,  respectively.  Rent
expense for the six months ended July 31, 1997 was $83,000. Future minimum lease
payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:
    

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
            Year ending October 31,
            1997 ..................   $126,996
            1998 ..................     34,168
            1999 ..................     35,868
            2000 ..................     12,148
                                      ---------
                                      $209,180
                                      =========
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.


                                      F-28


<PAGE>
                           AMERICAN ROYAL ARTS CORP.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Consignments

The Company has various consignment arrangements with certain artists to produce
and sell  certain  pieces of art.  The  consigned  inventory  is  insured by the
Company. Under these arrangements,  the Company is obligated to pay the artist a
royalty on the art sold.


     Distribution Agreements

The  Company  maintains  various  distribution   agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers to purchase and  distribute  animation  art. Some  agreements  contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which the Company had  fulfilled  as of
October 31, 1995 and 1996,  and January 31, 1997,  respectively.  On February 1,
1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution agreement to purchase and
distribute animated art products with a major studio supplier.


7. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:
   
During the year ended October 31, 1995, three suppliers accounted for 56 percent
of total  inventory  purchases.  During the year ended October 31, 1996, and for
the year ended  January 31, 1997,  four  suppliers  accounted  for 52 percent of
total inventory purchases.


8. EVENTS  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):
    
The Company and its  stockholder  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.
   
During the six months ended July 31, 1997, the Company made a cash  distribution
of  approximately  $1.3  million  which  represents  the  Company's  estimated S
Corporation accumulated adjustment account. The Company funded a portion of this
distribution  through  borrowings  from  the  Company's  sole  stockholder.  The
borrowings  bear  interest at an annual rate of six percent and is payable  upon
the earlier of acquisition of the Company by Collectibles or December 31, 1997.

    


                                      F-29


<PAGE>


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Stone's Shops, Inc.:

We have  audited the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Stone's  Shops,  Inc. (an
Illinois  corporation),  as of  November  30,  1995 and  1996,  and the  related
statements of  operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended November 30, 1996.  These  financial  statements
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of Stone's  Shops,  Inc., as of
November 30, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended November 30, 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
April 19, 1997

                                      F-30


<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NOVEMBER 30,             AUGUST 31,
                                                        -----------------------------   ------------
                                                            1995            1996            1997
                                                        -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>             <C>
                               ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................   $    74,915     $    82,610     $  534,620
 Merchandise inventories  ...........................     2,190,405       2,673,712      2,871,421
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........        42,738          86,681         36,105
                                                        -----------     -----------     ----------
   Total current assets .............................     2,308,058       2,843,003      3,442,146
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net .........................       273,828         286,837        244,793
OTHER ASSETS net ....................................            --              --         55,680
                                                        -----------     -----------     ----------
   Total assets .....................................   $ 2,581,886     $ 3,129,840     $3,742,619
                                                        ===========     ===========     ==========
           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..................................   $    18,518     $    25,946     $   29,850
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........     1,317,726       1,499,985      1,595,775
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ........        14,400          14,400         14,400
 Payable to shareholder .............................        11,000          30,000          6,010
                                                        -----------     -----------     ----------
   Total current liabilities ........................     1,361,644       1,570,331      1,646,035
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities             43,200          28,800         28,800
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ...............................       321,921         500,455        530,456
                                                        -----------     -----------     ----------
   Total liabilities ................................     1,726,765       2,099,586      2,205,291
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par value, 10,000 shares
   authorized, 1,000 shares outstanding .............         1,000           1,000          1,000
 Additional paid-in capital .........................        39,000          39,000         39,000
 Retained earnings ..................................       815,121         990,254      1,497,328
                                                        -----------     -----------     ----------
   Total shareholders' equity .......................       855,121       1,030,254      1,537,328
                                                        -----------     -----------     ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .......   $ 2,581,886     $ 3,129,840     $3,742,619
                                                        ===========     ===========     ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-31

<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST
                                            YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER 30,                    31,
                                   ----------------------------------------- ------------------------
                                       1994          1995          1996          1996        1997
                                   ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ -----------
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
NET SALES ........................ $ 3,488,838   $ 4,281,040   $ 4,985,549   $3,838,789   $4,332,274
COST OF SALES ....................   1,799,619     2,268,690     2,496,574    1,983,913    2,247,096
                                   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
   Gross profit ..................   1,689,219     2,012,350     2,488,975    1,854,876    2,085,178

SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES .........   1,430,695     1,787,457     2,117,010    1,455,162    1,279,355
                                   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
   Income from operations ........     258,524       224,893       371,965      399,714      805,823

OTHER EXPENSE:
Interest expense .................       3,681        10,438         2,891        2,679          945
                                   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES .......     254,843       214,455       369,074      397,035      804,878
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES .......     146,367       128,101       193,941      208,642      297,804
                                   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
NET INCOME ....................... $   108,476   $    86,354   $   175,133   $  188,393   $  507,074
                                   ===========   ===========   ===========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-32



<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                       TOTAL
                                       --------------------     PAID-IN        RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                        SHARES     AMOUNTS      CAPITAL        EARNINGS        EARNINGS
                                       --------   ---------   ------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1993 .......     1,000     $ 1,000      $ 39,000     $  620,291      $  660,291
 Net income ........................        --          --            --        108,476         108,476
                                        ------     -------      --------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1994  ......     1,000       1,000        39,000        728,767         768,767
 Net income ........................        --          --            --         86,354          86,354
                                        ------     -------      --------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1995  ......     1,000       1,000        39,000        815,121         855,121
 Net income ........................        --          --            --        175,133         175,133
                                        ------     -------      --------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 1996  ......     1,000       1,000        39,000        990,254       1,030,254
 Net income (unaudited) ............        --          --            --        507,074         507,074
                                        ------     -------      --------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT AUGUST 31, 1997
 (unaudited)   .....................     1,000     $ 1,000      $ 39,000     $1,497,328      $1,537,328
                                        ======     =======      ========     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-33


<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  NINE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST
                                                                      NOVEMBER 30,                           31,
                                                         --------------------------------------- ---------------------------
                                                             1994         1995          1996         1996          1997
                                                         ------------ ------------- ------------ ------------- -------------
                                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ............................................ $ 108,476     $   86,354   $ 175,133     $  188,393    $  507,074
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities- ....................
  Depreciation and amortization ........................    40,032         55,800      63,467         29,207        57,220
  Loss on sale of assets ...............................        --             --       9,765             --            --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities- .........
  Merchandise inventories ..............................  (383,742)      (540,902)   (483,307)      (633,524)     (197,709)
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............    31,812         (7,726)    (43,943)         6,800        50,576
  Other Assets .........................................        --             --          --             --       (55,680)
  Customer deposits ....................................     3,779          5,291       7,428         (8,822)        3,904
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .............   116,900        443,413     182,259        162,741        95,790
  Deferred income taxes ................................   126,208        109,366     178,534        208,535        30,001
                                                         ---------     ----------   ---------     ----------    ----------
   Net cash provided by operating activities ...........    43,465        151,596      89,336        (46,670)      491,176
                                                         ---------     ----------   ---------     ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ...................   (93,030)      (113,260)    (98,816)       (59,228)      (15,176)
 Proceeds from sales of property and equipment .........         -              -      12,575             --            --
                                                         ---------     ----------   ---------     ----------    ----------
   Net cash used in investing activities ...............   (93,030)      (113,260)    (86,241)       (59,228)      (15,176)
                                                         ---------     ----------   ---------     ----------    ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations   .........         -              -     (25,400)            --            --
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and
  loan payable to shareholder...........................         -         68,600      30,000          5,600       (23,990)
                                                         ----------    ----------   ---------     ----------    ----------
   Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities           -         68,600       4,600          5,600       (23,990)
                                                         ----------    ----------   ---------     ----------    ----------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH ........................   (49,565)       106,936       7,695       (100,298)      452,010
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period..........    17,544        (32,021)     74,915         74,915        82,610
                                                         ----------    ----------   ---------     ----------    ----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ............... $ (32,021)    $   74,915   $  82,610     $  (25,383)   $  534,620
                                                         ==========    ==========   =========     ==========    ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for-
  Interest ............................................. $   3,681     $   10,438   $   2,891     $    2,679    $      945
  Income taxes .........................................    11,474              -      (1,238)            --            --
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

                               STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Stone's  Shops,  Inc.  (the  Company)  d/b/a  Stone's  Hallmark is a retailer of
contemporary collectibles, ornaments, figurines, lighthouses and lighted ceramic
houses  from  vendors,  including  Enesco,  Boyds,  Cast Art,  Disney  Classics,
Department 56,  Seraphim Angels and Hallmark.  Stone's  Hallmark has been in the
contemporary collectibles business since 1979 and has stores located in Rockford
(4), Freeport and Rochelle, Illinois.

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest  levels  occurring in its
first fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted for approximately  32.8 percent,  33.3 percent and 29.6 percent of the
Company's  net  sales  for  years  ended  November  30,  1994,  1995  and  1996,
respectively.

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the  statement of cash flows,  the Company  considers all highly
liquid debt instruments  purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be
cash equivalents.


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization are
determined using the straight-line  method based on the estimated useful life of
the respective asset.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the estimated  useful life or the remaining lease term.  Expenditures  for major
renewals and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are
expensed.  When  property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the accounts and any  resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits  consist of  collections  on layaway  sales.  Layaways  are recorded as
revenue upon receipt of final  payment and  delivery of the  merchandise  to the
customer.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses
   
Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were $138,000,  $145,000,  $205,000 and $196,000 during the years ended November
30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the nine months ended August 31, 1997, respectively.
    


                                      F-35



<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist of cash,  investments,  accounts
payable  and  debt.  The  carrying   amount  of  these   financial   instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     Interim Financial Information
   
The interim financial  statements as of August 31, 1997, and for the nine months
ended  August 31, 1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.
    
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              ESTIMATED             NOVEMBER 31,
                                             USEFUL LIVES   ----------------------------
                                               (YEAR)           1995           1996
                                            -------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                         <C>             <C>            <C>
Furniture, fixtures and equipment .......        5-7        $ 551,735       $  635,770
Leasehold improvements ..................        5-7          163,511          165,719
Signs ...................................          5           15,477           15,477
Vehicles ................................        3-5           94,378           72,073
                                                            ---------       ----------
                                                              825,101          889,039
Less- Accumulated depreciation ..........                    (551,273)        (602,202)
                                                            ---------       ----------
                                                            $ 273,828       $  286,837
                                                            =========       ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NOVEMBER 30,
                                         ----------------------------
                                             1995            1996
                                         -------------   ------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>
       Accounts payable, trade .......   $ 1,034,257     $ 1,044,519
       Accrued liabilities ...........       267,451         419,254
       Taxes payable .................        16,018          36,212
                                         -----------     -----------
                                         $ 1,317,726     $ 1,499,985
                                         ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

     Payable to Shareholder

The Company had borrowings  from a shareholder  totaling  $11,000 and $30,000 at
November 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.  The borrowings are unsecured, bear no
interest and are payable upon demand.


                                      F-36

<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Long-Term Obligations

The Company has an unsecured noninterest-bearing obligation to a landlord, which
is payable in monthly installments of $1,200 through November 1999.

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                      Year ending November 30,
                      1997 ...................   $ 14,400
                      1998 ...................     14,400
                      1999 ...................     14,400
                                                 ---------
                                                 $ 43,200
                                                 =========
</TABLE>

6. INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income taxes are provided in recognition  of temporary  differences in
reporting certain  transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The provision  (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended November 30, 1994,
1995 and 1996, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NOVEMBER 30,
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                       1994           1995          1996
                                  --------------   -----------   ----------
<S>                              <C>              <C>           <C>
               Current   ......    $  (38,738)     $  18,734     $  15,407
               Deferred  ......       185,105        109,367       178,534
                                   ----------      ---------     ---------
                                   $  146,367      $ 128,101     $ 193,941
                                   ==========      =========     =========
</TABLE>
Actual income tax expense  differs from income tax expense  computed by applying
the U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate  tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NOVEMBER 30,
                                                         --------------------------
                                                          1994      1995     1996
                                                         ------    ------   ------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>       <C>
           Statutory federal rate ....................   34.00%     34.00%   34.00%
           Expenses not deductible for tax purposes ..   20.26      22.55    15.38
           State income taxes ........................    3.17       3.18     3.17
                                                         -----      -----    -----
                                                         57.43%     59.73%   52.55%
                                                         =====      =====    =====
</TABLE>


                                    F-37

<PAGE>
                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

The  significant  components  of the  deferred  tax  assets and  liabilities  at
November 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NOVEMBER 30,
                                            -------------------------------------------
                                                1994           1995           1996
                                            ------------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>            <C>
     Deferred tax assets-
       Property and equipment .............  $   (3,123)   $  (12,868)    $  (16,369)
       State taxes ........................       9,333        14,135         21,974
                                             ----------    ----------     ----------
          Total deferred tax asset ........       6,210         1,267          5,605
                                             ----------    ----------     ----------
     Deferred tax liabilities-
        Inventory .........................    (209,385)     (296,703)      (468,284)
        Accruals ..........................      (9,380)      (26,485)       (37,776)
                                             ----------    ----------     ----------
          Total deferred tax liabilities       (218,765)     (323,188)      (506,060)
                                             ----------    ----------     ----------
     Net deferred tax liabilities .........  $ (212,555)   $ (321,921)    $ (500,455)
                                             ==========    ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the assets, the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.


7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligation

The Company  leases its retail space under  noncancelable  leases that expire at
various dates through  February  2004. The following  represents  future minimum
rental payments under these operating leases:



<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                     Year ending November 30,
                     1997  ..................   $  195,280
                     1998  ..................      223,279
                     1999  ..................      157,946
                     2000  ..................      138,946
                     Thereafter  ............      389,847
                                                ----------
                                                $1,105,298
                                                ==========
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.


8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases certain of its retail space from a shareholder. Monthly lease
payments are approximately  $2,000, which management believes  approximates fair
market value.


                                      F-38


<PAGE>

                              STONE'S SHOPS, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

9. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During  the  years  ended  November  30,  1994,  1995 and 1996  three  suppliers
accounted for 61% percent of total inventory purchases.


10. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
    ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company will enter into agreements with the
shareholders  to  lease  retail  and  warehouse  space  used  in  the  Company's
operations for a negotiated amount and term.

In connection with the acquisition,  the Company will distribute  certain assets
to the  shareholders,  consisting of automobiles with a total net carrying value
of approximately  $29,851 as of November 30, 1996. Had these  transactions  been
recorded at November  30, 1996,  the effect on the  accompanying  balance  sheet
would be a decrease in assets of approximately  $29,851 and shareholders' equity
of $29,851.


                                      F-39


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Crystal Galleria, Inc. and Base, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  combined  balance sheets of Crystal  Galleria,
Inc. and Base, Inc. (the Companies)  (Nevada  corporations),  as of December 31,
1995 and 1996, and the related combined statements of operations,  stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December
31, 1996. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Companies'
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion  on these  combined
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material  misstatement.  An audit includes examining,  on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well  as  evaluating  the  overall  combined  financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the combined  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  combined  financial  position  of the
Companies,  as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,  and the results of their combined
operations  and their  combined  cash  flows for each of the three  years in the
period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.





ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997

                                      F-40



<PAGE>

                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -------------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                1995         1996         1997
                                                            ------------ ------------ ------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
                                   ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ..................................................... $  371,022   $  165,745   $  164,789
 Accounts receivable, related party .......................         --       33,204        8,143
 Merchandise inventories ..................................    800,819    1,195,904    1,217,276
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ................    156,921      121,710       36,649
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
   Total current assets ...................................  1,328,762    1,516,563    1,426,857
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ...............................    415,492      655,857      631,770
OTHER ASSETS ..............................................         --           --       15,134
                                                            ----------   ----------  -----------
   Total assets ........................................... $1,744,254   $2,172,420   $2,073,761
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ........................................ $    3,203   $   11,645   $   14,495
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .................    566,660      431,186      266,945
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ..............    287,093      473,101      438,655
 Payable to stockholders ..................................    403,000      983,168    1,163,168
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
   Total current liabilities ..............................  1,259,956    1,899,100    1,883,263
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities               147,635      117,190      101,782
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
   Total liabilities ......................................  1,407,591    2,016,290    1,985,045
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, $10 par, 2,000 shares authorized, 800 shares
   outstanding ............................................      8,000        8,000        8,000
 Retained earnings ........................................    328,663      148,130       80,716
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
   Total stockholders' equity .............................    336,663      156,130       88,716
                                                            ----------   ----------   ----------
   Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ............. $1,744,254   $2,172,420   $2,073,761
                                                            ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
    

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.

                                      F-41

<PAGE>


                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 JUNE 30,
                                  -------------------------------------- ------------------------
                                      1994         1995         1996         1996        1997
                                  ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------ -----------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
NET SALES .......................  $2,503,075   $2,794,361   $3,727,285   $1,604,077   $2,050,079
COST OF SALES ...................   1,187,898    1,333,177    1,784,916      761,336      973,374
                                   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
   Gross profit .................   1,315,177    1,461,184    1,942,369      842,741    1,076,705
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES ........     730,906      875,180    1,564,229      666,158      867,682
                                   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
   Income from operations .......     584,271      586,004      378,140      176,583      209,023
OTHER EXPENSE:
 Interest expense ...............      38,596       58,337      111,389       22,712       76,437
 Other, net .....................          --           --       12,284       12,284           --
                                   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
NET INCOME ......................  $  545,675   $  527,667   $  254,467   $  141,587   $  132,586
                                   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
    

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.

                                      F-42

<PAGE>

                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                  COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          COMMON STOCK                          TOTAL
                                       -------------------     RETAINED      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                        SHARES     AMOUNT      EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                       --------   --------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993 .......     400      $4,000     $  159,821      $  163,821
 Net income ........................      --          --        545,675         545,675
 Distributions .....................      --          --       (288,500)       (288,500)
                                         ---      ------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 .......     400       4,000        416,996         420,996
 Issuance of common stock ..........     400       4,000             --           4,000
 Net income ........................      --          --        527,667         527,667
 Distributions .....................      --          --       (616,000)       (616,000)
                                         ---      ------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995 .......     800       8,000        328,663         336,663
 Net income ........................      --          --        254,467         254,467
 Distributions .....................      --          --       (435,000)       (435,000)
                                         ---      ------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996 .......     800       8,000        148,130         156,130
 Net income (unaudited) ............      --          --        132,586         132,586
 Distributions (unaudited) .........      --          --       (200,000)       (200,000)
                                         ---      ------     ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997
 (unaudited) .......................     800      $8,000     $   80,716      $   88,716
                                         ===      ======     ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.

                                      F-43

<PAGE>


                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    --------------------------------------      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                    JUNE 30,
                                                                                           --------------------------
                                                        1994         1995         1996         1996          1997
                                                    ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ....................................... $ 545,675    $ 527,667    $ 254,467     $  141,587   $ 132,586
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities- ....
   Depreciation and amortization ..................    24,845       28,201       74,818         46,046      44,808
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities- ...
    Accounts receivable, related parties ..........    (8,543)      13,638      (33,204)        (7,825)     25,061
    Merchandise inventories .......................  (104,774)    (218,350)    (395,085)       (66,356)    (21,372)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets .....    (1,737)    (110,361)      35,211         63,228      85,061
    Other assets ..................................        --           --           --             --     (15,134)
    Customer deposits .............................     6,333       (4,356)       8,442          8,550       2,850
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ......  (109,183)     426,441     (135,474)      (397,646)   (164,241)
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating
       activities .................................   352,616      662,880     (190,825)      (212,416)     89,619
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..............   (11,918)    (281,936)    (315,183)        (5,638)    (20,721)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .....     2,441           --           --             --          --
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ........    (9,477)    (281,936)    (315,183)        (5,638)    (20,721)
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations
   and payable to stockholders ....................        --      506,000      830,168        250,000     180,000
 Principal payments on payable to stockholders and
   long-term obligations ..........................   (56,055)     (35,367)     (94,437)       (31,871)    (49,854)
 Proceeds from issuance of common stock ...........        --        4,000           --             --          --
 Distributions to stockholders ....................  (288,500)    (616,000)    (435,000)      (255,000)   (200,000)
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing
       activities .................................  (344,555)    (141,367)     300,731        (36,871)    (69,854)
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ...................    (1,416)     239,577     (205,277)      (254,925)       (956)
CASH, beginning of period .........................   132,861      131,445      371,022        371,022     165,745
                                                    ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH, end of period ............................... $ 131,445    $ 371,022    $ 165,745     $  116,097   $ 164,789
                                                    ==========   ==========   ==========    ==========   ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ......... $  67,459    $  42,703    $  37,915     $   16,284   $  50,234
</TABLE>
    

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  combined  financial
statements.

                                      F-44


<PAGE>

                    CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Crystal  Galleria,  Inc. and Base,  Inc. (the Companies) are retailers of a wide
range of contemporary collectibles such as crystal,  porcelain figurines and art
glass from vendors, including Swarovski,  Baccarat,  Waterford, Lalique, Lladro,
and Armani.  Crystal  Galleria  has been in  operation  since 1992 and has three
mall-based  stores of which two are located in the Forum  Shops at Caesar's  and
the Tower Shops at Stratosphere  in Las Vegas,  Nevada and one is located in The
Tysons Corner Center in McLean, Virginia.

The Companies'  business is seasonal,  with its highest levels  occurring in its
fourth  quarter.  This period,  which  includes the  Christmas  selling  season,
accounted  for  approximately  29  percent,  34  percent  and 36  percent of the
Companies'  net sales for the years  ended  December  31,  1994,  1995 and 1996,
respectively.

The Companies and their stockholders intend to enter into a definitive agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Companies'  common stock will be exchanged for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Basis of Presentation

The  combined  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  and the results of
operations of the  Companies.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  and
balances have been eliminated in combination.


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated
useful life or the remaining  lease term.  Expenditures  for major  renewals and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the combined statements of operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The Companies recognize revenue upon delivery of merchandise to the customer and
receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits consist of collections on layaway sales.
Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the customer and the
sale is recorded as revenue.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are costs of merchandise sold and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses
   
Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were $41,989, $51,544 and $39,369 during the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995
and 1996, respectively,  and approximately $20,108 for the six months ended June
30, 1997.     


                                      F-45


<PAGE>
                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Income Taxes

For income tax purposes, the Companies and their stockholders have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Companies'  income  and losses  were  passed  through to its  stockholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Companies'  financial  instruments  consist of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.


     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information
   
The interim  financial  statements  as of June 30, 1997,  and for the six months
ended  June 30,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results of the entire fiscal year.
    

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          ESTIMATED          DECEMBER 31,
                                         USEFUL LIVES ---------------------------
                                           (YEARS)        1995          1996
                                        ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment        5        $   67,680    $   88,368
     Leasehold improvements   .........      10           468,367       762,862
                                                       ----------    ----------
                                                          536,047       851,230
     Less- Accumulated depreciation ...                  (120,555)     (195,373)
                                                       ----------    ----------
                                                       $  415,492    $  655,857
                                                       ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                     -------------------------
                                                         1995           1996
                                                     ----------      ---------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>
               Accounts payable, trade  ......       $286,056        $204,276
               Other  ........................        280,604         226,910
                                                     ---------       ---------
                                                     $566,660        $431,186
                                                     =========       =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-46


<PAGE>
                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

5. PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDERS AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:


     Payable to Stockholders

   
The Companies have borrowings from stockholders totaling $403,000, $983,168, and
$1,163,168  at December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997,  respectively.  The
borrowings are unsecured,  bear interest at 9 percent and are payable on demand.
Interest is payable quarterly.     


     Long-Term Obligations

The  Companies  have two notes  payable with a financial  institution  which are
payable  on  demand  or,  if no demand is made,  due in  monthly  principal  and
interest  installments,  each approximately  $5,000,  through June 2001 and July
2000, respectively,  for each note. The interest rates for the notes payable are
10 percent and 10.75 percent, respectively. The notes payable are collateralized
by  real  property  and  personal  guarantees  of the  stockholders  as  well as
substantially  all assets of the Companies.  The notes contain certain financial
covenants and  restrictions.  As of December 31, 1996, the Companies were not in
compliance with a certain financial covenant.  However,  subsequent to year end,
the Company obtained a waiver for the covenant.
   
The Companies have a note payable with a financial  institution,  due in monthly
principal and interest  installments  of $4,055  through June 2000. The interest
rate of the loan varies  monthly at 2.75  percent  over the lowest New York City
prime rate and was 11.25 percent at December 31, 1995,  11.0 percent at December
31,  1996,  and 11.50  percent at June 30,  1997.  In the event  interest  rates
increase enough to cause a principal  balance to exist on the due date, a single
installment for the remaining principal balance will be due.
    
The note is guaranteed by the Small  Business  Administration  for 85 percent of
the  loan.  The  note  is also  collateralized  by real  property  and  personal
guarantees  of the  stockholders  as well as  substantially  all  assets  of the
Companies.  The agreement also restricts the Companies from paying  dividends or
making certain other capital changes.

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>
                    Year ending December 31,
                    1997  ..................   $473,101
                    1998  ..................     48,660
                    1999  ..................     48,660
                    2000  ..................     19,870
                                               --------
                                               $590,291
                                               ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-47



<PAGE>
                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligations
   
The Companies  lease retail  facilities  under  operating  leases that expire at
various dates through 2006.  Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, was approximately $195,000,  $234,000 and $432,000,  respectively
and  approximately  $317,000  for the six months  ended June 30,  1997.  Certain
leases provide for contingent  rentals based on sales levels and require payment
for all or part of the applicable real estate taxes, common area maintenance and
certain  other  allowable  expenses.  Included  in the rent  expense  amounts is
contingent  rent of  approximately  $118,000,  $79,000 and $85,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,  respectively and approximately  $44,000
for the six months ended June 30, 1997.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under
noncancelable operating leases are as follows:     



<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                 Year ending December 31,
                 1997  ..................   $  433,532
                 1998  ..................      435,192
                 1999  ..................      459,043
                 2000  ..................      473,278
                 Thereafter  ............    2,139,977
                                            -----------
                                            $3,941,022
                                            ===========
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Companies are subject to legal  actions  arising in the ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the Companies'  financial  position or
results of operations.


7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
   
The Companies have a receivable of approximately $33,000 as of December 31, 1996
and  approximately  $7,000 as of June 30,  1997,  from a company  that is wholly
owned by one of the stockholders of the Companies.
    

8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, one supplier accounted for 11
percent of total  inventory  purchases,  and during the year ended  December 31,
1996, two suppliers accounted for 29 percent of total inventory purchases.


                                      F-48


<PAGE>

                     CRYSTAL GALLERIA, INC. AND BASE, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )
   
9. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
    
     ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):

The Companies and their  stockholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement
with   Collectibles   providing  for  the   acquisition   of  the  Companies  by
Collectibles.

In connection with the acquisition, the Companies will distribute certain assets
to the  stockholders,  consisting of automobiles with a total net carrying value
of  approximately  $5,653 as of December 31, 1996.  Additionally,  the Companies
will make a cash distribution of approximately $250,000 prior to the acquisition
which represents the Companies' estimated S Corporation  accumulated  adjustment
account.  Had these  transactions been recorded at December 31, 1996, the effect
on the accompanying balance sheet would be a decrease in assets of approximately
$5,653 an increase in liabilities of approximately  $250,000,  and stockholders'
equity of $255,653.  The Companies  anticipate funding this distribution through
additional borrowings.


                                      F-49

<PAGE>

                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To DKG Enterprises, Inc.:

We have audited the  accompanying  balance sheets of DKG  Enterprises,  Inc. (an
Oklahoma corporation), as of March 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related statements
of operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the three years
in the  period  ended  March  31,  1997.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial  position of DKG Enterprises,  Inc., as of
March 31, 1996 and 1997,  and the results of its  operations  and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period  ended March 31, 1997,  in  conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 29, 1997

                                      F-50


<PAGE>


                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                           ---------------------------     JUNE 30,
                                                               1996           1997           1997
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
                                 ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ..................................................   $    3,160     $   11,274     $   13,098
 Accounts receivable ...................................           --         11,593         18,552
 Merchandise inventories ...............................    1,749,476      2,200,281      2,526,844
 Receivable from shareholder ...........................           --         21,504         23,104
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............        9,133         15,833            421
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
   Total current assets ................................    1,761,769      2,260,485      2,582,019
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ............................      112,512        212,417        193,302
OTHER ASSETS ...........................................        3,225          3,225          6,802
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
   Total assets ........................................   $1,877,506     $2,476,127     $2,782,123
                                                           ===========    ===========    ===========
             LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits .....................................   $   14,753     $  127,800     $  188,504
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..............      340,719        561,634        613,828
 Federal income taxes payable ..........................       29,414        119,939        280,983
 Line of credit ........................................      395,000        410,000        520,000
 Current maturities of long-term obligations ...........       31,459         32,989         33,516
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
   Total current liabilities ...........................      811,345      1,252,362      1,636,831
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities .......      380,329        346,989        338,137
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ..................................       76,539          8,103          8,103
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
   Total liabilities ...................................    1,268,213      1,607,454      1,983,071
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, $1.00 par, 25,000 shares authorized,
   500 shares outstanding ..............................          500            500            500
 Retained earnings .....................................      608,793        868,173        798,552
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
   Total shareholders' equity ..........................      609,293        868,673        799,052
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ..........   $1,877,506     $2,476,127     $2,782,123
                                                           ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-51


<PAGE>


                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                 YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,                   JUNE 30,
                                        -------------------------------------- --------------------------
                                            1995         1996         1997         1996          1997
                                        ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>
NET SALES ............................ $2,562,024   $2,865,249   $3,726,332     $ 483,795    $ 557,681
COST OF SALES ........................  1,371,039    1,491,639    1,732,631       244,658      277,009
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
    Gross profit .....................  1,190,985    1,373,610    1,993,701       239,137      280,672
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES ............................    989,561    1,077,684    1,521,669       255,864      373,653
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
    Income from operations ...........    201,424      295,926      472,032       (16,727)     (92,981)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense ....................    (40,846)     (57,511)     (82,311)      (23,959)     (15,807)
 Other, net ..........................      7,730       10,367       37,703           407          648
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES ...........    168,308      248,782      427,424       (40,279)    (108,140)
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES..     66,240       96,139      168,044       (15,836)     (38,519)
                                        ----------   ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) ....................  $ 102,068    $ 152,643    $ 259,380     $ (24,443)   $ (69,621)
                                        ==========   ==========   ==========    =========-   ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-52

<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  COMMON STOCK                         TOTAL
                                               -------------------    RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                SHARES     AMOUNT     EARNINGS         EQUITY
                                               --------   --------   -----------   --------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1994 ..................     500        $500     $ 354,082       $ 354,582
 Net income ................................      --          --      102,068          102,068
                                                 ----       -----    ---------       ---------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1995 ..................     500         500      456,150          456,650
 Net income ................................      --          --      152,643          152,643
                                                 ----       -----    ---------       ---------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1996 ..................     500         500      608,793          609,293
 Net income ................................      --          --      259,380          259,380
                                                 ----       -----    ---------       ---------
BALANCE AT MARCH 31, 1997 ..................     500         500      868,173          868,673
 Net loss (unaudited) ......................      --          --      (69,621)         (69,621)
                                                 ----       -----    ---------       ---------
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997 (unaudited) .......     500        $500     $798,552        $ 799,052
                                                 ====       =====    =========       =========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                              -------------------------------------------
                                                                  1995          1996           1997
                                                              ------------- ------------- ---------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) .......................................... $  102,068    $  152,643    $    353,864
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
  by (used in) operating activities-
  Depreciation ..............................................     36,123        41,330          48,284
  Gain on sale of assets ....................................         --            --          (5,684)
  Conversion of interest to debt ............................      8,690            --              --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable ......................................         --            --         (17,161)
   Merchandise inventories ..................................   (485,778)     (326,323)       (450,805)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets ................        586        (6,632)        (37,753)
   Deferred offering costs ..................................         --            --              --
   Customer deposits ........................................     54,856       (40,103)        113,047
   Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and federal
     income taxes payable ...................................    190,598       (88,133)        228,189
   Deferred income taxes ....................................        721        32,880         (64,552)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ....    (92,136)     (234,338)        167,429
                                                              -----------   -----------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ........................    (78,987)      (67,012)       (164,438)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...............         --            --          21,933
                                                              -----------   -----------   -------------
     Net cash used in investing activities ..................    (78,987)      (67,012)       (142,505)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ................   (810,000)     (507,450)     (1,447,810)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and
  borrowings on line of credit ..............................    981,548       809,000       1,431,000
                                                              -----------   -----------   -------------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ....    171,548       301,550         (16,810)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -------------
NET INCREASE IN CASH ........................................        425           200           8,114
CASH, beginning of period ...................................      2,535         2,960           3,160
                                                              -----------   -----------   -------------
CASH, end of period ......................................... $    2,960    $    3,160    $     11,274
                                                              ===========   ===========   =============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ................................................. $   40,846    $   51,511    $     82,311
   Income taxes .............................................    100,339        50,084          47,325
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                              ---------------------------
                                                                  1996          1997
                                                              ------------- -------------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ..........................................  $ (24,443)   $  (69,621)
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
  by (used in) operating activities-
  Depreciation  .............................................     15,788        19,115
  Gain on sale of assets ....................................         --            --
  Conversion of interest to debt  ...........................         --            --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
   Accounts receivable   ....................................       (300)       (6,959)
   Merchandise inventories  .................................    (40,873)     (326,563)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets  ...............    (97,176)       13,812
   Deferred offering costs  .................................         --        (3,577)
   Customer deposits  .......................................     15,724        60,704
   Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and federal
     income taxes payable   .................................    184,642       213,238
   Deferred income taxes ....................................    (76,539)           --
                                                               ---------    -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ....    (23,177)      (99,851)
                                                               ---------    -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ........................    (74,071)           --
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...............         --            --
                                                               ---------    -----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ..................    (74,071)           --
                                                               ---------    -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on long-term obligations  ...............     (7,439)      (73,325)
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations and
  borrowings on line of credit ..............................    130,000       175,000
                                                               ---------    -----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ....    122,561       101,675
                                                               ---------    -----------
NET INCREASE IN CASH  .......................................     25,313         1,824
CASH, beginning of period   .................................      3,160        11,274
                                                               ---------    -----------
CASH, end of period   .......................................  $  28,473    $   13,098
                                                               =========    ===========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest  ................................................  $  23,959    $   15,807
   Income taxes .............................................         --            --
</TABLE>    
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
                                      F-54
<PAGE>

                              DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

DKG  Enterprises,  Inc. (the  Company),  d/b/a North Pole City is a retailer and
marketer of Christmas  and other  contemporary  collectibles  such as ornaments,
lighted  houses and figurines  from vendors,  including  Department  56, Enesco,
Giuseppe Armani and Disney. North Pole City has been in operation since 1984. It
has one "superstore" of  approximately  15,000 square feet of retail space and a
free-standing  retail outlet of approximately  1,500 square feet both located in
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest  levels  occurring in its
third fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling season,
accounted  for  approximately  68  percent,  63  percent,  and 67 percent of the
Company's  net sales for years  ended  March 31,  1995 and 1996 and for the nine
months ended December 31, 1996, respectively.

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  and amortization are
determined using the straight-line  method based on the estimated useful life of
the respective asset.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of
the estimated  useful life or the remaining lease term.  Expenditures  for major
renewals and  betterments  are  capitalized  while  maintenance  and repairs are
expensed.  When  property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost
and  accumulated  depreciation  are removed from the accounts and any  resulting
gain or loss is reflected in the statements of operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits  consist of  collections  on layaway  sales.  Layaways  are recorded as
revenue upon receipt of final  payment and  delivery of the  merchandise  to the
customer.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of merchandise sold and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses
   
Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction by
reimbursement from vendors.  Advertising expenses, net of vendor reimbursements,
were approximately $106,000,  $112,000 and $180,000 during the years ended March
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.  Advertising expense for the three months
ended June 30, 1997 was approximately $48,000.
    

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest  rates  that  approximate  prevailing  market  rates  unless  otherwise
disclosed in these financial statements.


                                      F-55


<PAGE>
                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                ESTIMATED
                                                 USEFUL
                                                 LIVES
                                                (YEARS)              MARCH 31,
                                               ----------   ----------------------------
                                                                1996           1997
                                                            ------------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>            <C>
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ......       5        $ 297,553       $  348,001
   Leasehold improvements ..................       5           38,773          150,222
   Vehicles   ..............................       5           37,999           24,290
                                                            ----------      ----------
                                                              374,325          522,513
   Less- Accumulated depreciation  .........                 (261,813)        (310,097)
                                                            ----------      ----------
                                                            $ 112,512       $  212,416
                                                            ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     MARCH 31,
                                                             ------------------------
                                                                 1996          1997
                                                             -----------   ----------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>
          Accounts payable, trade   ............             $ 138,602     $ 248,502
          Accrued liabilities ..................               132,000       132,000
          Sales taxes and other payables  ......                70,117       181,132
                                                             ----------    ----------
                                                             $ 340,719     $ 561,634
                                                             ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:


     Line of Credit

The Company  has a line of credit  with a bank,  under which it may borrow up to
$700,000.  The line of credit  previously had an interest rate at the prime rate
plus 1.50 percent  (9.75 percent at March 31, 1996) until May 1996 when renewed.
The renewed line of credit bears interest at the prime rate plus 1 percent (9.50
percent at March 31,  1997).  Borrowings  under the line of credit were $395,000
and $410,000 at March 31, 1996,  and 1997,  respectively.  The line of credit is
secured by the Company's assets and the personal guarantee of a shareholder.


     Long-Term Obligations

The  Company  has a note  payable  to a bank  with a  balance  of  approximately
$412,000 and $380,000 at March 31, 1996, and 1997,  respectively.  It matures on
February 27, 2005,  and bears interest at the prime rate plus 1.25 percent (9.75
percent at March 31,  1996,  and  1997).  Interest  and  principal  payments  of
approximately  $6,000 are due  monthly.  The note is  secured  by the  Company's
assets and the personal guarantee of a shareholder.


                                      F-56

<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

At March 31, 1997,  future  principal  payments of long-term  obligations are as
follows:

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
                      Year ending March 31,
                      1998  ...............   $ 32,989
                      1999  ...............     38,774
                      2000  ...............     42,728
                      2001  ...............     47,085
                      Thereafter  .........    218,402
                                              ---------
                                              $379,978
                                              =========
</TABLE>
    

6. INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income taxes are provided in recognition  of temporary  differences in
reporting certain  transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The  provision  (benefit)  for income  taxes for the years ended March 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                       --------------------------------------
                                                         1995         1996          1997
                                                       ----------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>
     Current   .....................................   $ 65,519     $ 63,259      $ 236,479
     Deferred  .....................................        721       32,880        (68,435)
                                                       ---------    ---------     ---------
                                                       $ 66,240     $ 96,139      $ 168,044
                                                       =========    =========     =========
</TABLE>

Actual income tax expense  differs from income tax expense  computed by applying
the U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate  tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                           1995          1996          1997
                                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
     Statutory federal rate  ........................      34.00%        34.00%        34.00%
     Expenses not deductible for tax purposes  ......       1.25           .61          1.21
     State income taxes   ...........................       4.11          4.03          4.10
                                                         -------       -------       -------
                                                           39.36%        38.64%        39.31%
                                                         =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-57



<PAGE>
                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

The  significant  components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at March
31, 1995, 1996, and 1997 are as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 MARCH 31,
                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                     1995           1996           1997
                                                 ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>
     Deferred tax assets-
       Accruals ..............................   $ 14,257       $ 16,206      $ 32,157
       State taxes ...........................      2,346          4,113           435
                                                 ---------      --------      --------
          Total deferred tax assets  .........     16,603         20,319        32,592
                                                 ---------      --------      --------
     Deferred tax liabilities-
       Inventory   ...........................    (56,854)       (87,198)      (22,814)
       Property and equipment  ...............     (3,408)        (9,660)      (17,881)
                                                 ---------      --------      --------
        Total deferred tax liabilities  ......    (60,262)       (96,858)      (40,695)
                                                 ---------      --------      --------
     Net deferred tax liabilities ............   $(43,659)      $(76,539)     $ (8,103)
                                                 ==========     =========     =========
</TABLE>
    

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the  deferred  tax assets  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net deferred tax assets will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the assets, the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.


7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligation

The Company leases its rental space and warehouse from a shareholder  and leases
an automobile under operating leases that expire in February 1997, December 1997
and January  1999,  respectively.  Rental  expense for the years ended March 31,
1995,  1996,  and  1997  was  approximately  $108,000,  $125,000  and  $134,000,
respectively.  The following  represents  future minimum  rental  payments under
noncancelable operating leases:



<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                      Year ending March 31,
                      1998  ...............   $50,964
                      1999  ...............    10,220
                                              --------
                                              $61,184
                                              ========
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.


8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases its rental space from a  shareholder.  Monthly lease payments
are approximately $14,115, which approximates fair market value.


                                      F-58



<PAGE>

                             DKG ENTERPRISES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

9. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the years ended March 31, 1995, 1996, and 1997 one supplier accounted for
26  percent  and  two  suppliers  accounted  for  32  percent  and  35  percent,
respectively, of total inventory purchases.


10. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
     PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company will enter into agreements with the
shareholders  to  lease  retail  and  warehouse  space  used  in  the  Company's
operations for a negotiated amount and term.


                                      F-59


<PAGE>

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Elwell Stores, Inc.:

We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheets of Elwell  Stores,  Inc. (a
Florida  corporation),  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1996,  and the  related
statements  of  operations,  shareholders'  deficit and cash flows for the years
then ended.  These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material  respects,  the financial  position of Elwell  Stores,  Inc., as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997

                                      F-60



<PAGE>


                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                                                --------------------------  ------------
                                                                    1995          1996          1997
                                                                ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
                                    ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ........................................................  $  69,406     $ 113,084     $  90,567
 Merchandise inventories .....................................    510,354       853,733       829,871
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...................      3,957         2,064         1,873
                                                                ----------    ----------    ----------
   Total current assets ......................................    583,717       968,881       922,311
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ..................................    144,884       122,756       113,695
OTHER ASSETS .................................................      7,197         5,375        20,056
                                                                ----------    ----------    ----------
   Total assets ..............................................  $ 735,798     $1,097,012    $1,056,062
                                                                ==========    ==========    ==========
           LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ...........................................  $      --     $  10,021     $   5,122
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ....................    416,863       634,367       535,049
 Current maturities of long-term obligations .................     72,377       153,303       305,246
                                                                ----------    ----------    ----------
   Total current liabilities .................................    489,240       797,691       845,417
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, net of current maturities .............    353,730       368,333       340,132
                                                                ----------    ----------    ----------
   Total liabilities .........................................    842,970     1,166,024     1,185,549
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Common stock, $5 par, 100 shares authorized and outstanding          500           500           500
 Additional paid-in capital ..................................     99,275        99,275        99,275
 Deficit .....................................................   (206,947)     (168,787)     (229,262)
                                                                ----------    ----------    ----------
   Total shareholders' (deficit) equity ......................   (107,172)      (69,012)     (129,487)
                                                                ----------    ----------    ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' (deficit) equity ......  $ 735,798     $1,097,012    $1,056,062
                                                                ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-61



<PAGE>


                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,           JUNE 30,
                                    ------------------------- ---------------------------
                                        1995         1996         1996          1997
                                    ------------ ------------ ------------ --------------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
NET SALES .........................  $1,838,788   $2,492,809  $1,178,459    $1,299,180
COST OF SALES .....................   1,101,758    1,301,468    609,757        677,939
                                     -----------  ----------- ----------    ----------
   Gross profit ...................     737,030    1,191,341    568,702        621,241
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES .........................     628,543      934,764    442,136        515,539
                                     -----------  ----------- ----------    ----------
   Income from operations .........     108,487      256,577    126,566        105,702
OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE:
 Interest expense .................      41,058       48,826     19,664         23,469
 Other, net .......................          95       11,520       (322)          (338)
                                     -----------  ----------- ----------    ----------
NET INCOME ........................  $   67,334   $  196,231  $ 107,224     $   82,571
                                     ===========  =========== ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-62



<PAGE>


                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                 STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            COMMON STOCK        ADDITIONAL                           TOTAL
                                        --------------------     PAID-IN                         SHAREHOLDERS'
                                         SHARES     AMOUNTS      CAPITAL         DEFICIT        (DEFICIT) EQUITY
                                        --------   ---------   ------------   --------------   -----------------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>              <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994   ......     100        $500        $99,275       $ (174,805)        $  (75,030)
 Net income  ........................      --          --             --           67,334             67,334
 Distributions  .....................      --          --             --          (99,476)           (99,476)
                                          ----       -----       --------      ----------         ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995   ......     100         500         99,275         (206,947)          (107,172)
 Net income  ........................      --          --             --          196,231            196,231
 Distributions  .....................      --          --             --         (158,071)          (158,071)
                                          ----       -----       --------      ----------         ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996   ......     100         500         99,275         (168,787)           (69,012)
 Net income (unaudited)  ............      --          --             --           82,571             82,571
 Distributions (unaudited)  .........      --          --             --         (143,046)          (143,046)
                                          ----       -----       --------      ----------         ----------
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997 (unaudited).     100        $500        $99,275       $ (229,262)        $ (129,487)
                                          ====       =====       ========      ==========         ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-63


<PAGE>


                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                  JUNE 30,
                                                                                         ------------------------
                                                                  1995          1996         1996          1997
                                                              ------------- ------------ ------------- ------------
                                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income (loss) ..........................................  $   67,334   $ 196,231     $  107,224   $  82,571
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities-
   Depreciation and amortization ............................      31,283      39,168         14,215       9,592
   Loss on sale of assets ...................................          --      11,880             --          --
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities-..............
    Merchandise inventories .................................    (113,546)   (343,379)      (134,605)     23,862
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...............      (1,541)      1,893         (5,964)        191
    Customer deposits .......................................          --      10,021             --      (4,899)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ................     120,475     217,504         51,342     (99,318)
    Other assets ............................................      (1,707)      1,822         (1,144)    (14,681)
                                                               ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by operating activities ..............     102,298     135,140         31,068      (2,682)
                                                               ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ........................    (120,475)    (63,420)       (45,232)       (531)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ...............      15,884      34,500             --          --
                                                               ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash used in investing activities ..................    (104,591)    (28,920)       (45,232)       (531)
                                                               ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term obligations ............     453,666     590,009             --          --
 Principal payments on long-term obligations ................    (314,834)   (494,480)        79,665     123,742
 Distributions to shareholders ..............................     (99,476)   (158,071)       (53,925)   (143,046)
                                                               ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ....      39,356     (62,542)        25,740     (19,304)
                                                               ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH .............................      37,063      43,678         11,576     (22,517)
CASH, beginning of period ...................................      32,343      69,406         69,406     113,084
                                                               ----------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH, end of period .........................................  $   69,406   $ 113,084     $   80,982   $  90,567
                                                               ==========   ==========    ==========   ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the period for interest ...................  $   41,058   $  48,826     $   19,664   $  23,469
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-64


<PAGE>


                               ELWELL STORES, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Elwell Stores,  Inc. (the  Company),  d/b/a The Reef Hallmark Shop is a retailer
and  marketer of  contemporary  collectibles,  including  ornaments,  figurines,
lighthouses, lighted ceramic houses and crystals from vendors, including Enesco,
Swarovski, Disney, Department 56 and Hallmark. The Company has been in operation
since  1959 and has one strip  mall-based  store  located  in West  Palm  Beach,
Florida.

The Company's  business is seasonal,  with its highest levels of sales occurring
in its fourth fiscal quarter.  This period, which includes the Christmas selling
season,  accounted for  approximately 34 percent and 31 percent of the Company's
net sales for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the weighted average cost method.


     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is determined using an
accelerated  method based on the estimated useful life of the respective  asset.
Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the shorter of the estimated  useful
life  or  the  remaining  lease  term.   Expenditures  for  major  renewals  and
betterments are  capitalized  while  maintenance and repairs are expensed.  When
property is retired or otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated
depreciation  are removed from the accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is
reflected in the statements of operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes revenue from in-store sales upon delivery of merchandise
to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Revenues  from mail order sales are
recognized  upon  shipment to the  customer  and  receipt of  payment.  Customer
deposits are  collections on layaway sales.  Upon receipt of final payment,  the
item is delivered to the customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are costs of merchandise sold and shipping costs.


     Advertising Expenses
   
Advertising expenses are expensed in the month incurred, subject to reduction by
reimbursement from vendors.  Advertising expenses, net of vendor reimbursements,
were approximately $71,000, $113,000 and $89,000 during the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively.     


     Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  shareholders  have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and losses  were  passed  through  to its  shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


                                      F-65


<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's financial  instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The carrying amount of these financial  instruments  approximates fair value due
either to length of maturity or  existence  of interest  rates that  approximate
prevailing market rates.


     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information
   
The interim  financial  statements  as of June 30, 1997,  and for the six months
ended  June 30,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.
    


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            ESTIMATED
                                           USEFUL LIVES
                                             (YEARS)       1995         1996
                                          ------------- ----------- -------------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>         <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment          7       $ 82,963     $  116,046
     Leasehold improvements  ............      14         60,442         60,442
     Vehicles ...........................       5         74,263         47,832
                                                        ---------    ----------
                                                         217,668        224,320
     Less- Accumulated depreciation   ...                (72,784)      (101,564)
                                                        ---------    ----------
                                                        $144,884     $  122,756
                                                        =========    ==========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995        1996
                                              ----------   ---------
<S>                                           <C>          <C>
            Accounts payable, trade  ......   $332,130     $512,982
            Accrued liabilities   .........     66,000       99,000
            Other  ........................     18,733       22,385
                                              ---------    ---------
                                              $416,863     $634,367
                                              =========    =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-66


<PAGE>

                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

5. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:

Long-term obligations consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1995           1996
                                                                               -----------   -------------
<S>                                                                            <C>           <C>
Bank term loan due in monthly installments, including interest at prime plus
 2% (11.25% at December 31, 1995), repaid in 1996   ........................   $368,269      $       --
Bank term loans due in monthly installments through November 2000,
 including interest ranging from 7.5% to 10%  ..............................     57,838          39,027
Note payable to bank, interest at 10.15%, principal and interest due
 September 1997 ............................................................         --          99,650
Bank term loan due in monthly installments, including interest at 8.25%,
 through April 2004   ......................................................         --         382,959
                                                                               ---------     ----------
                                                                                426,107         521,636
Less- Current maturities ...................................................    (72,377)       (153,303)
                                                                               ---------     ----------
   Long-term obligations, net of current maturities ........................   $353,730      $  368,333
                                                                               =========     ==========
</TABLE>

The  bank  term  loans  are   collateralized  by  personal   guarantees  of  the
shareholders as well as the Company's property and equipment, and inventory.
The note payable due September 1997 is unsecured.

   
The Company  maintains a $180,000  line of credit which  expires in August 1998.
There were no borrowings on the line of credit as of December 31, 1995 and 1996.
The  Company  had  borrowings  of  $150,000 on the line of credit as of June 30,
1997.  The  borrowings  are  collateralized  by the personal  guarantees  of the
Company's shareholders.     

Scheduled principal maturities of long-term obligations as of December 31, 1996,
are as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
                      Year ending December 31,
                      1997  ..................   $153,303
                      1998  ..................     57,049
                      1999  ..................     53,909
                      2000  ..................     54,497
                      Thereafter  ............    202,878
                                                 ---------
                                                 $521,636
                                                 =========
</TABLE>

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligations

The Company leases retail facilities under an operating lease,  expiring on July
31,  2002.  Additionally,  the  Company  maintains  an  operating  lease  on  an
automobile for an officer and  shareholder of the Company.  Rent expense for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, was  approximately  $72,000 and $94,000,
respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases
are as follows.



<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                      Year ending December 31,
                      1997  ..................   $ 94,134
                      1998  ..................     96,360
                      1999  ..................     93,765
                      2000  ..................     97,515
                      Thereafter  ............    101,417
                                                 ---------
                                                 $483,191
                                                 =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-67



<PAGE>
                              ELWELL STORES, INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.


7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company leases  warehouse space from a partnership  made up of the Company's
shareholders  and third parties.  There are two warehouse spaces currently being
leased from the  partnership,  and both are on a month-to-month  lease.  Monthly
lease payments are approximately $1,300, which approximates fair market value.


8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, three suppliers accounted for
68 percent of total inventory purchases.


9. EVENTS  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Concurrent with the acquisition, the Company will enter into agreements with the
shareholders  to lease  warehouse  space used in the Company's  operations for a
negotiated amount and term.

In connection with the acquisition,  the Company will distribute  certain assets
to the  shareholders,  consisting of automobiles with a total net carrying value
of approximately  $20,592 as of December 31, 1996. Had these  transactions  been
recorded at December  31, 1996,  the effect on the  accompanying  balance  sheet
would be a decrease in assets of approximately  $44,485,  liabilities of $23,893
and shareholders' equity of $20,592.


                                      F-68



<PAGE>


                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Animation U.S.A., Inc.:

We have audited the  accompanying  balance  sheet of Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc. (a
Washington corporation),  as of December 31, 1996, and the related statements of
operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for the year then ended. These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Animation U.S.A.,  Inc., as of
December 31, 1996,  and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
May 5, 1997

                                      F-69


<PAGE>


                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,    JUNE 30,
                                                                          1996          1997
                                                                     -------------- ------------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>
                                         ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash ..............................................................  $    4,824    $  28,774
 Accounts receivable ...............................................          --       49,772
 Merchandise inventories ...........................................     321,653      303,910
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .........................       6,994        8,940
 Deferred tax asset ................................................      25,319       30,213
                                                                      ----------    ----------
   Total current assets ............................................     358,790      421,609
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ........................................      72,176       66,379
OTHER ASSETS .......................................................          --       26,408
                                                                      ----------    ----------
   Total assets ....................................................  $  430,966    $ 514,396
                                                                      ==========    ==========
                     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits .................................................  $   13,775    $  20,066
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..........................     231,714      281,376
 Federal income taxes payable ......................................      32,835       19,863
 Line of credit ....................................................      72,494       92,597
 Current maturities of long-term obligations .......................      38,454       38,454
                                                                      ----------    ----------
   Total current liabilities .......................................     389,272      452,356
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Class A common stock, no par, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 196,840
   shares outstanding ..............................................      85,200       85,200
 Class B common stock, no par, 500,000 shares authorized and
   outstanding .....................................................     107,500      107,500
 Deficit ...........................................................    (151,006)    (130,660)
                                                                      ----------    ----------
   Total shareholders' equity ......................................      41,694       62,040
                                                                      ----------    ----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ......................  $  430,966    $ 514,396
                                                                      ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-70

<PAGE>


                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                       YEAR ENDED            JUNE 30,
                                       DECEMBER 31,   ----------------------
                                          1996           1996        1997
                                      -------------   ----------   ---------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>             <C>          <C>
NET SALES .........................    $1,716,410     $834,654     $671,603
COST OF SALES .....................       840,283      394,472      255,172
                                       -----------    ---------    ---------
 Gross profit .....................       876,127      440,182      416,431
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES .........................       845,100      410,502      371,544
                                       -----------    ---------    ---------
 Income from operations ...........        31,027       29,680       44,887
OTHER EXPENSE:
 Interest expense .................         9,349        3,368        5,402
                                       -----------    ---------    ---------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES ........        21,678       26,312       39,485
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES ........         8,944       10,856       14,969
                                       -----------    ---------    ---------
NET INCOME ........................    $   12,734     $ 15,456     $ 24,516
                                       ===========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-71



<PAGE>


                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                       STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         CLASS A             CLASS B
                                      COMMON STOCK         COMMON STOCK                        TOTAL
                                   ------------------- --------------------                 SHAREHOLDERS'
                                    SHARES    AMOUNT     SHARES    AMOUNT      DEFICIT         EQUITY
                                   --------- --------- --------- ---------- -------------- --------------
<S>                                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995       190,000   $51,000   500,000   $107,500    $ (154,776)     $  3,724
 Conversion of shareholder loan to
   Class A common stock  .........   6,840    34,200        --         --            --        34,200
 Net income  .....................      --        --        --         --        12,734        12,734
 Distributions  ..................      --        --        --         --        (8,964)       (8,964)
                                   --------  --------  --------  ---------   ----------      --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996       196,840    85,200   500,000    107,500      (151,006)       41,694
 Net income (unaudited)  .........      --        --        --         --        24,516        24,516
 Distributions (unaudited)  ......      --        --        --         --        (4,170)       (4,170)
                                   --------  --------  --------  ---------   ----------      --------
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997
 (unaudited) ..................... 196,840   $85,200   500,000   $107,500    $ (130,660)     $ 62,040
                                   ========  ========  ========  =========   ==========      ========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-72



<PAGE>

                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED           JUNE 30,
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31, -------------------------
                                                                                    1996          1996         1997
                                                                                ------------- ------------ ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                             <C>           <C>          <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income  ..................................................................  $  12,734     $  15,456    $  24,516
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities-
   Depreciation ...............................................................     12,057         6,028        6,028
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities-
    Accounts receivable  ......................................................         --            --      (49,772)
    Merchandise inventories ...................................................    (19,765)      (29,362)      17,743
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets .................................         --            --       (1,946)
    Deferred tax asset ........................................................     (6,932)      (11,173)      (4,894)
    Other assets ..............................................................         --            --      (26,408)
    Customer deposits .........................................................    (19,754)      (17,642)       6,291
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..................................    (55,882)      (13,000)      49,662
    Federal income taxes payable ..............................................      6,691        (7,531)     (12,972)
                                                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------
     Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities ......................    (70,851)      (57,224)       8,248
                                                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment ..........................................    (28,862)           --         (231)
                                                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------
    Net cash used in investing activities .....................................    (28,862)           --         (231)
                                                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Principal payments on line of credit and current maturities of long-term
   obligations ................................................................    (18,860)      (17,924)          --
 Proceeds from issuance of line of credit and current obligations .............     46,454            --       20,103
 Distributions to shareholders ................................................     (8,964)       (5,270)      (4,170)
                                                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------
    Net cash provided by financing activities .................................     18,630       (23,194)      15,933
                                                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH ...............................................    (81,083)      (80,418)      23,950
CASH, beginning of period .....................................................     85,907        85,907        4,824
                                                                                 ---------     ---------    ---------
CASH, end of period ...........................................................  $   4,824     $   5,489    $  28,774
                                                                                 =========     =========    =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
 Conversion of shareholder loan to Class A common stock .......................  $  34,200     $      --    $      --
 Cash paid during the period for-
   Interest ...................................................................      9,349         3,368        5,402
   Income taxes ...............................................................      2,253            --       17,358
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-73

<PAGE>


                             ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc. (the  Company),  is a retail and wholesale  marketer of
animation art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and
sericels.   Animation  USA  has  been  in  operation  since  1990  and  has  two
free-standing galleries, of which one is located in Seattle,  Washington and one
is located in San Francisco, California.

Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories

Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the specific identification method.


     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for major renewals and betterments  are capitalized  while
maintenance  and repairs are  expensed.  When  property is retired or  otherwise
disposed of, the related cost and accumulated  depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is  reflected  in the  statements  of
operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of  merchandise to the
customer and receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits  consist of  collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of  merchandise  sold,  framing and  shipping
costs.


     Advertising Expenses

   
Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred and were  approximately
$23,000  for the year ended  December  31,  1996 and  $15,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1997.     


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company's financial  instruments consist of cash, accounts payable and debt.
The carrying amount of these financial  instruments  approximates fair value due
either to length of maturity or  existence  of interest  rates that  approximate
prevailing   market  rates  unless   otherwise   disclosed  in  these  financial
statements.


     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


                                      F-74

<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

     Interim Financial Information

   
The interim  financial  statements  as of June 30, 1997,  and for the six months
ended  June 30,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.
    


3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment at December 31, 1996, consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ESTIMATED
                                                USEFUL LIVES   DECEMBER 31,
                                                  (YEARS)         1996
                                               -------------- -------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>
     Vehicle .................................         7       $  25,707
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ......      5-10          74,158
     Leasehold improvements ..................        10          18,935
                                                               ---------
                                                                 118,800
     Less-Accumulated depreciation   .........                   (46,624)
                                                               ---------
                                                               $  72,176
                                                               =========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities at December 31, 1996,  consist of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                             1996
                                         -------------
<S>                                      <C>
       Accounts payable, trade  ......     $ 69,482
       Accrued compensation  .........      150,000
       Other  ........................       12,232
                                           ---------
                                           $231,714
                                           =========
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT AND CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS:


     Line of Credit
   
The Company  has a line of credit  with a bank,  under which it may borrow up to
$180,000.  The line of credit bears interest at 10.75 percent.  Borrowings under
the line of credit were $72,000 and $91,000 at December  31, 1996,  and June 30,
1997, respectively. The line of credit is secured by the Company's inventory.
    

     Current Maturities of Long-Term Obligations
   
The  Company  has two  obligations  to a bank of  $22,000  and  $16,000  bearing
interest at 10.75% and 8.49%, respectively, maturing through July 2002.
    


                                      F-75


<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

6. INCOME TAXES:

The Company provides for income taxes under the asset and liability method which
provides the method for  determining  the  appropriate  asset and  liability for
deferred taxes which are computed by applying  applicable tax rates to temporary
(timing)  differences.  Therefore,  expenses  recorded for  financial  statement
purposes before they are deducted for tax purposes create temporary  differences
which give rise to deferred  tax assets.  Expenses  deductible  for tax purposes
before  they  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  create  temporary
differences which give rise to deferred tax liabilities.

Deferred  income taxes are provided in recognition  of temporary  differences in
reporting certain  transactions for financial reporting and income tax reporting
purposes.

The  provision  for income taxes for the year ended  December  31,  1996,  is as
follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                      Current ........   $8,944
                      Deferred .......       --
                                         -------
                                         $8,944
                                         =======
</TABLE>

Actual income tax expense  differs from income tax expense  computed by applying
the U.S.  federal  statutory  corporate  tax rate of 34 percent to income before
income taxes as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                            <C>
            Statutory federal rate .........................      34.0%
            Expenses not deductible for tax purposes .......       5.0
            State income taxes .............................       2.3
                                                                ------
                                                                  41.3%
                                                                ======
</TABLE>

The  significant  components of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 1996, are
as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
          Deferred tax asset-
            Accrued liabilities ............   $14,421
            Other ..........................    10,898
                                               --------
            Total deferred tax asset .......   $25,319
                                               ========
</TABLE>

A  valuation  allowance  is  provided  when it is more likely than not that some
portion  of the  deferred  tax asset  will not be  realized.  Management  of the
Company  believes  the net  deferred tax asset will be utilized in full based on
the nature of the asset,  the Company's  estimates of the timing of reversals of
temporary   differences  and  the  generation  of  taxable  income  before  such
reversals.


                                      F-76


<PAGE>
                            ANIMATION U.S.A., INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligations

The Company leases retail  facilities  and computer  equipment  under  operating
leases  that  expire  through  December  1999.  Rent  expense  during  1996  was
approximately  $133,000.  Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  noncancelable
operating leases are as follows:



<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                      Year ending December 31,
                      1997  ..................   $127,720
                      1998  ..................     41,372
                      1999  ..................      7,161
                                                 ---------
                                                 $176,253
                                                 =========
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.


     Distribution Agreement

On February 1, 1997, the Company entered into a 15-month distribution  agreement
to purchase and distribute animated art products with a major studio supplier.


     Stock Option Plan

Effective  January 1, 1992,  the Company  adopted the  Animation,  U.S.A.,  Inc.
Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  Plan (the Plan)  providing  for the grant of
options to officers and directors of the Company to purchase up to 50,000 shares
of its common  stock.  The Plan  provides  that  options be granted at  exercise
prices  greater  than or equal to the  market  value on the date the  option  is
granted as  determined  by the board of  directors.  As of December 31, 1996, no
options have been  granted  under the Plan.  The Plan is subject to  termination
upon the occurrence of certain  events  including a change in control as defined
by the Plan.


8. SIGNIFICANT SUPPLIERS:

During the year ended December 31, 1996, four suppliers accounted for 58 percent
of total inventory purchases.


9. EVENTS  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

In connection with the acquisition,  the Company will distribute  certain assets
to the shareholders,  consisting of automobiles net of distributed  liabilities,
with a total net carrying value of approximately $8,407 as of December 31, 1996.
Had these  transactions  been  recorded at December 31, 1996,  the effect on the
accompanying  balance  sheet would be a decrease in  liabilities  of $13,954 and
shareholders' equity of $8,407.


                                      F-77


<PAGE>


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


To Filmart Productions Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of Filmart  Productions Inc. (a
New York  corporation)  as of  December  31,  1995  and  1996,  and the  related
statements of  operations,  shareholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Filmart Productions Inc. as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the two years in the period ended  December 31, 1996,  in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles.



ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Houston, Texas
March 5, 1997

                                      F-78

<PAGE>


                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -------------------------  JUNE 30,
                                                            1995         1996         1997
                                                         ----------- ------------- ------------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>           <C>
                                  ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash .................................................. $ 29,981   $   76,758   $   36,419
 Accounts receivable ...................................   17,073       13,116       16,467
 Barter receivables ....................................    8,788      199,930      203,092
 Merchandise inventories ...............................  396,298      375,258      372,759
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............    1,412       37,153        3,912
 Prepaid advertising from barter transactions ..........   60,000      285,000      432,500
 Advances to shareholder ...............................       --      176,722      188,206
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
   Total current assets ................................  513,552    1,163,937    1,253,355
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net ............................   52,897       36,521       29,120
OTHER ASSETS ...........................................    5,750        7,172       57,727
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
   Total assets ........................................ $572,199   $1,207,630   $1,340,202
                                                         ==========  ============  ===========
              LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Customer deposits ..................................... $ 53,619   $   32,778   $    6,101
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ..............   75,503      129,747      150,215
 Payable to shareholder ................................  109,976       25,444       27,752
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
   Total current liabilities ...........................  239,098      187,969      184,068
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common stock, no par, 200 shares authorized, 100 shares
   outstanding .........................................       --           --           --
 Retained earnings .....................................  333,101    1,019,661    1,156,134
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
   Total shareholders' equity ..........................  333,101    1,019,661    1,156,134
                                                         ---------  -----------  -----------
   Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .......... $572,199   $1,207,630   $1,340,202
                                                         =========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-79



<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         JUNE 30,
                                   --------------------------- --------------------
                                       1995         1996         1996      1997
                                   ------------- ------------- ---------- ---------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>
NET SALES ........................ $1,053,089   $1,445,848   $541,146   $514,504
COST OF SALES ....................    511,369      497,920    203,156    191,233
                                   ----------   ----------   --------   ---------
   Gross profit ..................    541,720      947,928    337,990    323,271
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES .........    492,577      539,178    220,916    300,036
                                   ----------   ----------   --------   ---------
   Income from operations ........     49,143      408,750    117,074     23,235
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest (expense) income .......     (4,619)      (1,056)      (528)       738
 Other, net ......................     74,350      278,866    166,687    112,500
                                   ----------   ----------   --------   ---------
NET INCOME ....................... $  118,874    $ 686,560   $283,233   $136,473
                                   ==========   ==========   ========   =========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-80


<PAGE>


                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     COMMON STOCK
                                                 --------------------     RETAINED      SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                  SHARES     AMOUNTS      EARNINGS        EARNINGS
                                                 --------   ---------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994   ...............     100         $--       $  222,080      $  222,080
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of loan
   obligation by related party ...............      --          --           43,000          43,000
 Net income  .................................      --          --          118,874         118,874
 Distributions  ..............................      --          --          (50,853)        (50,853)
                                                   ----        ----      ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995   ...............     100          --          333,101         333,101
 Net income  .................................      --          --          686,560         686,560
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996   ...............     100          --        1,019,661       1,019,661
 Net income (unaudited)  .....................      --          --          136,473         136,473
                                                   ----        ----      ----------      ----------
BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 1997 (unaudited) .........     100         $--       $1,156,134      $1,156,134
                                                   ====        ====      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-81



<PAGE>


                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                          ------------------------ --------------------------
                                                             1995         1996         1996          1997
                                                          ----------- ------------ ------------- ------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Net income ............................................. $ 118,874   $ 686,560     $  283,233   $ 136,473
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
   by operating activities-   ...........................
   Depreciation and amortization ........................   17,919       16,226          6,750       8,112
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities- .........
    Accounts receivable .................................  (17,073)       3,957         16,373      (3,351)
    Barter receivables  .................................   (8,788)    (191,142)        (6,601)     (3,162)
    Merchandise inventories   ...........................  (18,935)      21,040        (17,780)      2,499
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   .........   (1,412)     (35,741)      (175,243)     33,241
    Prepaid advertising from barter transactions   ......  (60,000)    (225,000)        60,000    (147,500)
    Other assets  .......................................   (5,350)      (1,422)                   (50,555)
    Advances to shareholder   ...........................       --     (176,722)      (117,166)    (11,484)
    Customer deposits   .................................   53,619      (20,841)        (3,424)    (26,677)
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ............  (30,947)      54,244        (44,491)     20,468
                                                          ---------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities.   47,907      131,159          1,651     (41,936)
                                                          ---------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Purchases of property and equipment   ..................  (15,989)        (150)            --        (711)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment   .........       --          300          4,142          --
                                                          ---------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities.  (15,989)         150          4,142        (711)
                                                          ---------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING
 ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from issuance of payable to shareholder  ......   40,625           --         80,577       2,308
 Principal payments on payable to shareholder   .........  (20,624)     (84,532)      (109,976)         --
 Distributions to shareholders   ........................  (50,853)          --             --          --
                                                          ---------   ----------    ----------   ----------
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.  (30,852)     (84,532)       (29,399)      2,308
                                                          ---------   ----------    ----------   ----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH  ........................    1,066       46,777        (23,606)    (40,339)
CASH, beginning of period  ..............................   28,915       29,981         29,981      76,758
                                                          ---------   ----------    ----------   ----------
CASH, end of period  .................................... $ 29,981    $  76,758     $    6,375   $  36,419
                                                          =========   ==========    ==========   ==========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Capital contribution from forgiveness of obligation from
   related party  ....................................... $ 43,000    $      --     $       --   $      --
 Cash paid during the period for interest ...............    4,619        1,056             --          --
</TABLE>
    

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      F-82

<PAGE>


                            FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:

Filmart  Productions  Inc. (the  Company)  d/b/a  Cartoon  World,  d/b/a Filmart
Galleries and d/b/a  Animation  Art Resources is a retail  marketer of animation
art such as vintage original production cels, limited edition cels and sericels.
Filmart has been in operation since 1991 and has two free-standing galleries, of
which  one is  located  in  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  and one is  located  in
Huntington, New York.

Effective January 1, 1996, the Company acquired Animation Collection, Inc. d/b/a
Animation  Art  Resources.  The  acquisition  was  accounted for as a pooling of
interests,  and the assets,  liabilities  and results of operations of Animation
Art Resources have been included in the  accompanying  financial  statements for
all years presented.

Although the Company's  business is not  seasonal,  sales  fluctuations  between
quarters  do occur and are  largely  the result of the timing and  frequency  of
in-store artists signings and other promotional events.

The Company and its  shareholders  intend to enter into a  definitive  agreement
with  Collectibles USA, Inc.  (Collectibles),  pursuant to which all outstanding
shares of the  Company's  common stock will be exchanged  for cash and shares of
Collectibles common stock concurrent with the consummation of the initial public
offering of the common stock of Collectibles.


2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:


     Merchandise Inventories
   
Merchandise inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, determined by
the specific  identification  method.  Additionally,  Filmart holds inventory on
consignment.  Consigned inventory was valued at approximately $214,000, $364,000
and  $486,000 as of December 31,  1995,  1996 and June 30,  1997,  respectively.
Inventory held on consignment is excluded from Filmart's inventory.
    

     Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is determined  using
the  straight-line  method based on the estimated  useful life of the respective
asset.  Expenditures  for major renewals and betterments  are capitalized  while
maintenance  and repairs are  expensed.  When  property is retired or  otherwise
disposed of, the related cost and accumulated  depreciation are removed from the
accounts  and any  resulting  gain or loss is  reflected  in the  statements  of
operations.


     Revenue Recognition

The Company  recognizes  revenue from sales upon delivery of  merchandise to the
customer and receipt of payment.  Customer  deposits  consist of  collections on
layaway  sales.  Upon  receipt of final  payment,  the item is  delivered to the
customer and the sale is recorded as revenue.


     Barter Transactions
   
The Company is a member of several barter companies. Within each barter company,
the Company  trades  artwork for various  goods and  services  from other barter
company members.  Barter  transactions  involving  artwork for various goods and
services are valued at the market value of the goods or services  received.  The
Company had approximately $32,000, $248,000 and $29,000 of art sales through the
barter  companies  and received  approximately  $28,000,  $37,000 and $27,000 of
goods and services  through the barter companies during the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996, and the six months ended June 30, 1997,  respectively.  As of
December 31, 1995,  1996, and the six months ended June 30, 1997 the Company had
barter receivables of approximately $9,000, $200,000 and $202,000, respectively.
    

                                      F-83

<PAGE>

                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

   
During 1995, the Company entered into a two-year agreement with a third party to
provide  consulting  services in exchange for advertising.  During 1995 and 1996
and the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company recognized $75,000, $225,000
and $113,000,  respectively,  of consulting revenue as other income. At December
31,  1995 and  1996 and June 30,  1997,  the  Company  had  prepaid  advertising
expenses  of  $60,000,  $285,000  and  $398,000,  respectively,  related to this
agreement.  The right to  receive  advertising  under this  agreement  begins to
expire in 2000.  The  agreement  provides  for an automatic  one-year  extension
beginning in 1997.     


     Cost of Sales

Included in cost of sales are cost of  merchandise  sold,  framing and  shipping
costs.


     Advertising Expenses
   
Advertising  expenses are expensed in the month incurred.  Advertising  expenses
were approximately $74,000,  $50,000 and $42,000 during the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively.     


     Income Taxes

For income tax  purposes,  the Company and its  shareholders  have elected to be
treated  as an S  Corporation  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code and a similar
section in the state code. In accordance  with the provisions of such elections,
the  Company's  income  and losses  were  passed  through  to its  shareholders;
accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been recorded.


     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  of cash,  accounts  receivable,
accounts  payable and debt. The carrying amount of these  financial  instruments
approximates  fair  value  due  either to length of  maturity  or  existence  of
interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.


     Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.


     Interim Financial Information
   
The interim  financial  statements  as of June 30, 1997,  and for the six months
ended  June 30,  1996 and 1997,  are  unaudited,  and  certain  information  and
footnote  disclosures,  normally  included in financial  statements  prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,  have been omitted. In
the opinion of management, all adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments,  necessary to fairly  present the  financial  position,  results of
operations and cash flows with respect to the interim financial statements, have
been  included.  The  results of  operations  for the  interim  periods  are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.
    


                                      F-84



<PAGE>
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED )

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
     Property and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   ESTIMATED
                                                  USEFUL LIVES
                                                    (YEARS)         1995           1996
                                                 -------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>           <C>
     Furniture, fixtures and equipment  ......        5-7        $ 93,102       $  92,951
     Less- Accumulated depreciation  .........                    (40,205)        (56,430)
                                                                 ---------      ---------
                                                                 $ 52,897       $  36,521
                                                                 =========      =========
</TABLE>

4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          1995         1996
                                       ----------   ----------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>
     Accounts payable, trade  ......   $ 44,279     $ 113,466
     Taxes payable   ...............     11,251         6,354
     Other  ........................     19,973         9,927
                                       ---------    ----------
                                       $ 75,503     $ 129,747
                                       =========    ==========
</TABLE>

5. PAYABLE TO SHAREHOLDER:

The Company had borrowings from a shareholder  totaling  $109,976 and $25,444 at
December  31,  1995  and  1996,  respectively.  The  borrowings  are  unsecured,
interest-bearing  and payable upon demand.  The borrowings  accrue interest at 4
percent  annually.  At  December  31,  1995 and 1996,  accrued  interest  on the
borrowings was $4,619 and $1,056, respectively.


6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:


     Lease Obligations

The Company leases retail  facilities  under operating  leases that expire April
1999.  Rent expense for the years ended  December 31, 1994,  1995 and 1996,  was
approximately $59,000, $59,000 and $68,000,  respectively.  Future minimum lease
payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
                      Year ending December 31,
                      1997  ..................   $  47,328
                      1998  ..................      49,128
                      1999  ..................      16,576
                                                 ----------
                                                 $ 113,032
                                                 ==========
</TABLE>

     Litigation

The  Company is  subject to legal  actions  arising  in the  ordinary  course of
business.  Management does not believe that the outcome of any such legal action
would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.


     Distribution Agreements

The  Company  maintains  various  distribution   agreements  with  major  studio
suppliers to purchase and  distribute  animated  art.  Some  agreements  contain
minimum  annual  purchase  requirements  which the Company had  fulfilled  as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.


                                      F-85


<PAGE>
                           FILMART PRODUCTIONS INC.

                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

7. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

A significant shareholder of Collectibles has placed $50,195 on deposit with the
Company as of December  31,  1995,  for the  purchase of art. As of December 31,
1996, there were no amounts on deposit from the shareholder of Collectibles.

The Company had a note payable for $43,000 which bore interest at 7 percent to a
relative of a majority  shareholder.  In 1995,  the note was converted to a note
payable by the  majority  shareholder,  and the  $43,000 was  reclassified  as a
capital contribution.


8. SALES TO SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS:

During 1996, 14 percent of the  Company's net sales was to one customer.  During
1994 and 1995, no customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total sales.


9. EVENT  SUBSEQUENT  TO  DATE  OF  REPORT  OF  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTANTS
    (UNAUDITED):

The Company and its shareholders  have entered into a definitive  agreement with
Collectibles providing for the acquisition of the Company by Collectibles.

Prior  to  the  acquisition,  the  Company  will  make a  cash  distribution  of
approximately  $900,000 prior to the acquisition  which represents the Company's
estimated S Corporation  accumulated  adjustment  account.  Had this transaction
been recorded at December 31, 1996, the effect on the accompanying balance sheet
would be an increase in liabilities of $900,000 and a decrease in  shareholders'
equity of $900,000.  The Company anticipates  funding this distribution  through
borrowings.


                                      F-86



<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                             <C>
=======================================================                         ====================================================
NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR  OTHER  PERSON  HAS  BEEN                                                                              
AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR TO MAKE  ANY                                           2,700,000 SHARES                   
REPRESENTATION  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER                                                                              
THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN                                                                              
OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT                                                                              
BE  RELIED  UPON  AS  HAVING  BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE                                                                              
COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT                                                                              
CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL OR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN                                                                              
OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED HEREBY IN                                                                              
ANY  JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL                                                                              
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH  JURISDICTION.  NEITHER THE                                             [LOGO]                           
DELIVERY  OF  THIS   PROSPECTUS   NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE                                      COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.                  
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY                                                                              
IMPLICATION  THAT THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN IS                                                                              
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME  SUBSEQUENT  TO THE DATE HEREOF                                                                              
OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE                                                                              
COMPANY SINCE SUCH DATE.                                                                                                            
                                                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                                    
                   ------------------                                                            COMMON STOCK                       
                                                                                                                                    
                   TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                                                    
                                                  PAGE                                                                              
                                                 -----                                                                              

Prospectus Summary   ...........................    3                                                                               
Risk Factors   .................................   10                                           -------------                       
The Company ....................................   18                                            PROSPECTUS                         
Use of Proceeds   ..............................   21                                           -------------                       
Dividend Policy   ..............................   21                                                                               
Dilution .......................................   22                                                                               
Capitalization .................................   23                                                                               
Selected Financial Data ........................   24                                                                               
Management's Discussion and Analysis of                                                      
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations   26                                        
Business .......................................   41                                        
Management  ....................................   51                                        
Certain Transactions ...........................   60                                        
Principal Stockholders  ........................   64                                                                    
Description of Capital Stock  ..................   65                                    LADENBURG THALMANN & CO. INC.   
Shares Eligible for Future Sale  ...............   68                                       EVEREN SECURITIES, INC.      
Underwriting   .................................   70                                            STEPHENS INC.           
Legal Matters  .................................   72                                                                               
Experts  .......................................   72                                                                               
Additional Information  ........................   72                                                                               
Index to Financial Statements ..................  F-1                                                          ,  1997              

    

                  ------------------

                                                                                                                                    
     UNTIL  _______,  1997 (25 DAYS  AFTER THE DATE OF                                                                              
THIS PROSPECTUS),  ALL DEALERS EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS                                                                              
IN  THE   REGISTERED   SECURITIES,   WHETHER   OR  NOT                          
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO                                                                              
DELIVER  A  PROSPECTUS.  THIS  IS IN  ADDITION  TO THE                                                                              
OBLIGATION  OF DEALERS TO  DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN                          
ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND  WITH  RESPECT  TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

   
======================================================                          ====================================================


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                    PART II



                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

     The  following  table  sets forth the  expenses  (other  than  underwriting
compensation  expected to be incurred) in connection with the offering described
in this Registration Statement. All of such amounts (except the SEC Registration
Fee,  the NASD  Filing Fee and the Nasdaq  National  Market  Inclusion  Fee) are
estimated.





<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
       SEC Registration Fee .................................    $11,291
       NASD Filing Fee   ....................................      4,226
       Nasdaq National Market Inclusion Fee   ...............       *
       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ...........................       *
       Printing and Engraving Costs  ........................       *
       Legal Fees and Expenses ..............................       *
       Accounting Fees and Expenses  ........................       *
       Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses  ......     10,000
       Miscellaneous  .......................................       *
                                                                 -------
          Total .............................................    $  *
                                                                 =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
* To be completed by amendment.



ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

     The  Company's  by-laws  provide that the Company shall  indemnify,  to the
fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
as  amended  from  time to time,  all  persons  whom it may  indemnify  pursuant
thereto.

     Section 145 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law permits a corporation,
under specified circumstances,  to indemnify its directors,  officers, employees
or agents against expenses  (including  attorney's fees),  judgments,  fines and
amounts  paid  in  settlements  actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by  them in
connection  with any  action  (other  than an  action  by or in the right of the
corporation),  suit or proceeding brought by third parties by reason of the fact
that  they  were  or  are  directors,  officers,  employees  or  agents  of  the
corporation,  if such  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents acted in good
faith and in a manner  they  reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interests of the  corporation  and, with respect to any criminal  action or
proceeding,  had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. In a
derivative   action  (i.e.,  one  by  or  in  the  right  of  the  corporation),
indemnification  may be made  only  for  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by persons who are or were directors, officers,
employees  or  agents of the  corporation  in  connection  with the  defense  or
settlement of an action or suit, and only with respect to any matter as to which
they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably  believed to
be in or not opposed to the best  interests of the  corporation,  except that no
indemnification  shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable to
the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the
court in which the action or suit was brought shall  determine upon  application
that the  defendant  directors,  officers,  employees  or agents  are fairly and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of
liability.

     Article  Seventh  of the  Company's  charter  provides  that the  Company's
directors will not be personally  liable to the Company or its  stockholders for
monetary  damages  resulting from breaches of their  fiduciary duty as directors
except  (a)  for any  breach  of the  duty  of  loyalty  to the  Company  or its
stockholders,  (b) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith  or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of
the Delaware General  Corporation Law, which makes directors liable for unlawful
dividends or unlawful stock  repurchases or redemptions or (d) for  transactions
from which directors derive improper personal benefit.     


                                      II-1


<PAGE>

     Under  Section  6 of  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  are
obligated,  under certain  circumstances,  to indemnify officers,  directors and
controlling  persons  of the  Company  against  certain  liabilities  under  the
Securities Act.


ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.


     The following  information  relates to securities of the Company  issued or
sold within the past three years which were not registered  under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"):

   
     On June 16, 1996, pursuant to subscription agreements, RGR Financial Group,
LLC ("RGR")  received 700 shares (711,622 shares as adjusted for the Stock Split
(as  defined  hereinafter))  of Common  Stock and each of  Michael  A. Baker and
Capstone  Partners,  LLC  ("Capstone")  received 150 shares  (152,490  shares as
adjusted  for the  Stock  Split)  of  Common  Stock,  in each  case for $.10 per
pre-Stock Split share.

     On November 20, 1996,  the Company sold 171.729 shares  (174,580  shares as
adjusted for the Stock Split) of Common Stock at $.01 per pre-Stock  Split share
to David L. Yankey.

     In  August  1996,  Collectibles   Enterprises  Funding  Corp.,  a  Delaware
corporation  ("CEFC"),  an  affiliate  of  the  Company,  issued  to  accredited
investors in two  transactions,  $855,000  principal  amount of 5.0% convertible
subordinated  notes due  December 31, 1997 (the "1996  Notes").  $300,000 of the
1996 Notes  automatically  convert upon  consummation of the Offering either (i)
into Common Stock having a value, at the initial public offering price, equal to
2.5 times the  principal  amount of the note or (ii) into cash in the  principal
amount of the note plus  Common  Stock  having a value,  at the  initial  public
offering price, equal to 1.5 times the principal amount of the note. $555,000 of
the 1996 Notes  automatically  convert  either (i) into  Common  Stock  having a
value, at the initial public  offering price,  equal to 1.66 times the principal
amount of the note or (ii) into  cash in the  principal  amount of the note plus
Common Stock having a value, at the initial public offering price,  equal to .66
times the principal amount of the note.

     In June 1997, CEFC issued to accredited investors $400,000 principal amount
of 5.0% convertible  subordinated notes due December 31, 1997 (the "1997 Notes,"
and together  with the 1996 Notes,  the "Notes").  The 1997 Notes  automatically
convert upon  consummation of the Offering either (i) into Common Stock having a
value, at the initial public  offering price,  equal to 1.66 times the principal
amount of the 1997 Note or (ii)  into cash in the  principal  amount of the 1997
Note plus Common Stock having a value,  at the initial  public  offering  price,
equal to .66 times the principal amount of the note.

     On August 6, 1996,  the Company  sold a $300,000 5% note due  December  31,
1997  (the  "CEFC  Note-1")  to CEFC  which is owned by RGR and  Capstone.  Upon
consummation  of the  Offering,  the  principal  amount of the CEFC  Note-1 will
become due and payable immediately. No interest is payable on the CEFC Note-1 in
the event the  Offering is  consummated.  The Company  intends to repay the CEFC
Note-1 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.

     On August 27,  1996,  the Company also sold a $555,000 5% note due December
31, 1997 (the "CEFC Note-2") to CEFC.  Upon  consummation  of the Offering,  the
principal amount of the CEFC Note-2 will become due and payable immediately.  No
interest is payable on the CEFC Note-2 in the event the Offering is consummated.
The Company  intends to repay the CEFC Note-2 with a portion of the  proceeds of
the Offering.

     On June 12, 1997, the Company sold a $400,000 5% note due December 31, 1997
(the "CEFC Note-3," and, together with the CEFC Note-1 and the CEFC Note-2,  the
"CEFC Notes") to CEFC. Upon  consummation of the Offering,  the principal amount
of the CEFC  Note-3  will  become due and  payable  immediately.  No interest is
payable on the CEFC Note-3 in the event the Offering is consummated. The Company
intends to repay the CEFC Note-3 with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.
    

     The  proceeds  of the CEFC  Notes were used by the  Company to pay  various
expenses  incurred in connection  with its efforts to complete the  Acquisitions
and effect the Offering.


                                      II-2


<PAGE>
   
     In  May  1997,  Collectibles  USA  issued  to 22  unaffiliated,  accredited
investors 20,000 shares of its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, liquidation
value  $50 per  share,  for an  aggregate  consideration  of $1.0  million,  the
proceeds of which were used by the Company to pay various  expenses  incurred in
connection  with its  efforts  to  complete  the  Acquisitions  and  effect  the
Offering.  Pursuant to the terms of the Series A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,
upon the  consummation  of the Offering,  each share of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock will automatically convert either (i) into that number of shares
of Common  Stock,  determined  by (X) dividing the  liquidation  value by (Y) an
amount equal to 60% of the initial  public  offering  price or, at the option of
the holder of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) into that number of
shares of Common Stock  determined by (X) dividing the liquidation  value by (Y)
an amount  equal to 150% of the  initial  public  offering  price and cash in an
amount equal to the liquidation  value. All but one of the holders of the Series
A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  have  elected  conversion  option  (ii) in the
preceding sentence. As a result, upon consummation of the Offering, the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock will convert into approximately $1.0 million in cash
and 67,916 shares of Common Stock.  The Company intends to pay the required cash
amounts in connection with the conversion of the Series A Convertible  Preferred
Stock, with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering.     

     Effective May 12, 1997, the Company effected a  1,016.604-to-1  stock split
(the "Stock Split") on outstanding shares of Common Stock as of May 11, 1997.
   
     Effective May 12, 1997, the Company issued  1,016,602  shares of Restricted
Vote  Common  Stock to RGR,  Capstone  and  Michael  A.  Baker in  exchange  for
1,016,602 shares of Common Stock.

     Each of  these  transactions  was  completed  without  registration  of the
relevant  security  under the  Securities  Act in reliance  upon the  exemptions
provided by Sections 3(a)(9) and 4(2) of the Securities Act for transactions not
involving a sale or a public offering.     


ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.


(A) EXHIBITS
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                           EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- -----------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>           <C>
    1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement
   2.1**      Form of Agreement and Plan of Organization (together with Schedule
              identifying  and   distinguishing   the  substantially   identical
              documents  which have been omitted herein as permitted by Item 601
              of Regulation S-K)
   3.1**      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
   3.2**      Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
   3.3**      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
   4.1**      Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
    5.1*      Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
   10.1**     Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 1997, between the Company
              and  Jerry  Gladstone  (together  with  Schedule  identifying  and
              distinguishing  the substantially  identical  documents which have
              been omitted herein as permitted by Item 601 of Regulation S-K)
   10.2**     1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
   10.3**     1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
   10.4**     Consulting  Agreement,  dated as of June  12,  1997,  between  the
              Company  and RGR
   10.5       Form of  Representatives'  Warrant
   10.6**     Employment  Agreement,  dated as of August 11,  1997,  between the
              Company and W. Randolph  Ellspermann
   10.7       Employment  Agreement,  dated as of August 11,  1997,  between the
              Company and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.

                                      II-3
 </TABLE>
    

<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                         EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION
- ---------   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>         <C>
10.8**        Licensing  Agreement,  dated  March 26,  1996,  between The Curtis
              Publishing  Company,  Licensing  Division and American  Royal Arts
              Corporation,  together  with  Addendum  No. 1 dated  June 6,  1997
10.9**        Garfield Exclusive Licensing Agreement, effective as of January 1,
              1995, between  Mendelson/Paws  Productions and American Royal Arts
              Corp., together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 7, 1996
10.10**       Consignment  Agreement,  dated  September  30, 1994,  between Ross
              Editions,  Inc.  and  American  Royal Arts  Corp.,  together  with
              Amendment to Consignment Agreement, dated March 31, 1997
10.11         Agreement and Release,  dated August 11, 1997, between the Company
              and David L. Yankey
10.12         Employment  Agreement,  dated August 25, 1997, between the Company
              and Shonnie Bilin
10.13         Trademark License Agreement dated June 15, 1987,  between Hallmark
              Cards  Incorporated  and Reef's  Hallmark  Shop  (together  with a
              Schedule   identifying  and   distinguishing   the   substantially
              identical  documents  entered into by Stone's  Hallmark which have
              been omitted herein as permitted by Item 601 of Regulation S-K)
10.14         Commitment Letter dated as of October 7, 1997 between Collectibles
              USA, Inc. and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
21**          List of Subsidiaries  (including state of incorporation  and trade
              name(s)) of the Company 
23.1          Consent of Arthur  Andersen  LLP
23.2          Consent of Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
24            Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page)
27            Financial  Data  Schedule  
99.1**        Consent of each of Michael A.  Baker,  Vincent J.  Browne,  Roy C.
              Elwell,  Jerry Gladstone,  David K. Green, Paul Shirley,  Susan M.
              Spiegel and David Stone to use their names as director nominees
99.2**        Consent of W. Randolph  Ellspermann  to use his name as a director
              nominee

</TABLE>
    
- ----------
 * To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.


(B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     Not applicable.


ITEM 17. Undertakings

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of the
registrant  pursuant to the provisions  described in Item 14, or otherwise,  the
registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the  Securities and Exchange
Commission  such  indemnification  is against public policy as expressed in such
Act  and  is,  therefore,   unenforceable.   In  the  event  that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

                                      II-4


<PAGE>

   (1) For purposes of  determining  any liability  under the  Securities Act of
    1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
    this registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in a form
    of prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
    497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be  part  of this
    registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.

   (2) That for the purpose of  determining  any liability  under the Securities
    Act of 1933,  each such  post-effective  amendment  that  contains a form of
    prospectus  shall be deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to
    the securities offered therein,  and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     The   undersigned   registrant   hereby   undertakes   to  provide  to  the
Underwriters,   at  the  closing   specified  in  the  underwriting   agreement,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.


                                      II-5


<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Company has
duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the  Registration  Statement to be signed on
its behalf by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of New
York, State of New York, on this 10th day of October, 1997.


                                   COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.




                                   BY: /s/ W. Randolph Ellspermann    
                                       --------------------------------------   
                                        W. Randolph Ellspermann
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person whose  signature  appears
below hereby authorizes and constitutes each of W. Randolph Ellspermann, Neil J.
DePascal,  Jr. and Ronald P.  Rafaloff  as his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact
with full power of  substitution  and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his capacity as a director
and/or officer of Collectibles USA, Inc. to sign and file any and all amendments
(including  post-effective  amendments) to the Registration  Statement,  and any
registration  statement  filed  pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of
1933, with all exhibits  thereto,  and other  documents in connection  therewith
with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and he hereby ratifies and confirms
all that said  attorney-in-fact or his substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

     Pursuant  to  the requirement of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No.  2 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                     CAPACITY IN WHICH SIGNED                 DATE
- ------------------------------   ---------------------------------------   -----------------
<S>                              <C>                                       <C>
  /s/ W. Randolph Ellspermann    President and Chief Executive Officer     October 10, 1997
 ----------------------------      (Principal Executive Officer)
      W. Randolph Ellspermann


    /s/ Neil J. DePascal, Jr.    Chief Financial Officer                   October 10, 1997
 ----------------------------      (Principal Financial and
        Neil J. DePascal, Jr.      Accounting Officer)


     /s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff      Chairman of the Board                     October 10, 1997
 ----------------------------
        Ronald P. Rafaloff
</TABLE>
    


                                      II-6

<PAGE>

   
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
    



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  EXHIBIT                                                                                           PAGE
   NUMBER                                     EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                   NUMBER
- ------------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------
<S>            <C>                                                                                 <C>
     1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement
     2.1**     Form  of  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Organization  (together  with
               Schedule   identifying  and   distinguishing   the  substantially
               identical  documents  which have been omitted herein as permitted
               by Item 601 of Regulation S-K)
    3.1**      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
    3.2**      Certificate of Designation of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
    3.3**      Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
    4.1**      Form of Common Stock certificate of the Company
    5.1*       Opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
   10.1**      Employment  Agreement,  dated  as of May  9,  1997,  between  the
               Company and Jerry Gladstone  (together with Schedule  identifying
               and  distinguishing the substantially  identical  documents which
               have been omitted  herein as permitted by Item 601 of  Regulation
               S-K)
   10.2**      1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
   10.3**      1997 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan
   10.4**      Consulting Agreement, dated as of June 12, 1997, between the Company and
               RGR
   10.5        Form of Representatives' Warrant
   10.6**      Employment Agreement, dated as of August 11, 1997, between the Company and
               W. Randolph Ellspermann
   10.7        Employment  Agreement,  dated as of August 11, 1997,  between the
               Company and Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
   10.8**      Licensing  Agreement,  dated March 26,  1996,  between The Curtis
               Publishing  Company,  Licensing  Division and American Royal Arts
               Corporation, together with Addendum No. 1 dated June 6, 1997
   10.9**      Garfield Exclusive Licensing  Agreement,  effective as of January
               1, 1995,  between  Mendelson/Paws  Productions and American Royal
               Arts Corp., together with Amendment No. 1 dated May 7, 1996
   10.10**     Consignment Agreement, dated September 30, 1994, between Ross Editions, Inc.
               and American Royal Arts Corp., together with Amendment to Consignment
               Agreement, dated March 31, 1997
   10.11       Agreement and Release, dated August 11, 1997, between the Company and
               David L. Yankey
   10.12       Employment Agreement, dated August 25, 1997, between the Company and
               Shonnie Bilin
   10.13       Trademark License Agreement dated June 15, 1987, between Hallmark
               Cards  Incorporated  and Reef's  Hallmark Shop  (together  with a
               Schedule   identifying  and   distinguishing   the  substantially
               identical  documents  entered into by Stone's Hallmark which have
               been omitted herein as permitted by Item 601 of Regulation S-K)
   10.14       Commitment Letter dated as of October 7, 1997 between Collectibles USA, Inc.
               and NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
    21**       List of Subsidiaries (including state of incorporation and trade name(s)) of the
               Company
    23.1       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
    23.2       Consent of Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius LLP  (contained in Exhibit 5.1)
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT                                                                                    PAGE
 NUMBER                                 EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION                                NUMBER
- --------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------
<S>        <C>                                                                             <C>
24         Power of Attorney (contained in the signature page)
27         Financial Data Schedule
99.1**     Consent of each of Michael A. Baker, Vincent J. Browne, Roy C. Elwell, Jerry
           Gladstone, David K. Green, Paul Shirley, Susan M. Spiegel and David Stone to
           use their names as director nominees
99.2**     Consent of W. Randolph Ellspermann to use his name as a director nominee
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
 * To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.
    


                                2,700,000 Shares

                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                                          , 1997


LADENBURG THALMANN & CO. INC.
EVEREN SECURITIES, INC.
STEPHENS INC.
As Representatives of the several Underwriters
 named in Schedule A hereto
c/o Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.
590 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022

Dear Sirs:

     1.  Introductory.  Collectibles  USA,  Inc.,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  proposes to sell,  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,  to the
several  underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (the  "Underwriters," or, each,
an  "Underwriter"),  an aggregate of 2,700,000 shares of common stock,  $.01 par
value (the "Common Stock"), of the Company. The aggregate of 2,700,000 shares so
proposed to be sold is hereinafter  referred to as the "Firm Stock." The Company
also proposes to sell to the  Underwriters,  upon the terms and  conditions  set
forth in Section 3 hereof,  up to an additional  405,000  shares of Common Stock
(the  "Option  Stock").  The Firm  Stock and the  Option  Stock are  hereinafter
collectively  referred  to  as  the  "Stock."  Ladenburg  Thalmann  &  Co.  Inc.
("Ladenburg"),   EVEREN  Securities,  Inc.  and  Stephens  Inc.  are  acting  as
representatives of the several Underwriters and in such capacity are hereinafter
referred to as the "Representatives."

     You have advised us that simultaneously with the closing of the purchase of
the Firm Stock by the Underwriters,  the Company will cause each of the Founding
Companies (as  hereinafter  defined) to be merged  (collectively,  the "Founding
Company  Mergers")  with a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the Company  (each,  an
"Acquisition Subsidiary and, together, the "Acquisition Subsidiaries"),  in each
case pursuant to an agreement and plan of organization  (each, an "Agreement and
Plan of Organization"),



<PAGE>



the  consideration  for which will be a combination of cash and shares of Common
Stock as described in the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined).

     2.  Representations  and Warranties of the Company.  The Company represents
and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

          (a) A registration  statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 29181) in the
     form in which it became or  becomes  effective  and also in such form as it
     may be when any  post-effective  amendment  thereto shall become  effective
     with  respect  to  the  Stock,  including  any  pre-effective  prospectuses
     included as part of the  registration  statement as originally  filed or as
     part of any amendment or supplement  thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424
     under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  and
     the rules and regulations  (the "Rules and  Regulations") of the Securities
     and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") thereunder, copies of which have
     heretofore  been  delivered  to you,  has been  carefully  prepared  by the
     Company in conformity  with the  requirements of the Securities Act and has
     been  filed  with the  Commission  under the  Securities  Act;  one or more
     amendments  to such  registration  statement,  including  in  each  case an
     amended   pre-effective   prospectus,   copies  of  which  amendments  have
     heretofore  been  delivered to you,  have been so prepared and filed.  Such
     registration  statement  is referred to  hereinafter  as the  "Registration
     Statement." If it is contemplated,  at the time this Agreement is executed,
     that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement will be filed
     and must be  declared  effective  before  the  offering  of the  Stock  may
     commence, the term "Registration Statement" as used in this Agreement means
     the Registration Statement as amended by said post-effective amendment. The
     term "Registration  Statement" as used in this Agreement shall also include
     any registration  statement relating to the Stock that is filed pursuant to
     Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act. The term "Prospectus" as used in this
     Agreement  means the  prospectus in the form  included in the  Registration
     Statement, or, (A) if the prospectus included in the Registration Statement
     omits  information  in reliance on Rule 430A under the  Securities  Act and
     such  information  is included in a  prospectus  filed with the  Commission
     pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act, the term  "Prospectus" as
     used in this  Agreement  means the  prospectus  in the form included in the
     Registration  Statement  as  supplemented  by the addition of the Rule 430A
     information  contained in the prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant
     to Rule  424(b)  and (B) if  prospectuses  that  meet the  requirements  of
     Section  10(a) of the  Securities  Act are  delivered  pursuant to Rule 434
     under the Securities  Act, then (i) the term  "Prospectus"  as used in this
     Agreement  means the  "prospectus  subject to completion"  (as such term is
     defined in Rule 434(g) under the Securities Act) as supplemented by (a) the
     addition of Rule 430A  information  or other  information  contained in the
     form of prospectus delivered pursuant


                                       -2-


<PAGE>



     to Rule 434(b)(2) under the Securities Act or (b) the information contained
     in the term sheets  described in Rule 434(b)(3)  under the Securities  Act,
     and (ii) the date of such  prospectuses  shall be  deemed to be the date of
     the  term  sheets.  The  term  "Pre-effective  Prospectus"  as used in this
     Agreement  means the prospectus  subject to completion in the form included
     in the  Registration  Statement  at the time of the  initial  filing of the
     Registration  Statement with the Commission,  and as such prospectus  shall
     have been amended from time to time prior to the date of the Prospectus.

          (b) The  Commission  has not issued or  threatened  to issue any order
     preventing or suspending the use of any Pre-effective  Prospectus,  and, at
     its date of issue, each Pre-effective  Prospectus conformed in all material
     respects with the  requirements  of the  Securities Act and did not include
     any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a material  fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,
     in light of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading;
     and, when the  Registration  Statement  becomes  effective and at all times
     subsequent  thereto up to and including  the Closing Dates (as  hereinafter
     defined),  the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments
     or supplements  thereto contained and will contain all material  statements
     and information  required to be included  therein by the Securities Act and
     conformed and will conform in all material  respects to the requirements of
     the  Securities  Act  and  neither  the  Registration   Statement  nor  the
     Prospectus,  nor any  amendment  or  supplement  thereto,  included or will
     include  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state  any
     material  fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
     statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
     made,   not   misleading;    provided,    however,   that   the   foregoing
     representations,  warranties and agreements  shall not apply to information
     contained  in  or  omitted  from  any  Pre-  effective  Prospectus  or  the
     Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or  any  such  amendment  or
     supplement  thereto in  reliance  upon,  and in  conformity  with,  written
     information  furnished  to the Company by or on behalf of any  Underwriter,
     directly or through you,  specifically for use in the preparation  thereof;
     and  each  Pre-effective   Prospectus  and  Prospectus   delivered  to  the
     Underwriters  for use in connection with the offering of the Stock will, at
     the time of such delivery,  be identical to the electronically  transmitted
     copies thereof filed with the Commission  pursuant to EDGAR,  except to the
     extent  permitted by Regulation S-T under the  Securities  Act; there is no
     franchise, lease, contract,  agreement or document required to be described
     in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to
     the  Registration  Statement  which is not  described  or filed  therein as
     required; and all descriptions of any such franchises,  leases,  contracts,
     agreements or documents contained


                                       -3-


<PAGE>



     in the  Registration  Statement are accurate and complete  descriptions  of
     such documents in all material respects.

          (c)  Subsequent to the  respective  dates as of which  information  is
     given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and except as set forth
     or contemplated in the Prospectus,  the Company and the Founding Companies,
     taken as a whole, have not incurred any liabilities or obligations,  direct
     or contingent, nor entered into any transactions not in the ordinary course
     of  business,  and there has not been any  material  adverse  change in the
     condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  properties,  business,  management,
     prospects,  net worth or  results  of  operations  of the  Company  and the
     Founding Companies considered as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"),  or
     any  change in the  capital  stock,  short-term  or  long-term  debt of the
     Company or any of the Founding Companies.

          (d) The financial  statements of the Company,  the separate  financial
     statements of American Royal Arts Corp.,  Animation U.S.A.,  Inc.,  Crystal
     Galleria,  Inc., Base, Inc., DKG Enterprises,  Inc.,  Elwell Stores,  Inc.,
     Filmart Productions Inc. and Stone's Shops, Inc. (the "Significant Founding
     Companies"), and the pro forma combined financial statements of the Company
     and the Founding  Companies,  in each case  together with related notes and
     schedules, as set forth in the Registration  Statement,  present fairly the
     financial  position  and the  results of  operations  and cash flows of the
     Company,  of each of the Significant  Founding Companies and of the Company
     and  the  Founding  Companies  pro  forma  combined,  respectively,  at the
     indicated dates and for the indicated  periods.  Such financial  statements
     and related  schedules  have been  prepared in  accordance  with  generally
     accepted  principles of  accounting,  consistently  applied  throughout the
     periods  involved,   except  as  disclosed  therein,  and  all  adjustments
     necessary  for a fair  presentation  of results for such  periods have been
     made.  The  summary   historical  and  statistical  data  included  in  the
     Registration  Statement  present fairly the  information  shown therein and
     such data have  been  compiled  on a basis  consistent  with the  financial
     statements  presented  therein and the books and records of the Company and
     the Founding  Companies,  as applicable.  The pro forma combined  financial
     statements  of the  Company  and  the  Founding  Companies  (including  the
     supplemental  pro  forma  information  shown  therein),  together  with the
     related notes, as set forth in the Registration  Statement,  present fairly
     the  information  shown therein,  have been prepared in accordance with the
     Commission's  rules and  guidelines  with  respect  to pro forma  financial
     statements and have been properly compiled on the pro forma bases described
     therein,  and in the opinion of the Company,  the  assumptions  used in the
     preparation  thereof are  reasonable and the  adjustments  used therein are
     appropriate to give effect to the transactions or circumstances referred to
     therein. The selected


                                       -4-


<PAGE>



     financial  information  included  under the captions  "Capitalization"  and
     "Selected Financial Data" in the Prospectus presents fairly the information
     shown therein and has been compiled on a basis  consistent with that of the
     audited financial statements of the Company and the Founding Companies.  No
     other  financial  statements  or  schedules  of the Company or the Founding
     Companies are required by the Securities  Act or the Rules and  Regulations
     to be included in the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus.  None of the
     Company,  any  of the  Acquisition  Subsidiaries  or  any  of the  Founding
     Companies  is  currently  planning  any  probable   acquisition  for  which
     disclosure  of pro forma  financial  information  would be  required by the
     Securities Act.

          (e) Arthur  Andersen  LLP, who have  expressed  their  opinions on the
     audited financial statements included in the Registration Statement and the
     Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the Securities
     Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (f) The Company has been duly  incorporated and is validly existing as
     a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with
     full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties
     and conduct its business as described in the  Prospectus.  Each of American
     Royal Arts Corp.,  Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc., Base, Inc.,  Crystal Galleria,
     Inc., DKG Enterprises, Inc., Elwell Stores, Inc., Filmart Productions Inc.,
     Stone's Shops, Inc., St. George,  Inc. and Vincent J. Browne, Inc. (each, a
     "Founding Company" and, together,  the "Founding  Companies") has been duly
     incorporated  and is validly  existing as a  corporation  in good  standing
     under  the  laws  of the  jurisdiction  of  its  incorporation,  with  full
     corporate  power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and
     conduct  its  business  as  described  in  the  Prospectus.   Each  of  the
     Acquisition Subsidiaries has been duly incorporated and is validly existing
     as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
     incorporation  with full power and authority  (corporate and other) to own,
     lease and  operate its  properties  and  conduct  its  business.  As of the
     Closing Date, after giving effect to the Founding  Company Mergers,  all of
     the  outstanding  capital stock of each of the Founding  Companies  will be
     owned  by the  Company,  free  and  clear  of any  pledge,  lien,  security
     interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest. The Company and each of
     the  Founding  Companies  is duly  qualified  to do  business  as a foreign
     corporation  and is in good  standing  in each  jurisdiction  in which  the
     ownership  or  leasing of its  properties  or the  conduct of its  business
     requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or
     be in good standing would not have a Material  Adverse  Effect,  and to the
     knowledge of the Company,  no  proceeding  has been  instituted in any such
     jurisdiction, revoking, limiting or curtailing, or seeking to revoke, limit
     or curtail, such power and authority or qualification. The Company does not
     own or control, directly or


                                       -5-


<PAGE>



     indirectly,  any  corporation,  association  or other entity other than the
     subsidiaries  listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration  Statement.  None of
     the  Founding  Companies  owns or  controls,  directly or  indirectly,  any
     corporation, association or other entity other than a partnership formed by
     American  Royal Arts Corp. and Animation  U.S.A.,  Inc. which has these two
     entities as its only  partners.  Except as  described  in the  Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, the Company is not engaged in any discussions
     or party to any agreement or understanding,  written or oral, regarding the
     acquisition of, or of an interest in, any corporation,  firm,  partnership,
     joint venture, association or other entity.

          (g) All  outstanding  shares of capital stock of the Company have been
     duly  authorized and validly  issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable,
     have been issued in compliance with all federal and state  securities laws,
     were not issued in  violation  of or subject  to any  preemptive  rights or
     other rights to subscribe for or purchase  securities,  and the  authorized
     and  outstanding  capital  stock  of the  Company  is as set  forth  in the
     Prospectus under the caption  "Capitalization" and conforms in all material
     respects to the statements  relating thereto  contained in the Registration
     Statement  and the  Prospectus  (and such  statements  correctly  state the
     substance of the instruments  defining the  capitalization of the Company);
     the Firm  Stock  and the  Option  Stock to be  purchased  from the  Company
     hereunder  have been duly and validly  authorized  for issuance and sale to
     the Underwriters  pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered
     by the Company  against  payment  therefor in accordance  with the terms of
     this  Agreement,  will be duly  and  validly  issued  and  fully  paid  and
     nonassessable,  and  will be sold  free  and  clear  of any  pledge,  lien,
     security  interest,  encumbrance,  claim  or  equitable  interest;  and  no
     preemptive right, co-sale right, registration right, right of first refusal
     or other similar right of stockholders exists with respect to any shares of
     the Firm Stock or Option Stock to be purchased  from the Company  hereunder
     or the issuance and sale thereof.  No further  approval or authorization of
     any  stockholder,  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  or  others is
     required  for the  issuance and sale of the Stock except as may be required
     under  the Act,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the
     "Exchange  Act"), or under state or other securities or blue sky laws. Upon
     completion of the Founding  Company Mergers in the manner  described in the
     Prospectus, the shares of Common Stock to be issued in such mergers will be
     duly  authorized,  validly  issued and fully paid and  nonassessable.  Upon
     conversion of the Company's  Series A Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value per
     share (the "Preferred Stock"),  and the Company's  Restricted Voting Common
     Stock,  $.01 par value per share (the  "Restricted  Stock"),  the shares of
     Common  Stock to be issued  in such  conversions  will be duly  authorized,
     validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable. Except as disclosed in the
     Prospectus  and the financial  statements  of the Company,  and the related
     notes thereto, included in the


                                       -6-


<PAGE>



     Prospectus,  the Company does not have outstanding any options to purchase,
     or any  preemptive  rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase,
     any  securities  or  obligations  convertible  into,  or any  contracts  or
     commitments  to issue  or sell,  shares  of its  capital  stock or any such
     options, rights, convertible securities or obligations.  The description of
     the Company's  Long-Term  Incentive Plan and 1997  Non-Employee  Directors'
     Stock Plan (the "Option  Plans"),  and the options or other rights  granted
     and exercised thereunder, set forth in the Prospectus accurately and fairly
     presents  the  information  required to be shown with respect to the Option
     Plans and the options granted thereunder.

          (h)  All the  issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock  of each of the
     Founding  Companies and each of the Acquisition  Subsidiaries has been duly
     authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable, and were
     not issued in violation  of or subject to any  preemptive  right,  or other
     rights to  subscribe  for or  purchase  shares  and is owned of record  and
     beneficially,  as of the date hereof, by the Company in the case of each of
     the  Acquisition  Subsidiaries  and,  in the  case of each of the  Founding
     Companies,  as  indicated  in  Schedule  1.4 of the  Agreement  and Plan of
     Organization relating to such Founding Company, and will be owned of record
     and  beneficially by the Company at or prior to the closing of the issuance
     of the  Firm  Stock,  free  and  clear of any  security  interests,  liens,
     encumbrances,  equities or other claims.  There are no outstanding  rights,
     warrants  or  options  to  acquire,  or  instruments  convertible  into  or
     exchangeable  for, any shares of capital stock or other equity  interest in
     any of the  Acquisition  Subsidiaries  or  any of the  Founding  Companies.
     Except as described in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus or as
     may be  restricted  by  relevant  state  law with  respect  to the need for
     sufficient  surplus,  none of the Acquisition  Subsidiaries or the Founding
     Companies is currently prohibited,  directly or indirectly, from paying any
     dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on its capital
     stock,  or from  transferring  any of the  property  or  assets of any such
     Founding Company to the Company.

          (i) The shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of the Warrants
     (as hereinafter defined) have been duly authorized for issuance pursuant to
     the Warrants and, when issued and delivered by the Company  against payment
     therefor in  accordance  with the terms  thereof,  will be duly and validly
     issued and fully paid and nonassessable,  and will be free and clear of any
     pledge, lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest.

          (j)  Except  as set  forth in the  Prospectus,  there  are no legal or
     governmental  proceedings  pending  to  which  the  Company  or  any of the
     Founding  Companies  is a party or of which any  property of the Company or
     any Founding Company is subject, which, if determined


                                       -7-


<PAGE>



     adversely to the Company or any such Founding Company,  might  individually
     or in the  aggregate  (i)  prevent or  adversely  affect  the  transactions
     contemplated   by  this   Agreement  or  by  any   Agreement  and  Plan  of
     Organization, (ii) suspend the effectiveness of the Registration Statement,
     (iii)  prevent or suspend the use of the  Pre-effective  Prospectus  in any
     jurisdiction or (iv) result in a Material  Adverse Effect;  and to the best
     of the Company's  knowledge no such proceedings are threatened  against the
     Company or any  Founding  Company by  governmental  authorities  or others.
     Neither the Company nor any  Founding  Company is a party or subject to the
     provisions  of any material  injunction,  judgment,  decree or order of any
     court, regulatory body or other governmental agency or body.

          (k) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each
     Agreement and Plan of Organization and the consummation of the transactions
     herein and therein contemplated will not result in the creation of any lien
     or in a breach  or  violation  of any of the  terms or  provisions  of,  or
     constitute a default under, (i) any material indenture,  mortgage,  deed of
     trust, note agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company
     or any of the  Founding  Companies is a party or by which it or any of them
     or any of their properties is or may be bound, (ii) the charter, By-laws or
     other  organizational  documents  of  the  Company,  any  of  the  Founding
     Companies or any of the Acquisition Subsidiaries or (iii) any law, statute,
     order,  rule or  regulation  of any  court or  governmental  agency or body
     having  jurisdiction  over the Company or any of the Founding  Companies or
     any of their properties.

          (l) No  consent,  approval,  authorization  or order  of any  court or
     governmental  agency  or  body is  required  for  the  consummation  by the
     Company,   any  of  the  Founding  Companies  or  any  of  the  Acquisition
     Subsidiaries,  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement or any
     Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  except such as may be required by the
     National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the "odNASD") or under
     the Securities Act or the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of any jurisdiction
     in  connection  with the  purchase  and  distribution  of the  Stock by the
     Underwriters.

          (m) The Company has the full  corporate  power and  authority to enter
     into this Agreement and to perform its obligations  hereunder (including to
     issue,  sell and deliver the Stock),  and this  Agreement has been duly and
     validly  authorized,  executed and  delivered by the Company and is a valid
     and binding obligation of the Company,  enforceable  against the Company in
     accordance  with its terms,  except to the extent that rights to  indemnity
     and  contribution  hereunder may be limited by federal or state  securities
     laws or the public policy underlying such laws or by applicable bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization,


                                       -8-


<PAGE>



     moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
     generally  or by general  equitable  principles.  The  Company has the full
     corporate  power and  authority  to execute and deliver the Warrants on the
     terms and conditions  set forth in this Agreement and in the Warrants,  and
     such  execution  and  delivery  of the  Warrants  has been duly and validly
     authorized, and when executed and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the
     Warrants will be enforceable  against the Company in accordance  with their
     terms,  except as rights to  indemnification  hereunder  may be  limited by
     applicable  law and except as the  enforcement  hereof and  thereof  may be
     limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
     other similar laws relating to or affecting  creditors' rights generally or
     by general  equitable  principles.  The  Company,  each of the  Acquisition
     Subsidiaries,  and each of the  Founding  Companies  has full legal  right,
     power  and  authority  to enter  into  the  respective  Agreement  and Plan
     Organization  to which  they are  party  and to  perform  the  transactions
     contemplated  thereby. Each Agreement and Plan of Organization with respect
     to the Company, each Acquisition  Subsidiary and each Founding Company that
     is a party thereto, has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
     Company,  such Acquisition  Subsidiary and such Founding Company,  and each
     such agreement is a valid and binding agreement on the part of the Company,
     such  Acquisition  Subsidiary  and such Founding  Company,  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms,  except as rights to  indemnification  hereunder
     may be limited by applicable law and except as the  enforcement  hereof and
     thereof   may   be   limited   by   applicable   bankruptcy,    insolvency,
     reorganization,  moratorium  or other similar laws relating to or affecting
     creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles.

          (n) The  Company  and each of the  Founding  Companies  possesses  all
     authorizations,  approvals, orders, licenses, certificates,  franchises and
     permits of and from, and have made all  declarations  and filings with, all
     regulatory or governmental  officials,  bodies and tribunals ("Permits") to
     own,  lease or operate  their  respective  properties  and to conduct their
     respective  businesses  described  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
     Prospectus,  except  where the  failure to have  obtained  or made the same
     would not have a material  adverse  effect on the  condition  (financial or
     otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or business  prospects of the
     Company  and the  Founding  Companies,  taken as a whole,  and  neither the
     Company  nor any of the  Founding  Companies  has  received  any  notice of
     proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Permits.

          (o) The Company and each of the Founding  Companies owns, or possesses
     adequate rights to use, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances,
     pledges,  security interests or defects, all patents,  trademarks,  service
     marks, trade names, trade secrets, copyrights,


                                       -9-


<PAGE>



     proprietary  technology  and  licenses,  and  rights  with  respect  to the
     foregoing (collectively,  "Intellectual Property"),  used in the conduct of
     their respective businesses as described in the Registration  Statement and
     the Prospectus, and none of the Intellectual Property presently owned, held
     or  used by the  Company  or any of the  Founding  Companies  infringes  or
     conflicts with any  Intellectual  Property of any other person or entity or
     are in  dispute,  and neither  the  Company  nor any  Founding  Company has
     received  a  notice,  or  knows of any  basis,  of any  infringement  of or
     conflict with the asserted  rights of others in any such respect that might
     have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (p) The Company and each of the  Founding  Companies  owns and has the
     right to use all trade secrets,  know-how  (including all other  unpatented
     and/or  unpatentable  proprietary or confidential  information,  systems or
     procedures),  inventions, designs, processes, works of authorship, computer
     programs  and  technical  data and  information  that are  material  to its
     business, properties and operations.

          (q) The Company and each of the Founding  Companies  is in  compliance
     with, and conducts its business in conformity with, all applicable federal,
     state,  local and  foreign  laws,  rules and  regulations  of each court or
     governmental  agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of
     the Founding Companies,  except where the failure to be in compliance would
     not have a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  to the  knowledge  of the  Company,
     otherwise  than  as  set  forth  in  the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus,  no  prospective  change in any of such  federal or state laws,
     rules or regulations  has been adopted which,  when made  effective,  would
     have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (r) The Company and each of the Founding  Companies  is in  compliance
     with all federal,  state, local or foreign laws or regulations  relating to
     pollution or protection of human health or the environment  ("Environmental
     Laws"),  except  where the  failure  to be in  compliance  would not have a
     Material  Adverse  Effect.  Neither  the  Company  nor any of the  Founding
     Companies  has  authorized,  conducted or generated,  transported,  stored,
     used,  treated,  disposed or released any  hazardous  substance,  hazardous
     waste,  hazardous  material,   hazardous   constituent,   toxic  substance,
     pollutant,  contaminant,  petroleum product,  natural gas, liquified gas or
     synthetic gas, defined or regulated under any  Environmental  Law on, in or
     under any property  currently leased or owned or by any means controlled by
     the  Company or any of the  Founding  Companies  (the "Real  Property")  in
     violation of any applicable  law,  except for any violation which would not
     have a Material  Adverse  Effect;  there is no pending or, to the Company's
     knowledge,  threatened  claim,  action,  litigation  or any  administrative
     agency proceeding  involving the Company,  any of the Founding Companies or
     their respective


                                      -10-


<PAGE>



     properties,  nor has the Company or any of the Founding  Companies received
     any  written  notice,  or any oral notice to any  executive  officer of the
     Company or any other employee  responsible  for receipt of any such notice,
     from any governmental  entity or third party,  that (A) alleges a violation
     of any Environmental  Laws by the Company or any of the Founding  Companies
     or any person or entity whose liability for a violation of an Environmental
     Law the Company or any of the  Founding  Companies  has retained or assumed
     either  contractually  or by operation of law, which liability or violation
     could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (B) alleges
     the Company or any of the  Founding  Companies  is a liable party under the
     Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability Act, 42
     U.S.C.  ss. 9601 et seq., or any state superfund law, (C) alleges  possible
     contamination  of the  environment  by the  Company or any of the  Founding
     Companies or (D) alleges possible contamination of the Real Property.

          (s) The  Company  and each of the  Founding  Companies  has  filed all
     necessary federal, state, local and foreign income, payroll,  franchise and
     other tax  returns  and has paid all  taxes  shown as due  thereon  or with
     respect to any of its  properties,  and there is no tax deficiency that has
     been, or to the knowledge of the Company is likely to be, asserted  against
     the Company or any of the  Founding  Companies  or any of their  respective
     properties or assets that might have a Material Adverse Effect, and all tax
     liabilities  are  adequately  provided  for on the books of the Company and
     each of the Founding Companies.

          (t)  Neither  the  Company  nor  any of  its  officers,  directors  or
     affiliates  has taken or will  take,  directly  or  indirectly,  any action
     designed or intended to stabilize or  manipulate  the price of any security
     of the  Company,  or which  caused or  resulted  in, or which  might in the
     future  reasonably  be  expected  to cause or result in,  stabilization  or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

          (u) The Company has provided  you with all  financial  statements  for
     each of the Founding Companies since January 1, 1994 to the date hereof.

          (v)  Neither  the  Company  nor any of the  Founding  Companies  is in
     violation of its respective charter or by-laws. The Company and each of the
     Founding  Companies has performed all material  obligations  required to be
     performed by the Company or any such  Founding  Company  under any material
     indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,  note agreement or other agreement or
     instrument  to  which  it is a  party  or by  which  it is or  any  of  its
     properties  may be bound,  and neither the Company nor any of the  Founding
     Companies nor any other party to


                                      -11-


<PAGE>



     such material indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust, note agreement or other
     agreement  or  instrument  is in  default  under or in  breach  of any such
     obligations.  Neither  the Company nor any of the  Founding  Companies  has
     received any notice of such default or breach.

          (w) Neither the Company nor any of the Founding  Companies is involved
     in  any  labor  dispute  nor,  to  their  knowledge,  is any  such  dispute
     threatened.  Neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies is aware
     that (A) any executive,  key employee or significant  group of employees of
     the Company or any Founding Company plans to terminate  employment with the
     Company  or any such  Founding  Company  or (B) any such  executive  or key
     employee  is subject  to any  noncompete,  nondisclosure,  confidentiality,
     employment,  consulting or similar  agreement that would be violated by the
     present  or  proposed  business  activities  of the  Company  or any of the
     Founding  Companies.  Neither the Company nor any  Founding  Company has or
     expects to have any liability  for any  prohibited  transaction  or funding
     deficiency or any complete or partial withdrawal  liability with respect to
     any pension,  profit sharing or other plan which is subject to the Employee
     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),  to which the
     Company or any Founding  Company makes or ever has made a contribution  and
     in which any employee of the Company or any Founding Company is or has ever
     been a  participant.  With  respect to such  plans,  the  Company  and each
     Founding  Company  is in  compliance  in all  material  respects  with  all
     applicable provisions of ERISA.

          (x) The  Company  has  obtained  the written  agreement  described  in
     Section  8(h) of this  Agreement  from  each  of its  officers,  directors,
     director designees and holders of Common Stock listed on Schedule B hereto.

          (y) The Company has obtained from each of the  stockholders of each of
     the Founding  Companies  their  agreement  not to sell,  assign,  exchange,
     transfer, encumber, pledge, distribute, appoint or otherwise dispose of any
     shares of Common Stock received in the Founding  Company Mergers other than
     in accordance with the transfer  restrictions  provided for in Section 15.1
     of each Agreement and Plan of Organization.

          (z) The Company and each of the Founding Companies have, and as of the
     Closing  Dates will have,  good and  marketable  title to all real property
     free and clear of all liens,  encumbrances  and defects  except such as are
     described in the  Prospectus  or such as would not have a Material  Adverse
     Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company
     or any of the Founding Companies or proposed to be held after giving effect
     to the transactions described in the Prospectus


                                      -12-


<PAGE>



     are,  or will  be as of the  Closing  Dates,  held  by  them  under  valid,
     subsisting and enforceable  leases with such exceptions as would not have a
     Material  Adverse  Effect,   in  each  case  except  as  described  in  the
     Prospectus.  All  personal  property  used by the  Company  and each of the
     Founding  Companies  in their  business  is  either  owned or leased by the
     Company  or  the  Founding  Companies  and is in  good  working  order  and
     condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

          (aa) The Company and each  Founding  Company is insured by insurers of
     recognized  financial  responsibility  against such losses and risks and in
     such amounts as is customary  in the  businesses  in which it is engaged or
     proposes to engage after giving effect to the transactions described in the
     Prospectus; and neither the Company nor any Founding Company has any reason
     to  believe  that it  will  not be able to  renew  its  existing  insurance
     coverage as and when such coverage  expires or to obtain  similar  coverage
     from similar  insurers as may be necessary to continue  their business at a
     cost that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

          (bb) Other than as contemplated by this Agreement, there is no broker,
     finder or other  party that is  entitled  to receive  from the  Company any
     brokerage or finder's fee or other fee or  commission as a result of any of
     the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

          (cc) The  inventory  of the Company and the  Founding  Companies is in
     merchantable  condition and can be sold in the ordinary  course of business
     at the carrying value of such  inventory,  as shown in the Company's or the
     Founding Companies' financial statements,  subject to pricing reductions in
     the ordinary course of business.

          (dd) The Company and each of the Founding Companies maintains a system
     of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances
     that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's  general
     or specific  authorization;  (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to
     permit  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
     accepted accounting  principles and to maintain  accountability for assets;
     (iii) access to assets is permitted  only in accordance  with  management's
     general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
     assets is  compared  with  existing  assets  at  reasonable  intervals  and
     appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

          (ee) To the  Company's  knowledge,  neither the Company nor any of the
     Founding  Companies  nor any employee or agent of the Company or any of the
     Founding  Companies  has made any payment of funds of the Company or any of
     the Founding Companies or received or


                                      -13-


<PAGE>



     retained  any funds in  violation  of any law,  rule or  regulation,  which
     payment,  receipt or  retention  of funds is of a character  required to be
     disclosed in the Prospectus.

          (ff)  Neither  the  Company nor any of the  Founding  Companies  is an
     "investment  company," or an entity "controlled" by an "investment company"
     required to be  registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940,  as
     amended  (the "1940  Act"),  as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act, and
     neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies expects to be treated
     as such by reason of the receipt and  application  of the net proceeds from
     the sale of the Stock.

          (gg) The Stock has been duly  approved  for  quotation  on the  Nasdaq
     National Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

          (hh) No holder of any  security  of the  Company has the right to have
     any security owned by such holder  included in the  Registration  Statement
     and, except as described in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus,
     no  holder  of  any  security  of the  Company  has  the  right  to  demand
     registration  of any security owned by such holder during the period ending
     12 months after the date of the Prospectus.

          (ii)  Each  certificate  signed  by any  officer  of the  Company  and
     delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the  Underwriters  pursuant to
     this Agreement shall be deemed to be a  representation  and warranty by the
     Company as to the matters covered thereby.

          (jj) For all  periods  from its  election  under  Subchapter  S of the
     Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  until the Closing
     Date, each of the Founding  Companies that so elected was qualified as an S
     Corporation  pursuant to an election validly made under Subchapter S of the
     Code (which election has not been and will not be revoked or terminated for
     any such  period)  and the  Company has not been and will not be subject to
     federal  corporate  taxes for such periods.  Any  Subchapter S election was
     duly terminated on the Closing Date.

     3. Purchase by, and Sale and Delivery to,  Underwriters--Closing Dates. The
Company agrees to sell to the  Underwriters  the Firm Stock, and on the basis of
the representations,  warranties, covenants and agreements herein contained, but
subject to the terms and conditions  herein set forth, the  Underwriters  agree,
severally  and not jointly,  to purchase  the Firm Stock from the  Company,  the
number of shares of Firm Stock to be  purchased  by each  Underwriter  being set
opposite  its name in Schedule  A,  subject to  adjustment  in  accordance  with
Section 12 hereof.

     The purchase price per share to be paid by the  Underwriters to the Company
will be $_________ per share (the "Purchase Price").


                                      -14-


<PAGE>




     The  Company  will  deliver the Firm Stock to the  Representatives  for the
respective  accounts  of the  several  Underwriters  (in the form of  definitive
certificates,   issued  in  such  names  and  in  such   denominations   as  the
Representatives may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or prior
to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the second full business day preceding the
First Closing Date (as defined below) or, if no such  direction is received,  in
the names of the respective Underwriters or in such other names as Ladenburg may
designate  (solely for the purpose of  administrative  convenience)  and in such
denominations  as Ladenburg  may  determine),  against  payment of the aggregate
Purchase  Price  therefor  by wire  transfer  of  same-day  funds to an  account
specified by the Company in writing at least two (2) business  days prior to the
First Closing Date, all at the offices of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., 666 Fifth
Avenue,  New York, New York 10103. The time and date of the delivery and closing
shall be at 10:00 A.M.,  New York City time,  on ________,  1997,  in accordance
with Rule  15c6-1 of the  Exchange  Act.  The time and date of such  payment and
delivery are herein  referred to as the "First  Closing Date." The First Closing
Date and the  location of  delivery  of, and the form of payment  for,  the Firm
Stock may be varied by agreement  between the Company and  Ladenburg.  The First
Closing Date may be postponed pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.

     The Company  shall make the  certificates  for the Stock  available  to the
Representatives  for  examination on behalf of the  Underwriters  not later than
10:00 A.M.,  New York City time, on the business day preceding the First Closing
Date at the offices of Ladenburg, 590 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

     It is understood that either of the  Representatives,  individually and not
as a Representative of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated
to) make payment to the Company on behalf of any  Underwriter  or  Underwriters,
for the Stock to be  purchased by such  Underwriter  or  Underwriters.  Any such
payment by either of the  Representatives  shall not relieve such Underwriter or
Underwriters from any of its or their other obligations hereunder.

     The several  Underwriters  agree to make an initial public  offering of the
Firm Stock at the initial public offering price as soon after the  effectiveness
of  the  Registration   Statement  as  in  their  judgment  is  advisable.   The
Representatives  shall promptly  advise the Company of the making of the initial
public offering.

     For the purpose of covering  any  over-allotments  in  connection  with the
distribution  and sale of the Firm Stock as contemplated by the Prospectus,  the
Company hereby grants to the  Underwriters an option to purchase,  severally and
not jointly, an aggregate of up to 405,000 shares of Common Stock. The price per
share to be paid for the Option  Stock shall be the Purchase  Price.  The option
granted hereby may be exercised as to all or any part of the Option Stock at any
time,  and from time to time,  not more than thirty (30) days  subsequent to the
effective  date of this  Agreement.  No Option Stock shall be sold and delivered
unless  the Firm Stock  previously  has been,  or  simultaneously  is,  sold and
delivered. The right to purchase the


                                      -15-


<PAGE>



Option Stock or any portion  thereof may be  surrendered  and  terminated at any
time upon notice by the Underwriters to the Company.

     The option  granted hereby may be exercised by the  Underwriters  by giving
written notice from Ladenburg to the Company  setting forth the number of shares
of the Option  Stock to be  purchased by them and the date and time for delivery
of and  payment  for the Option  Stock.  Each date and time for  delivery of and
payment  for the Option  Stock  (which may be the First  Closing  Date,  but not
earlier)  is herein  called the "Option  Closing  Date" and shall in no event be
earlier than two (2) business  days nor later than ten (10)  business days after
written notice is given. (The Option Closing Date and the First Closing Date are
herein  called the  "Closing  Dates.")  All  purchases  of Option Stock from the
Company  shall be made on a pro rata basis.  Option Stock shall be purchased for
the account of each  Underwriter in the same  proportion as the number of shares
of Firm Stock set forth  opposite such  Underwriter's  name in Schedule A hereto
bears to the total number of shares of Firm Stock  (subject to adjustment by the
Underwriters  to  eliminate  odd  lots).  Upon  exercise  of the  option  by the
Underwriters,  the  Company  agrees to sell to the  Underwriters  the  number of
shares of  Option  Stock set forth in the  written  notice of  exercise  and the
Underwriters  agree,  severally  and not  jointly  and  subject to the terms and
conditions herein set forth, to purchase the number of such shares determined as
aforesaid.

     The Company will deliver the Option Stock to the  Underwriters (in the form
of definitive  certificates,  issued in such names and in such  denominations as
the  Representatives  may direct by notice in writing to the Company given at or
prior to 12:00  Noon,  New York City  time,  on the  second  full  business  day
preceding the Option Closing Date or, if no such  direction is received,  in the
names of the  respective  Underwriters  or in such other names as Ladenburg  may
designate  (solely for the purpose of  administrative  convenience)  and in such
denominations  as Ladenburg  may  determine),  against  payment of the aggregate
Purchase  Price  therefor  by wire  transfer  of  same-day  funds to an  account
specified by the Company in writing at least two (2) business  days prior to the
Option  Closing  Date,  all at the offices of Fulbright & Jaworski  L.L.P.,  666
Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10103. The Option Closing Date and the location
of delivery  of, and the form of payment  for, the Option Stock may be varied by
agreement  between the Company and  Ladenburg.  The Option  Closing  Date may be
postponed pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.

     In order to  induce  you to enter  into this  Agreement,  the  Company,  in
consideration  of the  receipt  of an  aggregate  of $2,700  and other  good and
valuable  consideration,   the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  is  hereby
acknowledged,  shall execute and deliver to you, in your individual capacity and
not as Representatives,  or your assignees,  in compliance with the rules of the
NASD, warrants  exercisable during the 5-year period commencing on the effective
date of the Registration  Statement (the "Warrants") to purchase an aggregate of
270,000  shares of Common Stock at an exercise  price per share equal to 120% of
the initial  public  offering price per share set forth on the cover page of the
Prospectus.  The  Warrants  shall  be  in  the  form  of  Exhibit  10.5  to  the
Registration Statement. Execution and delivery of Warrants, registered in your


                                      -16-


<PAGE>



name or the names of such of your officers or such assignees as you shall notify
the  Company in writing,  shall be made to you,  at your  offices at 590 Madison
Avenue,  New York,  New York  10022,  at the  First  Closing  Date.  The cost of
original issue tax stamps, if any, in connection with the execution and delivery
of the Warrants shall be borne by the Company.

     4.  Covenants  and  Agreements  of the Company.  The Company  covenants and
agrees with the several Underwriters that:

          (a) The Company will (i) if the Company and the  Representatives  have
     determined  not to proceed  pursuant to Rule 430A,  use its best efforts to
     cause the Registration  Statement to become effective,  (ii) if the Company
     and the  Representatives  have determined to proceed pursuant to Rule 430A,
     use its  best  efforts  to  comply  with  the  provisions  of and  make all
     requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to Rule 430A and Rule 424 of
     the Rules and Regulations and (iii) if the Company and the  Representatives
     have determined to deliver  Prospectuses  pursuant to Rule 434 of the Rules
     and Regulations,  to use its best efforts to comply with all the applicable
     provisions thereof. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly as
     to the time at which the Registration  Statement  becomes  effective,  will
     advise the  Representatives  promptly of the issuance by the  Commission of
     any stop order suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement
     or of the institution of any proceedings for that purpose, and will use its
     best  efforts to prevent the  issuance of any such stop order and to obtain
     as soon as possible the lifting thereof, if issued. The Company will advise
     the  Representatives  promptly  of  the  receipt  of  any  comments  of the
     Commission  or any  request  by the  Commission  for  any  amendment  of or
     supplement  to  the  Registration   Statement  or  the  Prospectus  or  for
     additional  information  and will not at any time file any amendment to the
     Registration  Statement or  supplement  to the  Prospectus  which shall not
     previously  have been submitted to the  Representatives  a reasonable  time
     prior to the proposed filing thereof or to which the Representatives  shall
     reasonably  object  in  writing  or  which  is not in  compliance  with the
     Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (b) The Company  will prepare and file with the  Commission,  promptly
     upon the request of the  Representatives,  any amendments or supplements to
     the  Registration  Statement or the Prospectus  which in the opinion of the
     Representatives  may be  necessary  to enable the several  Underwriters  to
     continue  the  distribution  of the Stock and will use its best  efforts to
     cause the same to become effective as promptly as possible.

          (c) If at any  time  after  the  effective  date  of the  Registration
     Statement  when a  prospectus  relating  to the  Stock  is  required  to be
     delivered under the Securities Act any event relating to or affecting the


                                      -17-


<PAGE>



     Company or any of the  Founding  Companies  occurs as a result of which the
     Prospectus  or any other  prospectus  as then in effect  would  include  an
     untrue  statement of a material  fact,  or omit to state any material  fact
     necessary to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances
     under which they were made,  not  misleading,  or if it is necessary at any
     time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, the Company
     will  promptly  notify  the  Representatives  thereof  and will  prepare an
     amended or  supplemented  prospectus  which will correct such  statement or
     omission;  and in case any  Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus
     relating to the Stock nine (9) months or more after the  effective  date of
     the   Registration   Statement,   the  Company  upon  the  request  of  the
     Representatives  and  at the  expense  of  such  Underwriter  will  prepare
     promptly  such  prospectus  or  prospectuses  as may be necessary to permit
     compliance with the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

          (d) The Company will deliver to the Representatives,  at or before the
     Closing Dates, signed copies of the Registration  Statement,  as originally
     filed  with  the  Commission,  and all  amendments  thereto  including  all
     financial  statements  and  exhibits  thereto,  and  will  deliver  to  the
     Representatives  such  number  of  copies  of the  Registration  Statement,
     including  such  financial   statements  but  without  exhibits,   and  all
     amendments thereto,  as the  Representatives  may reasonably  request.  The
     Company will  deliver or mail to or upon the order of the  Representatives,
     from time to time until the effective date of the  Registration  Statement,
     as many copies of the Pre-effective  Prospectus as the  Representatives may
     reasonably  request.  The Company will deliver or mail to or upon the order
     of the  Representatives  on the date of the initial  public  offering,  and
     thereafter  from  time  to  time  during  the  period  when  delivery  of a
     prospectus  relating to the Stock is required under the Securities  Act, as
     many copies of the  Prospectus,  in final form or as thereafter  amended or
     supplemented  as the  Representatives  may  reasonably  request;  provided,
     however, that the expense of the preparation and delivery of any prospectus
     required  for use nine (9) months or more after the  effective  date of the
     Registration  Statement  shall  be borne by the  Underwriters  required  to
     deliver such prospectus.

          (e) The Company will make generally  available to its  shareholders as
     soon as  practicable,  but not later than  fifteen  (15)  months  after the
     effective date of the Registration  Statement,  an earning  statement which
     will be in reasonable detail (but which need not be audited) and which will
     comply with Section 11(a) of the  Securities  Act,  covering a period of at
     least twelve (12) months  beginning after the "effective  date" (as defined
     in Rule 158 under the Securities Act) of the Registration Statement.



                                      -18-


<PAGE>



          (f) The Company will cooperate with the  Representatives to enable the
     Stock  to  be  registered  or  qualified  for  offering  and  sale  by  the
     Underwriters and by dealers under the securities laws of such jurisdictions
     as the Representatives  may reasonably  designate and at the request of the
     Representatives  will make such  applications  and furnish such consents to
     service of  process  or other  documents  as may be  required  of it as the
     issuer of the Stock for that purpose;  provided,  however, that the Company
     shall  not be  required  to  qualify  to do  business  or to file a general
     consent  (other than that arising out of the offering or sale of the Stock)
     to  service  of  process  in any such  jurisdiction  where it is not now so
     subject.  The  Company  will,  from  time to time,  prepare  and file  such
     statements and reports as are or may be required of it as the issuer of the
     Stock to continue such qualifications in effect for so long a period as the
     Representatives  may reasonably  request for the distribution of the Stock.
     The Company  will  advise the  Representatives  promptly  after the Company
     becomes aware of the suspension of the  qualifications  or  registration of
     (or any such  exception  relating  to) the Common  Stock of the Company for
     offering,  sale or  trading in any  jurisdiction  or of any  initiation  or
     threat  of any  proceeding  for any such  purpose,  and in the event of the
     issuance of any orders  suspending  such  qualifications,  registration  or
     exception,  the Company will, with the  cooperation of the  Representatives
     use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal thereof.

          (g) The  Company  will  furnish  to its  stockholders  annual  reports
     containing financial statements certified by independent public accountants
     and with quarterly summary financial information in reasonable detail which
     may be unaudited. During the period of five (5) years from the date hereof,
     the  Company  will  deliver  to the  Representatives,  as soon as they  are
     available,  copies of each  annual  report of the  Company  containing  the
     balance  sheet  of the  Company  as of the  close of such  fiscal  year and
     statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then
     ended  and  the  opinion  thereon  of  the  Company's   independent  public
     accountants and each other report or communication furnished by the Company
     to its stockholders and will deliver to the Representatives, (i) as soon as
     they are available, copies of any other reports or communication (financial
     or other) which the Company  shall publish or otherwise  make  available to
     any of its  stockholders  as such and  (ii) as soon as they are  available,
     copies of any reports and financial  statements  furnished to or filed with
     the Commission, or the NASD or any national securities exchange. So long as
     the Company has active subsidiaries, such financial statements will be on a
     consolidated  basis to the  extent  the  accounts  of the  Company  and its
     subsidiaries  are  consolidated  in reports  furnished to its  stockholders
     generally.  Separate  financial  statements  shall  be  furnished  for  all
     subsidiaries  whose accounts are not consolidated but which at the time are
     significant subsidiaries as defined in the Rules and Regulations.


                                      -19-


<PAGE>




          (h) The Company  will use its best  efforts to quality for  inclusion,
     subject to official notice of issuance,  on the Nasdaq National Market, the
     Stock to be issued and sold by the Company.

          (i) The Company will  maintain a transfer  agent and registrar for its
     Common Stock.

          (j) The  Company  will not,  without  the  prior  written  consent  of
     Ladenburg, offer, sell, assign, transfer, encumber, contract to sell, grant
     an option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or
     securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock
     during the 180 days following the date of the  Prospectus,  other than: (i)
     the  Company's  sale of Common  Stock  hereunder,  (ii) the issuance of the
     Warrants  and the  Company's  issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of
     the Warrants,  (iii) in  connection  with the Founding  Company  Mergers as
     described in the  Registration  Statement,  (iv) upon the exercise of stock
     options or upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and the Restricted Common
     Stock,  granted or issued  prior to the date hereof and as described in the
     Registration Statement, (v) 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock to be used for
     the  acquisition  of companies in the  collectibles,  gift or animation art
     industries,  and (vi) the grant of stock  options  pursuant  to the  Option
     Plans.  The Company will not waive the  provisions  of Section 15.1 of each
     Agreement and Plan of  Organization  during the 180 days following the date
     of the Prospectus without the prior written consent of Ladenburg.

          (k) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock
     as set forth in the description  under "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus,
     which  description  complies in all respects with the  requirements of Item
     504 of Regulation S-K.

          (l) The Company will supply you with copies of all  correspondence  to
     and from, and all documents  issued to and by, the Commission in connection
     with the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act.

          (m) Prior to the  Closing  Dates the Company  will  furnish to you, as
     soon  as  they  have  been  prepared,   copies  of  any  unaudited  interim
     consolidated  financial  statements of the Company and each of the Founding
     Companies  for  any  periods  subsequent  to  the  periods  covered  by the
     financial  statements  appearing  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
     Prospectus.

          (n) Prior to the Closing Dates the Company will issue no press release
     or other communications directly or indirectly and hold no press conference
     with respect to the Company or any of the Founding


                                      -20-


<PAGE>



     Companies,  the  financial  condition,  results  of  operation,   business,
     prospects,  assets or  liabilities  of any of them,  or the offering of the
     Stock, without your prior written consent.

          (o) The Company will not at any time, directly or indirectly, take any
     action  designed or intended to  stabilize or  manipulate  the price of any
     security of the Company,  or which caused or resulted in, or which might in
     the future  reasonably be expected to cause or result in,  stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

          (p)  The  Company  will  file  a  Form  SR  in  compliance   with  the
     requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

          (q)  The  Company  will  (i) use  its  best  efforts  to  satisfy  all
     conditions to the consummation of the Founding Company Mergers as set forth
     in the applicable  Agreement and Plan of Organization with respect thereto,
     and (ii) promptly notify the Representatives of the occurrence of any event
     which may result in the  non-consummation  of any of the  Founding  Company
     Mergers.

          (r) Until the  expiration of two years from the First Closing Date, in
     connection  with any public  offering of equity  securities by the Company,
     the Company shall not appoint  anyone as manager for such public  offering,
     unless the Company shall first offer the opportunity to act as a manager to
     Ladenburg, upon specified terms and conditions, and if Ladenburg shall fail
     to accept such terms and  conditions  within thirty days,  then the Company
     shall be free to appoint any other firm or  organization  as a manager upon
     terms and  conditions  which  shall not be more  favorable  to such firm or
     organization than those so offered to Ladenburg.

     5.  Payment  of  Expenses.  (a)  The  Company  will  pay  (directly  or  by
reimbursement) all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with expenses
incident  to the  performance  of its  obligations  of the  Company  under  this
Agreement and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including
but not  limited to (i) all  expenses  and taxes  incident to the  issuance  and
delivery of the Stock to the Representatives;  (ii) all expenses incident to the
registration of the Stock under the Securities Act; (iii) the costs of preparing
stock certificates  (including  printing and engraving costs); (iv) all fees and
expenses of the  registrar  and transfer  agent of the Stock;  (v) all necessary
issue,  transfer and other stamp taxes in connection  with the issuance and sale
of the  Stock to the  Underwriters;  (vi)  fees and  expenses  of the  Company's
counsel and the Company's independent accountants;  (vii) all costs and expenses
incurred in connection  with the  preparation,  printing,  filing,  shipping and
distribution of the Registration  Statement,  each Pre-effective  Prospectus and
the  Prospectus  (including  all  exhibits  and  financial  statements)  and all
amendments  and   supplements   provided  for  herein,   the  "Agreement   Among
Underwriters" between the


                                      -21-


<PAGE>



Representatives and the Underwriters,  the Selling Agreement,  the Underwriters'
Questionnaire and the Blue Sky memoranda, if any, and this Agreement; (viii) all
filing  fees,  attorneys'  fees and  expenses  incurred  by the  Company  or the
Underwriters  in connection  with  exemptions from the qualifying or registering
(or obtaining qualification or registration of) all or any part of the Stock for
offer and sale and  determination  of its eligibility  for investment  under the
Blue Sky or other securities laws of such  jurisdictions as the  Representatives
may  designate;  (ix) all fees and expenses in connection  with  qualifying  the
Stock for  inclusion on the Nasdaq  National  Market and all fees and  expenses,
including attorneys' fees, paid or incurred in connection with filings made with
the NASD;  and (x) all other costs and expenses  incident to the  performance of
its obligations  hereunder which are not otherwise  specifically provided for in
this Section 5,  including  any and all costs and expenses  associated  with the
Founding  Company  Mergers,  except for those  costs which shall be borne by the
Founding Companies.

     (b) In addition to its other  obligations  under  Section 6(a) hereof,  the
Company  agrees that,  as an interim  measure  during the pendency of any claim,
action, investigation,  inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or based upon
(i) any  statement or omission or any alleged  statement or omission or (ii) any
breach or inaccuracy in its  representations  and warranties,  it will reimburse
each Underwriter on a quarterly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses
incurred in connection with  investigating or defending any such claim,  action,
investigation,  inquiry or other  proceeding,  notwithstanding  the absence of a
judicial  determination as to the propriety and  enforceability of the Company's
obligation to reimburse each  Underwriter  for such expenses and the possibility
that  such  payments  might  later be held to have been  improper  by a court of
competent  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  that  any such  interim  reimbursement
payment is so held to have been improper, each Underwriter shall promptly return
it to the Company together with interest,  compounded  daily,  determined on the
basis of the prime rate (or other  commercial  lending rate for borrowers of the
highest  credit  standing)  announced  from time to time by Citibank,  N.A., New
York, New York (the "Prime Rate"). Any such interim reimbursement payments which
are not made to an  Underwriter  in a timely manner as provided below shall bear
interest  at the  Prime  Rate  from the due date  for such  reimbursement.  This
expense reimbursement agreement will be in addition to any other liability which
the Company may otherwise  have. The request for  reimbursement  will be sent to
the Company.

     (c) In addition to its other  obligations  under Section 6(b) hereof,  each
Underwriter  severally agrees that, as an interim measure during the pendency of
any claim, action, investigation,  inquiry or other proceeding arising out of or
based upon any  statement  or  omission,  or any alleged  statement or omission,
described in Section 6(c) hereof which relates to written information  furnished
to the Company by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters specifically
for  inclusion  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus,  it  will
reimburse the Company (and, to the extent applicable,  each officer, director or
controlling  person)  on a  quarterly  basis for all  reasonable  legal or other
expenses incurred in connection with investigating or


                                      -22-


<PAGE>



defending any such claim,  action,  investigation,  inquiry or other proceeding,
notwithstanding the absence of a judicial  determination as to the propriety and
enforceability of the Underwriters' obligation to reimburse the Company (and, to
the extent applicable,  each officer,  director or controlling  person) for such
expenses and the possibility that such payments might later be held to have been
improper  by a court of  competent  jurisdiction.  To the  extent  that any such
interim  reimbursement  payment is so held to have been  improper,  the  Company
(and, to the extent applicable,  each officer,  director or controlling  person)
shall promptly return it to the Underwriters together with interest,  compounded
daily, determined on the basis of the Prime Rate. Any such interim reimbursement
payments  which are not made to the Company within thirty (30) days of a request
for  reimbursement  shall bear  interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such
request.  This indemnity  agreement  will be in addition to any liability  which
such Underwriter may otherwise have.

     (d) It is agreed that any  controversy  arising out of the operation of the
interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in paragraph (b) and/or (c) of this
Section 5, including the amounts of any requested reimbursement payments and the
method of determining  such amounts,  shall be settled by arbitration  conducted
under the provisions of the  Constitution and Rules of the Board of Governors of
the New York  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.  or  pursuant  to the  Code of  Arbitration
Procedure of the NASD.  Any such  arbitration  must be commenced by service of a
written  demand for  arbitration  or written  notice of intention to  arbitrate,
therein  electing the  arbitration  tribunal.  In the event the party  demanding
arbitration  does not make such  designation of an arbitration  tribunal in such
demand  or  notice,  then the  party  responding  to said  demand  or  notice is
authorized  to do so. Such an  arbitration  would be limited to the operation of
the interim  reimbursement  provisions  contained in paragraph (b) and/or (c) of
this Section 5 and would not resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability of
the  obligation  to reimburse  expenses  which is created by the  provisions  of
Section 6.

     6.  Indemnification  and Contribution.  (a) The Company agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless each  Underwriter  and each person,  if any, who controls such
Underwriter  within  the  meaning  of the  Securities  Act  and  the  respective
officers, directors, partners, employees,  representatives and agents of each of
such Underwriter (collectively, the "Underwriter Indemnified Parties" and, each,
an  "Underwriter  Indemnified  Party"),  against  any losses,  claims,  damages,
liabilities  or expenses  (including the reasonable  cost of  investigating  and
defending  against any claims  therefor and counsel fees  incurred in connection
therewith), joint or several, which may be based upon the Securities Act, or any
other statute or at common law, on the ground that any Pre-effective Prospectus,
the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus (or any Pre-effective  Prospectus,
the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus  as from time to time amended or
supplemented)  includes or allegedly  includes an untrue statement of a material
fact or omits  to  state a  material  fact  required  to be  stated  therein  or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
under  which  they were  made,  not  misleading;  provided,  however,  that such
indemnity  shall not inure to the  benefit  of any  Underwriter  (or any  person
controlling  such) on account of any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
expenses arising from the sale of the Stock


                                      -23-


<PAGE>



to any person by such  Underwriter  (i) if such untrue  statement or omission or
alleged untrue statement or omission was made in any  Pre-effective  Prospectus,
the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus,  or such amendment or supplement,
in reliance upon and in conformity with information  furnished in writing to the
Company by the Representatives on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for use
therein  or  (ii)  as to  any  Pre-effective  Prospectus,  with  respect  to any
Underwriter,  to the extent  that any such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability  or
expense of such Underwriter  results from an untrue statement of a material fact
contained  in, or the  omission  of a  material  fact from,  such  Pre-effective
Prospectus,  which untrue statement or omission was corrected in the Prospectus,
if such Underwriter sold Stock to the person alleging such loss,  claim,  damage
or liability without sending or giving, at or prior to the written  confirmation
of such sale, a copy of the  Prospectus,  unless such failure  resulted from the
failure of the Company to deliver copies of the  Prospectus to such  Underwriter
on a timely basis to permit such sending or giving. The Company will be entitled
to participate at its own expense in the defense or, if it so elects,  to assume
the  defense  of any suit  brought  to enforce  any such  liability,  but if the
Company elects to assume the defense, such defense shall be conducted by counsel
chosen by it. In the event the Company  elects to assume the defense of any such
suit and retain such counsel, any Underwriter Indemnified Parties,  defendant or
defendants in the suit,  may retain  additional  counsel but shall bear the fees
and  expenses of such  counsel  unless (i) the Company  shall have  specifically
authorized  the  retaining  of such  counsel  or (ii) the  parties  to such suit
include  any such  Underwriter  Indemnified  Parties,  and the  Company and such
Underwriter Indemnified Parties at law or in equity have been advised by counsel
to the  Underwriters  that one or more legal  defenses may be available to it or
them which may not be available to the Company,  in which case the Company shall
not be  entitled  to  assume  the  defense  of  such  suit  notwithstanding  its
obligation  to bear  the fees  and  expenses  of such  counsel.  This  indemnity
agreement is not exclusive  and will be in addition to any  liability  which the
Company might  otherwise  have and shall not limit any rights or remedies  which
may otherwise be available at law or in equity to each  Underwriter  Indemnified
Party.  The Company  agrees that the  statements  with  respect to the price and
underwriting  discount set forth on, and the  information  contained in the last
paragraph of, the cover page of the Prospectus,  the stabilization legend on the
inside front cover page of the Prospectus,  and the table of  Underwriters,  the
paragraph regarding price and underwriting discount, the paragraph regarding the
amounts of the  selling  concession  and  reallowance,  all set forth  under the
caption  "Underwriting"  in the  Prospectus,  constitute  the  only  information
provided  in  writing  by the  Representatives  on  behalf  of  any  Underwriter
expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

     (b) Each Underwriter severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless  the  Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its  officers who have
signed the  Registration  Statement  and each  person,  if any, who controls the
Company  within the meaning of the Securities  Act  (collectively,  the "Company
Indemnified  Parties")  against  any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
expenses (including,  unless the Underwriter or Underwriters elect to assume the
defense,  the reasonable cost of investigating  and defending against any claims
therefor and counsel fees incurred in


                                      -24-


<PAGE>



connection  therewith),  joint or  several,  which  arise out of or are based in
whole or in part upon the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other federal,
state,  local or foreign statute or regulation,  or at common law, on the ground
or alleged ground that any Pre-effective Prospectus,  the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus (or any Pre- effective Prospectus,  the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus,  as from time to time amended and  supplemented)  includes an
untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits to state a material fact required
to be stated  therein or necessary in order to make the statements  therein,  in
light of the  circumstances  in which they were made, not  misleading,  but only
insofar as any such  statement  or omission  was made in reliance  upon,  and in
conformity  with,  written   information   furnished  to  the  Company  by  such
Underwriter,  directly or through the  Representatives,  specifically for use in
the preparation thereof; provided,  however, that in no case is such Underwriter
to be liable  with  respect to any claims made  against any Company  Indemnified
Party against whom the action is brought unless such Company  Indemnified  Party
shall have notified such  Underwriter in writing within a reasonable  time after
the summons or other first legal process giving information of the nature of the
claim shall have been served upon the Company  Indemnified Party, but failure to
notify such  Underwriter  of such claim shall not relieve it from any  liability
which it may have to any Company  Indemnified Party otherwise than on account of
its indemnity agreement  contained in this paragraph.  Such Underwriter shall be
entitled to participate at its own expense in the defense,  or, if it so elects,
to assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any such liability, but, if
such Underwriter  elects to assume the defense,  such defense shall be conducted
by counsel chosen by it. In the event that any Underwriter  elects to assume the
defense  of any such suit and  retain  such  counsel,  the  Company  Indemnified
Parties and any other  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  or  controlling  person or
persons,  defendant or defendants in the suit,  shall bear the fees and expenses
of any  additional  counsel  retained  by them,  respectively.  The  Underwriter
against whom indemnity may be sought shall not be liable to indemnify any person
for any  settlement  of any  such  claim  effected  without  such  Underwriter's
consent.  This  indemnity  agreement is not exclusive and will be in addition to
any liability  which such  Underwriter  might otherwise have and shall not limit
any rights or remedies  which may  otherwise be available at law or in equity to
any Company Indemnified Party.

     (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is unavailable or
insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified  party under  subsection (a) or (b)
above in respect of any losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or expenses (or
actions in respect thereof)  referred to herein,  then each  indemnifying  party
shall  contribute to the amount paid or payable by such  indemnified  party as a
result of such losses, claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (or actions in
respect  thereof) in such  proportion as is  appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits  received  by the Company on the one hand and the  Underwriters  on the
other from the offering of the Stock.  If, however,  the allocation  provided by
the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each
indemnifying  party  shall  contribute  to such  amount  paid or payable by such
indemnified  party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such
relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and
the  Underwriters  on the other in connection  with the  statements or omissions
which


                                      -25-


<PAGE>



resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in
respect thereof),  as well as any other relevant equitable  considerations.  The
relative  benefits  received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters
on the  other  shall be  deemed  to be in the same  proportion  as the total net
proceeds from the offering (before deducting  expenses)  received by the Company
bear  to the  total  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  received  by the
Underwriters,  in each case as set  forth in the table on the cover  page of the
Prospectus.  The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact  relates to  information
supplied by the Company or the  Underwriters  and the parties'  relative intent,
knowledge,  access to  information  and  opportunity  to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not
be just and equitable if  contribution  were  determined by pro rata  allocation
(even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any
other  method  of  allocation  which  does not  take  account  of the  equitable
considerations  referred to above.  The amount paid or payable by an indemnified
party as a result of the losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities or expenses (or
actions in respect  thereof)  referred  to above  shall be deemed to include any
legal  or  other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  indemnified  party in
connection with  investigating,  defending,  settling or  compromising  any such
claim.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of this  subsection  (c), no Underwriter
shall be required to contribute  any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the shares of the Stock  underwritten by it and distributed
to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which
such  Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged  untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission.  The  Underwriters'
obligations  to  contribute  are  several  in  proportion  to  their  respective
underwriting   obligations  and  not  joint.  No  person  guilty  of  fraudulent
misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the  Securities  Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

     7.  Survival  of  Indemnities,   Representations,   Warranties,   etc.  The
respective indemnities, covenants, agreements,  representations,  warranties and
other  statements of the Company and the several  Underwriters,  as set forth in
this Agreement or made by them respectively,  pursuant to this Agreement,  shall
remain in full force and effect,  regardless of any investigation  made by or on
behalf of any  Underwriter,  the Company or any of its  officers or directors or
any controlling person, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Stock.

     8. Conditions of Underwriters'  Obligations.  The respective obligations of
the several  Underwriters  hereunder  shall be subject to the  accuracy,  at and
(except as otherwise  stated  herein) as of the date hereof and at and as of the
Closing Dates, of the representations and warranties made herein by the Company,
to  compliance  at and as of the Closing Dates by the Company with its covenants
and agreements  herein contained and other provisions  hereof to be satisfied at
or prior to the Closing Dates, and to the following additional conditions:



                                      -26-


<PAGE>



          (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop
     order  suspending the  effectiveness  thereof shall have been issued and no
     proceedings for that purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge
     of  the  Company  or  the  Representatives,  shall  be  threatened  by  the
     Commission,  and any request for additional  information on the part of the
     Commission (to be included in the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus
     or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the reasonable  satisfaction
     of the  Representatives.  Any filings of the Prospectus,  or any supplement
     thereto,  required  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)  or Rule 434 of the Rules and
     Regulations,  shall have been made in the manner and within the time period
     required by Rule 424(b) and Rule 434 of the Rules and  Regulations,  as the
     case may be.

          (b) The Representatives shall have been satisfied that there shall not
     have occurred any change,  on a  consolidated  basis,  prior to the Closing
     Dates in the condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  properties,  business,
     management,  prospects,  net worth or results of  operations of the Company
     and the  Founding  Companies  considered  as a whole,  or any change in the
     capital stock, short-term or long-term debt of the Company and the Founding
     Companies  considered as a whole, such that (i) the Registration  Statement
     or the  Prospectus,  or any  amendment or supplement  thereto,  contains an
     untrue statement of fact which is material,  or omits to state a fact which
     is required to be stated  therein or is  necessary  to make the  statements
     therein  not  misleading,  or (ii) it is  impracticable  in the  reasonable
     judgment  of the  Representatives  to proceed  with the public  offering or
     purchase the Stock as contemplated hereby.

          (c) At the  time of  execution  of this  Agreement  and at each of the
     Closing Dates, Arthur Andersen LLP shall have furnished to the Underwriters
     a letter or letters,  dated,  respectively,  the date of  execution of this
     Agreement  and  each  of  the  Closing  Dates,  confirming  that  they  are
     independent  certified  public  accountants with respect to the Company and
     each of the Founding Companies within the meaning of the Securities Act and
     the  applicable   published  Rules  and  Regulations  and  based  upon  the
     procedures  described in such letter delivered to you concurrently with the
     execution  of this  Agreement  (herein  called the "Comfort  Letter"),  but
     carried  out to a date not more than five (5)  business  days  prior to the
     First  Closing  Date or such later date on which the Option  Stock is to be
     purchased, as the case may be, (i) confirming, to the extent true, that the
     statements and  conclusions set forth in the Comfort Letter are accurate as
     of the First Closing Date or such later date on which Option Stock is to be
     purchased,  as the case may be, and (ii) setting  forth any  revisions  and
     additions to the statements and conclusions set forth in the Comfort Letter
     which are  necessary  to reflect any changes in the facts  described in the
     Comfort Letter since the date of such letter, or to reflect the


                                      -27-


<PAGE>



     availability of more recent financial statements, data or information.  The
     letter  shall not  contain  any  disclosure  relating  to any change in the
     condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  earnings,  operations,  business or
     business prospects of the Company and the Founding Companies  considered as
     a whole from that set forth in the  Registration  Statement or  Prospectus,
     which, in your sole judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in
     your sole judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public
     offering of the Stock as contemplated by the Prospectus. The Comfort Letter
     shall  be  addressed  to or for the  use of the  Underwriters  in form  and
     substance  satisfactory  to the  Underwriters  and shall (i) represent that
     they are  independent  certified  public  accountants  with  respect to the
     Company and each of the  Founding  Companies  within the meaning of the Act
     and the applicable  published Rules and  Regulations,  (ii) set forth their
     opinion  with  respect to their  examination  of the  balance  sheet of the
     Company as of January 31, 1997, each of the Significant  Founding Companies
     as  of  the  end  of  their  respective   fiscal  year  ends,  and  related
     consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows
     for the twelve (12) months then ended, (iii) state that Arthur Andersen LLP
     has  performed,  with respect to the interim  financial  statements  of the
     Company and the Significant Founding Companies included in the Registration
     Statement (the "Quarterly Financial Statements"), the procedures set out in
     Statement on Auditing  Standards  No. 71 ("SAS 71") for a review of interim
     financial  information  and providing the report of Arthur  Andersen LLP as
     described in SAS 71 on the Quarterly Financial Statements,  (iv) state that
     in the course of such review,  nothing came to their  attention  that leads
     them to believe that any material  modifications  need to be made to any of
     the  Quarterly  Financial  Statements in order for them to be in compliance
     with generally accepted accounting  principles  consistently applied across
     the periods presented, (v) state that, on the basis of a reading of the pro
     forma combined financial statements included in the Registration  Statement
     and the Prospectus,  carrying out certain  specified  procedures that would
     not necessarily reveal matters of significance with respect to the comments
     set forth in this clause (v), inquiries of certain officials of the Company
     and the  Founding  Companies  who have  responsibility  for  financial  and
     accounting  matters and proving the arithmetic  accuracy of the application
     of the pro  forma  combined  financial  statements,  nothing  came to their
     attention that caused them to believe that the pro forma combined financial
     statements  do not  comply  in  form in all  materials  respects  with  the
     applicable accounting  requirements of Rule 11-02 of Regulation S-X or that
     the pro forma  adjustments have not been properly applied to the historical
     amounts  in the  compilation  of such  statements  and (vi)  address  other
     matters agreed upon by Arthur Andersen LLP and you. In addition,  you shall
     have  received from Arthur  Andersen LLP a letter  addressed to the Company
     and made available to you for the use of the Underwriters stating that


                                      -28-


<PAGE>



     their review of the Company's system of internal  accounting  controls,  to
     the  extent  they  deemed  necessary  in  establishing  the  scope of their
     examination of the above  financial  statements as of January 31, 1997, did
     not disclose any weaknesses in internal controls that they considered to be
     material weaknesses.

          (d) The  Representatives  shall have  received  from  Morgan,  Lewis &
     Bockius LLP, counsel for the Company, an opinion,  dated the Closing Dates,
     to the  effect  set  forth in  Exhibit  I  hereto.  Counsel  rendering  the
     foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of law not involving the laws of
     the United States or the State of New York and the General  Corporation Law
     of the  State  of  Delaware  upon  opinions  of  local  counsel,  and as to
     questions of fact upon  representations  or certificates of officers of the
     Company  and/or the Founding  Companies,  and of government  officials,  in
     which case their opinion is to state that they are so relying and that they
     have no knowledge of any material  misstatement  or  inaccuracy in any such
     opinion,  representation  or certificate.  Counsel  rendering the foregoing
     opinion may also rely,  with  respect to matters  concerning  the  Founding
     Companies,  upon an opinion or  opinions,  each dated the Closing  Date and
     addressed  to the  Underwriters,  of  counsel  to the  Founding  Companies,
     provided Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius LLP shall state that they believe,  after
     due  inquiry,  that both you and they are  justified  in relying  upon such
     opinion or opinions.  Copies of any opinion,  representation or certificate
     so  relied  upon  shall be  delivered  to you,  as  Representatives  of the
     Underwriters, and to Underwriters' Counsel.

          (e) The Representatives  shall have received from Fulbright & Jaworski
     L.L.P.,  counsel for the Underwriters,  their opinion or opinions dated the
     Closing  Dates  with  respect  to the  incorporation  of the  Company,  the
     validity of the Stock,  the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and
     such other related  matters as it may reasonably  request,  and the Company
     shall have  furnished to such counsel such documents as they may reasonably
     request  for the  purpose of enabling  them to pass upon such  matters.  In
     rendering  such  opinion,  Fulbright & Jaworski  L.L.P.  may rely as to all
     matters  governed other than by the laws of New York or federal laws on the
     opinion of counsel referred to in paragraph (e) of this Section 8.

          (f) The Representatives  shall have received a certificate,  dated the
     Closing  Dates,  of the chief  executive  officer or the  President and the
     chief financial officer of the Company to the effect that:

               (i)  No  stop  order   suspending   the   effectiveness   of  the
          Registration  Statement  has  been  issued,  and,  to the  best of the
          knowledge of the signers, no proceedings for that purpose have


                                      -29-


<PAGE>



          been  instituted or are pending or  contemplated  under the Securities
          Act;

               (ii) Neither any  Pre-effective  Prospectus,  as of its date, nor
          the  Registration  Statement nor the Prospectus,  nor any amendment or
          supplement  thereto,  as of the time when the  Registration  Statement
          became  effective  and  at  all  times  subsequent  thereto  up to the
          delivery  of such  certificate,  included  any untrue  statement  of a
          material  fact or omitted to state any  material  fact  required to be
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in light
          of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

               (iii) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which  information
          is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus,  and except
          as set forth or contemplated  in the  Prospectus,  neither the Company
          nor  any  of  the  Founding   Companies   has  incurred  any  material
          liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor entered into any
          material transactions not in the ordinary course of business and there
          has not been any material  adverse change in the condition  (financial
          or otherwise),  properties, business, management, prospects, net worth
          or results of  operations  of the Company and the  Founding  Companies
          considered as a whole, or any change in the capital stock,  short-term
          or long-term debt of the Company and the Founding Companies considered
          as a whole;

               (iv) The  representations  and  warranties of the Company in this
          Agreement are true and correct at and as of the Closing Dates, and the
          Company  has  complied  with  all  the  agreements  and  performed  or
          satisfied all the  conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied
          at or prior to the Closing Dates; and

               (v) Since the respective  dates as of which  information is given
          in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  and  except  as
          disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus, (i) there has not been
          any  material  adverse  change or a  development  involving a material
          adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise),  properties,
          business, management, prospects, net worth or results of operations of
          the Company and the Founding Companies considered as a whole; (ii) the
          business  and  operations  conducted  by the Company and the  Founding
          Companies have not sustained a loss by strike,  fire, flood,  accident
          or other  calamity  (whether or not insured) of such a character as to
          interfere  materially  with the conduct of the business and operations
          of the Company and the Founding Companies


                                      -30-


<PAGE>



          considered as a whole; (iii) no legal or governmental  action, suit or
          proceeding is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company,  threatened
          against the Company or any of the Founding Companies which is material
          to the  Company  and the  Founding  Companies  considered  as a whole,
          whether or not arising from  transactions  in the  ordinary  course of
          business,   or  which  may   materially   and  adversely   affect  the
          transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) since such dates and
          except as so  disclosed,  the Company has not  incurred  any  material
          liability or  obligation,  direct,  contingent  or indirect,  made any
          change in its capital stock (except pursuant to its stock plans), made
          any material change in its short-term or funded debt or repurchased or
          otherwise  acquired any of the Company's  capital  stock;  and (v) the
          Company  has not  declared  or paid any  dividend,  or made any  other
          distribution,   upon  its   outstanding   capital   stock  payable  to
          stockholders of record on a date prior to the Closing Dates.

          (g) The  Company  shall have  furnished  to the  Representatives  such
     additional   certificates  as  the   Representatives  may  have  reasonably
     requested  as to the  accuracy,  at and as of  the  Closing  Dates,  of the
     representations  and  warranties  made herein by it and as to compliance at
     and as of the Closing Dates by it with its covenants and agreements  herein
     contained  and other  provisions  hereof to be satisfied at or prior to the
     Closing  Dates,  and as to  satisfaction  of the  other  conditions  to the
     obligations of the Underwriters hereunder.

          (h)  Ladenburg  shall have  received  the  written  agreements  of the
     officers,  directors,  director  nominees of the Company and the holders of
     securities  of the  Company  listed in Schedule B that each will not offer,
     sell,  assign,  transfer,  encumber,  contract to sell,  grant an option to
     purchase or otherwise  dispose of, any shares of Common  Stock  (including,
     without  limitation,  Common  Stock which may be deemed to be  beneficially
     owned by such officer,  director,  director nominee or holder in accordance
     with  the  Rules  and  Regulations)  or  securities   convertible  into  or
     exercisable or exchangeable  for Common Stock during the 180 days following
     the date of the Prospectus.

          (i) The  Nasdaq  National  Market  shall have  approved  the Stock for
     inclusion, subject only to official notice of issuance.

          (j) Each of the Founding  Company Mergers shall have been  consummated
     as of the First  Closing  Date on the  terms set forth in the  Registration
     Statement and in each Agreement and Plan of Organization.



                                      -31-


<PAGE>



     All  opinions,  certificates,  letters  and  other  documents  will  be  in
compliance with the provisions  hereunder only if they are  satisfactory in form
and  substance  to  the  Representatives.   The  Company  will  furnish  to  the
Representatives  conformed  copies of such opinions,  certificates,  letters and
other documents as the  Representatives  shall reasonably request. If any of the
conditions  hereinabove  provided  for in this  Section  8 shall  not have  been
satisfied  when  and as  required  by  this  Agreement,  this  Agreement  may be
terminated by the  Representatives  by notifying the Company of such termination
in writing or by telegram at or prior to the Closing Dates,  but Ladenburg shall
be entitled to waive any of such conditions.

     9. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective  immediately as to
Sections  5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19 and, as to all other
provisions,  at 11:00  A.M.  New York City time on the first full  business  day
following the  effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement or at such earlier
time after the Registration  Statement becomes effective as the  Representatives
may  determine on and by notice to the Company or by release of any of the Stock
for sale to the public.  For the  purposes of this Section 9, the Stock shall be
deemed  to have  been so  released  upon  the  release  for  publication  of any
newspaper  advertisement  relating  to the Stock or upon the  release  by you of
telegrams  (i) advising  Underwriters  that the shares of Stock are released for
public  offering  or (ii)  offering  the Stock for sale to  securities  dealers,
whichever may occur first.

     10.  Termination.  This Agreement  (except for the provisions of Section 5)
may be  terminated  by the  Company at any time before it becomes  effective  in
accordance with Section 9 by notice to the Representatives and may be terminated
by the  Representatives  at any time before it becomes  effective in  accordance
with Section 9 by notice to the Company. In the event of any termination of this
Agreement under this or any other provision of this Agreement, there shall be no
liability  of any party to this  Agreement  to any other  party,  other  than as
provided  in Sections 5, 6 and 11 and other than as provided in Section 12 as to
the liability of defaulting Underwriters.

     This  Agreement  may  be  terminated  after  it  becomes  effective  by the
Representatives by notice to the Company (i) if at or prior to the First Closing
Date trading in securities on any of the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock
Exchange  or Nasdaq  National  Market  shall have been  suspended  or minimum or
maximum prices shall have been  established  and are then currently in effect on
any such exchange or market, or a banking moratorium shall have been declared by
New York or United  States  authorities;  (ii) trading of any  securities of the
Company  shall have been  suspended on any  exchange or in any  over-the-counter
market; (iii) if at or prior to the First Closing Date there shall have been (A)
an outbreak  or  escalation  of  hostilities  between the United  States and any
foreign  power or of any other  insurrection  or armed  conflict  involving  the
United  States or (B) any change in financial  markets or any calamity or crisis
which, in the reasonable judgment of the  Representatives,  makes it impractical
or inadvisable to offer or sell the Firm Stock on the terms  contemplated by the
Prospectus; (iv) if there shall have been any


                                      -32-


<PAGE>



development or prospective  development  involving  particularly the business or
properties or securities of the Company or any of the Founding  Companies or the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  or any  Agreement  and  Plan of
Organization,   which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Representatives,   makes  it
impracticable  or  inadvisable  to offer or deliver  the Firm Stock on the terms
contemplated  by the  Prospectus;  (v) if  there  shall  be  any  litigation  or
proceeding,  pending or threatened,  which,  in the  reasonable  judgment of the
Representatives,  makes it  impracticable or inadvisable to offer or deliver the
Firm Stock on the terms  contemplated by the Prospectus;  or (vi) if there shall
have occurred any of the events specified in the immediately  preceding  clauses
(i) - (v)  together  with any other such event that makes it, in the  reasonable
judgment of the Representatives,  impractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver
the Firm Stock on the terms contemplated by the Prospectus.

     11.  Reimbursement  of Underwriters.  Notwithstanding  any other provisions
hereof,  if this Agreement shall not become  effective by reason of any election
of the  Company  pursuant  to the  first  paragraph  of  Section  10 or shall be
terminated  by the  Representatives  under  Section 8 or Section 10, the Company
will bear and pay the expenses specified in Section 5 hereof and, in addition to
its  obligations  pursuant to Section 6 hereof,  the Company will  reimburse the
reasonable   out-of-pocket  expenses  of  the  several  Underwriters  (including
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the  Underwriters)  incurred in
connection  with this Agreement and the proposed  purchase of the Stock, up to a
maximum of $100,000,  and promptly upon demand the Company will pay such amounts
to you as Representatives.

     12.  Substitution  of  Underwriters.  If on the First  Closing  Date or the
Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter or  Underwriters  shall
default  in its or their  obligations  to  purchase  shares  of Stock  hereunder
(otherwise  than by  reason  of  default  on the part of the  Company,  you,  as
Representatives  of the  Underwriters,  shall  use your  reasonable  efforts  to
procure within 48 hours thereafter one or more of the other Underwriters, or any
others, to purchase from the Company such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon
the terms set forth herein, the shares of Stock which the defaulting Underwriter
or  Underwriters  failed to  purchase.  If  during  such 48 hours  you,  as such
Representatives, shall not have procured such other Underwriters, or any others,
to  purchase  the  shares of Stock  agreed  to be  purchased  by the  defaulting
Underwriter or  Underwriters,  then (a) if the aggregate  number of shares which
such defaulting  Underwriter or Underwriters  agreed but failed to purchase does
not exceed ten percent  (10%) of the total  number of shares  underwritten,  the
other  Underwriters  shall  be  obligated  severally,  in  proportion  to  their
respective  commitments  hereunder,  to purchase  the shares of Stock which such
defaulting  Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase, or (b) if
the  aggregate  number of shares of Stock with  respect to which such default or
defaults  occur is more than ten  percent  (10%) of the  total  number of shares
underwritten,  the Company or you, as the  Representatives  of the Underwriters,
will have the right,  by written  notice given within the next 48-hour period to
the parties to this Agreement,  to terminate this Agreement without liability on
the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company.


                                      -33-


<PAGE>




     If the remaining  Underwriters  or  substituted  Underwriters  are required
hereby or agree to take up all or part of the  shares  of Stock of a  defaulting
Underwriter  or  Underwriters  as provided  in this  Section 12, (i) the Company
shall have the right to postpone the Closing Dates for a period of not more than
five (5) full  business  days in order  that the  Company  may  effect  whatever
changes may  thereby be made  necessary  in the  Registration  Statement  or the
Prospectus,  or in any other documents or  arrangements,  and the Company agrees
promptly to file any amendments to the Registration  Statement or supplements to
the  Prospectus  which may thereby be made  necessary,  and (ii) the  respective
numbers of shares to be purchased by the remaining  Underwriters  or substituted
Underwriters  shall be taken as the basis of their  underwriting  obligation for
all purposes of this  Agreement.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  relieve any
defaulting Underwriter of its liability to the Company or the other Underwriters
for  damages  occasioned  by its  default  hereunder.  Any  termination  of this
Agreement  pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of
any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for expenses to be paid or
reimbursed pursuant to Section 5 and except for the provisions of Section 6.

     13. Notices. All communications  hereunder shall be in writing and, if sent
to the Underwriters  shall be mailed,  delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to
you, as their  Representatives  c/o Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. at 590 Madison
Avenue,  New York,  New York 10022,  attention:__________,  except that  notices
given to an  Underwriter  pursuant  to  Section  6 hereof  shall be sent to such
Underwriter at the address furnished by the  Representatives  or, if sent to the
Company,   shall  be  mailed,   delivered  or  telegraphed   and  confirmed  c/o
_________________.

     14. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the several  Underwriters,  the Company and their respective successors and
legal  representatives.  Nothing  expressed or  mentioned  in this  Agreement is
intended  or shall  be  construed  to give any  person  other  than the  persons
mentioned in the  preceding  sentence any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or
claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained,
this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and
being for the sole and exclusive  benefit of such persons and for the benefit of
no  other  person;  except  that  the  representations,  warranties,  covenants,
agreements and indemnities of the Company contained in this Agreement shall also
be for the benefit of the person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter
or  Underwriters  within the  meaning of  Section  15 of the  Securities  Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the indemnities of the several  Underwriters
shall  also be for the  benefit of each  director  of the  Company,  each of its
officers who has signed the Registration Statement and the person or persons, if
any, who control the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

     15.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York without  giving effect to the
choice of law principles thereof.



                                      -34-


<PAGE>



     16.  Authority of the  Representatives.  In connection with this Agreement,
you will act for and on behalf of the several Underwriters, and any action taken
under  this  Agreement  by  you,  as  Representatives,   or  individually  as  a
Representative, will be binding on all the Underwriters.

     17. Partial  Unenforceability.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any
section,  paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity
or  enforceability  of any other section,  paragraph or provision hereof. If any
section,  paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason  determined
to be  invalid  or  unenforceable,  there  shall be deemed to be made such minor
changes  (and only such minor  changes)  as are  necessary  to make it valid and
enforceable.

     18. General. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties
to  this   Agreement  and   supersedes   all  prior  written  or  oral  and  all
contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to
the subject matter hereof.

     In this  Agreement,  the  masculine,  feminine  and neuter  genders and the
singular  and the plural  include  one  another.  The  section  headings in this
Agreement  are for the  convenience  of the parties only and will not affect the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.  This Agreement may be amended
or modified,  and the  observance  of any term of this  Agreement may be waived,
only by a writing signed by the Company and the Representatives.

     19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall be an  original,  with the same effect as if the  signatures
thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

     If the foregoing  correctly sets forth our  understanding,  please indicate
your acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose,  whereupon
this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.



                                        By:_________________________________
                                           Name:




Accepted and delivered in
___________________ as of


                                      -35-


<PAGE>



the date first above written.

LADENBURG THALMANN & CO. INC.
EVEREN SECURITIES, INC.
STEPHENS INC.
     Each  acting on its own  behalf and
     as a Representative  of the several
     Underwriters  referred  to  in  the
     foregoing Agreement.

 By:     Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc.


 By:______________________________
    Name:
    Title:




                                      -36-


<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE A

                                                      Number of shares of
                           Name                    Firm Stock to be Purchased

Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc............

EVEREN Securities, Inc..................

Stephens Inc............................





























Total...................................                      _________
                                                              2,700,000
                                                              =========




                                      -37-


<PAGE>



                                   SCHEDULE B










                                      -38-


<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT I


                            Matters to be covered in
                       opinion of Counsel to the Company1

     1. The  Company  has been  duly  organized  and is  validly  existing  as a
corporation  in good standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware;  each of
the Acquisition  Subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware;  each of
the Founding  Companies  has been duly  organized  and is validly  existing as a
corporation  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of its
incorporation;

     2. The Company has all corporate  power and  authority  necessary to own or
hold its properties and to conduct its business as described in the  Prospectus;
each of the Founding  Companies has all corporate power and authority  necessary
to own or hold its  properties  and to conduct  their  respective  businesses as
described in the Prospectus;

     3. The Company and each of the Founding  Companies is duly  qualified to do
business  and is in  good  standing  as a  foreign  corporation  in  each of the
jurisdictions  set  forth  on a  Schedule  to the  opinion;  to  such  counsel's
knowledge,  the  Company  does not own or  control,  and  immediately  after the
consummation of the Founding  Company Mergers will not own or control,  directly
or  indirectly,  any  corporation,  association  or other  entity other than the
Acquisition  Subsidiaries,  the Founding  Companies and a partnership  formed by
American  Royal Arts Corp.  and Animation USA, Inc. which has these two entities
as its only partners;

     4. The authorized,  issued and outstanding  capital stock of the Company is
as set forth in the  Prospectus  under the  caption  "Capitalization"  as of the
dates stated therein;  the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable,
and,  to such  counsel's  knowledge,  have not been  issued in  violation  of or
subject to any preemptive right,  co-sale right,  registration  right,  right of
first  refusal  or  other  similar  right  and,  except  as  set  forth  in  the
Registration  Statement,  to such counsel's knowledge,  there are no outstanding
rights,  warrants  or options to acquire,  or  instruments  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for, any shares of capital  stock or other equity  interest in the
Company;  the issued  and  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of each of the
Acquisition  Subsidiaries  have been duly and validly  issued and are fully paid
and

- ----------

1    Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given
     such terms in the Underwriting Agreement.


                                      -39-


<PAGE>



nonassessable,  and,  to such  counsel's  knowledge,  have  not been  issued  in
violation of or subject to any preemptive  right,  co-sale  right,  registration
right,  right of first  refusal  or other  similar  right;  all the  issued  and
outstanding shares of capital stock of each of the Acquisition  Subsidiaries are
owned of record and beneficially by the Company,  free and clear of any security
interests, liens, encumbrances, equities or other claims;

     5. Upon  completion of the Founding  Company  Mergers,  all the outstanding
shares of capital stock of each of the Founding  Companies  will be owned by the
Company,  to such counsel knowledge,  free and clear of any security  interests,
liens,  encumbrances,  equities  or other  claims  and there are no  outstanding
rights,  warrants  or options to acquire,  or  instruments  convertible  into or
exchangeable  for, any shares of capital  stock or other equity  interest in the
Founding Companies;

     6. The Stock,  the shares of Common Stock to be issued in  connection  with
the Founding  Company Mergers and the shares to be issued in connection with the
conversion of the Preferred  Stock and Restricted  Common Stock,  have been duly
and validly  authorized  by the Company for  issuance,  and the Company has full
corporate power and authority to issue, sell and deliver such shares,  and, when
such shares are issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with
the terms  hereof,  each  Agreement and Plan of  Organization,  or the Company's
Amended  and  Restated   Certificate  of  Incorporation   (the  "Certificate  of
Incorporation"),  as the case may be, they will be fully paid and nonassessable,
and will not have been  issued  in  violation  of or  subject  to any  statutory
preemptive  right, or to such counsel's  knowledge,  any contractual  preemptive
right,  co-sale  right,  registration  right,  right of first  refusal  or other
similar right;  there are no restrictions upon the voting or transfer of, any of
the Stock  pursuant to the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  By-laws,  or any
agreement or other instrument of the Company known to such counsel.

     7. All of the  shares of Common  Stock to be issued  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants have been duly and validly  authorized by the Company for issuance and,
when issued and delivered  against payment therefor in accordance with the terms
of the Warrants,  will be duly and validly issued,  fully paid and nonassessable
and will not have been  issued  in  violation  of or  subject  to any  statutory
preemptive  right, or to such counsel's  knowledge,  any contractual  preemptive
right,  co-sale  right,  registration  right,  right of first  refusal  or other
similar right.

     8. To such  counsel's  knowledge,  except as set  forth in the  Prospectus,
there are no legal or governmental  proceedings  pending to which the Company or
any of the  Founding  Companies is a party or of which any property or assets of
the Company or any of the Founding Companies is the subject which, if determined
adversely to the Company or any of the Founding Companies, could have a Material
Adverse Effect or prevent or adversely affect the transactions


                                      -40-


<PAGE>



contemplated  by  the  Underwriting  Agreement  or any  Agreement  and  Plan  of
Organization;  and,  to  such  counsel's  knowledge,  no  such  proceedings  are
threatened by governmental authorities or other third parties.

     9. This  Agreement  and the Warrant with  respect to the Company,  and each
Agreement  and Plan of  Organization,  with respect to the Company,  each of the
Acquisition  Subsidiaries  and each of the  Founding  Companies,  have been duly
authorized by all necessary  corporate action on the part of each of the parties
thereto and have been duly executed and delivered by such parties and,  assuming
due  authorization,  execution and delivery of this  Agreement by you, are valid
and binding  agreements of such parties;  the certificates or articles of merger
referred to in each Agreement and Plan of Organization,  assuming the due filing
thereof with the appropriate  regulatory  authorities,  will cause the statutory
merger of each Founding Company with the Acquisition Subsidiary that is party to
such Agreement and Plan of  Organization;  the Company has full corporate  power
and  authority  to enter  into this  Agreement  and each  Agreement  and Plan of
Organization  and each of the Founding  Companies has full  corporate  power and
authority to enter into the  Agreement and Plan of  Organization  to which it is
party;

     10. All offers and sales of the  Company's  capital stock prior to the date
hereof were at all  relevant  times,  and the capital  stock to be issued by the
Company in the Founding  Company  Mergers will be, exempt from the  registration
requirements of the Securities Act;

     11. The Company has the full  corporate  power and authority to execute and
deliver the Warrants on the terms and conditions  set forth in the  Underwriting
Agreement and in the Warrants,  and such  execution and delivery of the Warrants
has been duly and validly  authorized,  and when executed and delivered pursuant
to the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the Warrants will be  enforceable  against the
Company in accordance with their terms (except to the extent rights to indemnity
thereunder may be limited by federal and state  securities laws or public policy
underlying  such laws and except to the  extent,  enforcement  may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or similar laws relating to
or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general equitable principles).

     12. The execution,  delivery and performance of the Underwriting Agreement,
the Warrant and each Agreement and Plan of Organization  and the consummation of
the transactions  therein  contemplated will not result in a breach or violation
of any of the terms or  provisions of or constitute a default under the charter,
by-laws or other organizational  documents of the Company or any of the Founding
Companies, or any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note agreement or
other agreement or instrument  known to such counsel to which the Company or any
of the  Founding  Companies  is a party  or by which it or any of them or any of
their properties is or may be bound and,


                                      -41-


<PAGE>



with respect to the Underwriting Agreement and the Warrant, will not result in a
breach or violation of any law, statute,  order, rule or regulation of any court
or governmental  agency or body having  jurisdiction  over the Company or any of
the Founding Companies or any of their properties or result in the creation of a
lien.

     13.  To  such  counsel's  knowledge,  neither  the  Company  nor any of the
Founding  Companies is presently (a) in violation of their respective charter or
by-laws,  or (b), to such  counsel's  knowledge,  in breach or default under any
lease,  instrument,  license, permit or any other agreement to which the Company
or any of the Founding  Companies is bound or to which any property or assets of
the  Company  or  any of the  Founding  Companies  is  the  subject,  where  the
consequences of such violation,  breach or default would have a Material Adverse
Effect;

     14.  No  consent,  approval,   authorization  or  order  of  any  court  or
governmental  agency or body is required for the  consummation by the Company of
the transactions  contemplated by the Underwriting  Agreement or pursuant to any
Agreement and Plan of  Organization  (except such as may be required by the NASD
or as required by the  securities or "Blue Sky" laws of any  jurisdiction  as to
which such counsel need express no opinion) in connection  with the purchase and
distribution of the Stock by the Underwriters  except such as have been obtained
or made, specifying the same.

     15. The  Registration  Statement has become  effective under the Securities
Act and, to the best of such counsel's  knowledge,  no stop order suspending the
effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement has been issued and no proceeding
for that purpose is pending or threatened by the Commission.

     16. The  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and any amendments or
supplements  thereto (except for the financial  statements and notes thereto and
related schedules and other financial  information as to which such counsel need
express  no  opinion)  comply  as to  form in all  material  respects  with  the
requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.

     17. To such  counsel's  knowledge,  there are no  contracts,  agreements or
other  documents  required to be  described  in the  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement which is
not  described  or filed  therein  as  required.  All  descriptions  of any such
contracts,  agreements or documents contained in the Registration  Statement are
accurate and complete descriptions of such documents in all material respects.

     18.  The  statements  in  the  Prospectus  under  the  captions  "Business-
Animation       Art       Galleries--Merchandising"        "Business--Licenses,"
"Management--Employment Agreements," -- "1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan," "--1997
Non-Employee Directors' Stock Plan," "Description of Capital Stock" and


                                      -42-


<PAGE>


"Shares  Eligible for Future  Sale," to the extent they  constitute a summary of
documents referred to therein or matters of law accurately  summarize and fairly
present in all material respects the information called for with respect to such
documents and matter and the legal and regulatory matters described therein.

     19. Neither the Company nor any of the Founding Companies is an "investment
company," or an entity  "controlled" by an "investment  company"  required to be
registered under the 1940 Act, as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act.

     20. To such counsel's knowledge, none of the licenses,  trademarks, service
marks or trade names presently owned,  held or used by the Company or any of the
Founding Companies infringes or conflicts with any licenses, trademarks, service
marks or trade names of any other  person or entity or are in dispute,  and such
counsel is not aware of any notice of any  infringement  of or conflict with the
asserted rights of others in any such respect that might have a Material Adverse
Effect.

     21. To such counsel's  knowledge,  except as set forth in the  Registration
Statement and the Prospectus,  no holder of any securities of the Company or any
other person has the right,  contractual  or otherwise,  to cause the Company to
sell or otherwise  issue to such person,  or to permit such person to underwrite
the sale of,  any of the  Stock or the right to have any  Common  Stock or other
securities of the Company included in the  Registration  Statement or the right,
as a result of the filing of the Registration Statement, to require registration
under the  Securities  Act of any shares of Common Stock or other  securities of
the Company that has not been waived or lapsed.

In addition to the matters set forth above,  such  opinion  shall also include a
statement to the effect that  nothing has come to the  attention of such counsel
which leads them to believe that (i) the Registration Statement or any amendment
thereto,  as of the time it became effective under the Securities Act (but after
giving effect to any  modifications  incorporated  therein pursuant to Rule 430A
under the Securities Act),  contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary in
order  to  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading,  or  (ii)  that  the
Prospectus,  or any supplement thereto, on the date it was filed pursuant to the
Rules and  Regulations  and as of the First  Closing Date or the Option  Closing
Date, as the case may be,  contained any untrue  statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary in
order to make the statements  therein, in light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading (except that such counsel need express no view as
to financial  statements  and notes  thereto and  schedules  or other  financial
information  therein).  With respect to such  statement,  such counsel may state
that their belief is based upon the procedures set forth therein, but is without
independent check and verification.


                                      -43-



                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.

               WARRANT FOR THE PURCHASE OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

No. 1                                                             270,000 Shares

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  Collectibles  USA, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"COMPANY"), hereby certifies that Ladenburg Thalmann & Co. Inc. or its permitted
assigns,  is entitled to purchase from the Company,  at any time or from time to
time commencing on [the Effective  Date],  1997 and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York
City time, on [5 years from Effective Date],  2002, two hundred seventy thousand
(270,000)  fully paid and  non-assessable  shares of the common stock,  $.01 par
value per share,  of the Company for an aggregate  purchase price of $__________
(computed  on the basis of $______1  per share).  (Hereinafter,  (i) said common
stock,  together  with any other  equity  securities  which may be issued by the
Company with respect thereto or in substitution  therefor, is referred to as the
"COMMON  STOCK,"  (ii) the shares of the Common Stock  purchasable  hereunder or
under any other Warrant (as hereinafter defined) are referred to individually as
a "WARRANT SHARE" and collectively as the "WARRANT  SHARES," (iii) the aggregate
purchase  price payable for the Warrant  Shares  hereunder is referred to as the
"AGGREGATE WARRANT PRICE," (iv) the price payable for each of the Warrant Shares
hereunder is referred to as the "PER SHARE WARRANT PRICE," (v) this Warrant, all
similar Warrants issued on the date hereof and all Warrants  hereafter issued in
exchange or substitution  for this Warrant or such similar Warrants are referred
to as the  "WARRANTS"  and (vi) the holder of this Warrant is referred to as the
"HOLDER" and the holder of this Warrant and all other Warrants or Warrant Shares
issued upon the exercise of any Warrant are referred to as the  "HOLDERS.")  The
Aggregate  Warrant  Price is not subject to  adjustment.  The Per Share  Warrant
Price is subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided; in the event of any such
adjustment,  the number of Warrant  Shares  shall be adjusted  by  dividing  the
Aggregate  Warrant Price by the Per Share  Warrant  Price in effect  immediately
after such adjustment.

     1. EXERCISE OF WARRANT.  (a) The Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole
or in part, as follows:

          (i) By  presentation  and  surrender of this Warrant to the Company at
     the address set forth in Subsection 9(a) hereof, with the Subscription Form
     annexed  hereto (or a  reasonable  facsimile  thereof)  duly  executed  and
     accompanied  by payment  of the Per Share  Warrant  Price for each  Warrant
     Share to be purchased.  Payment for Warrant Shares shall

- ----------
1    120% of public offering price.




<PAGE>



     be made by  certified  or official  bank check  payable to the order of the
     Company; or

          (ii) By  presentation  and surrender of this Warrant to the Company at
     the address set forth in Subsection 9(a) hereof,  with a Cashless  Exercise
     Form annexed  hereto (or a reasonable  facsimile  thereof) duly executed (a
     "CASHLESS  EXERCISE").  Such  presentation  and surrender shall be deemed a
     waiver  of the  Holder's  obligation  to pay  all  or  any  portion  of the
     Aggregate  Warrant Price. In the event of a Cashless  Exercise,  the Holder
     shall  exchange  its  Warrant  for that  number of  shares of Common  Stock
     determined by multiplying the number of Warrant Shares being exercised by a
     fraction,  the numerator of which shall be the difference  between the then
     current  market  price  per  share of the  Common  Stock  and the Per Share
     Warrant  Price,  and the  denominator  of which  shall be the then  current
     market price per share of Common  Stock.  For  purposes of any  computation
     under this Section  1(a)(ii),  the then  current  market price per share of
     Common  Stock at any date shall be deemed to be the  average for the thirty
     consecutive business days immediately prior to the Cashless Exercise of the
     daily  closing  prices  of  the  Common  Stock  on the  principal  national
     securities  exchange  on which the Common  Stock is  admitted to trading or
     listed,  or if not listed or admitted to trading on any such exchange,  the
     closing prices as reported by the Nasdaq  National  Market,  or if not then
     listed on the Nasdaq National  Market,  the average of the highest reported
     bid  and  lowest   reported  asked  prices  as  reported  by  the  National
     Association  of  Securities  Dealers,   Inc.  Automated  Quotations  System
     ("NASDAQ")  or if not then  publicly  traded,  the fair market price of the
     Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors.

     (b) If this Warrant is  exercised  in part,  this Warrant must be exercised
for a number of whole shares of the Common Stock,  and the Holder is entitled to
receive a new Warrant  covering the Warrant Shares which have not been exercised
and  setting  forth  the  proportionate  part  of the  Aggregate  Warrant  Price
applicable to such Warrant  Shares.  Upon such  surrender of this  Warrant,  the
Company will (i) issue a certificate or certificates,  in such  denominations as
are  requested  for  delivery by the  Holder,  in the name of the Holder for the
largest  number of whole shares of the Common Stock to which the Holder shall be
entitled and, if this Warrant is exercised in whole,  in lieu of any  fractional
share of the Common  Stock to which the  Holder  shall be  entitled,  pay to the
Holder  cash in an  amount  equal to the fair  value  of such  fractional  share
(determined in such  reasonable  manner as the Board of Directors of the Company
shall  determine),   and  (ii)  deliver  the  other  securities  and  properties
receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant,  or the proportionate part thereof
if this  Warrant is  exercisable  in part,  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
Warrant.  The Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the shares of
Common  Stock  issuable  upon  such  exercise,  notwithstanding  that the  stock
transfer



                                       -2-

<PAGE>



books of the Company shall then be closed or that certificates representing such
shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to the Holder.

     2. RESERVATION OF WARRANT SHARES;  LISTING.  The Company agrees that, prior
to the  expiration  of this  Warrant,  the  Company  will at all  times (a) have
authorized  and in  reserve,  and will keep  available,  solely for  issuance or
delivery upon the exercise of this  Warrant,  the shares of the Common Stock and
other  securities and  properties as from time to time shall be receivable  upon
the  exercise of this  Warrant,  free and clear of all  restrictions  on sale or
transfer and free and clear of all preemptive rights and rights of first refusal
and  (b) if the  Company  hereafter  lists  its  Common  Stock  on any  national
securities  exchange,  keep the shares of the Common Stock  receivable  upon the
exercise of this Warrant  authorized for listing on such exchange upon notice of
issuance.

     3. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION. (a) In case the Company shall hereafter (i)
pay a dividend or make a  distribution  on its capital stock in shares of Common
Stock,  (ii)  subdivide  its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a greater
number of shares,  (iii) combine its  outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a
smaller number of shares or (iv) issue by  reclassification  of its Common Stock
any shares of capital stock of the Company, the Per Share Warrant Price shall be
adjusted  so that the Holder  upon the  exercise  hereof  shall be  entitled  to
receive  the  number of shares of  Common  Stock or other  capital  stock of the
Company  which he would have owned  immediately  following  such action had such
Warrant been exercised immediately prior thereto. An adjustment made pursuant to
this Subsection 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date in
the case of a dividend or distribution  and shall become  effective  immediately
after  the  effective  date  in  the  case  of  a  subdivision,  combination  or
reclassification.

     (b) If,  at any time or from time to time  after the date of this  Warrant,
the Company  shall issue or  distribute to the holders of shares of Common Stock
evidences of its indebtedness,  any other securities of the Company or any cash,
property   or  other   assets   (excluding   a   subdivision,   combination   or
reclassification, or dividend or distribution payable in shares of Common Stock,
referred to in  Subsection  3(a),  and also  excluding  cash  dividends  or cash
distributions  paid out of net profits  legally  available  therefor if the full
amount  thereof,  together with the value of other  dividends and  distributions
made substantially  concurrently  therewith or pursuant to a plan which includes
payment  thereof,  is equivalent to not more than 5% of the Company's net worth)
(any such nonexcluded event being herein called a "SPECIAL  DIVIDEND"),  the Per
Share Warrant Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Per Share Warrant Price
then in effect by a fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the then current
market  price  of the  Common  Stock  (defined  as the  average  for the  thirty
consecutive  business  days  immediately  prior to the record  date of the daily
closing  price  of the  Common  Stock as  reported  by the  national  securities
exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or if not listed on any such
exchange,  the  average of the closing  prices as  reported  by Nasdaq  National
Market, or if not then listed on the Nasdaq National Market,  the average of the
highest reported bid and lowest reported



                                       -3-

<PAGE>



asked prices as reported by NASDAQ,  or if not then  publicly  traded,  the fair
market price as determined by the  Company's  Board of Directors)  less the fair
market  value  (as  determined  by the  Company's  Board  of  Directors)  of the
evidences of indebtedness,  cash, securities or property, or other assets issued
or distributed in such Special Dividend  applicable to one share of Common Stock
and the  denominator  of which shall be such then current market price per share
of Common Stock.  An  adjustment  made  pursuant to this  Subsection  3(b) shall
become effective immediately after the record date of any such Special Dividend.

     (c) In case  of any  capital  reorganization  or  reclassification,  or any
consolidation  or merger to which the  Company is a party other than a merger or
consolidation in which the Company is the continuing corporation,  or in case of
any sale or  conveyance  to another  entity of the property of the Company as an
entirety  or  substantially  as an  entirety,  or in the  case of any  statutory
exchange of securities with another corporation (including any exchange effected
in connection with a merger of a third corporation into the Company), the Holder
of this Warrant  shall have the right  thereafter  to receive on the exercise of
this Warrant the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which the
Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive  immediately after such
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger,  statutory exchange,
sale or  conveyance  had this Warrant been  exercised  immediately  prior to the
effective date of such reorganization, reclassification,  consolidation, merger,
statutory  exchange,  sale or  conveyance  and in any such case,  if  necessary,
appropriate  adjustment  shall be made in the  application of the provisions set
forth in this Section 3 with respect to the rights and  interests  thereafter of
the  Holder of this  Warrant  to the end that the  provisions  set forth in this
Section 3 shall thereafter  correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may
reasonably  be,  in  relation  to any  shares  of stock or other  securities  or
property  thereafter  deliverable  on the  exercise of this  Warrant.  The above
provisions  of  this   Subsection  3(c)  shall  similarly  apply  to  successive
reorganizations,    reclassifications,    consolidations,   mergers,   statutory
exchanges,  sales or  conveyances.  The  issuer of any  shares of stock or other
securities or property  thereafter  deliverable  on the exercise of this Warrant
shall be responsible  for all of the  agreements and  obligations of the Company
hereunder. Notice of any such reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger,  statutory  exchange,  sale  or  conveyance  and of said  provisions  so
proposed  to be made,  shall be mailed to the Holders of the  Warrants  not less
than 30 days  prior to such  event.  A sale of all or  substantially  all of the
assets of the Company for a  consideration  consisting  primarily of  securities
shall be deemed a consolidation or merger for the foregoing purposes.

     (d) In case any event shall occur as to which the other  provisions of this
Section 3 are not  strictly  applicable  but as to which the failure to make any
adjustment  would not fairly  protect the purchase  rights  represented  by this
Warrant in accordance with the essential  intent and principles  hereof then, in
each such case,  the  Holders of Warrants  representing  the right to purchase a
majority of the Warrant Shares subject to all outstanding Warrants may appoint a
firm  of  independent  public   accountants  of  recognized   national  standing
reasonably  acceptable to the Company,  which shall give their opinion as to the
adjustment, if any, on a basis consistent with



                                       -4-

<PAGE>



the essential intent and principles  established  herein,  necessary to preserve
the purchase rights  represented by the Warrants.  Upon receipt of such opinion,
the Company will  promptly mail a copy thereof to the Holder of this Warrant and
shall make the  adjustments  described  therein.  The fees and  expenses of such
independent public accountants shall be borne by the Company.

     (e) No adjustment  in the Per Share Warrant Price shall be required  unless
such  adjustment  would  require an  increase  or decrease of at least $0.05 per
share of Common Stock;  provided,  however, that any adjustments which by reason
of this Subsection 3(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and
taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; provided further, however, that
adjustments shall be required and made in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 3 (other than this  Subsection  3(e)) not later than such time as may be
required in order to  preserve  the  tax-free  nature of a  distribution  to the
Holder of this  Warrant or Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  hereof.  All
calculations  under this  Section 3 shall be made to the nearest  cent or to the
nearest  1/l00th of a share,  as the case may be.  Anything in this Section 3 to
the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the  Company  shall be  entitled  to make  such
reductions in the Per Share Warrant Price, in addition to those required by this
Section 3, as it in its discretion  shall deem to be advisable in order that any
stock  dividend,  subdivision  of shares or  distribution  of rights to purchase
stock or securities  convertible or exchangeable for stock hereafter made by the
Company to its stockholders shall not be taxable.

     (f)  Whenever the Per Share  Warrant  Price is adjusted as provided in this
Section 3 and upon any  modification  of the rights of a Holder of  Warrants  in
accordance  with this  Section 3, the  Company  shall  promptly  obtain,  at its
expense, a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants of recognized
standing  selected by the Board of Directors (who may be the regular auditors of
the Company) setting forth the Per Share Warrant Price and the number of Warrant
Shares  after  such  adjustment  or the  effect  of such  modification,  a brief
statement of the facts requiring such adjustment or modification  and the manner
of computing the same and cause copies of such  certificate  to be mailed to the
Holders of the Warrants.

     (g) If the Board of Directors of the Company shall (i) declare any dividend
or other  distribution  with  respect  to the  Common  Stock,  other than a cash
dividend  subject to the first  parenthetical  in Subsection 3(b), (ii) offer to
the holders of shares of Common Stock any additional shares of Common Stock, any
securities  convertible  into or  exercisable  for shares of Common Stock or any
rights to subscribe  thereto,  or (iii) propose a  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding up of the Company,  the Company shall mail notice thereof to the Holders
of the  Warrants  not less  than 15 days  prior to the  record  date  fixed  for
determining stockholders entitled to participate in such dividend, distribution,
offer or  subscription  right  or to vote on such  dissolution,  liquidation  or
winding up.

     (h) If, as a result of an  adjustment  made pursuant to this Section 3, the
Holder of any Warrant thereafter surrendered for exercise shall become entitled



                                       -5-

<PAGE>



to receive  shares of two or more  classes of capital  stock or shares of Common
Stock and other  capital  stock of the Company,  the Board of  Directors  (whose
determination  shall be conclusive and shall be described in a written notice to
the Holder of any Warrant  promptly after such  adjustment)  shall determine the
allocation  of the adjusted Per Share  Warrant  Price between or among shares or
such classes of capital stock or shares of Common Stock and other capital stock.

     4. FULLY PAID  STOCK;  TAXES.  The  Company  agrees  that the shares of the
Common  Stock  represented  by each and every  certificate  for  Warrant  Shares
delivered on the exercise of this Warrant  shall,  at the time of such delivery,
be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject
to preemptive  rights or rights of first refusal,  and the Company will take all
such actions as may be  necessary to assure that the par value or stated  value,
if any,  per share of the Common Stock is at all times equal to or less than the
then Per Share Warrant Price.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that it
will pay,  when due and payable,  any and all Federal and state stamp,  original
issue or  similar  taxes  which may be  payable  in  respect of the issue of any
Warrant Share or certificate therefor.

     5. REGISTRATION UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

     (a) The Company agrees that if, at any time during the period commencing on
[one year from  Effective  Date],  1998 and  ending on [5 years  from  Effective
Date],  2002, the Holder and/or the Holders of any other Warrants and/or Warrant
Shares who or which shall hold not less than 30% of the Warrants  and/or Warrant
Shares outstanding at such time and not previously sold pursuant to this Section
5 shall request that the Company  file,  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 (the
"ACT"), a registration statement under the Act covering not less than 30% of the
Warrant  Shares  issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants and not so
previously  sold,  the  Company  will (i)  promptly  notify  each  Holder of the
Warrants  and each  holder of Warrant  Shares not so  previously  sold that such
registration  statement will be filed and that the Warrant Shares which are then
held,  and/or may be acquired  upon  exercise of the  Warrants by the Holder and
such Holders,  will be included in such  registration  statement at the Holder's
and such Holders' request,  (ii) cause such  registration  statement to be filed
with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  within  forty-five  days of such
request  and to cover  all  Warrant  Shares  which it has been so  requested  to
include,  (iii) use its best  efforts to cause such  registration  statement  to
become effective as soon as practicable and (iv) take all other action necessary
under any Federal or state law or  regulation of any  governmental  authority to
permit all  Warrant  Shares  which it has been so  requested  to include in such
registration  statement to be sold or otherwise  disposed of, and will  maintain
such  compliance  with each such  Federal  and state law and  regulation  of any
governmental  authority for the period  necessary for such Holders to effect the
proposed  sale or other  disposition.  The Company shall be required to effect a
registration or  qualification  pursuant to this Subsection 5(a) on one occasion
only.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if at the time of the request to register
Warrant Shares pursuant to this Subsection 5(a), the Company,  in its reasonable
judgment, determines that the filing of the registration statement at



                                       -6-

<PAGE>



the time requested  would require  disclosure of information  not otherwise then
required to be disclosed and that such  disclosure  would  adversely  affect any
material  business  situation,  transaction or negotiation then  contemplated or
being  engaged in by the  Company,  then the Company  may,  upon giving  written
notice to the Holders, delay such registration for a period not to exceed ninety
(90) days from the date of such request for registration.

     (b) The  Company  agrees  that if, at any time and from time to time during
the period  commencing on [one year from Effective Date],  1998 and ending on [7
years from  Effective  Date],  2004, the Board of Directors of the Company shall
authorize  the  filing  of  a  registration  statement  (any  such  registration
statement being hereinafter called a "SUBSEQUENT  REGISTRATION STATEMENT") under
the Act  (otherwise  than  pursuant to Subsection  5(a) hereof,  or other than a
registration  statement  on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or other  form  which  does not
include  substantially  the same  information as would be required in a form for
the  general   registration   of  securities  or  other  than  pursuant  to  the
registration   statement  that  the  Company  contemplates  filing  as  soon  as
practicable after the date of this Warrant that will register up to a maximum of
2,500,000  shares of Common  Stock for use by the Company as all or a portion of
the  consideration  to be paid  in  conjunction  with  future  acquisitions)  in
connection  with the proposed offer of any of its securities by it or any of its
stockholders,  the Company will (i)  promptly  notify the Holder and each of the
Holders,  if any, of other Warrants  and/or  Warrant Shares not previously  sold
pursuant to this Section 5 that such Subsequent  Registration  Statement will be
filed and that the  Warrant  Shares  which are then  held,  and/or  which may be
acquired  upon the  exercise of the  Warrants,  by the Holder and such  Holders,
will, at the Holder's and such Holders' request,  be included in such Subsequent
Registration Statement, (ii) upon the written request of a Holder made within 20
days after the giving of such notice by the Company,  include in the  securities
covered by such  Subsequent  Registration  Statement all Warrant Shares which it
has been so  requested  to  include,  (iii) use its best  efforts  to cause such
Subsequent Registration Statement to become effective as soon as practicable and
(iv)  take all  other  action  necessary  under  any  Federal  or  state  law or
regulation of any  governmental  authority to permit all Warrant Shares which it
has been so requested to include in such Subsequent Registration Statement to be
sold or otherwise  disposed of, and will maintain such compliance with each such
Federal  and state law and  regulation  of any  governmental  authority  for the
period  necessary for the Holder and such Holders to effect the proposed sale or
other disposition.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if a Subsequent Registration
Statement  involves an  underwritten  offering and if the  managing  underwriter
shall advise the Company in writing that, in its opinion,  the  distribution  of
all  or a  portion  of  the  Warrant  Shares  requested  to be  included  in the
registration  concurrently  with the securities  being registered by the Company
would  materially  adversely  affect the  distribution of such securities by the
Company for its own account,  then the Company  shall not be required to include
such Warrant Shares in such registration, provided that any such reduction shall
be on a pro  rata  basis  among  all  persons  other  than the  Company  holding
registration  rights  and the  Holders  requesting  registration;  and  provided
further,  that  nothing in this  Subsection  5(b) shall be implied to permit the
Company to include in such registration shares of any person



                                       -7-

<PAGE>



other than the persons holding registration rights unless all the Warrant Shares
requested to be included in such registration are so included.

     (c) Whenever  the Company is required  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
Section 5 to include  Warrant  Shares in a registration  statement,  the Company
shall (i) furnish each Holder of any such Warrant Shares and each underwriter of
such  Warrant  Shares  with  such  copies  of  the  prospectus,   including  the
preliminary prospectus,  conforming to the Act (and such other documents as each
such  Holder  or each  such  underwriter  may  reasonably  request)  in order to
facilitate the sale or  distribution  of the Warrant  Shares,  (ii) use its best
efforts to register or qualify such  Warrant  Shares under the blue sky laws (to
the extent  applicable) of such jurisdiction or laws (to the extent  applicable)
of such  jurisdiction or jurisdictions as the Holders of any such Warrant Shares
and  each  underwriter  of  Warrant  Shares  being  sold by such  Holders  shall
reasonably  request  and (iii)  take such  other  actions  as may be  reasonably
necessary  or  advisable  to  enable  such  Holders  and  such  underwriters  to
consummate the sale or distribution in such  jurisdiction  or  jurisdictions  in
which such Holders shall have  reasonably  requested  that the Warrant Shares be
sold. Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as requiring a Holder
to  exercise  its  Warrant  prior to the  closing of an  offering  pursuant to a
registration statement referred to in Subsection 5(a) or 5(b).

     (d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder  participating  in an offering
pursuant  to  a  registration  statement  under  this  Section  5  and  to  each
underwriter,  if  any,  a  signed  counterpart,  addressed  to  such  Holder  or
underwriter,  of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company,  dated the  effective
date of such  registration  statement  (and,  if such  registration  includes an
underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under the
underwriting agreement), and (ii) a "comfort" letter dated the effective date of
such registration  statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten
public  offering,  a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting
agreement) signed by the independent public accountants who have issued a report
on the Company's financial  statements included in such registration  statement,
in each case  covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such
registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of
such accountants'  letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.

     (e) The  Company  shall  enter  into an  underwriting  agreement  with  the
managing  underwriters  selected by Holders  holding  50% of the Warrant  Shares
requested to be included in a registration  statement  filed pursuant to Section
5(a).  Such managing  underwriter  shall be acceptable to the Company;  it being
hereby  agreed by the Company  that  Ladenburg  Thalmann & Co. Inc.  shall be an
acceptable managing underwriter. Such underwriting agreement shall be reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, each Holder and such managing
underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,  warranties and covenants
by the Company and



                                       -8-

<PAGE>



such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by
the  managing  underwriter.  The  Holders  shall be parties to any  underwriting
agreement  relating to an underwritten  sale of their Warrant Shares and may, at
their  option,  require  that  any or all the  representations,  warranties  and
covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such  underwriters  shall also
be made to and for the  benefit  of such  Holders.  Such  Holders  shall  not be
required to make any  representations  or warranties  to or agreements  with the
Company or the underwriters  except as they may relate to such Holders and their
intended methods of distribution.

     (f) The Company  shall pay all  expenses  incurred in  connection  with any
registration  statement  or other  action  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this
Section  5,  including  the   reasonable   fees  and  expenses  of  one  counsel
representing  the Holders of Warrant  Shares  included in any such  registration
statement,  other than  underwriting  discounts and  applicable  transfer  taxes
relating to the Warrant Shares.


     (g) The Company will indemnify, and, if such indemnity is unavailable, will
agree to just and equitable contribution to, the Holders of Warrant Shares which
are included in each registration  statement referred to in Subsections 5(a) and
5(b), and the  underwriters  of such Warrant Shares,  substantially  to the same
extent  as the  Company  has  indemnified,  and  agreed  to just  and  equitable
contribution to, the underwriters (the "UNDERWRITERS") of its public offering of
Common  Stock  pursuant  to  the  Underwriting   Agreement  (the   "Underwriting
Agreement"),  dated ______, 1997, by and among the Company, Ladenburg Thalmann &
Co. Inc. and the other  underwriters  named in Schedule A thereto.  Each selling
Holder of Warrant  Shares,  severally and not jointly,  will  indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who shall have signed any such
registration  statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within
the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the Act to the  same  extent  as the  foregoing
indemnity  from the  Company,  but in each case to the  extent,  and only to the
extent,  that any  statement in or omission  from or alleged  omission from such
registration  statement,  any final  prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement
thereto  was made in  reliance  upon  information  furnished  in  writing to the
Company by such  selling  Holder  specifically  for use in  connection  with the
preparation of such  registration  statement,  any final  prospectus or any such
amendment or supplement thereto;  provided,  however, that the obligation of any
Holder of Warrant  Shares to indemnify the Company under the  provisions of this
Subsection  (g) shall be  limited  to the  excess of (1) the  product of (A) the
number of Warrant  Shares  being sold by the  selling  Holder and (B) the market
price of the Common  Stock on the date of the sale to the public of such Warrant
Shares over (2) the aggregate amount, if any, paid to the Company by such Holder
in connection with the issuance of such Warrant Shares.

     6.  LIMITED  TRANSFERABILITY.  This  Warrant may not be sold,  transferred,
assigned  or  hypothecated  by the  Holder  (a)  except in  compliance  with the
provisions of the Act, and (b) until the first anniversary  hereof except (i) to
any successor firm or corporation of Ladenburg  Thalmann & Co. Inc., (ii) to any
of the officers of Ladenburg



                                       -9-

<PAGE>



Thalmann & Co. Inc.,  or of any such  successor  firm or (iii) in the case of an
individual, pursuant to such individual's last will and testament or the laws of
descent  and  distribution,  and is so  transferable  only upon the books of the
Company which it shall cause to be maintained  for the purpose.  The Company may
treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as he or it appears on the Company's
books at any time as the Holder for all  purposes.  The Company shall permit any
Holder of a Warrant or his duly authorized attorney, upon written request during
ordinary  business  hours,  to inspect and copy or make  extracts from its books
showing  the  registered  holders of  Warrants.  All  Warrants  issued  upon the
transfer  or  assignment  of this  Warrant  will be dated  the same date as this
Warrant, and all rights of the Holder thereof shall be identical to those of the
Holder.

     7. LOSS,  ETC., OF WARRANT.  Upon receipt of evidence  satisfactory  to the
Company of the loss,  theft,  destruction or mutilation of this Warrant,  and of
indemnity reasonably  satisfactory to the Company, if lost, stolen or destroyed,
and upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant,  if mutilated,  the Company
shall  execute and  deliver to the Holder a new Warrant of like date,  tenor and
denomination.

     8. WARRANT HOLDER NOT  SHAREHOLDER.  Except as otherwise  provided  herein,
this  Warrant does not confer upon the Holder any right to vote or to consent to
or receive  notice as a stockholder  of the Company,  as such, in respect of any
matters whatsoever,  or any other rights or liabilities as a stockholder,  prior
to the exercise hereof.

     9. NOTICES. All notices and other  communications  required or permitted to
be given under this Warrant shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if  delivered  personally  or by facsimile  transmission,  or sent by
recognized  overnight  courier or by certified mail,  return receipt  requested,
postage paid, to the parties hereto as follows:

          (a) if to the Company at One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor, New York,
     New York 10004, Attn.: Ronald P. Rafaloff, facsimile no. (212) 344-1277, or
     such other address as the Company has  designated in writing to the Holder,
     or

          (b) if to the Holder at 590 Madison Avenue,  New York, New York 10022,
     Att.: Timothy Barney,  facsimile no. (212) 409-2170,  or such other address
     or facsimile number as the Holder has designated in writing to the Company.

     10.  HEADINGS.  The headings of this Warrant have been inserted as a matter
of convenience and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     11.  APPLICABLE  LAW.  This Warrant  shall be governed by and  construed in
accordance  with the law of the State of New York without  giving  effect to the
principles of conflicts of law thereof.



                                      -10-

<PAGE>




     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Collectibles  USA, Inc. has caused this Warrant to be
signed by its  President  and its  corporate  seal to be  hereunto  affixed  and
attested by its Secretary this ____ day of ____________, 1997.



                                        By:____________________________________
                                           Ronald P. Rafaloff
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer



ATTEST:



___________________________________
Secretary


[Corporate Seal]






                                      -11-

<PAGE>




                                   ASSIGNMENT


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED  ____________________________  hereby sells, assigns and
transfers unto  __________________________  the foregoing Warrant and all rights
evidenced    thereby,    and   does    irrevocably    constitute   and   appoint
_______________________,  attorney,  to  transfer  said  Warrant on the books of
_________________________.

Dated:______________________________          Signature:________________________

                                              Address:__________________________



                               PARTIAL ASSIGNMENT


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED  __________________________ hereby assigns and transfers
unto ____________________________ the right to purchase ______________ shares of
the Common Stock of _________________________  covered by the foregoing Warrant,
and a proportionate part of said Warrant and the rights evidenced  thereby,  and
does  irrevocably  constitute and appoint  _____________________,  attorney,  to
transfer     that    part    of    said     Warrant     on    the    books    of
______________________________.

Dated:______________________________          Signature:________________________

                                              Address:__________________________







                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                                SUBSCRIPTION FORM
     (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant pursuant to Section 1 (a)(i))


     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right of purchase
represented   by  the  within   Warrant   for,   and  to  purchase   thereunder,
______________  shares of Common Stock, as provided for in Section 1(a)(i),  and
tenders  herewith payment of the purchase price in full in the form of cash or a
certified or official bank check in the amount of $___________.

     Please issue a  certificate  or  certificates  for such Common Stock in the
name of, and pay any cash for any fractional share to:

                                        Name:______________________________

                                        (Please Print Name, Address and Social
                                        Security No.)


                                        Address:_____________________________

                                        _____________________________________

                                        Social Security Number:______________

                                        Signature:___________________________

                                        NOTE:     The  above  signature   should
                                                  correspond  exactly  with  the
                                                  name on the first page of this
                                                  Warrant  or with  the  name of
                                                  the assignee  appearing in the
                                                  assignment form below.

                                        Date:_______________________________

     And if said number of shares shall not be all the shares  purchasable under
the  within  Warrant,  a new  Warrant  is to be  issued  in  the  name  of  said
undersigned for the balance remaining of the shares purchasable thereunder.




                                      -13-

<PAGE>


                             CASHLESS EXERCISE FORM
                    (To be executed upon exercise of Warrant
                          pursuant to Section 1(a)(ii))


     The  undersigned  hereby  irrevocably  elects to surrender  _______  shares
purchasable  under this  Warrant  for such  shares of Common  Stock  issuable in
exchange  therefor  pursuant to the Cashless  Exercise  provisions of the within
Warrant, as provided for in Section 1(a)(ii) of such Warrant.

     Please issue a  certificate  or  certificates  for such Common Stock in the
name of, and pay cash for fractional shares to:

                                        Name:______________________________

                                        (Please Print Name, Address and Social
                                        Security No.)


                                        Address:_____________________________

                                        _____________________________________

                                        Social Security Number:______________

                                        Signature:___________________________

                                        NOTE:     The  above  signature   should
                                                  correspond  exactly  with  the
                                                  name on the first page of this
                                                  Warrant  or with  the  name of
                                                  the assignee  appearing in the
                                                  assignment form below.

                                        Date:_______________________________

     And if said number of shares  shall not be all the shares  exchangeable  or
purchasable under the within Warrant,  a new Warrant is to be issued in the name
of  the  undersigned  for  the  balance  remaining  of  the  shares  purchasable
thereunder.



                                      -14-


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement"),  between  Collectibles USA,
Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),  and Neil J. DePascal,  Jr. (the
"Executive") entered into as of this 11 day of August, 1997.

          WHEREAS,  as of the  date  of the  execution  of this  Agreement,  the
Company  is  engaged   primarily  in  the  business  of  marketing   collectible
merchandise and animation art products; and

          WHEREAS,   the  Executive  will  be  employed  by  the  Company  in  a
confidential relationship wherein the Executive, in the course of his employment
with the Company,  will become  familiar with and aware of information as to the
Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective customers,  the
specific manner of doing business, including the processes, techniques and trade
secrets utilized by the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates,  and future
plans with respect  thereto,  all of which has been and will be established  and
maintained at great expense to the Company,  which information is a trade secret
and constitutes the valuable good will of the Company; and

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises,  terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth herein and the  performance  of each, it is
hereby agreed as follows:

          1. AGREEMENT  SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS UPON EFFECTIVE
DATE;  REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  This Agreement shall supersede any and all
other prior employment agreements, letters of intent, term sheets, arrangements,
and/or any other  understanding,  whether written or oral, between the Executive
and the Company or any  subsidiary  or affiliate  thereof  regarding any and all
matters relating to employment,  compensation,  benefits or similar matters. The
Executive  hereby  represents  and warrants to the Company that the execution of
this  Agreement  by the  Executive  and his  employment  by the  Company and the
performance  of his  duties  hereunder  will not  violate  or be a breach of any
agreement with a former employer, client or any other person or entity. Further,
the Executive agrees to indemnify the Company for any claim, including,  but not
limited  to,  attorneys'  fees and  expenses of  investigation  and all fees and
expenses incurred by the Company,  by any such third party that such third party
may now have or may  hereafter  come to have  against the Company  based upon or
arising out of any  non-competition  agreement,  invention or secrecy  agreement
between the Executive and such third party.

          2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.

          (a) EMPLOYMENT.  The Company hereby employs the Executive as Executive
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  The Executive hereby
accepts this
<PAGE>




employment  upon the terms and  conditions  herein  contained  and,  subject  to
Section  2(b),  agrees to devote his  working  time,  attention  and  efforts to
promote and further the business of the Company.

          (b) EXCLUSIVITY OF SERVICES. The Executive shall not, during the Term,
be engaged in any other  business  activity  pursued  for gain,  profit or other
pecuniary  advantage  except to the extent that such activity does not interfere
with the  Executive's  duties  and  responsibilities  hereunder.  The  foregoing
limitations  shall not be construed as  prohibiting  the  Executive  from making
personal investments in such form or manner as will neither require his services
in the  operation  or  affairs of the  companies  or  enterprises  in which such
investments are made nor violate the terms of Section 5 of this Agreement.

          (c) LOCATION FOR SERVICES.  The  Executive  shall perform his services
hereafter  at the  Company's  corporate  headquarters.  In the  event  that  the
Executive must relocate his personal  residence to a new geographical  area, the
Company will pay all relocation  costs to move Executive,  his immediate  family
and their  personal  property  and effects.  Such costs may  include,  by way of
example,  but are not limited to, pre-move visits to search for a new residence,
investigate  schools or for other purposes;  temporary  lodging and living costs
prior to moving into a new permanent  residence;  duplicate home carrying costs;
all  closing  costs  on the sale of  Executive's  present  residence  and on the
purchase of a comparable  residence in the new location;  and added income taxes
that  Executive may incur if any  relocation  costs are not  deductible  for tax
purposes.  The  general  intent of the  foregoing  is that  Executive  shall not
personally bear any  out-of-pocket  cost as a result of the relocation,  with an
understanding that Executive will use his best efforts to incur only those costs
which are  reasonable  and  necessary to effect a smooth,  efficient and orderly
relocation  with minimal  disruption to the business  affairs of the Company and
the personal life of Executive and his family.

          3. TERM. The term of this Agreement  shall commence on the date hereof
(the "Effective  Date") and shall end on the date which is the third anniversary
of the Effective Date (the "Initial Term"); provided, however, that in the event
that the Company or the Executive does not notify the other party on or prior to
the date which is one year prior to the  expiration  of the  Initial  Term (such
date, the  "Notification  Date") that it or he (as the case may be) desires that
the Initial Term not be extended beyond the termination of the Initial Term, the
term of this Agreement shall  automatically  be extended beyond the Initial Term
for successive one year periods on each  anniversary of the  Notification  Date,
until either party gives notice to the other of its desire not to extend further
the term of this Agreement beyond the end of the then-extended term (the term of
this Agreement,  whether during the Initial Term or any extension  thereof,  the
"Term").

          4.  COMPENSATION.  For all  services  rendered by the  Executive,  the
Company shall compensate the Executive as follows:

          (a) BASE SALARY.  The base salary payable to the Executive  during the
Term shall be at the rate of $140,000  per year,  payable on a regular  basis in
accordance  with  the  Company's  standard  payroll  procedures,  but  not  less
frequently than on a monthly basis (the "Base Salary"). On

                                       -2-

<PAGE>


at least an annual basis, the Board shall review the Executive's performance and
may make increases to the Base Salary if, in its  discretion,  any such increase
is warranted. Such recommended increase shall require approval by the Board or a
duly constituted committee thereof.

          (b) INCENTIVE  BONUS. It is the Company's  intent to develop a written
Incentive  Bonus Plan setting  forth the criteria  under which the Executive and
other key  employees of the Company will be eligible to receive  year-end  bonus
awards.

          (c)  EXECUTIVE  PERQUISITES.  Benefits  And  Other  Compensation.  The
Executive shall be entitled to receive additional benefits and compensation from
the Company in such form and to such extent as specified below:

          (i) Payment of all premiums for  coverage  for the  Executive  and his
     dependent family members under health, hospitalization, disability, dental,
     life and other  insurance  plans that the  Company  may have in effect from
     time to time,  which benefits  provided to the Executive  under this clause
     (i)  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  such  benefits  provided  to  Company
     executives.

          (ii)  Reimbursement  for all business  travel and other  out-of-pocket
     expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Executive in the  performance  of his
     services  pursuant to this Agreement.  All  reimbursable  expenses shall be
     appropriately  documented  in  reasonable  detail  by  the  Executive  upon
     submission  of any  request for  reimbursement,  and in a format and manner
     consistent with the Company's expense reporting policy.

          (iii)Four  (4) weeks paid  vacation for each year during the period of
     employment  or such  greater  amount as may be  afforded  officers  and key
     employees  generally  under the  Company's  policies in effect from time to
     time  (pro-rated  for any year in which the  Executive is employed for less
     than the full year).

          (iv) The Company  shall  provide the  Executive  with other  executive
     perquisites as may be available to or deemed  appropriate for the Executive
     by the Board and participation in all other Company-wide  employee benefits
     as  available  from time to time,  which may include  participation  in the
     Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan.

          (d) $7 OPTIONS. Promptly after the date hereof, the Executive shall be
granted stock options to purchase  40,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock,
at an exercise price of $7.00 per share (the "$7  Options").  Such options shall
vest immediately and the terms and conditions of such options shall be set forth
in an option  grant  between  the  parties  hereto.  In the  event  that (i) the
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  under  the  circumstances  set forth in
Section 6(c),  6(d) or 6(f) of this Agreement  prior to the  consummation of the
IPO (unless  the IPO is not  consummated  within 60 days of the date  hereof) or
(ii) the Executive's  employment is terminated under the circumstances set forth
in Section 6(c) or 6(f) of this Agreement prior to the date six months after the
consummation  of the IPO,  then the  Executive  shall have five business days in
which

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


to exercise the $7 Options and thereafter such options shall terminate and be of
no further  force or effect.  In the event that the  Executive's  employment  is
terminated under any other circumstances, the Executive shall have five years in
which to exercise the $7 Options.

          (e) IPO STOCK OPTIONS. The Executive shall be granted additional stock
options (the  "Additional  Options") to purchase  100,000 shares of Common Stock
following  the  IPO,  at the  price  per  share  offered  to the  public  at the
commencement of the IPO, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in
an option  agreement  between the parties hereto.  The Additional  Options shall
vest over a three year  period,  with  one-third  of the options  vesting on the
first anniversary of the Effective Date,  one-third on the second anniversary of
the Effective  Date and the remainder on the third  anniversary of the Effective
Date. Such options may be exercised by the Executive any time prior to the later
of (i) one year after the end of the Initial Term or (ii) one year after the end
of the termination of the Executive's employment hereunder.

          5. NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT.

          (a) GENERAL.  Subject to Section 5(c), the Executive shall not, during
the period of his employment by or with the Company, and for a period of two (2)
years  immediately  following  the  termination  of his  employment  under  this
Agreement (such period,  the "Restricted  Period"),  for any reason  whatsoever,
directly or indirectly,  for himself or on behalf of or in conjunction  with any
other person, persons, company, partnership,  corporation, entity or business of
whatever nature:

          (i) engage,  as an officer,  director,  shareholder,  owner,  partner,
     joint venturer,  or in any other capacity,  whether as an agent,  employee,
     independent   contractor,   consultant   or   advisor,   or   as  a   sales
     representative,   in  any   collectibles   or  animation  art  business  in
     competition with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates,  within 100
     miles of (i) the  principal  executive  offices of the  Company or (ii) any
     place to which the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  provides
     products  or  services  or in  which  the  Company  is in  the  process  of
     initiating   business   operations   during  the  Restricted   Period  (the
     "Territory");

          (ii) call upon or  interview  any person who is, at that time,  within
     the Territory,  an employee of the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or
     affiliates  thereof) in a  managerial  capacity for the purpose or with the
     intent of  enticing  such  employee  away from or out of the  employ of the
     Company (including the subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof),  provided that
     the  Executive  shall be  permitted to call upon and hire any member of his
     immediate family;

          (iii) call upon any person or entity which is, at that time,  or which
     has been, within one (1) year prior to that time, a customer of the Company
     (including the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof) within the Territory for
     the purpose of  soliciting or selling  products  similar in nature to those
     which are or were  provided  by the  Company  to such  customer  within the
     Territory; or


                                       -4-

<PAGE>

          (iv)  call  upon  any  prospective   acquisition  candidate,   on  the
     Executive's own behalf or on behalf of any competitor, which candidate was,
     to the Executive's  actual knowledge after due inquiry,  either called upon
     by the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof) or for
     which  the  Company  made  an  acquisition  analysis,  for the  purpose  of
     acquiring  such entity,  provided that the  Executive  shall not be charged
     with  violating  this  section  unless and until the  Executive  shall have
     knowledge or notice that such prospective  acquisition candidate was called
     upon, or that an acquisition analysis was made for the purpose of acquiring
     such entity; or

          (v) disclose any information regarding customers, whether in existence
     or proposed,  of the Company (or the respective  subsidiaries or affiliates
     thereof) to any person, firm, partnership,  corporation or business for any
     reason or purpose whatever .

Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  foregoing  covenant  shall  not be  deemed to
prohibit the Executive from acquiring as an investment not more than one percent
(1%) of the capital  stock of a competing  business,  whose stock is traded on a
national securities exchange or over-the-counter.

          (b)  EQUITABLE  REMEDIES.  Because  of  the  difficulty  of  measuring
economic  losses  to the  Company  as a  result  of a  breach  of the  foregoing
covenants,  and because of the  immediate and  irreparable  damage that could be
caused to the Company for which they would have no other  adequate  remedy,  the
Executive agrees that the foregoing  covenants may be enforced by the Company in
the event of breach by the Executive, by injunctions and restraining orders.

          (c)  REASONABLE  RESTRAINT.  It is  agreed  by the  parties  that  the
foregoing  covenants  in this  Section 5 impose a  reasonable  restraint  on the
Executive in light of the activities and business of the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  and  affiliates)  on the date of the  execution of this
Agreement  and  the  current  plans  of the  Company  (including  the  Company's
subsidiaries and  affiliates);  but it is also the intent of the Company and the
Executive that such  covenants be construed and enforced in accordance  with the
changing  activities,  business  and  locations  of the Company  (including  the
Company's  subsidiaries and affiliates)  throughout the term of these covenants,
whether  before  or  after  the date of  termination  of the  employment  of the
Executive.  For  example,  if,  during the term of this  Agreement,  the Company
(including  the  Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates)  engages  in  new  and
different activities, enters a new business or establishes new locations for its
current  activities  or business in addition to or other than the  activities or
business  enumerated under the whereas clauses above or the locations  currently
established  therefor,  then the Executive will be precluded from soliciting the
customers  or  employees  of such new  activities  or  business or from such new
location and from directly competing with such new business within the Territory
through the Restricted Period.

     It is further  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that,  in the event that the
Executive shall cease to be employed hereunder,  and shall enter into a business
or pursue other  activities not in competition  with the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates),  or similar  activities or business in
locations the  operation of which,  under such  circumstances,  does not violate
clause (a)(i) of this


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Section 5, and in any event such new business, activities or location are not in
violation of this Section 5 or of employee's  obligations  under this Section 5,
if any, the Executive shall not be chargeable with a violation of this Section 5
if the Company  (including  the  Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates)  shall
thereafter enter the same, similar or a competitive (i) business, (ii) course of
activities or (iii) location, as applicable.

          (d)  SEVERABILITY.  The  covenants in this Section 5 are severable and
separate, and the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall not affect the
provisions of any other covenant.  Moreover, in the event any court of competent
jurisdiction shall determine that the scope, time or territorial restrictions of
any specific covenant as set forth are unreasonable, then it is the intention of
the parties that such  restrictions  be enforced to the fullest extent which the
court deems reasonable, and the Agreement shall thereby be reformed.

          (e)  INDEPENDENT  PROVISIONS.  All of the  covenants in this Section 5
shall be construed as an agreement  independent  of any other  provision in this
Agreement,  and the  existence of any claim or cause of action of the  Executive
against the Company,  whether  predicated on this Agreement or otherwise,  shall
not  constitute  a defense  to the  enforcement  by the  Company  of any of such
covenants.  It is specifically agreed that the period of two (2) years following
termination  of  employment  stated at the  beginning  of this Section 5, during
which the agreements and covenants of the Executive made in this Section 5 shall
be  effective,  shall be computed by excluding  from such  computation  any time
during which the Executive is in violation of any provision of this Section 5.

          6.  TERMINATION;   RIGHTS  ON  TERMINATION.  This  Agreement  and  the
Executive's employment may be terminated in any one of the followings ways:

          (a) DEATH. The death of the Executive shall immediately terminate this
Agreement, with no severance compensation due to the Executive's estate.

          (b)  DISABILITY.  If, as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical  or
mental  illness  or  injury,  the  Executive  shall  have been  absent  from his
full-time  duties  hereunder for four (4) consecutive  months,  then thirty (30)
days after receiving  written notice (which notice may occur before or after the
end of such four (4) month period, but which shall not be effective earlier than
the last day of such four (4) month  period),  the  Company  may  terminate  the
Executive's  employment hereunder provided the Executive is unable to resume his
full-time  duties at the  conclusion  of such notice  period.  In addition,  the
Executive  may terminate  his  employment  hereunder if his health should become
impaired  to an  extent  that  makes the  continued  performance  of his  duties
hereunder  hazardous to his physical or mental health or his life, provided that
the Executive  shall have furnished the Company with a written  statement from a
qualified  doctor to such effect and provided,  further,  that, at the Company's
request made within thirty (30) days of the date of such written statement,  the
Executive shall submit to an examination by a doctor selected by the Company who
is reasonably  acceptable to the Executive and such doctor shall have  concurred
in the  conclusion of the  Executive's  doctor.  In the event this  Agreement is
terminated  as a result  of the  Executive's  disability,  the  Executive  shall
receive from the Company, in a lump-sum payment due within ten

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



(10) days of the effective date of termination, the Base Salary at the rate then
in effect for whatever time period is remaining under the Term of this Agreement
or for one (1) year, whichever amount is greater.

          (c) CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Agreement ten (10) days after
written notice to the Executive for "Cause," which shall be: (1) the Executive's
willful,  material and irreparable breach of this Agreement; (2) the Executive's
gross negligence in the performance or intentional nonperformance continuing for
ten (10) days  after  receipt  of  written  notice of need to cure of any of the
Executive's material duties and responsibilities  hereunder; (3) the Executive's
willful dishonesty,  fraud or misconduct with respect to the business or affairs
of the Company or its  subsidiaries or affiliates which materially and adversely
affects the  operations  or  reputation  of the Company or its  subsidiaries  or
affiliates;  (4) the  Executive's  conviction of a felony crime;  or (5) chronic
alcohol  abuse  or  illegal  drug  abuse  by the  Executive.  In the  event of a
termination  for Cause,  as enumerated  above,  the  Executive  shall receive no
severance compensation.

          (d) WITHOUT CAUSE.  At any time after his  commencement of employment,
the Company may,  without Cause,  terminate  this Agreement and the  Executive's
employment,  effective  thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to the
Executive.  In the event that the Executive is terminated by the Company without
Cause,  the Executive shall receive from the Company the Base Salary at the rate
then in effect for  whatever  time  period is  remaining  under the Term of this
Agreement  (not to exceed  two years) or for one (1) year,  whichever  amount is
greater.  Any  termination  without  Cause  by  the  Company  shall  operate  to
immediately vest the Executive in his unvested stock options granted pursuant to
Section 4(e) hereof. Further, any termination without Cause by the Company shall
operate to shorten the  Restricted  Period set forth in Section  5(a) and during
which the terms of Section 5 apply to one (1) year from the date of  termination
of employment.

          (e)  CHANGE IN CONTROL  OF THE  COMPANY.  In the event of a "Change in
Control" of the Company (as defined in Section 11 of this Agreement)  during the
Term, refer to Section 11 of this Agreement.

          (f)  RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE.  If the Executive  resigns or otherwise
terminates his employment hereunder (i) the Executive shall receive no severance
compensation,  (ii) all unvested stock options granted  pursuant to Section 4(e)
shall be forfeited to the Company and (iii) the  Restricted  Period shall remain
as set forth in Section 5 hereof.

          (g) SURVIVAL AND  CONTINUING  OBLIGATIONS.  Upon  termination  of this
Agreement for any reason  provided  above,  the  Executive  shall be entitled to
receive all compensation  earned and all benefits and reimbursements due through
the  effective  date  of  termination.  Additional  compensation  subsequent  to
termination, if any, will be due and payable to the Executive only to the extent
and in the manner  expressly  provided  in this  Section 6 or in Section 11. All
other  rights  and  obligations  of the  Company  and the  Executive  under this
Agreement shall cease as of the effective date of  termination,  except that the
Company's obligations under Section 6 herein and the

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



Executive's  obligations  and other matters under  Sections 5, 7, 8 and 9 herein
shall survive such termination in accordance with their terms.

          7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY. All records, designs, patents, business
plans,  financial  statements,  manuals,  memoranda,  lists and  other  property
delivered to or compiled by the  Executive by or on behalf of the Company or its
representatives,  vendors or  customers  which  pertain to the  business  of the
Company shall be and remain the property of the Company, as the case may be, and
be  subject  at all  times  to  their  discretion  and  control.  Likewise,  all
correspondence,  reports,  records,  charts,  advertising  materials  and  other
similar  data  pertaining  to the  business,  activities  or future plans of the
Company which is collected by the Executive  shall be delivered  promptly to the
Company without request by it upon termination of the Executive's employment for
any reason.

          8.  INVENTIONS.  The Executive shall disclose  promptly to the Company
any and all significant  conceptions and ideas for inventions,  improvements and
valuable discoveries,  whether patentable or not, which are conceived or made by
the Executive,  solely or jointly with another,  during the period of employment
or within one (1) year  thereafter,  and which are  related to the  business  or
activities  of the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  and which the
Executive conceives as a result of his employment by the Company.  The Executive
hereby assigns and agrees to assign all his interests  therein to the Company or
its nominee.  Whenever  requested to do so by the Company,  the Executive  shall
execute any and all  applications,  assignments  or other  instruments  that the
Company  shall  deem  necessary  to apply for and obtain  Letters  Patent of the
United  States or any foreign  country or to otherwise  protect the Company's or
its subsidiaries or affiliates interest therein.

          9.  TRADE  SECRETS.   Executive  agrees  that  during  the  course  of
performing services for the Company, he has had and will have substantial access
to and contact with information or documents, including but not limited to trade
secrets, patents, copyrighted materials,  proprietary computer software, systems
analyses, lists of actual or prospective customers, contracts, Company books and
records,  financial data and other Confidential and Proprietary  Information and
Materials  (as that term is defined  below) of the Company,  the  disclosure  of
which to  competitors of the Company or others would cause the Company to suffer
substantial and irreparable damage. Executive recognizes,  therefore, that it is
in the Company's  legitimate business interest to restrict his disclosure or use
of Confidential and Proprietary Information and Materials for any purposes other
than the services  provided by him to the Company under this  Agreement,  and to
limit  any  potential   appropriation  of  such   Confidential  and  Proprietary
Information  and Materials by him for the benefit of the  Company's  competitors
and to the  detriment  of the  Company.  Therefore,  it is  agreed  that  unless
Executive shall first secure the Company's written consent,  Executive shall not
publish,  disclose or use, or  authorize  any other person or entity to publish,
disclose or use, at any time before,  during or  subsequent  to the Term of this
Agreement, any secret or confidential information, whether patentable or not, of
or about the Company, including any Confidential and Proprietary Information and
Materials (as that term is defined  below) and any other secret or  confidential
information of which  Executive  becomes aware of or informed during the Term of
this


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



Agreement,  whether  or not  developed  by  Executive,  except  as  required  in
Executive's duties to the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, "Confidential
and Proprietary  Information and Materials" shall include,  without  limitation,
formulas,  patterns,  compilations,   studies,  strategies,  programs,  devices,
methods,  techniques,  and processes of or about or its  business,  customers or
suppliers,  which derive independent  economic value, actual or potential,  from
not being  generally  known to, and not being  readily  ascertainable  by proper
means by, other persons who can obtain  economic value from their  disclosure or
use and which are the  subject of efforts to  maintain  their  secrecy  that are
reasonable under the circumstances.

          All  Confidential  and  Proprietary  Information and Materials and all
copies of such  information  and materials  relating to the Company's  business,
whether  prepared by Executive or otherwise  coming into his  possession,  shall
remain the  exclusive  property  of the  Company  and shall be  returned  to the
Company upon the Company's request or the termination of Executive's employment.


          10. ASSIGNMENT;  BINDING EFFECT. The Executive understands that he has
been  selected  for  employment  by the  Company  on the  basis of his  personal
qualifications,  experience and skills. The Executive agrees, therefore, that he
cannot assign all or any portion of his performance under this Agreement.

          11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

          (a) GENERAL.  Unless he elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
(c) below, the Executive  understands and  acknowledges  that the Company may be
merged or  consolidated  with or into another  entity and that such entity shall
automatically succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

          (b) SEVERANCE  PAYMENTS.  In the event of a pending  Change in Control
wherein the Company and the Executive have not received  written notice at least
five (5) business days prior to the anticipated  closing date of the transaction
giving rise to the Change in Control from the  successor to all or a substantial
portion of the Company's  business  and/or assets that such successor is willing
as of the closing to assume and agree to perform the Company's obligations under
this  Agreement  in the same  manner and to the same  extent that the Company is
hereby required to perform,  then such Change in Control shall be deemed to be a
termination of this  Agreement by the Company  without Cause during the Term and
the applicable portions of Section 6(d) will apply.

          (c) VOLUNTARY  RESIGNATION.  In any Change in Control  situation,  the
Executive  may, at his sole  discretion,  elect to terminate  this  Agreement by
providing written notice to the Company at least five (5) business days prior to
the anticipated closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change in Control.
In such case, the applicable provisions of Section 6(d) will apply as though the
Company had terminated the Agreement without Cause during the Term.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



          (d)  APPLICATION OF TERMINATION  PROVISIONS.  For purposes of applying
Section 6 under the  circumstances  described in Sections (b) and (c) above, the
effective date of termination will be the closing date of the transaction giving
rise to the Change in Control and all compensation,  reimbursements and lump-sum
payments  due the  Executive  must be paid in full by the Company at or prior to
such  closing.  Further,  the  Executive  will  be  given  sufficient  time  and
opportunity  to elect  whether to exercise  all or any of his vested  options to
purchase the  Company's  Common Stock,  including  any options with  accelerated
vesting under the provisions of the Company's Long-Term  Incentive  Compensation
Plan,  such that he may convert the options to shares of Company Common Stock at
or prior to the closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change in Control,
if he so desires.

          (e) DEFINITION. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred
     if:

          (i) any person, other than the Company or any employee benefit plan of
     the Company,  acquires  directly or  indirectly  Beneficial  Ownership  (as
     defined  in  Section  13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934,  as
     amended) of any voting security of the Company and  immediately  after such
     acquisition such person is, directly or indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of
     voting securities representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all
     of the  then-outstanding  voting  securities  of the  Company,  unless  the
     transaction  pursuant to which such  acquisition  is made is approved by at
     least two-thirds (2/3) of the Board;

          (ii) the following  individuals no longer constitute a majority of the
     members of the Board of Directors of the Company:  (A) the individuals who,
     as of the closing date of the Company's initial public offering, constitute
     the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Original  Directors");  (B) the
     individuals  who  thereafter  are elected to the Board of  Directors of the
     Company and whose  election,  or nomination  for election,  to the Board of
     Directors  of the  Company was  approved  by a vote of at least  two-thirds
     (2/3) of the  Original  Directors  then  still in  office  (such  directors
     becoming  "Additional  Original  Directors"   immediately  following  their
     election);  and (C)  the  individuals  who  are  elected  to the  Board  of
     Directors of the Company and whose election, or nomination for election, to
     the Board of  Directors  of the Company was  approved by a vote of at least
     two-thirds  (2/3)  of  the  Original  Directors  and  Additional   Original
     Directors then still in office (such  directors  also becoming  "Additional
     Original Directors" immediately following their election).

          (iii)  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  shall  approve  a  merger,
     consolidation,  recapitalization,  or  reorganization  of  the  Company,  a
     reverse stock split of outstanding  voting  securities,  or consummation of
     any such  transaction if stockholder  approval is not obtained,  other than
     any such transaction  which has been either (x) approved by at least 66% of
     the members of the Board or (y) which  would  result in at least 50% of the
     total voting power  represented  by the voting  securities of the surviving
     entity  outstanding  immediately after such transaction being  Beneficially
     Owned by at least 50% of the holders of  outstanding  voting  securities of
     the Company immediately prior to the transaction, with the voting power

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



     of each such continuing  holder  relative to other such continuing  holders
     not substantially altered in the transaction; or

          (iv) the  stockholders of the Company shall approve a plan of complete
     liquidation  of the Company or an agreement for the sale or  disposition by
     the Company of all or a substantial  portion of the Company's assets (i.e.,
     50% or more of the total assets of the Company).

          (f) The  Executive  must be  notified in writing by the Company at any
     time that the Company anticipates that Change in Control may take place.

          (g) The Executive  shall be reimbursed by the Company or its successor
     for any excise taxes that the  Executive  incurs under  Section 4999 of the
     Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as a result of any Change in Control.  Such
     amount will be due and payable by the Company or its  successor  within ten
     (10) days after the Executive  delivers a written request for reimbursement
     accompanied by a copy of his tax return(s)  showing the excise tax actually
     incurred by the Executive.

          12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This written Agreement is the final, complete
and exclusive  statement and expression of the agreement between the Company and
the Executive and of all the terms of this  Agreement,  and it cannot be varied,
contradicted   or  supplemented  by  evidence  of  any  prior  oral  or  written
agreements. This written Agreement may not be later modified except by a further
writing  signed by a duly  authorized  officer of the Company and the Executive,
and no term of this  Agreement  may be waived  except by  writing  signed by the
party waiving the benefit of such term.

          13.  NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is required  hereunder,  it shall be
given in writing addressed as follows:

             To the Company:     Collectibles USA, Inc.
                                 c/o RGR Financial Group
                                 One Battery Park Plaza
                                 New York, NY 10004

             With a copy to:     Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                                 101 Park Avenue
                                 New York, NY 10178
                                 Attn: David W. Pollak, Esq.

           To the Executive:     Mr. Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
                                 6402 Rippling Hollow Drive
                                 Spring, Texas 77379



                                      -11-

<PAGE>



Notice shall be deemed given and  effective  three (3) days after the deposit in
the U.S.  mail of a  writing  addressed  as above  and sent  first  class  mail,
certified,  return  receipt  requested,  or if sooner,  when actually  received.
Either party may change the address for notice by  notifying  the other party of
such change.

          14. SEVERABILITY;  HEADINGS.  If any portion of this Agreement is held
invalid or  inoperative,  the other portions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable  and possible,  effect shall be
given to the intent  manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.  The
Section headings herein are for reference  purposes only and are not intended in
any way to  describe,  interpret,  define or limit  the  extent or intent of the
Agreement or of any part hereof.

          15.  ARBITRATION.  Any unresolved dispute or controversy arising under
or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement   shall  be  settled   exclusively  by
arbitration,  conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators in New York, NY,
in accordance  with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect. The arbitrators shall not have the authority to add to, detract from, or
modify any provision  hereof nor to award punitive damages to any injured party.
The  arbitrators   shall  have  the  authority  to  order  back-pay,   severance
compensation,  vesting of options  (or cash  compensation  in lieu of vesting of
options),  and reimbursement of costs,  including those incurred to enforce this
Agreement.  A decision  by the  arbitration  panel  shall be final and  binding.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrators'  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  direct  expense  of the  arbitrators  shall  be borne by the
Company.

          16.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall in all respects be construed
according to the laws of the State of New York.

          17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
(2) or more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original and all of
which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                      -12-

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                        COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                    By:/s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff
                       -------------------------------------
                    Name: Ronald P. Rafaloff
                         -----------------------------------
                    Title: Chairman of the Board
                          ----------------------------------




                                        NEIL J. DEPASCAL, JR.

                                        /s/ Neil J. Depascal, Jr.
                                        ----------------------------------------

                                      -13-



                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


August 8, 1997

Mr. David L. Yankey
13500 Country Way Road
Los Altos Hills, California 94022


Dear David:

         This letter (the  "Agreement and Release")  confirms the termination of
your employment with Collectibles  USA, Inc. (the "Company")  effective June 11,
1997. Our  understanding  and agreement with respect to the  termination of your
employment is as follows:

         1.  You  hereby   confirm  your   termination  of  employment  and  all
directorships  with the  Company  effective  June 11,  1997,  provided  that the
Company  confirms  that you were paid your salary  through  June 30,  1997.  You
further confirm that, except as provided in paragraph 11 hereof,  the Employment
Agreement  between you and the Company,  dated as of May, 1997, shall not become
effective, and all provisions thereof shall be null and void ab initio provided,
however, that you shall be entitled to retain all salary, bonuses,  compensation
and other payments made to you by the Company.

         2. Subject to paragraph 20 hereof,  upon your execution and delivery of
this  Agreement  and  Release,  you shall be  entitled  to  receive a payment of
$350,000,  in consideration for cancellation of the Employment  Agreement and as
full and final  resolution  of all  actual  and  potential  claims for back pay,
severance  or  other  form  of  compensation,   or  otherwise  relating  to  the
termination of your employment, compensation and benefits with the Company. Such
payment  shall  be made to you  within  three  days of the  consummation  of the
Company's  initial  public  offering (the "IPO") of its Common Stock,  par value
$.01 per share (the "Common Stock").

         3. Of the 174,580  shares of Common Stock  purchased by you on November
15, 1996,  you shall be entitled to retain  104,580 shares and you shall forfeit
the remaining  shares of Common Stock.  On the effective  date of this Agreement
and Release,  you shall  surrender any rights in the stock  certificate  for the
174,580 shares of Common Stock,  whereupon the Company will deliver to you a new
stock  certificate  (the "New  Stock  Certificates")  for  104,580  shares  (the
"Shares") of Common Stock. You acknowledge and agree that any ownership interest
that you may have in any other  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company,  or any
right to be awarded or acquire such shares of Common Stock,  shall be forfeited.
Provided that all of the other persons  holding 100,000 shares or more of Common
Stock are required to do so, you agree to enter into a lock-up  arrangement with
the  Underwriters  of the  IPO  whereby  you  will  agree  not to,  directly  or
indirectly,

<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 2


sell or otherwise  transfer or dispose of any shares of
Common Stock that you retain  hereunder  for a period of 180 days after the date
of the Prospectus (the "Lock-up  Period")  relating to the IPO without the prior
written  consent  of  such  Underwriters.   You  shall  deliver  the  New  Stock
Certificates to be held by Morgan,  Lewis & Bockius LLP, the Company's  counsel,
or another  suitable escrow agent  acceptable to you and the Company,  until the
expiration of the Lock-Up Period.  Upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the
Lock-Up Period and (ii) the abandonment by the Company of the IPO, the New Stock
Certificates shall be promptly redelivered to you.

         4. Other than as set forth herein,  you will not receive  compensation,
payments or benefits of any kind from the Company or Releasees  (as that term is
defined in paragraph  6(c) below) and you expressly  acknowledge  and agree that
you are not entitled to any additional compensation, payment or benefits.

         5. You  understand  and  agree  that  the  compensation,  payments  and
benefits provided for in this Agreement and Release are being provided to you in
consideration  for your  acceptance  and execution of, and in reliance upon your
representations in, this Agreement and Release.  The releases provided by you in
this  Agreement  and Release are subject to and  conditioned  upon the Company's
compliance with the terms hereof.

         6. a. You agree to  accept  the  compensation,  payments  and  benefits
provided for in paragraph 2 hereof in full resolution and  satisfaction  of, and
hereby IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY RELEASE, REMISE AND FOREVER DISCHARGE the
Company and  Releasees  from,  any and all  agreements,  promises,  liabilities,
claims and demands of any kind  whatsoever,  in law or equity,  whether known or
unknown, suspected or unsuspected,  fixed or contingent,  apparent or concealed,
which you,  your heirs,  executors,  administrators,  successors or assigns ever
had,  now have or in the future may have  against  the  Company  and  Releasees,
including,  without limitation, any and all claims arising out of or relating to
your employment,  the Employment Agreement,  your compensation and benefits with
the Company and/or the termination  thereof,  and any and all present  contract,
tort or fraud claims,  present claims for  defamation or other personal  injury,
present   claims  under  any  federal,   state  or   municipal   wage   payment,
discrimination  or fair  employment  practices  law,  statute or regulation  and
present claims for costs, expenses and attorneys' fees with respect thereto, but
excluding liabilities, claims and demands relating to matters in connection with
your  employment  with the Company in which the Company has: (i)  committed  any
material act of fraud or theft,  or (ii) engaged in conduct in  connection  with
your employment  that  constitutes a felony.  THIS RELEASE AND WAIVER  INCLUDES,
WITHOUT  LIMITATION,  ANY  AND  ALL  CLAIMS  UNDER  THE  AGE  DISCRIMINATION  IN
EMPLOYMENT ACT, 29 U.S.C. SS.SS. 621-634.  However, it is agreed that you do not
waive your rights for coverage or indemnification under any directors & officers
policy,  or bylaws of the Company for acts or  omissions  occurring  during your
employment.


<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 3



              b. By signing this  Agreement and Release and by acceptance of the
compensation,  payments  and benefits  provided  for in  paragraph 2 above,  you
WAIVE, RELEASE AND COVENANT NOT TO SUE the Company and Releasees with respect to
any matter  relating  to or arising  out of your  employment,  compensation  and
benefits with the Company  and/or the  termination  thereof,  including  without
limitation any and all claims  described in subparagraph  (a) of this paragraph,
and you agree that neither you nor any person,  organization or entity acting on
your behalf will (i) file,  participate  in or assist,  facilitate or permit the
bringing or maintenance  of any claim against the Company or Releasees,  whether
in the form of a federal,  state or municipal  court  lawsuit or  administrative
agency  action,  an  arbitration  proceeding  or  otherwise,  arising  out of or
relating to your  employment,  compensation and benefits with the Company and/or
the  termination  thereof,  including  without  limitation  any and  all  claims
described in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph,  or (ii) seek  reinstatement or
any other monetary or equitable  relief from the Company and Releasees,  however
that relief might be called,  on the basis of any such claim,  except for claims
for breach of this Agreement and Release or relating to liabilities specifically
excluded from release under  paragraph  6(a). You warrant and represent (A) that
you have not filed any  claim or  demand  for  relief  against  the  Company  or
Releasees, (B) that there are no outstanding claims or demands for relief within
the meaning of this  paragraph  6(b) and (C) that in the event any such claim or
demand is or has been filed by someone other than you without your consent,  you
will  immediately upon becoming aware of such matters and without further notice
take all actions  necessary  to  withdraw or dismiss  such claim or demand as it
relates to you with prejudice, if possible.

            c. For purposes of this  Agreement and Release,  the term  "Company"
when used in  conjunction  with  "Releasees"  includes the Company and its past,
present  and  future  direct and  indirect  parents,  subsidiaries,  affiliates,
divisions,  predecessors,  successors, and assigns, and their respective current
and former officers, directors, shareholders, representatives, agents, attorneys
and  employees,  in  their  official  and  individual  capacities,  jointly  and
individually.

         7. a. The Company  hereby  IRREVOCABLY  AND  UNCONDITIONALLY  RELEASES,
REMISES  AND  FOREVER  DISCHARGES  you  from any and all  agreements,  promises,
liabilities,  claims  and  demands  of any kind  whatsoever,  in law or  equity,
whether  known or  unknown,  suspected  or  unsuspected,  fixed  or  contingent,
apparent or concealed,  which the Company,  its  successors or assigns ever had,
now have or in the future may have against you,  including,  without limitation,
any and all claims arising out of or relating to your employment, the Employment
Agreement,   your   compensation  and  benefits  with  the  Company  and/or  the
termination  thereof,  and any and all present  contract,  tort or fraud claims,
present claims for defamation or other personal injury, present claims under any
federal,  state or municipal  wage payment,  discrimination  or fair  employment
practices law, statute or regulation and present claims for costs,  expenses and
attorneys'  fees with respect  thereto,  but excluding  liabilities,  claims and
demands  relating to matters



<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 4


in  connection  with your  employment  with the  Company  in which you  have:(i)
committed  any  material  act of fraud or theft or (ii)  engaged  in  conduct in
connection with your employment that constitutes a felony.

            b. By signing  this  Agreement  and  Release,  the  Company  WAIVES,
RELEASES AND COVENANTS NOT TO SUE you with respect to any matter  relating to or
arising  out of your  employment,  compensation  and  benefits  with the Company
and/or the termination thereof,  including without limitation any and all claims
described in  subparagraph  (a) of this  paragraph,  and the Company agrees that
neither it nor any person,  organization or entity acting on its behalf will (i)
file, participate in or assist, facilitate or permit the bringing or maintenance
of any claim against you,  whether in the form of a federal,  state or municipal
court lawsuit or  administrative  agency action,  an  arbitration  proceeding or
otherwise,  arising  out of or  relating to your  employment,  compensation  and
benefits with the Company  and/or the  termination  thereof,  including  without
limitation any and all claims  described in subparagraph  (a) of this paragraph,
or (ii) seek  reinstatement  or any other monetary or equitable relief from you,
however that relief  might be called on the basis of any such claim,  except for
claims for breach of this  Agreement  and  Release or  relating  to  liabilities
specifically  excluded from release under paragraph  6(a). The Company  warrants
and represents (A) that the Company has not filed any claim or demand for relief
within  the  meaning of this  paragraph  7(b) and (B) that in the event any such
claim or demand is or has been filed by someone  other than the Company  without
its consent,  the Company will  immediately  upon becoming aware of such matters
and without  further  notice take all actions  necessary  to withdraw or dismiss
such claim or demand with prejudice.

         8. a. The Company  shall prepare and file a  registration  statement to
effect the  registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities  Act"),  of the Shares,  all to the extent  requisite  to permit the
public  resale of the  Shares.  The Company  shall  initiate  such  registration
statement at least 60 days prior to the end of the Lock-Up  Period and shall use
best efforts to cause the  Registration  Statement  which is the subject of this
Section 8 to be declared  effective by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
(the "Commission") immediately upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period.

            b. The Company will pay all  registration  expenses  (including  all
registration,  filing, qualification,  legal and accounting fees), in connection
with any registration pursuant to this Section 8.

            c. A registration  pursuant to this Section 8 shall not be deemed to
have been effected (i) unless a registration  statement with respect thereto has
become  effective  within the time  period  specified  herein,  provided  that a
registration  which does not be come  effective  after the  Company  has filed a
registration  statement with respect thereto solely by reason of your refusal to
proceed shall be deemed to have been effected by the Company,  (ii) if, after it
has become  effective,

<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 5


such registration  becomes subject to any stop order,  injunction or other order
or extraordinary  requirement of the Commission or other governmental  agency or
court for any reason, (iii) if, after it has become effective, such registration
ceases to be  effective  for more than an  aggregate  of ninety  (90) days.  The
Company  covenants  with you that it shall take such action as is  necessary  to
keep such registration statement current and effective through at least November
30, 1998.

            d. If the Company has fixed plans to file a  registration  statement
within 60 days after the expiration of the Lock-Up  Period  covering the sale of
any of its  securities  in a  public  offering  under  the  Securities  Act,  no
registration of the Shares shall be initiated under this Section 8 until 90 days
after the effective  date of such  registration  unless the Company is no longer
proceeding diligently to effect such registration; provided that (i) the Company
shall provide you with the right to participate in such public offering and (ii)
notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in no event shall the Company's  obligation to
file and use its best efforts to have the  registration  statement under Section
8a be declared  effective,  be delayed for more than 60 days from the end of the
Lock-Up.

            e. If at the  time of  expiration  of the  Lock-Up  Period,  or such
earlier  time as the Shares  are to be  delivered  to you,  the  holding  period
required under Rule 144 promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act has been met,
then the New Stock  Certificates  shall be  delivered  without  any  restrictive
legends and the transfer agent will be so instructed by the Company.

            f. You agree that you shall not sell more than 25,000  Shares in any
calendar week under such  registration  statement and you further agree that you
shall give the managing  underwriter of the Company's IPO the first  opportunity
to handle the sale of such Shares,  provided,  however, that if such underwriter
is not willing to make such sales on your behalf,  or will not be able to obtain
a price that is as desirable as those attainable by another broker-dealer,  then
you may sell such  Shares  through  another  broker-dealer.  The  Company  shall
deliver to you,  within 30 days of the date  hereof,  notice of the  appropriate
person at such underwriter to contact with respect to any such sale of shares.

         9. a. Nothing  contained in this  Agreement and Release shall be deemed
to  constitute  an admission or evidence of any  wrongdoing  or liability on the
part of you or the Company or Releasees.

         10. a. You have returned  and/or agree to immediately  return,  freight
collect,  to the Company any and all original and duplicate copies of all files,
calendars,  books, records,  notes, manuals,  computer disks,  diskettes and any
other  magnetic and other media  materials you have in your  possession or under
your control belonging to the Company or Releasees or containing confidential or
proprietary  information  concerning the Company or Releasees or their customers
or operations.  You have also returned your Company keys,  credit cards, etc. to
the Company and you 

<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 6


will return the  Company's  cellular  telephone.  By signing this  Agreement and
Release, you confirm that you have not retained in your possession or under your
control any of the documents or materials described in this paragraph.

            b. The Company  acknowledges  that you have no legal  responsibility
for the Company's offices,  or bank accounts,  at 2081 Landings Drive,  Mountain
View, CA 94043.

         11. You agree that the provisions of Sections 5 and 9 of the Employment
Agreement (and only such provisions)  shall be incorporated by reference herein,
shall become  effective  upon your  execution and delivery of this Agreement and
Release and shall remain in full force and effect as provided therein.

         12. You agree that upon the Company's  instructions you will assist and
cooperate  with the  Company and  Releasees  in  connection  with the defense or
prosecution  of any  claim  that  may be  made  against  or by  the  Company  or
Releasees,  or in connection with any ongoing or future investigation or dispute
or  claim  of any  kind  involving  the  Company  or  Releasees,  including  any
proceeding  before any arbitral,  administrative,  regulatory,  self-regulatory,
judicial,  legislative,  or other body or agency,  to the  extent  such  claims,
investigations  or  proceedings  relate to services  performed or required to be
performed by you, pertinent  knowledge  possessed by you, or any act or omission
by you, such  assistance and  cooperation to be reasonable in scope and duration
and consistent with your employment with the Company and shall not  unreasonably
interfere  with  your  business  or  job  responsibilities.  The  Company  shall
reimburse you for reasonable expenses incurred by you for your time in providing
such assistance and cooperation,  and, if more than nominal efforts are required
of you, the Company shall compensate you in an amount mutually agreed upon.

         13.  This  Agreement  and  Release  may not be changed  orally,  and no
modification,  amendment  or waiver of any of the  provisions  contained in this
Agreement and Release,  nor any future  representation,  promise or condition in
connection  with the subject  matter of this  Agreement  and  Release,  shall be
binding upon any party hereto unless made in writing and signed by such party.

         14. This  Agreement and Release shall be subject to and governed by and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard
to conflicts of law principles.

         15. This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding
upon (i) the Company and Releasees,  its successors and assigns, and any company
with which the Company may merge or consolidate or to which the Company may sell
substantially  all its assets and (ii) you and your  executors,  administrators,
heirs and  legal  representatives.  You may not sell or  otherwise  assign  your
rights, obligations or benefits under this Agreement.


<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 7


         16. This Agreement and Release contains the entire agreement between us
and supersedes and, except as specifically  provided herein,  terminates any and
all  previous  agreements  between us,  whether  written or oral.  All prior and
contemporaneous  discussions  and  negotiations  have  been and are  merged  and
integrated into, and are superseded by, this Agreement and Release. No waiver by
either party of any provision or condition of this  Agreement and Release at any
time shall be deemed a waiver of such  provision  or  condition  at any prior or
subsequent  time or of any other provision or condition at the same or any prior
or subsequent time.

         17.  In the  event of breach of any  provision  of this  Agreement  and
Release by either party,  the aggrieved  party shall be entitled to recover such
damages sustained as a consequence of such breach.

         18. In the event any  provision of this  Agreement and Release shall be
held to be void,  voidable,  unlawful  or, for any  reason,  unenforceable,  the
remaining portions shall remain in full force and effect.

         19. If this Agreement and Release conforms to our  understanding and is
acceptable  to you,  please  indicate  your  agreement by signing and dating the
enclosed copy of this Agreement and Release and returning it to the Company. YOU
WILL THEN BE PERMITTED TO REVOKE THIS  AGREEMENT  AND RELEASE AT ANY TIME DURING
THE PERIOD OF SEVEN DAYS FOLLOWING THE EXECUTION THEREOF, AND THIS AGREEMENT AND
RELEASE  WILL NOT BE  EFFECTIVE  OR  ENFORCEABLE  AND NO  PAYMENTS  WILL BE MADE
HEREUNDER UNTIL THE SEVEN-DAY  REVOCATION  PERIOD HAS EXPIRED.  IN THE EVENT YOU
FAIL TO EXECUTE AND RETURN THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE ON A TIMELY BASIS,  OR YOU
EXECUTE AND THEN ELECT TO REVOKE THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE,  THIS AGREEMENT AND
RELEASE WILL BE OF NO FURTHER FORCE AND EFFECT,  AND NEITHER YOU NOR THE COMPANY
WILL HAVE ANY FURTHER RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

         20.  Any  unresolved  dispute  or  controversy   arising  under  or  in
connection  with this Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively  by  arbitration,
conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators in New York, NY, in accordance
with the rules of the  American  Arbitration  Association  then in  effect.  The
arbitrators  shall not have the authority to add to, detract from, or modify any
provision  hereof nor to award punitive damages to any injured party. A decision
by the arbitration panel shall be final and binding.  Judgment may be entered on
the arbitrators' award in any court having jurisdiction.

         21.  You  agree  that you will  not,  either  directly  or  indirectly,
disparage  (whether in writing or orally) the  Company or the  Releasees  in any
manner whatsoever to the public, the 

<PAGE>

David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 8


media,  customers,  suppliers or other persons or entities who transact business
with the Company,  or current or former  employees of the Company,  at any time.
The Company  agrees that its  officers  and  directors  will not,  directly,  or
indirectly,  disparage  (whether  in  writing  or  orally)  you  in  any  manner
whatsoever to the public,  the media,  customers,  suppliers or other persons or
entities who transact business with the Company,  or current or former employees
of the Company, at any time, provided,  however, that you hereby acknowledge and
agree that no statement or other disclosure  directly or indirectly  relating to
you set forth in any  filing  (including  but not  limited  to any  registration
statements  filed)  in  connection  with the IPO  shall be  deemed  to cause the
Company to be in breach of its obligations pursuant to this Section 21.

         22. All notices in connection with or provided for under this Agreement
and Release shall be validly given or made only if made in writing and delivered
personally or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt  requested,
postage  prepaid,  to the party  entitled or  required  to receive the same,  as
follows:

                  If to David L. Yankey, addressed to:

                           Mr. David L. Yankey
                           13500 Country Way Road
                           Los Altos Hills, CA  94022

                  If to the Company and Releasees, addressed to:

                           Mr. Ronald P. Rafaloff
                           RGR Financial Group
                           1 Battery Park Plaza
                           24th Floor
                           New York, NY 10004-1405

                  with a copy to:

                           David W. Pollak, Esq.
                           Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                           101 Park Avenue
                           New York, New York   10178-0060

         23. The Company represents and warrants that this Agreement and Release
is within its corporate powers,  the execution and delivery hereof has been duly
authorized,  and that its provisions do not conflict with any other  agreements,
laws or regulations by which it is bound.


<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 9


         24. Execution of this Agreement and Release with signatures transmitted
via facsimile shall be considered valid.

                                        Sincerely yours,

                                        COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                        By:  /s/ Ronald P. Rafaloff
                                             -----------------------------
                                             Ronald P. Rafaloff, President


THIS  AGREEMENT  AND RELEASE ARE LEGAL  DOCUMENTS.  YOU SHOULD  CONSULT  WITH AN
ATTORNEY PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE.

BY SIGNING THIS  AGREEMENT AND RELEASE YOU  ACKNOWLEDGE  THAT YOU ARE COMPETENT,
THAT YOU WERE  AFFORDED A TIME PERIOD OF AT LEAST 21 DAYS TO REVIEW AND CONSIDER
THIS  AGREEMENT  AND RELEASE WITH AN ATTORNEY OF YOUR  CHOICE,  THAT YOU HAVE IN
FACT RETAINED COUNSEL IN THIS MATTER WHO HAS ASSISTED YOU IN THE NEGOTIATION AND
DRAFTING OF THE TERMS OF THIS  AGREEMENT,  THAT YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND AND
ACCEPT THESE DOCUMENTS AS FULLY AND FINALLY RESOLVING, WAIVING AND RELEASING ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS WHICH YOU MAY HAVE AGAINST THE COMPANY AND  RELEASEES (AS DEFINED
ABOVE),  INCLUDING ANY AND ALL CLAIMS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT
ACT, THAT NO PROMISES OR  INDUCEMENTS  HAVE BEEN MADE TO YOU EXCEPT AS SET FORTH
IN THIS AGREEMENT AND RELEASE AND THE ATTACHMENTS, AND THAT YOU HAVE SIGNED THIS
AGREEMENT AND RELEASE KNOWINGLY, FREELY AND VOLUNTARILY, INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY
BOUND BY ITS TERMS.  THE  FOREGOING  PARAGRAPH IS A SUMMARY  DESCRIPTION  OF THE
GENERAL IMPORT OF THIS INSTRUMENT AND

<PAGE>


David L. Yankey
August 8, 1997
Page 10

DOES NOT ALTER OR IN ANY WAY AMEND THE DETAILED PROVISIONS CONTAINED IN THE BODY
HEREOF.


ACCEPTED AND AGREED:


/s/ David L. Yankey                                    Date:  August 8, 1997
- ----------------------------------                            ------------------
David L. Yankey

WITNESSED BY:


/s/ Dawn Marsden
- ----------------------------------





                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

          EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (this  "Agreement"),  between  Collectibles USA,
Inc.,  a  Delaware   corporation  (the   "Company"),   and  Shonnie  Bilin  (the
"Executive") entered into as of this 25th day of August, 1997.

          WHEREAS,  as of the  date  of the  execution  of this  Agreement,  the
Company  is  engaged   primarily  in  the  business  of  marketing   collectible
merchandise and animation art products; and

          WHEREAS,   the  Executive  will  be  employed  by  the  Company  in  a
confidential relationship wherein the Executive, in the course of her employment
with the Company,  will become  familiar with and aware of information as to the
Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates and their respective customers,  the
specific manner of doing business, including the processes, techniques and trade
secrets utilized by the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates,  and future
plans with respect  thereto,  all of which has been and will be established  and
maintained at great expense to the Company,  which information is a trade secret
and constitutes the valuable good will of the Company; and

          NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  mutual  promises,  terms,
covenants and  conditions  set forth herein and the  performance  of each, it is
hereby agreed as follows:

          1. AGREEMENT  SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS UPON EFFECTIVE
DATE;  REPRESENTATIONS OF EXECUTIVE.  This Agreement shall supersede any and all
other prior employment agreements, letters of intent, term sheets, arrangements,
and/or any other  understanding,  whether written or oral, between the Executive
and the Company or any  subsidiary  or affiliate  thereof  regarding any and all
matters relating to employment,  compensation,  benefits or similar matters. The
Executive  hereby  represents  and warrants to the Company that the execution of
this  Agreement  by the  Executive  and her  employment  by the  Company and the
performance  of her  duties  hereunder  will not  violate  or be a breach of any
agreement with a former employer, client or any other person or entity. Further,
the Executive agrees to indemnify the Company for any claim, including,  but not
limited  to,  attorneys'  fees and  expenses of  investigation  and all fees and
expenses incurred by the Company,  by any such third party that such third party
may now have or may  hereafter  come to have  against the Company  based upon or
arising out of any  non-competition  agreement,  invention or secrecy  agreement
between the Executive and such third party.

          2. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES.

          (a) EMPLOYMENT.  The Company hereby employs the Executive as Executive
Vice President -- Planning and Development of the Company.  The Executive hereby
accepts this

<PAGE>
 

employment  upon the terms and  conditions  herein  contained  and,  subject  to
Section  2(b),  agrees to devote her  working  time,  attention  and  efforts to
promote and further the business of the Company.

          (b) EXCLUSIVITY OF SERVICES. The Executive shall not, during the Term,
be engaged in any other  business  activity  pursued  for gain,  profit or other
pecuniary  advantage  except to the extent that such activity does not interfere
with the  Executive's  duties  and  responsibilities  hereunder.  The  foregoing
limitations  shall not be construed as  prohibiting  the  Executive  from making
personal investments in such form or manner as will neither require her services
in the  operation  or  affairs of the  companies  or  enterprises  in which such
investments are made nor violate the terms of Section 5 of this Agreement.

          (c)  LOCATION FOR  SERVICES.  The  Executive  shall not be required to
relocate her personal residence to a new geographical area.

          3. TERM.  The term of this  Agreement  shall commence on September 22,
1997  (the  "Effective  Date")  and  shall  end on the date  which is the  third
anniversary of the Effective Date (the "Initial Term"); provided,  however, that
in the event that the Company or the  Executive  does not notify the other party
on or prior to the date which is one year prior to the expiration of the Initial
Term (such date,  the  "Notification  Date") that it or she (as the case may be)
desires  that the Initial  Term not be extended  beyond the  termination  of the
Initial Term, the term of this Agreement shall  automatically be extended beyond
the Initial  Term for  successive  one year periods on each  anniversary  of the
Notification  Date,  until  either party gives notice to the other of its desire
not to  extend  further  the  term  of  this  Agreement  beyond  the  end of the
then-extended term (the term of this Agreement,  whether during the Initial Term
or any extension thereof, the "Term").

          4.  COMPENSATION.  For all  services  rendered by the  Executive,  the
Company shall compensate the Executive as follows:

          (a) BASE SALARY.  The base salary payable to the Executive  during the
Term shall be at the rate of $150,000  per year,  payable on a regular  basis in
accordance  with  the  Company's  standard  payroll  procedures,  but  not  less
frequently  than on a monthly basis (the "Base  Salary").  On at least an annual
basis, the Board shall review the Executive's performance and may make increases
to the Base Salary if, in its discretion,  any such increase is warranted.  Such
recommended  increase shall require  approval by the Board or a duly constituted
committee thereof.

          (b) ONE TIME  LUMP-SUM  PAYMENT.  Within five  business days after the
date of  consummation  of the Company's  initial public  offering (the "IPO") of
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  the Company shall
pay to the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to $17,500.

          (c) INCENTIVE  BONUS. It is the Company's  intent to develop a written
Incentive  Bonus Plan setting  forth the criteria  under which the Executive and
other key  employees of the Company will be eligible to receive  year-end  bonus
awards.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

          (d)  EXECUTIVE  PERQUISITES,  BENEFITS  AND  OTHER  COMPENSATION.  The
Executive shall be entitled to receive additional benefits and compensation from
the Company in such form and to such extent as specified below:

          (i) Payment of all premiums for  coverage  for the  Executive  and her
     dependent family members under health, hospitalization, disability, dental,
     life and other  insurance  plans that the  Company  may have in effect from
     time to time,  which benefits  provided to the Executive  under this clause
     (i)  shall  be  at  least  equal  to  such  benefits  provided  to  Company
     executives.

          (ii)  Reimbursement  for all business  travel and other  out-of-pocket
     expenses  reasonably  incurred by the Executive in the  performance  of her
     services  pursuant to this Agreement.  All  reimbursable  expenses shall be
     appropriately  documented  in  reasonable  detail  by  the  Executive  upon
     submission  of any  request for  reimbursement,  and in a format and manner
     consistent with the Company's expense reporting policy.

          (iii) Four (4) weeks paid  vacation for each year during the period of
     employment  or such  greater  amount as may be  afforded  officers  and key
     employees  generally  under the  Company's  policies in effect from time to
     time  (pro-rated  for any year in which the  Executive is employed for less
     than the full year).

          (iv) The Company  shall  provide the  Executive  with other  executive
     perquisites as may be available to or deemed  appropriate for the Executive
     by the Board and participation in all other Company-wide  employee benefits
     as  available  from time to time,  which may include  participation  in the
     Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan.

          (e) $7 OPTIONS. Promptly after the date hereof, the Executive shall be
granted stock options to purchase  20,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock,
at an exercise price of $7.00 per share (the "$7  Options").  Such options shall
vest immediately and the terms and conditions of such options shall be set forth
in an option  grant  between  the  parties  hereto.  In the  event  that (i) the
Executive's  employment  is  terminated  under  the  circumstances  set forth in
Section 6(c),  6(d) or 6(f) of this Agreement  prior to the  consummation of the
IPO (unless  the IPO is not  consummated  within 60 days of the date  hereof) or
(ii) the Executive's  employment is terminated under the circumstances set forth
in Section 6(c) or 6(f) of this Agreement prior to the date six months after the
consummation  of the IPO,  then the  Executive  shall have five business days in
which to exercise the $7 Options and thereafter such options shall terminate and
be of no further force or effect.  In the event that the Executive's  employment
is terminated under any other circumstances, the Executive shall have five years
in which to exercise the $7 Options.

          (f) IPO STOCK OPTIONS. The Executive shall be granted additional stock
options (the  "Additional  Options") to purchase  40,000  shares of Common Stock
following  the  IPO,  at the  price  per  share  offered  to the  public  at the
commencement of the IPO, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in
an option agreement between the parties hereto. The Additional Options

                                       -3-

<PAGE>


shall vest over a three year period,  with  one-third of the options  vesting on
the first anniversary of the Effective Date, one-third on the second anniversary
of the  Effective  Date  and  the  remainder  on the  third  anniversary  of the
Effective Date. Such options may be exercised by the Executive any time prior to
the  later of (i) one year  after the end of the  Initial  Term or (ii) one year
after the end of the termination of the Executive's employment hereunder.

          5. NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT.

          (a) GENERAL.  Subject to Section 5(c), the Executive shall not, during
the period of her employment by or with the Company, and for a period of two (2)
years  immediately  following  the  termination  of her  employment  under  this
Agreement (such period,  the "Restricted  Period"),  for any reason  whatsoever,
directly or indirectly,  for herself or on behalf of or in conjunction  with any
other person, persons, company, partnership,  corporation, entity or business of
whatever nature:

          (i) engage,  as an officer,  director,  shareholder,  owner,  partner,
     joint venturer,  or in any other capacity,  whether as an agent,  employee,
     independent   contractor,   consultant   or   advisor,   or   as  a   sales
     representative,   in  any   collectibles   or  animation  art  business  in
     competition with the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates,  within 100
     miles of (i) the  principal  executive  offices of the  Company or (ii) any
     place to which the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  provides
     products  or  services  or in  which  the  Company  is in  the  process  of
     initiating   business   operations   during  the  Restricted   Period  (the
     "Territory");

          (ii) call upon or  interview  any person who is, at that time,  within
     the Territory,  an employee of the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or
     affiliates  thereof) in a  managerial  capacity for the purpose or with the
     intent of  enticing  such  employee  away from or out of the  employ of the
     Company (including the subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof),  provided that
     the  Executive  shall be  permitted to call upon and hire any member of her
     immediate family;

          (iii) call upon any person or entity which is, at that time,  or which
     has been, within one (1) year prior to that time, a customer of the Company
     (including the subsidiaries or affiliates thereof) within the Territory for
     the purpose of  soliciting or selling  products  similar in nature to those
     which are or were  provided  by the  Company  to such  customer  within the
     Territory; or

          (iv)  call  upon  any  prospective   acquisition  candidate,   on  the
     Executive's own behalf or on behalf of any competitor, which candidate was,
     to the Executive's  actual knowledge after due inquiry,  either called upon
     by the Company  (including the  subsidiaries or affiliates  thereof) or for
     which  the  Company  made  an  acquisition  analysis,  for the  purpose  of
     acquiring  such entity,  provided that the  Executive  shall not be charged
     with  violating  this  section  unless and until the  Executive  shall have
     knowledge or notice that such prospective  acquisition candidate was called
     upon, or that an acquisition analysis was made for the purpose of acquiring
     such entity; or


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



          (v) disclose any information regarding customers, whether in existence
or  proposed,  of the  Company (or the  respective  subsidiaries  or  affiliates
thereof) to any  person,  firm,  partnership,  corporation  or business  for any
reason or purpose whatever.

Notwithstanding  the  above,  the  foregoing  covenant  shall  not be  deemed to
prohibit the Executive  from either (i) acquiring as an investment not more than
one percent (1%) of the capital  stock of a competing  business,  whose stock is
traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter or (ii) engaging as
an officer,  agent,  employee,  independent  contractor,  consultant  or advisor
(other than a consultant  or advisor  with  respect to financial or  acquisition
matters), or as sales representative for any vendor, artist or manufacturer that
supplies the Company (or its subsidiaries or affiliates).

          (b)  EQUITABLE  REMEDIES.  Because  of  the  difficulty  of  measuring
economic  losses  to the  Company  as a  result  of a  breach  of the  foregoing
covenants,  and because of the  immediate and  irreparable  damage that could be
caused to the Company for which they would have no other  adequate  remedy,  the
Executive agrees that the foregoing  covenants may be enforced by the Company in
the event of breach by the Executive, by injunctions and restraining orders.

          (c)  REASONABLE  RESTRAINT.  It is  agreed  by the  parties  that  the
foregoing  covenants  in this  Section 5 impose a  reasonable  restraint  on the
Executive in light of the activities and business of the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  and  affiliates)  on the date of the  execution of this
Agreement  and  the  current  plans  of the  Company  (including  the  Company's
subsidiaries and  affiliates);  but it is also the intent of the Company and the
Executive that such  covenants be construed and enforced in accordance  with the
changing  activities,  business  and  locations  of the Company  (including  the
Company's  subsidiaries and affiliates)  throughout the term of these covenants,
whether  before  or  after  the date of  termination  of the  employment  of the
Executive.  For  example,  if,  during the term of this  Agreement,  the Company
(including  the  Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates)  engages  in  new  and
different activities, enters a new business or establishes new locations for its
current  activities  or business in addition to or other than the  activities or
business  enumerated under the whereas clauses above or the locations  currently
established  therefor,  then the Executive will be precluded from soliciting the
customers  or  employees  of such new  activities  or  business or from such new
location and from directly competing with such new business within the Territory
through the Restricted Period.

     It is further  agreed by the  parties  hereto  that,  in the event that the
Executive shall cease to be employed hereunder,  and shall enter into a business
or pursue other  activities not in competition  with the Company  (including the
Company's  subsidiaries  or  affiliates),  or similar  activities or business in
locations the  operation of which,  under such  circumstances,  does not violate
clause (a)(i) of this Section 5, and in any event such new business,  activities
or location are not in violation of this Section 5 or of employee's  obligations
under this  Section 5, if any,  the  Executive  shall not be  chargeable  with a
violation of this Section 5 if the Company (including the Company's subsidiaries
or affiliates)  shall  thereafter  enter the same,  similar or a competitive (i)
business, (ii) course of activities or (iii) location, as applicable.


                                       -5-

<PAGE>



          (d)  SEVERABILITY.  The  covenants in this Section 5 are severable and
separate, and the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall not affect the
provisions of any other covenant.  Moreover, in the event any court of competent
jurisdiction shall determine that the scope, time or territorial restrictions of
any specific covenant as set forth are unreasonable, then it is the intention of
the parties that such  restrictions  be enforced to the fullest extent which the
court deems reasonable, and the Agreement shall thereby be reformed.

          (e)  INDEPENDENT  PROVISIONS.  All of the  covenants in this Section 5
shall be construed as an agreement  independent  of any other  provision in this
Agreement,  and the  existence of any claim or cause of action of the  Executive
against the Company,  whether  predicated on this Agreement or otherwise,  shall
not  constitute  a defense  to the  enforcement  by the  Company  of any of such
covenants.  It is specifically agreed that the period of two (2) years following
termination  of  employment  stated at the  beginning  of this Section 5, during
which the agreements and covenants of the Executive made in this Section 5 shall
be  effective,  shall be computed by excluding  from such  computation  any time
during which the Executive is in violation of any provision of this Section 5.

          6.  TERMINATION;   RIGHTS  ON  TERMINATION.  This  Agreement  and  the
Executive's employment may be terminated in any one of the followings ways:

          (a) DEATH. The death of the Executive shall immediately terminate this
Agreement, with no severance compensation due to the Executive's estate.

          (b)  DISABILITY.  If, as a result of  incapacity  due to  physical  or
mental  illness  or  injury,  the  Executive  shall  have been  absent  from her
full-time  duties  hereunder for four (4) consecutive  months,  then thirty (30)
days after receiving  written notice (which notice may occur before or after the
end of such four (4) month period, but which shall not be effective earlier than
the last day of such four (4) month  period),  the  Company  may  terminate  the
Executive's  employment hereunder provided the Executive is unable to resume her
full-time  duties at the  conclusion  of such notice  period.  In addition,  the
Executive  may terminate  her  employment  hereunder if her health should become
impaired  to an  extent  that  makes the  continued  performance  of her  duties
hereunder  hazardous to her physical or mental health or her life, provided that
the Executive  shall have furnished the Company with a written  statement from a
qualified  doctor to such effect and provided,  further,  that, at the Company's
request made within thirty (30) days of the date of such written statement,  the
Executive shall submit to an examination by a doctor selected by the Company who
is reasonably  acceptable to the Executive and such doctor shall have  concurred
in the  conclusion of the  Executive's  doctor.  In the event this  Agreement is
terminated  as a result  of the  Executive's  disability,  the  Executive  shall
receive from the Company,  in a lump-sum payment due within ten (10) days of the
effective  date of  termination,  the Base Salary at the rate then in effect for
whatever  time period is remaining  under the Term of this  Agreement or for one
(1) year, whichever amount is greater.

          (c) CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Agreement ten (10) days after
written notice to the Executive for "Cause," which shall be: (1) the Executive's
willful, material and

                                       -6-

<PAGE>


irreparable  breach of this Agreement;  (2) the Executive's  gross negligence in
the performance or intentional nonperformance continuing for ten (10) days after
receipt of  written  notice of need to cure of any of the  Executive's  material
duties and responsibilities  hereunder;  (3) the Executive's willful dishonesty,
fraud or  misconduct  with  respect to the business or affairs of the Company or
its  subsidiaries  or affiliates  which  materially  and  adversely  affects the
operations or reputation of the Company or its  subsidiaries or affiliates;  (4)
the  Executive's  conviction of a felony crime;  or (5) chronic alcohol abuse or
illegal drug abuse by the Executive. In the event of a termination for Cause, as
enumerated above, the Executive shall receive no severance compensation.

          (d) WITHOUT CAUSE.  At any time after her  commencement of employment,
the Company may,  without Cause,  terminate  this Agreement and the  Executive's
employment,  effective  thirty (30) days after written notice is provided to the
Executive.  In the event that the Executive is terminated by the Company without
Cause,  the Executive shall receive from the Company the Base Salary at the rate
then in effect for  whatever  time  period is  remaining  under the Term of this
Agreement  (not to exceed  two years) or for one (1) year,  whichever  amount is
greater.  Any  termination  without  Cause  by  the  Company  shall  operate  to
immediately vest the Executive in her unvested stock options granted pursuant to
Section 4(f) hereof. Further, any termination without Cause by the Company shall
operate to shorten the  Restricted  Period set forth in Section  5(a) and during
which the terms of Section 5 apply to one (1) year from the date of  termination
of employment.

          (e)  CHANGE IN CONTROL  OF THE  COMPANY.  In the event of a "Change in
Control" of the Company (as defined in Section 11 of this Agreement)  during the
Term, refer to Section 11 of this Agreement.

          (f)  RESIGNATION BY EXECUTIVE.  If the Executive  resigns or otherwise
terminates her employment hereunder (i) the Executive shall receive no severance
compensation,  (ii) all unvested stock options granted  pursuant to Section 4(f)
shall be forfeited to the Company and (iii) the  Restricted  Period shall remain
as set forth in Section 5 hereof.

          (g) SURVIVAL AND  CONTINUING  OBLIGATIONS.  Upon  termination  of this
Agreement for any reason  provided  above,  the  Executive  shall be entitled to
receive all compensation  earned and all benefits and reimbursements due through
the  effective  date  of  termination.  Additional  compensation  subsequent  to
termination, if any, will be due and payable to the Executive only to the extent
and in the manner  expressly  provided  in this  Section 6 or in Section 11. All
other  rights  and  obligations  of the  Company  and the  Executive  under this
Agreement shall cease as of the effective date of  termination,  except that the
Company's obligations under Section 6 herein and the Executive's obligations and
other matters under Sections 5, 7, 8 and 9 herein shall survive such termination
in accordance with their terms.

          7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY. All records, designs, patents, business
plans,  financial  statements,  manuals,  memoranda,  lists and  other  property
delivered to or compiled by the  Executive by or on behalf of the Company or its
representatives, vendors or


                                       -7-

<PAGE>


customers  which  pertain to the business of the Company shall be and remain the
property  of the  Company,  as the case may be,  and be  subject at all times to
their discretion and control.  Likewise, all correspondence,  reports,  records,
charts, advertising materials and other similar data pertaining to the business,
activities  or future plans of the Company  which is collected by the  Executive
shall  be  delivered  promptly  to  the  Company  without  request  by  it  upon
termination of the Executive's employment for any reason.

          8.  INVENTIONS.  The Executive shall disclose  promptly to the Company
any and all significant  conceptions and ideas for inventions,  improvements and
valuable discoveries,  whether patentable or not, which are conceived or made by
the Executive,  solely or jointly with another,  during the period of employment
or within one (1) year  thereafter,  and which are  related to the  business  or
activities  of the  Company  or its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates  and which the
Executive conceives as a result of her employment by the Company.  The Executive
hereby assigns and agrees to assign all her interests  therein to the Company or
its nominee.  Whenever  requested to do so by the Company,  the Executive  shall
execute any and all  applications,  assignments  or other  instruments  that the
Company  shall  deem  necessary  to apply for and obtain  Letters  Patent of the
United  States or any foreign  country or to otherwise  protect the Company's or
its subsidiaries or affiliates interest therein.

          9.  TRADE  SECRETS.   Executive  agrees  that  during  the  course  of
performing  services  for the  Company,  she has had and will  have  substantial
access to and contact with  information or documents,  including but not limited
to trade secrets, patents, copyrighted materials, proprietary computer software,
systems analyses, lists of actual or prospective customers,  contracts,  Company
books  and  records,  financial  data and  other  Confidential  and  Proprietary
Information  and Materials (as that term is defined  below) of the Company,  the
disclosure  of which to  competitors  of the  Company or others  would cause the
Company to suffer  substantial and  irreparable  damage.  Executive  recognizes,
therefore,  that it is in the Company's legitimate business interest to restrict
her disclosure or use of Confidential and Proprietary  Information and Materials
for any purposes  other than the services  provided by her to the Company  under
this Agreement,  and to limit any potential  appropriation of such  Confidential
and  Proprietary  Information  and  Materials  by her  for  the  benefit  of the
Company's  competitors  and to the  detriment of the Company.  Therefore,  it is
agreed that unless  Executive shall first secure the Company's  written consent,
Executive  shall not publish,  disclose or use, or authorize any other person or
entity to publish,  disclose or use, at any time before, during or subsequent to
the Term of this  Agreement,  any secret or  confidential  information,  whether
patentable  or not, of or about the  Company,  including  any  Confidential  and
Proprietary  Information  and Materials (as that term is defined  below) and any
other secret or confidential  information of which Executive becomes aware of or
informed  during  the  Term of  this  Agreement,  whether  or not  developed  by
Executive, except as required in Executive's duties to the Company. For purposes
of this  Agreement,  "Confidential  and  Proprietary  Information and Materials"
shall include, without limitation,  formulas, patterns,  compilations,  studies,
strategies, programs, devices, methods, techniques, and processes of or about or
its business,  customers or suppliers,  which derive independent economic value,
actual or potential,  from not being  generally  known to, and not being readily
ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



economic value from their disclosure or use and which are the subject of efforts
to maintain their secrecy that are reasonable under the circumstances.

          All  Confidential  and  Proprietary  Information and Materials and all
copies of such  information  and materials  relating to the Company's  business,
whether  prepared by Executive or otherwise  coming into her  possession,  shall
remain the  exclusive  property  of the  Company  and shall be  returned  to the
Company upon the Company's request or the termination of Executive's employment.


          10. ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. The Executive understands that she has
been  selected  for  employment  by the  Company  on the  basis of her  personal
qualifications, experience and skills. The Executive agrees, therefore, that she
cannot assign all or any portion of her performance under this Agreement.

          11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

          (a) GENERAL. Unless she elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to
(c) below, the Executive  understands and  acknowledges  that the Company may be
merged or  consolidated  with or into another  entity and that such entity shall
automatically succeed to the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder.

          (b) SEVERANCE  PAYMENTS.  In the event of a pending  Change in Control
wherein the Company and the Executive have not received  written notice at least
five (5) business days prior to the anticipated  closing date of the transaction
giving rise to the Change in Control from the  successor to all or a substantial
portion of the Company's  business  and/or assets that such successor is willing
as of the closing to assume and agree to perform the Company's obligations under
this  Agreement  in the same  manner and to the same  extent that the Company is
hereby required to perform,  then such Change in Control shall be deemed to be a
termination of this  Agreement by the Company  without Cause during the Term and
the applicable portions of Section 6(d) will apply.

          (c) VOLUNTARY  RESIGNATION.  In any Change in Control  situation,  the
Executive  may, at her sole  discretion,  elect to terminate  this  Agreement by
providing written notice to the Company at least five (5) business days prior to
the anticipated closing of the transaction giving rise to the Change in Control.
In such case, the applicable provisions of Section 6(d) will apply as though the
Company had terminated the Agreement without Cause during the Term.

          (d)  APPLICATION OF TERMINATION  PROVISIONS.  For purposes of applying
Section 6 under the  circumstances  described in Sections (b) and (c) above, the
effective date of termination will be the closing date of the transaction giving
rise to the Change in Control and all compensation,  reimbursements and lump-sum
payments  due the  Executive  must be paid in full by the Company at or prior to
such  closing.  Further,  the  Executive  will  be  given  sufficient  time  and
opportunity  to elect  whether to exercise  all or any of her vested  options to
purchase the Company's Common Stock,


                                       -9-

<PAGE>


including  any options with  accelerated  vesting  under the  provisions  of the
Company's Long-Term  Incentive  Compensation Plan, such that she may convert the
options  to shares of  Company  Common  Stock at or prior to the  closing of the
transaction giving rise to the Change in Control, if she so desires.

          (e) DEFINITION. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred
if:

               (i) any person,  other than the Company or any  employee  benefit
          plan  of the  Company,  acquires  directly  or  indirectly  Beneficial
          Ownership (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
          of 1934,  as  amended)  of any  voting  security  of the  Company  and
          immediately  after  such  acquisition  such  person  is,  directly  or
          indirectly, the Beneficial Owner of voting securities representing 50%
          or more  of the  total  voting  power  of all of the  then-outstanding
          voting securities of the Company,  unless the transaction  pursuant to
          which such  acquisition  is made is  approved  by at least  two-thirds
          (2/3) of the Board;

               (ii) the following individuals no longer constitute a majority of
          the  members  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company:  (A)  the
          individuals  who,  as of the  closing  date of the  Company's  initial
          public offering, constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the
          "Original Directors");  (B) the individuals who thereafter are elected
          to the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  and whose  election,  or
          nomination for election,  to the Board of Directors of the Company was
          approved  by a vote  of at  least  two-thirds  (2/3)  of the  Original
          Directors then still in office (such  directors  becoming  "Additional
          Original Directors" immediately following their election); and (C) the
          individuals  who are elected to the Board of  Directors of the Company
          and  whose  election,  or  nomination  for  election,  to the Board of
          Directors of the Company was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds
          (2/3) of the Original Directors and Additional Original Directors then
          still in office (such  directors  also becoming  "Additional  Original
          Directors" immediately following their election).

               (iii) the  stockholders  of the Company  shall  approve a merger,
          consolidation,  recapitalization,  or reorganization of the Company, a
          reverse stock split of outstanding voting securities,  or consummation
          of any such transaction if stockholder approval is not obtained, other
          than any such  transaction  which has been  either (x)  approved by at
          least 66% of the members of the Board or (y) which would  result in at
          least  50%  of the  total  voting  power  represented  by  the  voting
          securities of the surviving entity outstanding  immediately after such
          transaction being Beneficially Owned by at least 50% of the holders of
          outstanding voting securities of the Company  immediately prior to the
          transaction,  with the  voting  power of each such  continuing  holder
          relative to other such continuing holders not substantially altered in
          the transaction; or

               (iv) the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  approve a plan of
          complete  liquidation  of the Company or an agreement  for the sale or
          disposition  by the  Company  of all or a  substantial  portion of the
          Company's  assets  (i.e.,  50% or  more  of the  total  assets  of the
          Company).

                                      -10-

<PAGE>



          (f) The  Executive  must be  notified in writing by the Company at any
time that the Company anticipates that Change in Control may take place.

          (g) The Executive  shall be reimbursed by the Company or its successor
for any  excise  taxes  that the  Executive  incurs  under  Section  4999 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as a result of any Change in Control. Such amount
will be due and  payable by the  Company or its  successor  within ten (10) days
after the Executive delivers a written request for reimbursement  accompanied by
a copy of her tax  return(s)  showing  the excise tax  actually  incurred by the
Executive.

          12. COMPLETE AGREEMENT.  This written Agreement is the final, complete
and exclusive  statement and expression of the agreement between the Company and
the Executive and of all the terms of this  Agreement,  and it cannot be varied,
contradicted   or  supplemented  by  evidence  of  any  prior  oral  or  written
agreements. This written Agreement may not be later modified except by a further
writing  signed by a duly  authorized  officer of the Company and the Executive,
and no term of this  Agreement  may be waived  except by  writing  signed by the
party waiving the benefit of such term.

          13.  NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is required  hereunder,  it shall be
given in writing addressed as follows:

             To the Company:            Collectibles USA, Inc.
                                        c/o RGR Financial Group
                                        One Battery Park Plaza
                                        New York, NY 10004

             With a copy to:            Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                                        101 Park Avenue
                                        New York, NY 10178
                                        Attn: David W. Pollak, Esq.

             To the Executive:          Ms. Shonnie Bilin
                                        744 Clover Hill Court
                                        Elk Grove Village, IL 60007

Notice shall be deemed given and  effective  three (3) days after the deposit in
the U.S.  mail of a  writing  addressed  as above  and sent  first  class  mail,
certified,  return  receipt  requested,  or if sooner,  when actually  received.
Either party may change the address for notice by  notifying  the other party of
such change.

          14. SEVERABILITY;  HEADINGS.  If any portion of this Agreement is held
invalid or  inoperative,  the other portions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable  and possible,  effect shall be
given to the intent manifested by the portion held


                                      -11-

<PAGE>



invalid or inoperative.  The Section headings herein are for reference  purposes
only and are not intended in any way to describe, interpret, define or limit the
extent or intent of the Agreement or of any part hereof.

          15.  ARBITRATION.  Any unresolved dispute or controversy arising under
or  in  connection  with  this  Agreement   shall  be  settled   exclusively  by
arbitration,  conducted before a panel of three (3) arbitrators in New York, NY,
in accordance  with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  then in
effect. The arbitrators shall not have the authority to add to, detract from, or
modify any provision  hereof nor to award punitive damages to any injured party.
The  arbitrators   shall  have  the  authority  to  order  back-pay,   severance
compensation,  vesting of options  (or cash  compensation  in lieu of vesting of
options),  and reimbursement of costs,  including those incurred to enforce this
Agreement.  A decision  by the  arbitration  panel  shall be final and  binding.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrators'  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  direct  expense  of the  arbitrators  shall  be borne by the
Company.

          16. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement  shall in  all respects be construed
according to the laws of the State of New York.

          17. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two
(2) or more  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed an original and all of
which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                      -12-

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.

                                    COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


                                    By:   /s/ W. Randolph Ellspermann
                                          -------------------------------------
                                    Name:  W. Randolph Ellspermann
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
                                          --------------------------------------




                                    SHONNIE BILIN


                                     /s/ Shonnie Bilin
                                    --------------------------------------------



                                      -13-



                           TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

This  Agreement  is by and between  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated  (hereinafter
referred to as "Hallmark") and Reef's Hallmark Shop (hereinafter  referred to as
"Licensee").

WHEREAS,  Hallmark is the sole and exclusive  owner of trademarks and tradenames
including the word HALLMARK  alone and in combination  with the Coronet  design,
recorded on the principal  register of the U.S. Patent Office under Registration
nos. 654,790; 787,169; 864,077; and 916,900, among others, and

WHEREAS Licensee  desires to use the HALLMARK  trademark in conjunction with the
operation of its social  expression  shop located at 694 So. Congress Ave., Palm
Springs,  FL (complete address - street,  city, state and zip code) (hereinafter
referred to as the "Shop");

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the promises and mutual covenants herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows;

          1.   Hallmark  hereby grants to Licensee a royalty free license to use
               the  trademark  and  tradename  HALLMARK  as part  of the  Shop's
               tradename  in the  following  manner  and no  other -  Reef's  's
               Hallmark Shop (or Synonym) - and in addition, to use the HALLMARK
               trademark in other appropriate ways for the promotion and sale of
               Hallmark products at the Shop.

          2.   Licensee, for itself, its heirs,  administrators,  successors and
               assigns, does hereby absolutely grant, bargain, convey and assign
               unto  Hallmark any and all legal and equitable  right,  title and
               interest,  both  tangible  and  intangible,  which  it has or may
               hereafter  acquire in the HALLMARK  trademark,  including but not
               limited to any goodwill hereinafter generated or created by it or
               anyone acting or claiming under it.

          3.   The  license  herein  granted  shall not extend to any use of the
               trademark as a part of a corporate name or in connection with any
               other business it operates at any other location and further said
               license  herein  granted shall be terminable by Hallmark,  at any
               time, by the giving to Licensee of 30 days written notice.

          4.   The license herein granted may not be transferred or assigned and
               all  rights   granted   herein  shall  revert  to  Hallmark  upon
               termination of this agreement.

          5.   In connection  with  Licensee's  operation of the Shop,  Licensee
               will:

           (a)  use its best efforts to promote and maintain the goodwill of the
                HALLMARK trademark and image;
<PAGE>

           (b)  maintain  a  sufficient  inventory  and  display of the range of
                HALLMARK  products  to enable  the  public  the  opportunity  to
                purchase the same, so as not to mislead or deceive the public as
                to the availability of HALLMARK products in your store;

           (c)  maintain its store premises in a neat and orderly fashion;

           (d)  instruct  sales clerks and  employees in a manner  sufficient to
                familiarize them with the HALLMARK product line so as to be able
                to respond to customer inquiries;

           (e)  not directly or indirectly  disparage the HALLMARK  product line
                or use bait and switch  selling  techniques  to a  customer  who
                indicates  interest in HALLMARK  products or otherwise engage in
                deceptive  advertising or selling violative of the provisions of
                section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act;

           (f)  maintain   HALLMARK   products  as  its  primary  product  line,
                provided,  however,  that Licensee is not  otherwise  restricted
                from the inventory and sale of competing product lines.

     6.   Licensee shall display  Hallmark's  trademarks in conformity  with the
          rules for such use as Hallmark may,  from time to time,  promulgate in
          order  to  protect  the  quality  image  and  reputation  which  those
          trademarks presently enjoy. Any rules now or hereafter  promulgated by
          Hallmark  shall be  considered a part of this  agreement  and Licensee
          hereby agrees to be bound by said rules. Attached as Exhibit A to this
          agreement  are the current  rules  regarding  the use of the  HALLMARK
          trademark.

     7.   Licensee  will,  from time to time,  submit to  Hallmark,  samples  of
          advertising material, letterheads, etc. for determination that its use
          of the HALLMARK trademark is, in Hallmark's judgment, correct.

     8.   This agreement  supersedes  all prior oral or written  representations
          and constitutes the entire understanding between Licensee and Hallmark
          with respect to the use of the HALLMARK trademark;  in connection with
          Licensee's operation of the shop and may be modified only in writing.

     9.   This  agreement  shall be subject to and construed in accordance  with
          the laws of the state of  Missouri  and shall  become  effective  upon
          execution by Hallmark in Kansas City, Missouri.

     10.  Licensee acknowledges that Hallmark is not its partner, joint venturer
          or franchisor and that the relationship  between Licensee and Hallmark
          is not a  franchise  relationship  and that no fee is payable for this
          license  and that  Licensee  is not  required  to follow any  specific
          merchandising plan.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     11.  Licensee  shall have the right to terminate  this  agreement by giving
          Hallmark 30 days  written  notice of its intent to do so. Said written
          notice  shall  be  placed  in  the  United   States  mail,   certified
          mail-return   receipt   requested,   addressed   to  Hallmark   Cards,
          Incorporated,  in care of Sales  Information  Center - 340,  P.O.  Box
          419580, Kansas City, Missouri 64141-6580.

     12.  This agreement shall automatically  terminate on the occurrence of the
          following:  (1) termination of Licensee's right to occupy the premises
          with  respect to which the license  herein has been granted or (2) the
          closing of the Licensee's account with Hallmark.

     13.  In the event  this  license  is  terminated,  for any reason by either
          party,  licensee hereby agrees to immediately cease using the HALLMARK
          trademark  and all other  trademarks  owned by Hallmark and to remove,
          destroy or otherwise obliterate any sign, placard, poster, stationery,
          banner,  advertising,  merchandise bag or lettering which utilizes the
          HALLMARK  trademark,  or any part thereof,  by the date upon which the
          termination  becomes  effective.  Licensee  further  agrees  to permit
          Hallmark the right to enter  premises to ensure that the foregoing has
          been  completed  upon  Hallmark's  first  giving  Licensee  reasonable
          advance  notice.  Licensee  further  acknowledges  and agrees that its
          failure to  immediately  cease the use of the HALLMARK  trademark upon
          revocation of the license  herein  granted will result in  irreparable
          harm or injury to Hallmark.

     14.  Licensee  agrees that,  prior to displaying  any sign  containing  the
          "Hallmark" trademark on the interior or exterior of the shop, it shall
          obtain  Hallmark's  approval  of same  by  submitting  an  appropriate
          application in writing to Hallmark.

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereof  have  executed  this  agreement  in
duplicate.

               HALLMARK CARDS, INCORPORATED

               By /s/ illegible
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                  TO BE SIGNED AT HALLMARK CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS / DATE       

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                                                                                                          
      SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP                     PARTNERSHIP                     CORPORATION                          
<S>                                    <C>                            <C>                              <C>
                                                                        Ellwell Store's Inc.
                                                                        DBA Reef's Hallmark Shop
     ----------------------            --------------------------     ---------------------------                  
       SIGNATURE / DATE                      SIGNATURE / DATE             (NAME OF CORPORATION)                    

                                                                      By  /s/ Roy C. Ellwell           5-17-87
                                       --------------------------        ------------------------      ------------
                                             SIGNATURE / DATE               SIGNATURE / TITLE              DATE    
                                                                                                                   
                                                                      By  /s/ Kim A. Ellwell, V.P.     5-18-87
                                       --------------------------        ------------------------      ------------
                                             SIGNATURE / DATE               SIGNATURE / TITLE              DATE    
</TABLE>


Agreement  is not  effective  until  approved  and  executed by Hallmark  Cards,
Incorporated in Kansas City, Missouri.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

                           SCHEDULE TO EXHIBIT 10.13



Identification  of  Substantially  Identical  Trademark  Assignment  and License
Agreements

1.  ASSIGNMENT  AND LICENSE  AGREEMENT  made as of April 28, 1982,  by and among
HALLMARK CARDS,  INC., A Missouri  corporation,  STONE'S SHOP, INC., an Illinois
corporation.

2. TRADEMARK  ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE  AGREEMENT made as of July 18, 1984, by and
among  HALLMARK  CARDS,  INC., a Missouri  corporation,  STONE'S SHOP,  INC., an
Illinois corporation.

3. TRADEMARK  ASSIGNMENT AND LICENSE AGREEMENT made as of August 13, 1984 by and
among  HALLMARK  CARDS,  INC., a Missouri  corporation,  STONE'S SHOP,  INC., an
Illinois corporation.

4.  TRADEMARK  LICENSE  AGREEMENT made as of May 14, 1985, by and among HALLMARK
CARDS,   INC.,  a  Missouri   corporation,   STONE'S  SHOP,  INC.,  an  Illinois
corporation.

5.  TRADEMARK  SUBLICENSE  AGREEMENT  made as of September 1, 1992, by and among
HALLMARK  MARKETING  CORPORATION  (the  Sublicensor),  a  Missouri  corporation,
STONE'S SHOPS, INC. (the Sublicensee), an Illinois corporation.

6. TRADEMARK  SUBLICENSE  AGREEMENT by and among HALLMARK MARKETING  CORPORATION
(the   Sublicensor),   a  Missouri   corporation,   STONE'S  SHOPS,   INC.  (the
Sublicensee), an Illinois corporation.


October 7, 1997




Mr. Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer
Collectibles USA, Inc.
One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
New York, NY  10004

Dear Neil:

NationsBank of Texas, N.A. ("NationsBank") is pleased to offer its commitment to
extend a $25 million Senior Credit  Facility (the "Senior  Credit  Facility") to
Collectibles  USA,  Inc.  (the  "Borrower")  upon and  subject  to the terms and
conditions  of this  letter  and the  Summary of Terms and  Conditions  attached
hereto  as  Annex I (the  "Term  Sheet").  All  capitalized  terms  used and not
otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Term Sheet.

The  commitment of  NationsBank  is subject to the  satisfaction  of each of the
following  conditions  precedent in a manner  acceptable to  NationsBank in sole
discretion:

    (a)  each of the terms and conditions set forth herein;

    (b)  each of the terms and conditions set forth in the Term Sheet;

    (c)  execution of a Fee Letter among the Borrower and  Nationsbank  prior to
         or concurrently with the acceptance of this letter by the Borrower;

    (d)  the  negotiation,  execution and delivery of  definitive  documentation
         with respect to the Senior  Credit  Facility  consistent  with the Term
         Sheet and otherwise satisfactory to NationsBank.

The  commitment of  NationsBank  hereunder is based upon the financial and other
information  regarding the Borrower and its subsidiaries  previously provided to
NationsBank and is subject to the condition,  among others, that there shall not
have occurred after the date of such information, in the opinion of NationsBank,
any material  adverse  change in the business,  assets,  liabilities  (actual or
contingent),  operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the
Borrower and its  subsidiaries  taken as a whole.  If the  continuing  review by
NationsBank  of the Borrower  discloses  information  relating to  conditions or
events not previously disclosed to NationsBank or relating to new information or
additional  developments concerning conditions or events previously disclosed


<PAGE>

to  NationsBank  which  NationsBank  in its sole  discretion  believe may have a
material  adverse  effect on the  condition  (financial or  otherwise),  assets,
properties,   business,   operations  or  prospects  of  the  Borrower  and  its
subsidiaries taken as a whole, NationsBank may, in its sole discretion,  suggest
alternative  financing amounts or structures that ensure adequate protection for
NationsBank or decline to extend the Senior Credit Facility.

You hereby represent, warrant and covenant that (i) all information,  other than
the  Projections  (as  defined  below),  which  has  been or is  hereafter  made
available to  NationsBank  by you or any of your  representatives  in connection
with the transaction contemplated hereby ("Information") is and will be complete
and  correct in all  material  respects  and does not and will not  contain  any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary
to make the statements  contained  therein not misleading and (ii) all financial
projections  concerning  the  Borrower  that  have  been or are  hereafter  made
available  to   NationsBank  by  you  or  any  of  your   representatives   (the
"Projections") have been or will be prepared in good faith based upon reasonable
assumptions. You agree to furnish us with such Information and Projections as we
may reasonably  request and to supplement the Information  and Projections  from
time to time until the closing date for the Senior  Credit  Facility so that the
representation  and warranty in the preceding  sentence is correct on such date.
In arranging the Senior Credit  Facility,  NationsBank will be using and relying
on the Information and the Projections without independent verification thereof.

By  acceptance  of  this  offer,  the  Borrower  agrees  to pay  all  reasonable
out-of-pocket  fees and  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys's  fees and
expenses  and  expenses  of due  diligence)  incurred  after the date  hereof by
NationsBank in connection with the Senior Credit Facility, regardless of whether
or not the Senior Credit Facility closes.

In the event that  NationsBank  becomes  involved in any capacity in any action,
proceeding or investigation  in connection with any matter  contemplated by this
letter,  the Borrower will  reimburse  NationsBank  for is reasonable  legal and
other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as they
are  incurred by  NationsBank.  The Borrower  also agrees to indemnify  and hold
harmless NationsBank and its affiliates and its respective directors,  officers,
employees and agents (the  "Indemnified  Parties")  from and against any and all
losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, related to or arising
out of any matters contemplated by this letter (including any arising out of the
negligence  of any  Indemnified  Party),  unless and only to the extent  that it
shall be finally  judicially  determined  that such losses,  claims,  damages or
liabilities  resulted  primarily from the gross negligence or willful misconduct
of NationsBank.

The provisions of the immediately  preceding two paragraphs shall remain in full
force and effect regardless of whether  definitive  financing  documentation for
the Senior Credit  Facility shall be executed and delivered and  notwithstanding
the termination of this letter or the commitments of NationsBank hereunder.

Neither this offer nor the  undertaking and commitment  contained  herein may be
disclosed  to or relied  upon by any other  person  or  entity  other  than your
accountants,  attorneys and other advisors,


<PAGE>

without the prior written  consent of  NationsBank,  except that  following your
acceptance hereof you may make public disclosure hereof as required by law.

This letter (the "Commitment Letter") shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Texas without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.  This letter may
be modified or amended  only in writing.  This letter is not  assignable  by the
Borrower  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  NationsBank.   This  letter
supersedes and replaces any and all proposals or commitment  letters  previously
delivered by NationsBank to the Borrower relating to the Senior Credit Facility.

The offer will expire at 5:00 P.M.  central  time on October 10, 1997 unless the
Borrower executes this Commitment Letter and the attached Fee Letter and returns
them to the Agent prior to that time (which may be by  facsimile  transmission),
whereupon  this  letter  shall  become a  binding  agreement.  Thereafter,  this
undertaking and commitment will expire at 5:00 P.M. central time on November 30,
1997 unless definitive  documentation for the Senior Credit Facility is executed
and delivered prior to that time.

This  written  agreement  (which  includes  the Term  Sheet and the Fee  Letter)
represents the final  agreement  between the parties and may not be contradicted
by evidence of prior,  contemporaneous  or  subsequent  oral  agreements  of the
parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.

Very truly yours,

NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.


By: /s/ William B. Borus
    ---------------------------
    William B. Borus
    Vice President


Accepted and Agreed to:

COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


By: /s/ Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
    ---------------------------
    Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
    Chief Financial Officer





<PAGE>

October 7, 1997




Mr. Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
Chief Financial Officer
Collectibles USA, Inc.
One Battery Park Plaza, 24th Floor
New York, NY  10004

Dear Neil:

This  letter (the "Fee  Letter")  is  delivered  to you in  connection  with the
Commitment  Letter to you dated as of the date hereof (the "Commitment  Letter")
from  NationsBank  of Texas,  N.A.  ("NationsBank")  regarding the Senior Credit
Facility in an  aggregate  principal  amount of up to $25 million  (the  "Senior
Credit  Facility").  A summary of proposed  terms  relating to the Senior Credit
Facility  is  attached  to the  Commitment  Letter  (the "Term  Sheet").  Unless
otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in
the  Commitment   Letter  and  the  Term  Sheet.  In  connection  with,  and  in
consideration of the agreements contained in the Commitment Letter, the Borrower
agrees with NationsBank as follows:

     Upfront Fee: The Borrower will pay to  NationsBank  for its own account,  a
fee based upon its commitment to the Senior Credit  Facility,  equal to 60 basis
points or $150,000.

Of such fee,  $25,000  shall be due,  payable and earned upon  acceptance of the
Commitment  Letter and the remaining fee shall be due and payable at the closing
of the Senior Credit Facility.  The parties hereto  acknowledge that the portion
of such fee that is due and payable upon acceptance of the Commitment Letter has
been earned and is non-refundable.



<PAGE>


Mr. Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
October 7, 1997
Page 2



If the  foregoing  is in  accordance  with your  understanding,  please sign and
return this letter.

Very truly yours,

NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.


By: /s/ William B. Borus
    ---------------------------
    William B. Borus
    Vice President

Accepted and Agreed to:

COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.


By: /s/ Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
   ----------------------------
   Neil J. DePascal, Jr.
   Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




BORROWER:          Collectibles USA, Inc. ("Borrower").

GUARANTORS:        The  Senior  Credit  Facility  shall  be  guaranteed  by  all
                   existing and hereafter acquired  subsidiaries of the Borrower
                   (the  "Guarantors").  All  guarantees  shall be guarantees of
                   payment and not of collection.

CLOSING:           The effective date of the loan documentation,  to be no later
                   than November 30, 1997.

SENIOR CREDIT      An aggregate  principal  amount of up to $25,000,000  will be
FACILITY:          available upon the conditions hereinafter set forth:1

                   Revolving Senior Credit Facility: Up to $25,000,000 revolving
                   senior  credit  facility,  which  will  include a  $5,000,000
                   sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit.

                   The Senior Credit  Facility  shall be available  based upon a
                   quarterly  compliance   certificate  with  advances  made  in
                   accordance  with the  Funded  Debt to  EBITDA  ratio  and the
                   Funded Debt to Inventory ratio.


PURPOSE:           The proceeds of the Senior Credit  Facility  shall be used by
                   the  Borrower  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,
                   acquisitions,  the  refinancing of existing  indebtedness  an
                   other corporate purposes.

MATURITY:          The Senior Credit  Facility  shall  terminate and all amounts
                   outstanding thereunder shall be due and payable in full three
                   (3) years from Closing.

SECURITY:          NationsBank shall receive a first priority perfected security
                   interest  in all  capital  stock of each of the  subsidiaries
                   (direct or indirect) of the  Borrower,  which  capital  stock
                   shall  not be  subject  to any  other  lien  or  encumbrance.
                   NationsBank  shall also  receive a first  priority  perfected
                   security interest in all accounts receivable and inventory of
                   the Borrower and each


<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   of its subsidiaries.

OPTIONAL           The Borrower may prepay and permanently reduce the commitment
PREPAYMENTS        of the Senior Credit Facility in whole or in part at any time
AND COMMITMENT     without   penalty,    subject   to   reimbursement   of   the
REDUCTIONS:        NationsBank's  breakage and redeployment costs in the case of
                   the prepayment of LIBOR borrowings.

CONDITION          The closing and initial funding of the Senior Credit Facility
PRECEDENT TO       will be subject to satisfaction  of the conditions  precedent
CLOSING:           deemed appropriate by NationsBank including,  but not limited
                   to, the following:

                   (i)   Successful  completion  of  an  IPO  with  minimum  net
                         proceeds of $19,000,000.

                   (ii)  The  completion  of due  diligence  with respect to the
                         individual  executives  and  directors of the Borrower,
                         the   results  of  which  shall  be   satisfactory   to
                         NationsBank, in its sole discretion.

                   (iii) The  negotiation,  execution and delivery of definitive
                         documentation   with  respect  to  the  Senior   Credit
                         Facility satisfactory to NationsBank.

                   (iv)  NationsBank   shall  have  received  (a)   satisfactory
                         opinions  of  counsel  to the  Borrower  and the  other
                         obligors  (which  shall  cover,   among  other  things,
                         authority,   legality,  validity,  binding  effect  and
                         enforceability  of the  documents for the Senior Credit
                         Facility) and such corporate resolutions,  certificates
                         and other  document  as  NationsBank  shall  reasonably
                         require and (b) evidence  satisfactory  to  NationsBank
                         that no liens are in effect except for permitted liens.

                   (v)   There shall not have occurred a material adverse change
                         in  the   business,   assets,   operations,   condition
                         (financial  or  otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower
                         and its subsidiaries.


<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   (vi)  The  absence  of any  action,  suit,  investigation  or
                         proceeding pending or threatened in any court or before
                         any arbitrator or governmental  authority that purports
                         to  affect  the   Borrower  or  its   subsidiaries   or
                         management or any transaction contemplated hereby or on
                         the ability of the  Borrower  and its  subsidiaries  to
                         perform  their  obligations  under the  documents to be
                         executed in connection with the Senior Credit Facility.

                   (vii) Receipt  and  review,  with  results   satisfactory  to
                         NationsBank and its counsel,  of information  regarding
                         litigation, tax, accounting,  labor, insurance, pension
                         liabilities (actual or contingent), real estate leases,
                         material   contracts,    debt   agreements,    property
                         ownership,  and contingent  liabilities of the Borrower
                         and its subsidiaries.

REPRESENTATIONS &
WARRANTIES:
<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>


<S>                                                    <C>
Usual and customary for transactions of this type,     Usual and  customary  for  transactions  of this  type,  to   
to  include  without  limitation:   (i)  corporate     include without limitation the following:
status;   (ii)  corporate   power  and  authority/     
enforceability;  (iii)  no  violation  of  law  or     (i) reporting (a) annually:  audited consolidated  financial
contracts  or  organizational  documents;  (iv) no     statements  of  the  Borrower  and  its  subsidiaries  to be
material litigation;  (v) correctness of specified     provided  within  90 days  after  each  fiscal  year  with a
financial   statements  and  no  material  adverse     compliance   certificate  and  the  proforma   consolidating
change;  (vi) no  required  governmental  or third     EBITDAR schedule; (b) quarterly: unaudited consolidating and
party approvals; (vii) use of proceeds/ compliance     consolidated  financial  statements  of the Borrower and its
with  margin  regulations;   (viii)  status  under     subsidiaries  to be provided  within 45 days  following each
Investment    Company   Act;   (ix)   ERISA;   (x)     fiscal  quarter  with  a  compliance   certificate  and  the
environmental                                          proforma consolidating EBITDAR schedule; same-store schedule
                                                       of  operations,  in a form  acceptable to  NationsBank;  (c)
                                                       Other: written summary of each acquisition within 80 days of
                                                       closing  of future  acquisitions,  in a form  acceptable  to
                                                       NationsBank;  (ii) notices of default,  material  litigation
                                                       and                                                         
                                                       


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>
matters;  (xi)  payment of taxes;  (xii)     material governmental and environmental  proceedings;  (iii)
Borrower shall not be in default at time     compliance with law: (iv) payment of taxes;  (v) maintenance
of Closing and at any time of borrowing,     of insurance;  (vi) Other debt and liens limited to purchase
and   (xiii)    full    disclosure    to     money  indebtedness  and  related  liens up to a maximum  of
NationsBank.COVENANTS:                       $1,000,000;  (vii)  Physical  counts of inventory  quarterly
                                             until MIS inventory  system,  acceptable to NationsBank,  is
                                             fully  operations;  (viii)  limitation on investments;  (ix)
                                             limitations on restricted payments e.g., dividends and share
                                             repurchases;  (x)  limitation  on capital  expenditures  per
                                             fiscal year to a maximum of $2,000,000;  (xi) limitations on
                                             transactions   with   affiliates;    (xii)   limitation   on
                                             acquisitions   which  will  include  Bank  approval  if  the
                                             non-equity   consideration  of  any  individual  acquisition
                                             exceeds   $23  million  or  if  the   aggregate   non-equity
                                             consideration during any fiscal year exceeds $15 million, if
                                             and only if net proceeds exceed $23 million, if however, net
                                             proceeds exceed $19 million but less than $23 million,  then
                                             the  covenant  amounts are $2.0  million and $10.0  million,
                                             respectively; (xiii) limitation on the opening of new stores
                                             (no new  stores  during  the  first 12  months  of  combined
                                             operations;  after the first new store is  opened,  the Bank
                                             will  monitor its  results  for at least 12 months  prior to
                                             approving  additional  stores);  (xiv) limitation on sale of
                                             assets; and (xv) ERISA.                                     
                                             


                                             Financial covenants measured quarterly to include (but   not
                                             be limited to):

                                             o   Maximum  Funded Debt to Proforma  EBITDA,  measured on a
                                                 rolling  four  quarters  basis of 2.50 to 1.0  (Proforma
                                                 EBITDA  incudes  credit for proforma  historic  acquired
                                                 cash   flows,   as  approved   by   NationsBank,   on  a
                                                 case-by-case basis, in its sole discretion);

                                             o   Maximum Funded Debt to Inventory of 0.75 to 1.0:

                                             o   Maintenance at all times of  Minimum  Net Worth  of  90%
                                                 of Borrower's Net Worth at IPO closing, with
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

<S>                     <C>
                            step-ups  equal to 75% of  quarterly  net income and
                            100% of the  proceeds  of any  increase in an equity
                            account resulting from any issuance of equity;

                        o   Minimum  Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio - Historical:
                            defined as  (EBITDAR  - Cash  Taxes) /  (Interest  +
                            CMLTD and Capital  Lease  Obligations  +  Historical
                            Rent) measured on a rolling four quarter  basis,  of
                            1.75 to 1.0 through 1/31/99,  thereafter 2.00 to 1.0
                            (all  variables  based  on  historical   results  as
                            reported   on   Borrower's   GAAP  basis   financial
                            statements);

                        o   Minimum  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio - Projected:
                            defined  as  (Proforma   EBITDAR  -  Cash  Taxes)  /
                            (Interest + CMLTD and Capital  Lease  Obligations  +
                            Projected  Rent)  measured on a rolling four quarter
                            basis,  of 1.50 to 1.0 through  1/31/99,  thereafter
                            1.75 to 1.0 (proforma  EBITDAR  includes  credit for
                            proforma  historic  acquired cash flows, as approved
                            by NationsBank, on a case-by-case basis, in its sole
                            discretion;  projected  rent is based on all  stores
                            opened at the quarterly end);

EVENTS OF DEFAULT:      Usual and customary in transactions  of this nature,  to
                        include,   without   limitation,   (i)   nonpayment   of
                        principal,   interest,   fees  or  other  amounts,  (ii)
                        violation   of    covenants,    (iii)    inaccuracy   of
                        representations  and warranties,  (iv)  cross-default to
                        other   material   agreements  and   indebtedness,   (v)
                        bankruptcy, (vi) material judgments, (vii) ERISA, (viii)
                        actual or asserted  invalidity of any loan  documents or
                        security  interests  and (ix)  Change in Control  (to be
                        roughly  defined as one investor  acquiring in excess of
                        25% of the voting stock of the Borrower or a change of a
                        majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower).

INDEMNIFICATION:        The  Borrower  shall  indemnify   NationsBank  from  and
                        against  all  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages or
                        expenses  relating to the Loans,  the  Borrower's use of
                        the loan proceeds or the


</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        commitments,  including  but not  limited to  reasonable
                        attorneys'    fees   and   settlements    costs.    This
                        indemnification  shall  survive  and  continue  for  the
                        benefit of NationsBank at all times after the Borrower's
                        acceptance of  NationsBank's  commitment  for the Senior
                        Credit  Facility,  notwithstanding  any  failure  of the
                        Senior Credit Facility to close.

OTHER:                  This term sheet is intended as an outline  only and does
                        not purport to summarize all the conditions,  covenants,
                        representations,  warranties and other  provisions which
                        would be contained in definitive legal documentation for
                        the Senior  Credit  Facility  contemplated  hereby.  The
                        Borrower shall waive its right to a trial by jury.

INTEREST RATES:         The Senior Credit Facility shall bear interest at a rate
                        equal to LIBOR  plus the  Applicable  Margin  for  LIBOR
                        Loans or the Alternate  Base Rate (defined as the higher
                        of (i) the  NationsBank  prime rate and (ii) the Federal
                        Funds  rate plus .50%)  plus the  Applicable  Margin for
                        Base Rate Loans.The Borrower may select interest periods
                        of 1,2,  3 or 6  months  for  LIBOR  Loans,  subject  to
                        availability.

                        A penalty  rate shall apply on all loans in the event of
                        default  at a rate per annum of 2% above the  applicable
                        interest rate.

UNUSED FEE:             Commencing  at the  Closing,  a  non-refundable  fee (in
                        percentage  per  annum  specified  in  the  accompanying
                        performance  grid) will accrue on a daily average unused
                        portion of the Senior Credit Facility, payable quarterly
                        in arrears and on the Senior Credit Facility  commitment
                        termination date.

PERFORMANCE PRICING:    The  Applicable  Margin and Unused  Fee,  for any fiscal
                        quarter,  shall be the  applicable  rate per  annum  set
                        forth in the table  below  opposite  the Funded  Debt to
                        EBITDA  Ratio  determined  as of  the  last  day  of the
                        immediately  preceding  fiscal  quarter.  For the period
                        from Closing until the first determination date, pricing
                        shall be based upon the pricing

<PAGE>


                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                            tier which is less than or equal to 1.5.

                                                              Applicable Margin
                            Applicable  Margin                  for Base Rate
Total Debt to EBITDA Ratio   for LIBOR Loans    Unused Fee         Loans
- --------------------------  ------------------  ----------    ----------------

Less than or equal to 1.0        150 bps          25 bps           0 bps


Less than or equal to 1.5 but    175 bp           25 bps           0 bps
greater than 1.0

Less than or equal to 2.0 but    200 bps          37.5 bps         0 bps 
greater than 1.5

Less than or equal to 2.5 but    225 bps          37.5 bps         0 bps
greater than 2.0







<PAGE>
                                    ANNEX I
                             COLLECTIBLES USA, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS & CONDITIONS
                                OCTOBER 7, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



LETTER OF CREDIT  FEES:   Letter of credit  fees are due  quarterly  in arrears.
                          Fees will be equal to the Applicable  Margin for LIBOR
                          Loans on a per annum  basis  with a  minimum  of $400.
                          Fees will be calculated on the aggregate stated amount
                          for each  letter of  credit  for the  stated  duration
                          thereof.

COST  AND  YIELD          The usual for  transactions  of this type,  including,
PROTECTION:               without limitation, in respect of prepayments, changes
                          in capital adequacy and capital  requirements or their
                          interpretation,    illegality,   unavailability,   and
                          reserves  without  proration  or offset.

EXPENSES:                 The Borrower  agrees to reimburse  NationsBank for all
                          reasonable  out of  pocket  legal  fees  and  expenses
                          incurred  in  the  preparation  and  execution  of the
                          Senior Credit  Facility.  The Borrower will  reimburse
                          NationsBank  for all  reasonable  out of pocket  legal
                          fees and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with the
                          enforcement of the Senior Credit Facility.




                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1




                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As  independent  public  accountants,  we hereby  consent to the use of our
reports  and to all  references  to our Firm  included in or made a part of this
registration statement.



   
                                        /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
                                        ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



October 9, 1997
    


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                                            1
<CURRENCY>                                     US DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              JAN-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 FEB-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   JUL-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                        1
<CASH>                                           237,454
<SECURITIES>                                           0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    103,450
<ALLOWANCES>                                           0
<INVENTORY>                                      562,598
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 974,190
<PP&E>                                            96,225
<DEPRECIATION>                                   (62,607)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 1,104,423
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          1,110,783
<BONDS>                                                0
                                  0
                                            0
<COMMON>                                           1,584
<OTHER-SE>                                        (7,944)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   1,104,423
<SALES>                                        2,080,990
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               2,080,990
<CGS>                                            695,927
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    943,920
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                       0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                     0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  446,729
<INCOME-TAX>                                           0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              446,729
<DISCONTINUED>                                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                        0
<CHANGES>                                              0
<NET-INCOME>                                     446,729
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                          0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                          0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission